PROSPECTUS FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES 2011

(Note: The final interpretation of all regulations in this Prospectus for Undergraduate Studies shall be vested in Council).

NOTE The Prospectus for Undergraduate Studies is valid for 2011 only. Curricula and syllabi may be amended for 2012. It is obtainable free of charge from: The Registrar Polytechnic of Namibia Private Bag 13388 Windhoek NAMIBIA Location: Telephone: Fax: Website: E-mail: 13 Storch Street, Windhoek (+264-61) 207 2008 / 2118 (+264-61) 207 2113 www.polytechnic.edu.na registrar@polytechnic.edu.na

Although the information contained in this Prospectus has been compiled as accurately as possible, Council and Senate accept no responsibility for any errors and omissions, which may occur. The Polytechnic retains the right to amend regulations or conditions without prior notice. Due to the rapidly changing external environment that many programmes operate in, and the Polytechnics desire to remain constantly relevant in its offerings, some programmes may be significantly amended after publication of this Prospectus. Please consult our website for the latest versions of our curricula, syllabi and academic regulations. The fact that particulars of a specific programme, field of study, subject, or course have been included in this Prospectus does not necessarily mean that such a programme, field of study, subject, or course will be offered in the academic year 2011. Polytechnic of Namibia/Office of the Registrar.

ii

RECTORS FOREWORD Walter Bagehot, an English journalist and economist who lived in the 19th century, once said, the greatest pleasure in life is doing what people say you cannot do. That is the true spirit of an explorer. One who dares to venture into un-trodden paths and sail in uncharted waters. The prevailing global financial/economic predicament is the most serious since the Great Depression of the last century. Stock markets have fallen and remain jittery; large financial institutions been bailed out or taken over by governments, or have simply folded; the increase in the commodity prices has not relented, thus affecting poorer countries growth more negatively; and even the wealthiest governments have formulate austerity measures to save their economies. This crisis has indeed changed the world forever. What is Namibias response to this changed world? Are we going to watch the unfolding events at the sidelines, or are we going to translate them into new opportunities? Often, were caught up in the daily struggle for survival and routines - obscured by the challenges and difficulties that we dont realise the many opportunities that lie beyond the moment or the dark cloud of gloom. The Chinese use two brush strokes to write the world crisis: one brush stroke symbolises danger, the other opportunity. This is the advice we give to our nation. Just like an explorers instinct to preserve and overcome obstacles in his chosen path, the Polytechnic of Namibia has remained resolute in deciphering the hidden opportunities or treasures that lie ahead. We say that with a great measure of confidence because the Polytechnic provides a rich teaching and learning environment for our faculty, staff and students, one with many academic pathways and global opportunities. Over the years, we have launched bold and exciting new initiatives which represent fundamental shifts in our educational approach, and the new curriculum model is a case in point. It is a curriculum developed in a multi-cultural environment that speaks to the modern economy, the latter which requires graduates with diverse foundational and advanced knowledge, and specialised skills and world-of-work experience. The many national and international partnerships and awards we have earned simply tell a story of the recognition of our success and appreciation. We offer high-class teaching and learning, research and services across a wide range of disciplines, and develop export-quality manpower. It is a well-known fact that our students and graduates are well accepted internationally and have the advantage in the job market they have bright prospects and are almost always certain of employment. In short, the Polytechnic is a crucible for understanding and mastering the world man is born into. We look equally curiously at a particle of sand as we do at a particle of gold, because both are unique and must be understood for their value and utility. Our meaning and relevance to the society is reflected in the relevant and wide range of qualifications at under- and post-graduate levels we offer in sought-after disciplines such as Architecture, Business, Communication, Entrepreneurship, Information and Communication Technology, Engineering (including Mining and Transport), Health Sciences, Logistics and Supply Chain Management, Management, Natural Resource Management (including Land Management), and Hospitality and Tourism Management. The qualifications, research and services are tailored to respond to the specific and evolving needs of business and industry, and are supported by a network of specialised entities such as the Centres for Teaching and Learning, Entrepreneurial Development, Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency, as well as the Namibian-German Centre for Logistics, the Namibia Business Innovation Centre, and the Harold Pupkewitz Graduate School of Business (HP-GSB). The new knowledge economy will be managed by knowledge workers those who are well educated, well skilled and versatile. Our desire is to see our nation under visionary and capable leaders - leaders with imagination and foresight, and who are excellent at the art of strategic thinking. They are the pillars of sustainable innovation. I welcome you all warmly to the Polytechnic and trust you to unleash your potential so that you can fly where the eagles fly. Faithfully, Dr. Tjama Tjivikua Founding Rector

iii

HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE Higher education in Namibia started around 1979/80. Prior to this, all students wishing to pursue higher education had to go to South Africa or other countries abroad. The Polytechnic of Namibia has its roots in the establishment of the Academy for Tertiary Education by Act No. 13 of 1980. Classes in Teacher Training and Secretarial Courses started on 14 January 1980. Five years later, another Act, number 9 of 1985 was promulgated and the Academy consisting of a university component (the present University of Namibia), a Technikon, and College for Out-of School Training was established. The Technikon offered a total of 17 diploma and certificate courses in Agriculture and Nature Conservation, Personnel Management, Public Administration, Cost Accounting, Secretarial Training, and Communicative and Legal Training. The College for Out-of-School Training (COST) offered 13 certificate courses in Technical and Commerce/General areas. Some of the courses included pre-tertiary teacher training. Shortly after independence in 1990 it was resolved that the three components be collapsed into two independent higher education institutions, namely, a university and a polytechnic. Act No. 18 of 1992 that established the University of Namibia was promulgated and this left the Technikon and COST in some limbo, but they were placed under the auspices of the new university until the promulgation of the Polytechnic Act. Two years later, with the establishment of the Polytechnic of Namibia by Act No. 33 of 1994, Technikon Namibia and the College for Out-of-School Training (COST) merged to become the Polytechnic of Namibia. The Act provides for the gradual phasing out of vocational training courses and the granting of degrees by the Polytechnic. The former City Campus (former Academy) became the Polytechnic and its first Rector, Dr. Tjama Tjivikua, was appointed on 4 August 1995, and the first meeting of Council was held on 10 August 1995. This event accelerated and completed the delinkage of the two institutions of higher education in December 1995. The Polytechnic thus became an independent and autonomous institution in January 1996. It held its first graduation ceremony at which the President of the Republic of Namibia, Dr. Sam Nujoma, delivered the keynote address on 18 April 1996. The Polytechnics governing structure includes the Council, its supreme policy-making body, the Senate, which is responsible for the academic component of the institution, the Rector, its chief academic and administrative officer, and a Students Representative Council. Today, the Polytechnic offers 31 Certificates (29 Undergraduate and 2 Postgraduate Certificates), 21 Diplomas, 39 Bachelor degrees,15 Bachelor Honours degrees and 6 Masters degrees in sixty-seven programmes ranging from Architecture, Business Administration, Communication, Criminal Justice and Entrepreneurship to Engineering (including Mining and Transportation), Geoinformation Technology, Information and Communication Technology, Bio-medical and Environmental Health Sciences, Hospitality and Tourism Management, Logistics and Supply Chain Management and Nature Conservation.

iv

MISSION AND VISION VISION To be a premier university of science and technology educating leaders for the new economy.

MISSION To promote national competitiveness by providing multiple opportunities for excellent education, applied research, innovation and service.

CONTENTS Note Rectors Foreword Historical Perspective Mission and Vision Contents Contact Details Officers of the Polytechnic Members of Council Members of Senate Academic Calendar 2011 Academic Year 2011: Dates for Semester and Year Courses 2011 and 2012 Meetings 2011 CURRICULUM FRAMEWORK AND QUALIFICATIONS Curriculum Framework Qualifications GENERAL INFORMATION AND REGULATIONS General Information Academic Regulations Curriculum Regulations Recognition of Prior Learning Class Attendance Assessment Re-registration for a Qualification Maximum Study Period Promotion Regulations: Continuous and Diversified Assessment Appeal by a Candidate Graduation Application and Interpretation of the Rules FEES Enquiries and Payments Stipulations Regarding Students Fees Fees Payable Payment of Fees Rebates and/or Discounts Interest on Overdue Accounts Refunds Non-Formal Courses Financial Assistance SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT Staff Department of Accounting and Finance Bachelor of Technology: Accounting & Finance Department of Business Management Bachelor of Business Administration Bachelor of Logistics and Supply Chain Management Bachelor of Entrepreneurship Honours Bachelor of Marketing

Page ii iii iv v vi x xi xii xiii xv xx xxi 1 1 8 12 18 18 19 21 23 30 30 30 31 31 32 33 34 34 39 40 41 41 42 42 43 48 48 52 53 60 63 65

vi

Bachelor of Technology: Marketing Department of Human Resources Management Bachelor of Human Resources Management (New) National Diploma: Human Resources Management (2007-2009) Bachelor of Human Resources Management (Phased out 2006) Department of Office Management & Technology Bachelor of Office Management & Technology Department of Economics Bachelor of Technology: Economics Bachelor of Transport Management Department of Public Management Bachelor of Technology: Public Management Bachelor of Public Management SCHOOL OF COMMUNICATION, CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND LEGAL STUDIES Staff Department of Communication Bachelor of Communication Department of Languages Bachelor of English Department of Criminal Justice and Legal Studies National Diploma: Police Science Bachelor of Criminal Justice Department of Media Technology Bachelor of Journalism & Communication Technology SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING Staff Engineering Admission Requirements Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Civil: Urban or Water Bachelor of Technology: Civil Engineering: Urban Engineering Bachelor of Technology: Civil Engineering: Water Engineering Bachelor of Engineering: Civil Bachelor of Engineering: Mining Bachelor of Technology: Electronic/Power Engineering Bachelor of Technology: Electronic Engineering Bachelor of Technology: Power Engineering Bachelor of Engineering: Electrical Power Bachelor of Engineering: Electronics and Telecommunication National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Bachelor of Technology Degree in Mechanical Engineering Bachelor of Engineering: Mechanical Department of Technical and Vocational Education and Training National Certificate: Vocational Instructor National Higher Certificate: Vocational Instructor National Diploma: Vocational Instructor Department of Architecture Bachelor of Architecture Honours SCHOOL OF HEALTH AND APPLIED SCIENCES Staff Department of Bio-Medical Sciences Bachelor of Bio-Medical Sciences

68 72 72 78 83 86 87 92 92 95 98 98 102 105 109 109 113 115 117 117 120 124 124 132 132 142 145 145 146 151 154 154 157 163 165 171 174 175 180 181 182 182 184 184 188 191 191

vii

National Higher Certificate: Emergency Medical Care Department of Environmental Health Sciences Bachelor of Environmental Health Sciences Department of Mathematics and Statistics Bachelor of Science: Applied Mathematics and Statistics SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Staff Diploma: Information Technology Bachelor of Information Technology: Business Computing Bachelor of Information Technology: Systems Administation and Networks Bachelor of Information Technology: Software Development SCHOOL OF NATURAL RESOURCES AND TOURISM Staff Department of Agriculture National Diploma in Agricultural Management Bachelor of Agricultural Management Department of Nature Conservation National Certificate: Nature Conservation (Techniques) Bachelor of Technology: Nature Conservation Certificate: Community-Based Natural Resource Management Namibian Environmental Education Certificate Department of Hospitality and Tourism Management Bachelor of Hospitality Management National Technical Certificate: Food and Beverage Operations National Technical Certificate: Rooms Division Operations Bachelor of Hospitality Management Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management Department of Land Management National Diploma in Property Studies Bachelor of Property Studies Honours National Diploma in Land Valuation and Estate Management Certificate in Land Administration National Diploma in Land Management and Registration Diploma in Land Administration Bachelor of Land Administration National Certificate in Land Use Planning National Diploma in Land Use Planning Bachelor of Technology: Land Management Certificate in Land Surveying National Diploma in Geomatics Bachelor of Science in Geomatics National Diploma in Land Surveying Bachelor of Geo-information Technology Bachelor of Geo0information Technology (New) CENTRE FOR OPEN AND LIFELONG LEARNING Staff Distance Education Information Bachelor of Public Management Bachelor of Technology: Public Management National Diploma: Police Science

193 195 195 198 198

200 204 206 209 215 219 219 223 227 228 229 231 232 233 233 234 235 236 240 244 246 247 251 253 254 256 258 261 262 264 267 268 270 278 279 281 286 287 301 302 306

viii

Bachelor of Technology: Accounting and Finance Bachelor of Business Administration National Diploma: Business Administration National Diploma: Marketing Bachelor of Human Resources Management Bachelor of Human Resources Management (2007-2010) Bachelor of Office Management and Technology Bachelor of Technology: Economics Bachelor of English Bachelor of Communication Bachelor of Hospitality Management Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management Bachelor of Technology: Nature Conservation Certificate: Community-Based Natural Resource Management Certificate: Namibian Environmental Education (NEEC) LIBRARY SERVICES COMPUTER SERVICES OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF STUDENTS General Information and Services Offered Students Regulations Student Activities Students Disciplinary Regulations General Hostel Regulations AWARDS Rectors Medal Merit Awards

308 311 314 316 322 327 337 338 344 346 348 349 350 351 351 353 357 359 359 361 361 363 371 378 378 378

ix

CONTACT DETAILS Central Administration and Lecturers Offices Postal Address: Private Bag 13388, Windhoek, NAMIBIA Street Address: 13 Storch Street, Windhoek, NAMIBIA Student post to: Private Bag 13388, Windhoek, NAMIBIA Website: www.polytechnic.edu.na Email: registrar@polytechnic.edu.na CENTRE FOR OPEN AND LIFELONG LEARNING Postal Address: Private Bag 13388, Windhoek, NAMIBIA Street Address: 13 Storch Street, Windhoek, NAMIBIA Tel: 207 2081/2206 Fax: 207 2208 Website: www.polytechnic.edu.na/coll E-mail: coll@polytechnic.edu.na TELEPHONE NUMBERS Polytechnic Switchboard Operator: Office of the Rector: Rector Vice-Rector: Administration & Finance Vice-Rector: Academic Affairs & Research Registrar Deputy Registrar Examinations Office Student Enquiries, Registrations, and Records Bursar Dean of Students Students Councillor Cultural Department Sports Department 2072111 207 2000/1-3 207 2004/5 207 2280/1 207 2008/2118 207 2379/2053 207 2027/2412 207 2056 207 2007 207 2165 207 2270 207 2070 207 9111 207 2457 207 2275 207 2022 207 2132 207 2375 229413/233130 207 2131 207 2127 229405/234193/ 233100 207 2131 207 2130

Office of the Registrar:

Office of the Bursar: Office of the DOS:

Students Representative Council Computer Services: Manager Library Library, enquiries and loan counter Hostels: Men: Shangri-La Superintendent House Committee Call Office Ladies: Mon Resa House Committee Call Office Ladies: Hpker Superintendent House Committee NB: The international code in all numbers is +264-61 x Superintendent

OFFICERS OF THE POLYTECHNIC RECTOR Tjama Tjivikua, B.A. Cum Laude (Lincoln), M.S. (Lowell), Ph.D. (Pittsburgh) VICE-RECTOR: ACADEMIC AFFAIRS AND RESEARCH Vacant VICE-RECTOR: ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE Gert Gnzel, B.A., S.E.D., Cert (Senior Management Programme) (Stellenbosch), B.A. (Hons) Cum Laude (Stellenbosch), M.A. (Hons) Cum Laude (UOFS), B.Ed., D.Litt. et Phil. (Unisa) REGISTRAR Corneels Hermanus Jafta, B.Econ, H.E.D. (Western Cape), B.Ed. (UNAM), M.Ed. (Canberra) BURSAR Sadia Brendel, Dip. Admin, B. Admin (Unam) CHIEF LIBRARIAN Judy Grobler, B.Bibl. (UOFS) DEAN OF STUDENTS Frieda Shimbuli, B.Sc. Cum Laude (Lincoln), M.Sc. (St Josephs University), Dip. Journalism (Berlin), Cert. Audio-Visual (London)

xi

MEMBERS OF COUNCIL 1. 2. 3. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Mr. Niilo Taapopi - Chairperson Ms. Evelyn Breuer - Vice-Chairperson Dr. Tjama Tjivikua - Rector Dr. Gert Gunzel - Vice-Rector: Administration and Finance Vacant - Vice-Rector: Academic Affairs and Research Dr. Louis Burger Mr. Erastus N. Ikela Ms. Meriam Kahitu Ms. Katrina Liswani Mr. Festus Katuna Mbandeka

10. Ms. Florence Zitha Munyungano 11. Ms. Loide Shaanika 12. Mr. Charl-Thom Bayer - Senate Representative to Council 13. Mr. Corneels Jafta - Secretary to Council 14. Mr. Ashwell. W. Forbes - SRC President

xii

MEMBERS OF SENATE Dr. Tjama Tjivikua - Rector and Chairperson Dr. Gert Gnzel - Vice-Rector: Administration and Finance Vacant Vice-Rector: Academic Affairs and Research Mr. Corneels Jafta - Registrar Members of Council Dr Louis Burger Council Member Ms Florence Munyungano Council Member Deans and Heads of Departments School of Business & Management (SBM) Mr. Kofi Boamah Dean Mr. Paul Maliti - HOD: Accounting and Finance Mr. Joseph Madhimba HOD: Business Management Dr. Cyril Ogbokor - HOD: Economics Ms. Lydiah Wambui HOD: Human Resources Management Ms. Patsy Weimers HOD: Office Management and Technology Dr Andrew Niikondo HOD: Public Management Mr. Van Wyk du Plessis - Director: Accounting and Finance Prof. Claus Kaldeich - Academic Director: Namibian-German Centre for Logistics School of Communication (SCCJLS) Dr. Sarala Krishnamurthy Dean Mr. Fred Opali - HOD: Languages Ms. Tracy Grellmann - HOD: Communcation Ms. Mariette Hanekom HOD: Criminal Justice and Legal Studies Ms. Emily Brown - HOD: Media Technology School of Engineering (SOE) Dr. Zacchaeus Oyedokun - Dean Dr. Victor Kamara HOD: Civil Engineering Mr. Kalaluka Kanyimba - HOD: Electronics/Power Engineering Mr. Samuel John - HOD: Mechanical Engineering Mr. Steve van Staden - HOD: Technical and Vocational Educational Training Dr. Helmut Mischo Director: Civil Engineering Mr. Godfrey Dzinonwa - Dirctor: Mining Engineering Dr. Klaus Mueller - CIM Expert and Professor of Civil Engineering Prof. Damas Alfred Mashauri - Professorial Chair of IWRM School of Health and Applied Sciences Dr. Sylvester R. Moyo Dean Mr. Chris Hikuam HOD: Bio-Medical Sciences Ms. Charmaine Jansen - HOD: Environmental Health Sciences Dr. Immanuel Ajibola - HOD: Mathematics and Statistics School of Information Technology (SIT) Dr. Heike Winschiers Dean Mr. Admire Kachepa HOD: Basic Computer Studies Mr. Johnson Billawer - HOD: Business Computing Mr. Peter Gallert - HOD: Computer Systems and Networks Mr. Jens Fendler - HOD: Software Engineering Prof. Hippolyte Muyingi - MTC Endowed Chair in ICT xiii

School of Natural Resources and Tourism (SNRT) Mr. Lameck Mwewa - Dean Mr. Salomo Mbai - HOD: Agriculture Dr. Joram Ndlovu HOD: Hospitality and Tourism Management Mr. Charl-Thom Bayer - HOD: Land Management Dr. Willem Jankowitz HOD: Nature Conservation Library Ms. Judy Grobler Chief Librarian SRC Mr. Ashwell Forbes - President

xiv

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2011 CORE DATES DATE JANUARY

1 3 17 18 21 23 24 S M M Tu F S M New Years Day (Public Holiday) Institution Re-opens Administrative Staff Resume Duty Namibian Schools Open (First Term) Academic Staff Resume Office Duties Last Day for Application for Remark and Recheck: November 2010 Examinations Academic Welcome HOSTEL & KITCHEN OFFICIALLY OPEN Registration Begins: Senior Students and COLL COLL Vacation School Begins (pm): Windhoek Information Administration Last Day for Submission of Draft Programme (Curriculum) Documentation to Relevant Departments/ Centres (PD&R, QA, CTL) for Review (March Senate) Registration Ends: Senior Students Submission of Revised Action Plans for 2012 Academic Year COLL Vacation School Ends: Windhoek Information Administration Registration Begins: First Year Students COLL Vacation School Begins (pm): Windhoek - Information Administration

ACTIVITY

28 31

F M

FEBRUARY
4 F Registration Ends: First Year Students Agenda Closes: Institutional Research and Publications Committee Meeting COLL Vacation School Ends : Windhoek - Information Administration Last Day for Departments/Centres (PD&R, QA, CTL) to Comment on Draft Programme (Curriculum) Documentation NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION BEGINS: ALL FIRST YEAR STUDENTS NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION: ALL FIRST YEAR STUDENTS Late Registration Begins NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION ENDS: ALL FIRST YEAR STUDENTS Lectures Begin (First Semester) Official Opening of Academic Year Agendas Close: All Boards of Studies Late Registration Ends: All Programmes and COLL MIB (International Trade and Logistics) Contact Sessions Begin (2009/11 Cohort) Meeting: Institutional Research and Publications Committee Polytechnic Management Meeting Meeting: BOS Natural Resources and Tourism Meeting: BOS Communication Meeting: BOS - Engineering Meeting: BOS Business and Management SENEX: April Promotion and Graduation Submission to COLL of 1st Tutorial Letter with Assignments for 2011: Second Semester Courses Submission to COLL of New and Revised Study Material for 2011: Second Semester Courses Submission to COLL of All Courses to be Revised/Developed For 2012 Meeting: BOS Information Technology Last Day For Course/Programme Amendments/Applications For Credit/Cancellations With 100% Credit: All Courses & Programmes 33% of Total Fees Payable: Semester Courses

5 7 8 9 11 13 17 18 21 22 23 24 25

S M Tu W F S Th F M Tu W Th F

28

MARCH
1 2 5 18 20 21 24 25 26 30 31 Tu W S F S M Th F S W Th Meeting: BOS Health and Applied Sciences Agenda Closes: Senate MIB (International Trade & Logistics) Contact Sessions Ends (2009/11 Cohort) Meeting: Senate MIB (International Financial Management) Contact Sessions Begin (2009/11 Cohort) MIB Contact Sessions Begin (2010/12) Namibia Independence Day (Public Holiday) CAREER FAIR 2011 CAREER FAIR 2011 MIB Contact End (2010/12 Cohort) Agenda Closes: Council 66% of Total Fees Payable: Semester Courses 26% of Total Fees Payable: Year Courses Last day for application for Retention of Semester Mark (3rd and 4th Opportunity Examinations)

xv

APRIL
1 4 6 9 14 16 17 18 20 21 22 25 26 28 29 F M W S Th S S M W Th F M Tu Th F Last Day for Submission of NQF Applications to PD&R (all new/revised programmes approved by Senate in March) Last Day for Submission of Draft Programme (Curriculum) Documentation to Relevant Departments/ Centres (PD&R, QA, CTL) for Review (June Senate) Last Day for Submission of Names for Inclusion in the Graduation Booklet : April 2011 Faculty Officers only Closing of ITS Cycles for Entry of Marks MIB (International Financial Management) Contact Sessions End (2009/11 Cohort) Awards Ceremony Graduation Ceremony MIB (Entrepreneurial Management) Contact Sessions Begin (2009/11 Cohort) Last Day for Departments/Centres (PD&R, QA, CTL) to Comment on Draft Programme (Curriculum) Documentation Agenda Closes: All Boards of Studies Meeting: Council Namibian Schools Close (First Term) Submission to Examinations of Draft Question Papers: June Examination Session Good Friday (Public Holiday) Easter Monday (Public Holiday) Mid Semester Break Begins COLL Vacation School Begins Last day for Submission to the Library and the Official Bookseller of the lists of Prescribed Text books for the 2nd Semester, 2011 Last day for Course Cancellation of Any Nature 100% of Total Fees Payable: Semester Courses 38% of Total Fees Payable: Year Courses Mid Semester Break Ends COLL Vacation School Ends

MAY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 15 16 18 19 20 23 25 26 28 30 S M Tu W Th F S M Tu W Th S M W Th F M W Th S M Workers Day (Public Holiday) Public Holiday Institutional Holiday Cassinga Day (Public Holiday) Lectures Begin: All Schools Meeting: BOS Communication Meeting: BOS Information Technology MIB (Entrepreneurial Management) Contact Sessions End (2009/11 Cohort) Meeting: BOS Business and Management Submission to Examinations of Final, Moderated Question Papers: June Examination Session Meeting: BOS Natural Resources & Tourism Meeting: BOS Engineering Meeting: BOS Health and Applied Sciences Deadline for Submission of Notice of Expectation to Graduate: October 2011 Ceremony MIB (Sustainable Development) Contact Sessions Begin (2009/11 Cohort) Namibian Schools Open (Second Term) Submission to Examinations of Semester Marks: COLL HIV AND AIDS AWARENESS CAMPAIGN HIV AND AIDS AWARENESS CAMPAIGN Lectures End: First Semester All Schools Last Day for Submission of Semester Mark: Semester Courses Africa Day (Public Holiday) Agendas Close: Senate Information Administration Practical Examinations Begin Information Administration Practical Examinations End Examinations Begin: June Session Semester Courses 50% of Total Fees Payable: Year Courses

JUNE
2 4 10 15 16 18 19 20 Tu S F W Th S S M Ascension Day (Public Holiday) MIB (Sustainable Development) Contact Sessions End (2009/11 Cohort) Meeting: Senate Agenda Closes: Council Day of the African Child (School Holiday) Examinations End: June Session Semester Courses HOSTEL & KITCHEN OFFICIALLY CLOSE Last Day for Submission of Final Marks and Result Codes: CASS Courses Mid Year Recess Begins

xvi

24 26 27 30

F S M Th

Polytechnic Management Meeting Last Day for Submission of NQF Applications to PD&R (all new/revised programmes approved by Senate in June) MIB Contact Sessions Begin (2010/12 Cohort) Last Day for Submission of Examination Marks: June Session 62% of Total Fees Payable: Year Courses Last Day for Course Cancellations with 50% Credit: Year Courses

JULY
1 3 4 8 10 11 14 15 16 22 25 27 29 F S M F S M Th F S F M W F SENEX: June Examination Results (am) Release of June Examination Results (pm) HOSTEL & KITCHEN OFFICIALLY OPEN Registration Begins: Second Semester COLL Vacation School Begins (pm): Windhoek- Information Administration Meeting: Council Registration Ends: Second Semester COLL Vacation School Ends: Windhoek - Information Administration Mid Year Recess Ends Lectures Begin: Second Semester All Schools Last Day for Application for Remark: June Examinations Last Day for Deans/HODs to Submit Fees Analysis to Finance Submission of Action Plans for 2012 Academic Year MIB Contact Sessions End (2010/12 Cohort) Polytechnic Management Meeting Academic Promotion of Students Begins Agenda Closes: Senate 33% of Total Fees Payable: Semester Courses 74% of Total Fees Payable: Year Courses Last Day for Course Amendments/Cancellations with 100% Credit: Semester Courses Last Day for Submission to Finance of Budget Estimates and Motivations

AUGUST
1 3 5 8 12 18 19 M W F M F Th F CULTURAL FESTIVAL BEGINS Academic Promotion of Students Ends Agenda closes: Institutional Research & Publication Committee INTERNATIONAL CUISINE DAY MR AND MISS POLYTECHNIC CULTURAL FESTIVAL ENDS Last Day for Submission of Draft Programme (Curriculum) Documentation to Relevant Departments/ Centres (PD&R, QA, CTL) for Review (October Senate) Meeting: Senate Meeting: Institutional Research & Publication Committee Last Day for Departments/Centres (PD&R, QA, CTL) to Comment on Draft Programme (Curriculum) Documentation Polytechnic Management Meeting Approval of Polytechnic Action Plan for 2012 Academic Year Lectures End Agenda Closes: Council Mid Semester Break Begins COLL Vacation School Begins: Windhoek Agendas Close: All Boards of Studies Namibian Schools Close (Second Term) Submission to COLL of 1st Tutorial Letter with Assignments for 2012: First Semester and Year Courses Submission to COLL of New and Revised Study Material for 2012 Heroes Day (Public Holiday) COLL Vacation School Ends: Windhoek Mid Semester Break Ends Lectures Begin Last Day for Submission of NQF Applications to PD&R (all new/revised programmes approved by Senate in August) 66% of Total Fees Payable: Semester Courses 86% of Total Fees Payable: Year Courses Last Day for Application for 3rd and 4th Opportunity Examinations

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 31

M Tu W Th F S S M W

SEPTEMBER
1 2 5 6 7 8 9 12 Tu F M Tu W Th F M SENEX: October Promotion and Graduation Meeting: Council Meeting: BOS Engineering Namibian Schools Open (Third Term) Meeting: BOS Natural Resources and Tourism Meeting: BOS Information Technology Meeting: BOS Communication Last Day for all Course Cancellations with 50% Credit: Semester Courses Meeting: BOS Health and Applied Sciences Meeting: BOS Business and Management

xvii

14 15 23 25 29

W Th F S Th

Agenda Closes: Senate Last Day for Submission to the Library and the Official Bookseller of the lists of Prescribed Textbooks for the 1st Semester 2012 Polytechnic Management Meeting MIB Contact Sessions Begin (2010/12 Cohort) Mature Age Entry Testing Begins Last Day for Submission of Applications for 2012 Last Day for Course Cancellations of Any Nature 100% of Total Fees Payable: Semester and Year Courses

OCTOBER
1 3 4 7 10 13 14 20 21 24 S M Tu F M Th F Th F M Mature Age Entry Testing Ends MIB Contact Sessions End (2010/12 Cohort) Submission to Examinations of Draft Question Papers & Memoranda: November Examination Session Last Day for Submission of Names for Inclusion in the Graduation Booklet: October 2011 Ceremony Faculty Officers only Closing of ITS Cycles for Entry of Marks Meeting: Senate Submission to Examinations of Final, Moderated Question Papers & Memoranda: November Examination Session Awards Ceremony Last Day for Submission of Semester Marks: COLL Graduation Ceremony Deadline for Submission of Notice of Expectation to Graduate: April 2012 Ceremony Lectures End: Second Semester All Schools Polytechnic Management Meeting Agenda Closes: Council Last Day for Submission of Semester Marks: Second Semester Courses Information Administration Practical Examinations Begin Last Day for Submission of NQF Applications to PD&R (all new/revised programmes approved by Senate in October) Information Administration Practical Examinations End Examinations Begin: November Session Last Day for External Purchase Orders

28 31

F M

NOVEMBER
3 4 7 19 20 21 22 25 28 Th F M S S M T F M Last day for Processing of Applications of Prospective Students for 2012 Meeting: Council Selection of New Students for 2012 Begins Examinations End: November Session HOSTEL & KITCHEN OFFICIALLY CLOSE Selection of New Students for 2012 Ends Last Day for Submission of Final Marks and Result Codes: CASS Courses Polytechnic Management Meeting Submissions of Contributions for Annual Report 2011 Last Day for Submission to Examinations of all Examination Marks Dispatch of Letters of Admission/Rejection Last Day for Internal Purchases from the Stores

DECEMBER
2 7 8 9 10 22 23 25 26 27 F W Th F S Th F S M Tu Academic Promotion of Students Begins Namibian Schools Close (Third Term) Academic Promotion of Students Ends SENEX: November Examination Results (am) Release of November Examination Results (pm) End of Academic Activities International Human Rights Day (Public Holiday) Institution Closes: 16:30 Institution Closed Christmas Day (Public Holiday) Family Day (Public Holiday) Institution Closed

JANUARY 2012
1 2 3 16 18 19 22 23 S M Tu M W Th S M New Years Day (Public Holiday) Public Holiday Administrative Staff Resume Office Duties Namibian Schools Open (First Term) Academic Staff Resume Office Duties Last Day for Applications for Remark: November 2011 Examinations Academic Welcome HOSTEL AND KITCHEN OFFICIALLY OPEN Registration Begins: Senior Students and COLL COLL Vacation School Begins (pm): Windhoek Information Administration

xviii

24 27 30

Tu F M

Last Day for Submission of Draft Programme (Curriculum) Documentation to Relevant Departments/ Centres for Review (PD&R, QA, CTL) Registration Ends: Senior Students COLL Vacation School Ends: Windhoek Information Administration Registration Begins: First Year Students COLL Vacation School Begins (pm): Windhoek- Information Administration

xix

ACADEMIC YEAR 2011

SEMESTER DATES
Semester 1 Mid-semester break GOOD FRIDAY EASTER MONDAY Mid-year Recess Semester 2 Mid-semester break 08.02 20.05 26.04 29.04 22.04.2011 25.04.2011 20.06-08.07 11.07 - 21.10 22.08 - 25.08

PUBLIC HOLIDAYS 2011

DATE
01 21 22 25 01 02 03 04 25 2 26 10 25 26

MONTH
January March April April May May May May May June August December December December

DAY
Saturday Monday Friday Monday Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Monday

HOLIDAY
New Years Day Independence Day Good Friday Easter Monday Workers Day Public Holiday Institutional Holiday Cassinga Day Africa Day Ascension Day Heroes Day International Human Rights Day Christmas Day Family Day

ACADEMIC YEAR 2012

SEMESTER DATES
Semester 1 Mid-semester break GOOD FRIDAY EASTER MONDAY Mid-year Recess Semester 2 Mid-semester break 06.02 - 24.05 10.04 - 13.04 06.04.2012 09.04.2012 18.06 06.07 16.07-26.10 28.08- 31.08

XX

MEETINGS BOARDS OF STUDIES

SCHOOL/MONTH Natural Resources and Tourism Communication Engineering Business and Management Information Technology Health and Applied Sciences FEB/MAR 21.02 22.02 23.02 24.02 28.02 01.03 MAY 10.05 05.05 11.05 09.05 06.05 12.05 SEPTEMBER 06.09 08.09 05.09 12.09 07.09 09.09

SENATE
March 18 (Friday) June 10 (Friday) August 12 (Friday) October 07 (Friday)

SENEX (EXAMINATIONS)
July 01 (Friday) December 09 (Friday)

SENEX (PROMOTION AND GRADUATION)

February 25 (Friday) September 01 (Thursday)

COUNCIL
April 21 (Thursday) July 08 (Friday) September 02 (Friday) November 04 (Friday)

INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

February 17 (Thursday) August 18 (Thursday)

xxi

CURRICULUM FRAMEWORK AND QUALIFICATIONS CURRICULUM FRAMEWORK INTRODUCTION The curriculum framework of the Polytechnic of Namibia (PON) was approved by Senate in October 2009 and implementation commenced in January 2010. The curriculum framework document was developed in the context of the institutions vision, mission and values and brings together all aspects of the Polytechnics intentions and expectations in terms of programme attributes and development imperatives, teaching and learning and assessment, and provides a coherent guiding document within which these attributes are to be achieved and these activities are to be carried out. The provisions of the curriculum framework apply to the development, teaching and assessment of all programmes leading to qualifications at the Polytechnic and facilitate, amongst others, the alignment of qualifications to the National Qualifications Framework (NQF). POLYTECHNIC GRADUATE OUTCOMES The Polytechnic of Namibia expects all its graduates to possess, at the level appropriate to the qualification being awarded, the following graduate attributes: Technical and/or professional and/or subject knowledge and the application thereof for the purpose of furthering a career or engaging in economic activity in the field of expertise or cognate area of learning of the relevant qualification. Critical thinking. Problem solving. Good Communication Skills in English and another language if required. Culturally sensitive global and responsible citizenship. Engaged community membership. POLYTECHNIC CURRICULUM MODEL The Polytechnic Curriculum Model (illustrated in Figure 1 below) is primarily aimed at guiding undergraduate programmes and is based on the following principles: Design of a programme of learning that will facilitate delivery of the Polytechnic graduate outcomes, meaning that generic competencies are built into the curriculum. Articulation between qualifications, meaning that credit may be transferred more easily between qualifications within a School and even between Schools. This is to be achieved by starting students in programmes in the same cognate area from a common base, and gradually specialising at the higher levels. Increasing complexity of learning moving from foundational learning to application and specialisation at the higher levels, meaning that a more-or-less even spread of credits must be achieved in a programme covering more than one NQF level. Professional or career focus, meaning that work-integrated learning is an integral part of any curriculum and that specific career-focused competencies must be delivered. The Curriculum Model includes the following types of learning: Basic Studies (maximum 72 credits) Basic Studies are courses designed to provide the incoming student with basic and foundational (subject) competencies (knowledge) underpinning learning in a higher education institution in general and in the specific cognate area of the programme of learning. In total, Basic Studies should not exceed 72 credit points, but may include required learning that is not credit-bearing.

Institutional Core requirements (maximum 36 credits) Polytechnic core requirements that should form part of all qualifications are courses delivering competencies in the following areas: Computer User Skills English Communication Information Competence Basic Mathematics Basic Science Contemporary Issues The table, below, summarises essential information regarding institutional core courses which will be implemented effective from January 2011: Course Code CUS411S LIP411S Course Title Computer User Skills (CUS) Language in Practice (LP) Information Competence Basic Mathematics Basic Science Contemporary Issues Semester(s) Offered 1 and 2 1 and 2 NQF Level 4 4 NQF Credits 10 Non-Credit Bearing (NCB) 10

ICT521S

2 or higher (following CUS in the curriculum) 1 and 2 1 and 2 5 or 6 (of all new/revised undergraduate programmes)

BMS411S BSC410S CIS610S

4 4 6

12 8 12

Learners entering with good competencies in some of the above courses may be exempted from these courses in accordance with standards and criteria decided by Senate from time to time. Some of these institutional core courses, such as Basic Mathematics and Basic Science, may be subsumed by the core courses of a programme. Exemption from Institutional Core Courses Candidates may be considered for exemption, in accordance with Senates resolution, from the following institutional core courses based on their Grade12/NSSC Grades in relevant subjects: INSTITUTIONAL CORE COURSE Basic Mathematics Basic Science Computer User Skills SCHOOL SUBJECT(S) Mathematics Biology and Physical Science Computer Studies GRADE Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or 4 (Higher Level) Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or 4 (Higher Level) Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or 4 (Higher Level)

Language in Practice

English Language

Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or 4 (Higher Level)

School Core (approximately 18 credits) School core courses are those courses that lay the foundation in the cognate area of the programme. These are selected by each School as appropriate. Electives (approximately 18 credits) Elective courses that form part of Basic Studies are courses designed to broaden the experience of the student and to ensure that graduates are well-rounded and possessed of a broad worldview. These courses may include such courses as Sociology, Psychology, Economics, Law, and so forth. Schools must choose these electives with care to ensure that students do achieve the broadening as expected. Professional Studies (minimum 180 credits) Professional Studies form the core of the cognate area (subject/profession/career) of the specific programme. These courses form the mainstay of the programme and should be designed to ensure basic competence of the graduate in the specific cognate area, including specific technological competence. Specialisation (minimum 72 credits) Specialisation courses are designed to add value to the professional studies and to provide deepening of competence in a specific subject area or area of professional or technical practice. These are programme specific and may be offered in the form of electives. Work Integrated Learning (minimum 36 credits) Work-integrated learning is the opportunity afforded to students to practice, in a real work situation, what they have learnt in the programme. Work-integrated learning is an important part of the process of achieving competence. Schools must make provision for work-integrated learning to take place at a stage of the programme when learners have gained sufficient knowledge to make their practical learning valuable to themselves and the workplace. Although it is preferable that students are placed in a real work situation for fulfilment of this requirement, it may also be met by simulated work integrated learning. Research/Creative Work/Professional Project (minimum 30 credits) Creative work/Research output/Professional Project work is a requirement at Level 8 of the Professional Bachelor and the Integrated Bachelor Honours (480 credits) degree.

POLYTECHNIC QUALIFICATION TYPES Certificates and Diplomas at NQF Level 4-8 including Postgraduate Certificates and Diplomas Polytechnic Certificates and Diplomas are qualifications issued at any level from 4 - 8. The purpose of these qualifications is to fulfil particular needs in society and industry. Polytechnic Certificates consist of a minimum of 60 credits. Polytechnic Diplomas consist of a minimum of 120 credits. The NQF Level of the Certificate/Diploma will always be communicated in the description and title of the qualification and in the transcript, with those at Level 8 being designated Postgraduate. The Bachelor (Level 7) The Polytechnic Bachelor degree at Level 7 consists of a minimum of 360 credits. The Bachelor degree will consist of the following types of learning as per the Polytechnic Curriculum Model: Basic Studies (approximately 72 credits) comprising: o Institutional Core (36 credits) representing basic subject knowledge and skills in Mathematics, Science, Communication, Information and Technological Competence, and Contemporary Issues. o School/Faculty Core (18 credits) representing basic knowledge in the subject areas underpinning applied studies and research in the programmes conducted in the School. o Electives (18 credits) representing broadening of the learners experience and competence. These electives are to be taken from basic courses offered outside the School/Faculty. Professional and/or Technical Studies forming the basis of the career/professional roles to be carried out by the graduate (approximately 180 credits). Work-integrated Learning (approximately 36 credits) representing the opportunity for practice of learned competencies in a real workplace situation. Specialisation (approximately 72 credits) representing deepening of knowledge and competence in a specific area of specialisation in the subject knowledge and/or professional practice. The Bachelor degree may include the credits for a National Certificate and/or a National Diploma. The credits for the Bachelor degree are spread more or less evenly over levels 5, 6 and 7 of the NQF to ensure progression of complexity of learning and the building and deepening of knowledge in one or two major subject areas or areas of professional/technical practice. The Polytechnic of Namibia restricts the use of the qualification title Bachelor of Science to those Bachelor degrees of which the professional or technical studies comprises at least 50 % of studies in the Natural Sciences. All other Bachelor degrees may use the appropriate professional/technical designation. The curriculum for the Bachelor degree in each School or common area of study is designed in such a way that there is great opportunity for credit transfer at Levels 4 and 5 between qualifications in the same School and also across Schools in the institution.

The Professional Bachelor (Level 8) The Professional Bachelor degree at Level 8 is designed to fulfil the educational requirements for registration as a professional in any of the fields controlled by national regulated professional bodies. The outcomes of the Professional Bachelor will meet both the requirements of the NQF and that of the profession or occupation concerned, should these be different. The Professional Bachelor consists of a minimum of 480 credits and must meet the professional registration requirements of the appropriate professional body. A minimum of 120 credits must be at Level 8. In addition to the requirements of the professional body, if not subsumed by such requirements, the professional Bachelor shall include the following essential elements of the Polytechnic Curriculum Model: Basic Studies (approximately 72 credits) comprising: o Institutional Core (36 credits) representing basic subject knowledge and skills in Mathematics, Science, Communication, Information and Technological Competence, and Contemporary Issues. o School/Faculty Core (18 credits) representing basic knowledge in the subject areas underpinning applied studies and research in the programmes conducted in the School. o Electives (18 credits) representing broadening of the learners experience and competence. These electives are to be taken from basic courses offered outside the School/Faculty. The degree will, under normal circumstances, provide access to further study at Master Level or any other appropriate qualification at level 9. Integrated Bachelor Honours 480 credits The integrated Bachelor Honours degree of minimum 480 credits culminating at Level 8 is an initial higher education degree designed to meet the outcomes and requirements of those careers and fields where a level of training beyond that of Bachelor is required, but such field or career is not regulated by a nationally recognised professional body. The Polytechnic Bachelor Honours consists of a minimum of 480 credits. A minimum of 120 of these credits must be at Level 8, of which a minimum of 30 credits must be for research output. The Integrated Bachelor Honours shall include the following essential elements of the Polytechnic Curriculum Model: Basic Studies (approximately 72 credits) comprising: o Institutional Core (36 credits) representing basic subject knowledge and skills in Mathematics, Science, Communication, Information and Technological Competence, and Contemporary Issues. o School/Faculty Core (18 credits) representing basic knowledge in the subject areas underpinning applied studies and research in the programmes conducted in the School. o Electives (18 credits) representing broadening of the learners experience and competence. These electives are to be taken from basic courses offered outside the School/Faculty. The degree will, under normal circumstances, provide access to further study at Master Level or any other appropriate qualification at level 9. Bachelor Honours (Postgraduate) 120 credits The Bachelor Honours (Postgraduate) is an initial postgraduate specialisation degree that links the undergraduate Bachelor degree (Level 7) with studies at Level 9. The Bachelor Honours (PG) consists of a minimum of 120 credits, of which at least 30 credits must be for research

output. The Bachelor Honours (Postgraduate) degree builds on the outcomes of a Bachelor degree in the same subject area or career-focused cognate area of learning. The degree will, under normal circumstances, provide access to further study at Master Level or any other appropriate qualification at level 9. Master The Polytechnic Master degree is a postgraduate degree at Level 9, consisting of a minimum of 240 credits, all of which must be at Level 9. The requirements for the Master degree can be completed by thesis only, by thesis and coursework combined or by mini-thesis and coursework combined. In the case of a Masters degree combining coursework with a thesis or mini-thesis, the contribution of research output must constitute at least 80 of the eligible credits. The Master degree will, under normal circumstances, provide access to further studies at Doctoral level or any other qualification at Level 10. Doctorate The Polytechnic Doctoral degree is a postgraduate degree at Level 10, consisting of a minimum of 360 credits, all of which must be at level 10.

QUALIFICATIONS The following certificates, diplomas and degrees are offered by the Polytechnic of Namibia: QUALIFICATIONS REGISTERED ON NATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS FRAMEWORK (NQF) Undergraduate Certificate in Criminal Justice Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) Bachelor of Science in Applied Maths and Stats 132 credits Level 5 375 credits Level 7 455 credits Level 7 (Accounting option) 461 credits (Economics option) 137 credits 150 credits 150 credits Level 8 Level 8 Level 8 25CCJT 25BACJ 35BAMS

Postgraduate Bachelor of Criminal Justice Honours Bachelor of Science Honours in Applied Maths Bachelor of Science Honours in Applied Stats

25BHCJ 35BHAM 35BHAS

QUALIFICATIONS ALIGNED WITH NQF (REGISTRATION PENDING) Undergraduate Certificate in Public Management 1 year 24BPMA Certificate in Transport Management 1 year 05CTRM Diploma in Human Resources Management 2 years 06DHRM Diploma in Transport Management 2 years 06DTRM Bachelor of Public Management 3 years 24BPMA Bachelor of Human Resources Management 3 years 07BHRM Bachelor of Transport Management 3 years 07BTRM Bachelor of Logistics and Supply Chain Management 3 years 07BLSM Bachelor of Entrepreneurship Honours 4 years 22BHEP Bachelor of English 3 years 25BAEN Bachelor of Communication 3 years 25BACO Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Correctional Management) 3 years 25BCSM Bachelor of Journalism & Communication Technology 3 years 25BJCT Bachelor of Engineering: Civil 4.5 years 35BECV Bachelor of Engineering: Mining 4.5 years 35BEMI Bachelor of Engineering: Electronics & Telecommunications 4.5 years 35BEET Bachelor of Engineering: Electrical Power 4.5 years 35BEEP Bachelor of Engineering: Mechanical 4.5 years 35BEME Bachelor of Architecture 3 years 59BHAR Bachelor of Biomedical Sciences 4 years 50BBMS Bachelor of Environmental Health Sciences 4 years 50BEHS Diploma in Information Technology 1 year 80NDIT Bachelor of Information Technology: Business Computing 3 years 80BSBC Bachelor of Information Technology: Software Development 3 years 80BSSD Bachelor of Information Technology: Systems Admin & Networks 3 years 80BSAN Certificate in Land Administration 1 year 27CLAD Certificate in Land Surveying 1 year 27CLAS Diploma in Agricultural Management 2.5 years 27DAGR Diploma in Property Studies 3 years 27DPRS Diploma in Land Administration 2.5 years 27DLAD Diploma in Geomatics 3 years 27DGEM Diploma in Geoinformation Technology 2 years 06DGIT

Bachelor of Agricultural Management Bachelor of Property Studies Honours Bachelor of Land Administration Bachelor of Science in Geomatics Bachelor of Geoinformation Technology Postgraduate Bachelor of Human Resources Management Honours Bachelor of Public Management Honours Bachelor of Logistics Honours Master of International Business Master of Science in Leadership and Change Management Post Graduate Executive Cert. in ICT Policy and Regulation Bachelor of English Honours Bachelor of Journalism and Communication Technology Honours Bachelor of Architecture Honours Master of Transportation Engineering Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Business Computing Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Software Engineering Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Computer Networks Post Graduate Cert.: Business Computing (Information Systems Audit) Master of Information Technology Bachelor of Agricultural Management Honours Master of Integrated Land Management PRE-NQF QUALIFICATIONS (TO BE ALIGNED) Undergraduate National Certificate in Accounting and Finance National Certificate in Business Studies National Certificate in Office Management & Technology National Diploma in Accounting and Finance National Diploma in Marketing National Diploma in Business Administration National Diploma in Office Management & Technology Bachelor of Technology in Accounting and Finance Bachelor of Technology in Economics Bachelor of Business Administration Bachelor of Marketing Bachelor of Office Management & Technology National Certificate in Engineering (Civil and Project Management) National Certificate in Power Engineering National Certificate in Electronic Engineering National Certificate in Mechanical Engineering National Higher Certificate in Engineering (Civil and Project Man) National Higher Certificate in Power Engineering National Higher Certificate in Electronic Engineering National Higher Certificate in Mechanical Engineering National Higher Certificate (Vocational Instructor) National Diploma in Engineering (Civil and Project Management) National Diploma in Power Engineering National Diploma in Electronic Engineering National Diploma in Mechanical Engineering National Diploma (Vocational Instructor)

3.5 years 27BAGR 4 years 27BPRS 3 years 27BLAD 3 years 27BSGE 3 years 07BGIT 1 year 08HRMH 1 year 24BHPM 1 year 22BCOH 2 years 22MIIB 1.5 years 22MSLC 1 year 22PCIT 1 year 25BHEN 1 year 25HJCT 1 year 59BHAR 2 years 52MTEN 1 year 80BHBC 1 year 80BHSE 1 year 80BHCN 1 year 08PGBC 2 years 80MIFT 1 year 27BHAM 2 years 27MILM

1 year 23BACF 1 year 21CBUS 1 year 25COMT 3 years 23BACF 3 years 21DMRK 3 years 21DBAD 3 years 25DOMT 4 years 23BACF 4 years 23BECO 4 years 21BBAD 4 years 21BMRK 4 years 25BOMT 1.5 years 35DCPM 2 years 35BPEN 2 years 35BELL 2 years 35BMEC 2 years 35DCPM 2.5 years 35BPEN 2.5 years 35BELL 2.5 years 35BMEC 2 years 35HPVT 3 years 35DCPM 3 years 35BPEN 3 years 35BELL 3 years 35BMEC 3 years 35DPVT

Bachelor of Technology in Civil Engineering (Urban) Bachelor of Technology in Civil Engineering (Water) Bachelor of Technology in Electronic Engineering Bachelor of Technology in Mechanical Engineering Bachelor of Technology in Power Engineering National Higher Certificate in Emergency Medical Care Certificate in Community-Based Natural Resource Management Certificate in Namibian Environmental Education National Technical Certificate in Food and Beverage Operations National Technical Certificate in Rooms Division Operations National Certificate in Food and Beverage Operations National Certificate in Rooms Division Operations National Certificate in Travel and Tourism Operations National Certificate in Land Use Planning National Certificate in Nature Conservation (Techniques) National Diploma in Hotel Management National Diploma in Travel and Tourism Management National Diploma in Natural Resource Management (Nature Conservation) National Diploma in Land Use Planning Bachelor of Hospitality Management Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management Bachelor of Technology in Land Management Bachelor of Technology in Nature Conservation Postgraduate Master of Integrated Water Resources Management: Module: Water for People (SADC-Cooperation) OUTSIDE PROGRAMMES ACCREDITED BY THE POLYTECHNIC Certificate (Sea Fisheries Observer) Certificate (Sea Fisheries Inspector) Certificate (Junior Hospitality Skills) EXTRA-CURRICULAR COURSES Hospitality Skills Courses Resort Operations Courses Computer Training Courses Language Courses CENTRE FOR ENTREPRENEURIAL DEVELOPMENT Certificate in Business Process Management (CATS) Certificate in Events Management Short Courses

2 years 2 years 2 years 2 years 2 years 2 years 1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year 3 years 3 years 3 years 3 years 4 years 4 years 1 year 1 year

35BCUR 35BCWT 35BELL 35BMEC 35BPEN 55CEMC 27CNRM 27NEEC 27CFBO 27CRDO 27CFBO 27CRDO 27CTTO 27CLUP 27CNAT 27DHMN 27DTTM 27DNAT 27DLUP 27BHMN 27BTTM 27BLMN 27BNAT

6 months 35MWRM

ACCREDITATION OF THE POLYTECHNIC QUALIFICATIONS The Polytechnic of Namibia is established by a law of the Republic of Namibia to deliver higher education programmes leading to qualifications at all tertiary levels. As such, its qualifications are nationally and internationally recognised.

10

However, to ensure international comparability and quality of its programmes, the Polytechnic has, since 1999, been evaluated by South African higher education accreditation bodies. Currently the Higher Education Quality Committee (HEQC) of the Council for Higher Education in South Africa is the body that evaluates and accredits its qualifications. The Master of International Business is accredited by the Foundation for International Business Administration Accreditation.

11

GENERAL INFORMATION GI1 APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION All prospective full-time, part-time, and distance education students must apply for admission to the Polytechnic of Namibia on the prescribed form. Application forms are available on request from the Office of the Registrar and on the website. All applications have to be accompanied by the relevant fees. The closing date for all applications is the last working day in September preceding the year in which admission is sought. Applicants will be notified as soon as possible after the closing date whether their applications for admission have been successful or not. International students are subjected to a medical examination for admission to the Polytechnic. Mature age applicants are required to sit for a series of tests shortly after the closing date for applications. No late applications are accepted for mature age entry. GI2 ADMISSION CRITERIA The pre-NQF Bachelor degree is a four-year integrated programme with exit points at two or more of the following levels: National Certificate; National Higher Certificate; National Diploma; Bachelor. General Admission Requirements In addition to the normal admission criteria for enrolment, the Polytechnic of Namibia reserves the right to restrict the number of students being admitted to a particular programme by means of selection. Candidates may generally be admitted to the Polytechnic for instruction and training subject to such specific departmental requirements as determined by Senate for admission to a specific programme on the following conditions: Candidates must have passed at least 5 subjects (not necessarily during the same examination session), including English Language, with an E symbol or better on the NSSC Ordinary level and have obtained a total score of at least 25 points on the Evaluation Scale. Where candidates offer more than five (5) subjects the best five (5), including English Language, will be counted, OR Candidates must have obtained any other school leaving certificate from other examination authorities that can be regarded as equivalent to the prescribed qualifications and obtain a total score of at least 25 points on the Evaluation Scale based on the best five (5) subjects, including English Language. Final Selection for a Programme Final selection for a programme will take place based on the real examination results of all qualifying candidates for that programme. All qualifying candidates will report on campus on a date as determined by the Registrar and will participate in such specific selection processes as may be determined by the Department concerned.

GI2.1

12

A qualifying candidate is a candidate who has properly submitted an application for studies; who has met the general admission requirements; and who has met the specific admission requirements of a programme. The final selection process will generally not be applicable to students who wish to study on the distance education mode, but may be so applied in exceptional cases. Notice of such final selection process for such distance education programmes will be given separately. GI2.2 Mature Age Entry Scheme Applicants who do not meet normal admission requirements, but have at least a Junior Certificate or equivalent qualification, may, in the spirit of lifelong learning and redress of past disadvantage, apply for admission through the mature age entry scheme. Applicants under the mature age entry scheme should: (a) Have reached the age of 23 years on or before 1 January of the academic year for which admission is sought. (b) Normally have completed their full-time school or college education at least three years before the academic year for which admission is sought. (c) Have at least three years work experience. Selection for mature age entry will be by means of appropriate written entrance tests, three years work experience, satisfactory references, and passing of the Polytechnic language proficiency test in English at a level which enables them to commence programmes of study as approved by Senate. GI2.3 General criteria The highest qualification of a candidate will serve as a basis for evaluation for admission. Students who cannot provide substantial proof of admission qualifications, may be allowed to continue with their studies based on outstanding academic performance, subject to the approval of Senate. GI2.4 Admission to the Fourth Year (Bachelor) Level of pre-NQF Programmes: Admission into the fourth year level of the programme is by way of one of the following paths: i. Current and continuing students may enrol for courses on the fourth year level before having completed all requirements for the award of the National Diploma, provided that all pre-requisites for such courses are met and that the progression rules of a particular programme are satisfied. ii. Applicants from outside the Polytechnic or those who are not current students, must be in possession of a recognised National Diploma, or its equivalent as determined by Senate, provided that Senate may require such applicants to do additional study before allowing them to enrol for the Bachelor level. iii. Students transferring from another university of technology and other recognised institutions during their study period would be dealt with as continuing students. Admission with Advanced Standing The Registrar may, upon recommendation of the Dean and Head of Department, grant admission with advanced standing i.e. admit applicants with credits or

GI2.5

13

completed qualifications from other accredited institutions of higher learning to higher study levels within a programme. Granting such advanced standing shall not involve an evaluation of the credits on a course-by-course basis as provided for by Rule AC2, but shall rather be considered on the volume of relevant credits presented and the attainment of core competencies (learnings) within the curriculum of the programme. Admission with advanced standing shall be considered under the following conditions: (a) In the case of credits being presented, such credits must make up at least the equivalent of one study period (one semester or one year) of the programme for which such advanced standing is applied for. If such credits do not have the sufficient volume, i.e they do not make up the equivalent of one study period, the applicant should be advised to apply for course-by-course credits under Rule AC2. (b) In the case of credits being presented, such credits must not be older than eight years and must be presented in an official original academic transcript from the institution concerned. Exceptions to the 8-year limitation may only be decided upon by Senate. (c) In the case of completed qualifications being presented, such application must be accompanied by a detailed original academic transcript issued by the certifying institution. (d) The volume of advanced standing granted shall not exceed 50 % of the credit requirements for a degree, except in such cases where a National Diploma is considered appropriate for enrolment in the fourth-year level of a degree, in which case such application shall not be considered under this rule, but rather under rule GI2.4. Applicants wishing to be considered for advanced standing must apply on the prescribed form and must pay the prescribed, non-refundable fee. Applications for advanced standing must be made together with the application for admission. GI2.6 Application for Resumption of Studies Students who have gained credits towards completing their qualification, but who have interrupted their studies for a semester or longer, must apply for resumption of studies by completing the prescribed form, before they will be allowed to re-register. The provision that allows students to apply for resumption of studies will last for three years from the last date that the student was registered. Should the student fail to resume studies within this three-year period, s/he must apply for admission to the programme again. REGISTRATION AS A STUDENT Registration commences at the beginning of each semester after selection has been completed and the compilation of the course controlled. General Regulations Students shall, annually prior to the commencement of their studies, enrol as students of the Polytechnic of Namibia by completing the registration form in full, thereby binding themselves to the rules of the Polytechnic of Namibia and undertaking to pay the prescribed fees. In the event of semesterised programmes, students may be required to enrol for every semester. Students are provisionally registered until they submit the original certificates serving as requirements for admission to a particular programme. Such certificates 14

GI3

GI3.1

must be submitted on or before 31 May in the year of first registration as a student, unless the Registrar allows extension of time. Students have to provide the Registrar with a postal and residential address as well as an address for the receipt of accounts. Any change in these addresses must be submitted to the Registrar without delay but not later than 7 days after such a change. Official correspondence/financial statements sent to the address thus provided by the students will be deemed to have been received by them. Senate may annually determine the closing date for enrolment, provided that Senate may consent to late registration on payment of a late registration fee. No student shall be admitted as a candidate for more than one degree, diploma, or certificate at the same time without the special permission of Senate. Council may, after consultation with Senate, restrict the number of persons who may be permitted to register for a particular programme, in which event Senate may, from amongst the persons qualified to register for such a programme, select those who will be permitted to register. Note: Documents to be submitted on first registration On first registration the original of the qualification serving as admission qualification must be submitted together with an original identity document or birth certificate and official proof of a change of name, where applicable, plus such other documents as specified for a specific programme. GI3.1.1 Requirement for Consistency of Offering Types (Qualification and Course Level) Students are allowed to combine offering types at the course level, i.e. enrol for courses on a combination of full-time, part-time and distance education modes. However, the offering type on which the qualification is enrolled will be strictly determined by the offering type on which the majority of courses is enrolled. In other words, a student will be registered for the full-time offering type on the qualification level only if the majority of the courses are also enrolled on the full-time offering type. Obligation to pay for Study Material when changing from Distance Education or e-Learning to Face-to-face Mode of Study Students who enrolled for (a) course(s) on the Distance Education or e-Learning mode and then change to a face-to-face mode will be charged a fee for the study material issued to them. No study material will be accepted as returns. Registration for non-credit purposes (NCP) A student who does not wish to register for a degree, diploma, or certificate, but is only interested in (a) particular course(s) may register for non-credit purposes (NCP) if he/she meets the relevant admission requirements for such course(s). Courses, half-courses, modules, or papers followed for NCP are subject to the same financial conditions and other administrative stipulations as those applicable to students following these for degree, diploma or certificate purposes. Courses, half-courses, modules or papers in which a student has passed for NCP will not necessarily be recognised as credits for a future degree or diploma. 15

GI3.1.2

GI3.2

The granting of such credit may be considered only if the student has qualified for admission to study for the relevant programme on or before April 30 of the academic year in which he/she has passed the NCP courses or modules. GI3.3 Registration as a guest student Any person who does not want to follow an approved degree or diploma programme, but wants instead to attend lectures in one or more courses may be admitted as a guest student, if he/she: - completes the prescribed application form - obtains the written permission from the relevant Dean to attend the lecture(s) - registers as guest student (including payment of the prescribed fees) and - submits such proof of registration to the relevant lecturer(s) A guest student is not entitled to formal evaluation and certification, i.e., he/she will write no tests or examinations and receive no credit for attending lectures in (a) specific course(s). A guest student is not entitled to any rights/privileges to which bona fide students are entitled. All uncertainties regarding this matter must be taken up with the Registrar. Registration dates Student registration will take place in accordance with the registration dates as contained in the Calendar. The registration programme is also announced in the media and prospective students must make sure of the dates, times and venues of registration. Students must abide by the registration programme and relevant deadlines. Late registration A late registration fee is levied on students who register during or after the period of late registration provided for in the Calendar. Student cards The Polytechnic issues a student card to each student on which the students registration number and photo appear. Lost student cards are only replaced after submission of an official receipt for the prescribed replacement fee. Students are required to carry their student cards on their person at all times and may be asked to show such student card by any authorised staff member of the Polytechnic or its contractors. Students may be denied access to buildings, classrooms and/or services should they be unable to show a valid student card on demand. GI3.7 Change of address A student must immediately notify the Registrar of any change of address on the prescribed form.

GI3.4

GI3.5

GI3.6

16

GI4 GI4.1

ISSUING OF DOCUMENTS Academic records and certificates Upon graduation each candidate will be issued a free copy of an academic record and a degree or diploma certificate. Subsequent to graduation, academic records will be reprinted at a fee. A past student wishing to obtain a copy of her/his academic record shall apply for it on the prescribed form, pay the prescribed fee and produce the receipt to the Student Records Department before the document will be issued to her/him. A student currently registered at the Polytechnic wishing to obtain a copy of her/ his academic record shall also apply on the prescribed form, pay the relevant fee and produce the receipt to Student Records Department before s/he is furnished with the document. The Polytechnic shall not reprint degree or diploma certificates the originals of which have been lost by a student. A statement certifying that the student completed such a degree or diploma will be issued instead. The Polytechnic shall not re-issue qualifications upon a subsequent change of biographical data of the recipient. It is the responsibility of the holder of the qualification to provide official proof of the change in biographical data to any employer or other stakeholder.

GI4.2

Proof of registration A student wishing to obtain a proof of registration after the standard document has been issued at registration shall pay the prescribed fee. Syllabuses A past student shall apply in writing to the Student Records Department for the issuing of a certified syllabus. The student shall pay the prescribed fee at the cashier and produce the receipt to the Student Records Department before s/he shall be furnished with the document/s. Examination results A student wishing to have her/his results reprinted, due to non-receipt of such results, which were posted to the students registered address, shall pay the prescribed fee and produce the receipt before such results are issued to her/him by the Examinations Department. After the advice of results has been sent to candidates, the Polytechnic cannot take responsibility for delivery of such results or lack thereof. Once the advice of results has been sent to a candidates registered address, the Polytechnic presupposes that s/he have received them. Results will also be available through the Internet and via sms.

GI4.3

GI4.4

17

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS AC1 AC1.1 CURRICULUM REGULATIONS Timetable clashes The student is responsible for selecting his/her courses in such a way that these can be accommodated within the existing timetable. Notice of timetable clashes must be handed in at the Office of the Registrar in writing on a prescribed form within five lecturing days of commencement of lectures. Timetable clashes are clashes only when courses of the same prescribed curriculum for the same qualification and the same level appear at the same time on the timetable. Sequence of Courses and Pre-Requisites Unless otherwise determined by Senate, a student shall not be admitted to a second or subsequent level course in a subject if he/she has not fulfilled the prerequisites for that course. The Prospectus gives additional details in this regard in the Curriculum section. If a course is prescribed as a prerequisite course, students who obtain a semester mark of at least 50% shall be deemed to have satisfied the pre-requisite. NOTE: AC1.3 Certain departmental rules may be different from the above. Please consult departmental rules. Course Amendment A student may only amend his/her curriculum course(s) within the period as decided by Senate and published in the Academic Calendar. In respect of each amendment: AC1.4 the written approval of the Head of the Department the student wishes to enter and the consent of the Faculty Officer must be obtained, and the Registrar must be notified on the prescribed form within the prescribed period

Note:

AC1.2

Termination of Studies In the case of a student who wishes to terminate a course or programme, the Registrar must be notified in writing. The date on which such written notification is received will be deemed as the official date for the cancellation of the course and/ or programme. (For financial obligations arising out of cancellations, refer to the Students Fees Regulations). Students may not cancel individual courses after 30 April and 30 September for the first and second semesters respectively. Tuition fees are not transferable from one academic period to the next or to a future academic period. A student who cancels (a) course(s) during the semester will be refunded the portion of tuition fees as per the refund rules contained in the Fees section of the Prospectus. If it becomes clear that a student follows a course for which he/she is not registered, the students participation in the activities of such a course will be terminated. 18

AC1.5

Requirement to be registered before participating in a course Students are not allowed to attend classes or participate in a course in any manner or form (such as submitting assignments) without being registered for such course. Should it become clear that a student is participating in a course for which s/he is not registered; such participation will be terminated with immediate effect. Students who are found not to be registered for a course will not receive assessment marks nor will they be allocated supervisors in the case of Research Projects, Theses or Mini-theses. Such cases will be referred to the Faculty Officer to be investigated. Students who are found to participate in courses for which they are not registered may be charged with misconduct.

AC2

RECOGNITION OF PRIOR LEARNING Credits obtained while a Polytechnic student was suspended due to disciplinary reasons, will not be recognised by the institution.

AC2.1 Note:

General Conditions and Procedures for Course Recognition Courses completed eight or more years before the date of application will not be recognised for credit purposes. Students, who wish to apply for recognition of courses successfully completed at academic institutions other than the Polytechnic of Namibia, must direct such applications to the Registrar before 31 October of the year preceding the intended year of registration. The Registrar may accept applications after this closing date for submission to Senate, but the full liability for any consequences of an unsuccessful late application for exemption rests with the student (see below). No late applications will be accepted after 28 February of the relevant year of registration. Recognition of courses at a tertiary level will not be considered on the basis of courses passed at secondary or other school level. Also a course completed on certificate/diploma level does not necessarily entitle a student to recognition of such course. An application for recognition of a course must be accompanied by documentary proof issued by the examining body concerned that the student has passed the relevant course and has obtained a minimum of 50 % of the total marks. Condoned pass marks are not accepted for recognition. Course recognition will normally be considered if the corresponding course covers 80 % of the current syllabus. A student, who has not completed a qualification at the Polytechnic of Namibia and wants to enrol for another qualification at the Polytechnic of Namibia, will be entitled to recognition of all corresponding courses on condition that the original programme of study is no longer pursued. However, a student from another institution who has not completed a qualification, and who wants to enrol for a programme of study at the Polytechnic of Namibia, will only be entitled to recognition of a maximum of 50 % of the courses contained in the curriculum of a corresponding programme. 19

A student who has completed a qualification at the Polytechnic of Namibia or another institution and wants to enrol for another qualification course at the Polytechnic of Namibia is entitled to recognition of a maximum of 50 % of the courses contained in the envisaged curriculum. The number of courses for recognition may be exceeded only with the approval of Senate. If any existing qualification has been revised so that the structure and the name of the qualification change, the qualification will not be interchangeable and recognition of completed courses will be restricted. If a student holds a terminated qualification and wishes to obtain the new qualification, this student will receive recognition for a maximum of 50 % of the number of relevant prescribed courses. Procedure: Application for course recognition On application for course recognition, an original advice of results and a certificate of conduct must accompany the application as well as syllabi of the courses for which recognition is requested. A fee per course is payable to the Polytechnic of Namibia upon application. Unsuccessful application for course recognition In the case of an unsuccessful application, the student remains fully liable as far as academic and financial consequences for the relevant courses he/she might have registered for are concerned. AC2.2 Note: Recognition of courses of other institutions Courses completed eight or more years before the date of application shall not be recognised for credit purposes. The Registrar may, upon recommendation of the Dean and Head of Department concerned, grant recognition for examinations and/or courses completed successfully at other institutions up to a maximum of 50 % of the courses required for a qualification. Such recognition shall be applied for on the prescribed form and shall be granted on merit as judged against the following criteria: (a) There is at least 80 % overlap between the content of the two courses concerned that is, the one presented for recognition and the one for which recognition is requested. (b) The institution at which the course was completed is recognised by the relevant authorities in the country of origin. (c) The academic standard and the standard of assessment in the course are to the satisfaction of the School/Department. (d) The syllabus of the course presented has not changed significantly since the completion of the course.

20

AC2.3 Note:

Recognition of Internal Examinations/Courses Courses completed eight or more years before the date of application will not be recognised for credit purposes. A student, who wishes to register for another programme of study before completing a qualification at the Polytechnic, is entitled to recognition of all corresponding courses on condition that the current programme of study is cancelled and that the overlap between the curricula of such courses is at least 80 %. Such recognition shall also be applicable to corresponding courses completed for non-credit purposes.

AC2.4

Recognition of Non-certified Prior Learning A registered student of the Polytechnic may apply for the recognition of competencies gained through experience for the purpose of gaining credit for a course or courses that form part of the curriculum of the programme he/she is registered for. Students wishing to apply for such recognition of prior learning should do so in writing indicating clearly the course(s) that they wish to be assessed for, and should pay the prescribed fee. Such candidates should construct a portfolio of evidence of the learning and present this to the relevant Head of Department for appraisal. The Head of Department will grant access to the assessment of prior learning process based on his/her appraisal of the portfolio of evidence. Candidates granted access to assessment of prior learning would be assessed using a set of assessments, which is equivalent in standard and content to the normal assessment in the course, and would be required to pay a further fee.

AC2.5

Recognition of Research Projects/Theses A research project or thesis shall be recognised for the award of only one degree, be that at the Polytechnic or another institution. Recognition of Major Courses A candidate shall not offer as a major or principal course for a degree/diploma a course which was a major or principal course of a degree/diploma already conferred upon him/her, but shall offer an alternative course approved by Senate. CLASS ATTENDANCE Attendance at lectures/contact sessions Lectures/contact sessions are presented at the reasonable discretion of the relevant lecturer within the prescriptions and policy regarding tuition and training of Senate, the Boards of Studies and Departments. Full-time and Part-time students are expected to attend at least 80% of contact sessions, practicals and excursions. Students are expected to attend lectures regularly and do the required assignments, tests and examinations. Absence from lectures may be considered in the calculation of a students semester mark. Students and/or staff may not use devices (such as cell phones or audio sets) that my cause disturbance during contact sessions.

AC2.6

AC3 AC3.1

21

AC3.2

Academic Honesty and Integrity A student shall do all prescribed work which has a bearing on his tuition and shall write all tests and examinations. The Polytechnic does not condone any form of academic dishonesty, including plagiarism and cheating on tests and assessments, amongst other such practices. The Polytechnic requires students to always do their own assignments and to produce their own academic work, unless given a group assignment. Academic Dishonesty includes, but is not limited to: Using the ideas, words, works or inventions of someone else as if it is your own work. Using the direct words of someone else without quotation marks, even if it is referenced. Copying from writings (books, articles, web-pages, other students assignments, etc.), published or unpublished, without referencing. Syndicating a piece of work, all or part of an assignment, by a group of students, unless the assignment was a legitimate group assignment. The borrowing and use of another persons assignment, with or without their knowledge or permission. Infringing copyright, including documents copied or cut and pasted from the internet. Obtaining the assistance of someone else in preparing an assignment or to write or sit an assessment, whether this is against payment or not. Re-submitting work done already for another course or programme as new work, so-called self-plagiarism. A maximum of 20 % of a students work may be from previous work done by the student. Bringing notes or any other unauthorised material or equipment into an examination or test venue, regardless of whether such notes or material were used to copy or not. Receiving any outside assistance in any form or shape during an examination or test. Unauthorised communication during an assessment. Accessing the work of another student during a computer-based assessment. All forms of academic dishonesty are viewed as misconduct under the Polytechnic Student Rules and Regulations. Students who make themselves guilty of academic dishonesty will be brought before a Disciplinary Committee and may be suspended from studying for a certain time or may be expelled. All students who are found guilty of academic dishonesty shall have an appropriate endorsement on their academic record, which will never be erased. Sponsors and/or bursary donors will further be informed of such misconduct, while such information will also be shared with other institutions.

AC3.3

Full-time/part-time Jobs Full-time students should note that they are registered at the Polytechnic of Namibia on a full-time basis and therefore the Polytechnic may make demands on the time of such students. Absence from classes, tests or examinations due to job commitments will not be considered. The Polytechnic of Namibia reserves the right to request proof of study

22

leave, written permission from an employer, etc. from a student before admitting him/her to a full-time programme. In the case where programmes are offered both full-time and part-time, employed persons are expected to make use of the parttime mode. Part-time students, who commit themselves to studies at the Polytechnic of Namibia, will be expected to attend the classes, tests and examinations set down for the relevant programmes. No provision is made for students who engage in other commitments during this period which could interfere with their studies, e.g.: job-related courses (local and abroad), out-of-town work, etc. AC4 AC4.1 ASSESSMENT General Provisions Evaluation of a students performance in a certificate/diploma/degree programme shall be based on continuous assessment and/or examinations. The weighting between continuous assessment and formal examinations shall be as determined by the special Departmental and School Regulations. In cases of courses assessed wholly by continuous assessment only, the relevant regulations shall be as determined by the Department/School concerned and approved by Senate (See AC7). Overall performance in a course shall be assessed on a percentage scale divided as follows: (a) 75 and above Distinction (b) 70-74 Merit (c) 60-69 Credit (d) 50-59 Pass (e) 0-49 Fail Note: Departmental regulations approved by Senate may be different from the above general outline and shall be applicable to programmes for which such departmental regulations were approved. Saturdays that fall in the academic period are considered academic days for the purposes of conducting tests and examinations. AC4.2 Passing a course In order to pass a course, a student shall, unless otherwise determined by Senate, upon recommendation of a department, obtain a final pass mark of at least 50 % in that course, subject to a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination mark, in the case of an examined course. Such exceptions as approved by Senate are reflected in the departmental rules. Refer to the departmental regulations for more information.

Note:

23

AC4.3

Allocation of Annual Result The Polytechnic uses a system of annual result codes signifying the outcome of a period of study as follows: CODE P (Study Period) DESCRIPTION Pass Study Period ALLOCATION RULES Student has passed 50% or more of the courses required for a specific study period, e.g. first, second, or third year. Student has obtained sufficient credits to continue studying, but will not be able to complete in normal time. Student passed less than 50 % of the required courses for the study period and/or lower study periods Student has completed all the minimum curriculum requirements for the Certificate Student has completed all the minimum curriculum requirements for the Higher Certificate Student has completed all the minimum curriculum requirements for the National Diploma Student has completed all the minimum curriculum requirements for the Bachelor or B.Tech degree Student has completed the qualification cum laude Student has completed all the minimum curriculum requirements for the degree of Master Student has completed all the minimum curriculum requirements for the Bachelor Honours degree

P8

Pass Programme Extended Fail

PI

Obtain Certificate

P7

Obtain Higher Certificate Obtain Diploma

PF

PG

Obtain degree

PC MA

Obtain qualification cum laude Obtain Masters degree

BH

Obtain Hons degree

AC4.4

Completion and Submission of Undergraduate Research Projects for Examination Undergraduate research projects must be submitted for examination by 31 October each year if the student is expecting to graduate in March/April of the following year and by 31 May if the student is expecting to graduate in October. The student may further be granted time until 31 January (for those registered in the second semester) and 31 July (for those registered in the first semester) each year to so submit a research project, but graduation at the immediately following graduation ceremony is then not guaranteed. Such extension of time must be approved by the relevant Head of Department in exceptional cases and after due consideration of the students circumstances. Students must make application for such extension to the head of Department through their supervisors before the first due date of

24

31 October or 31 May, whichever is applicable. Failure to do so will result in the student having to re-register for the project and pay the prescribed fee. A student who fails to submit a complete Research Project for examination on or before 31 January or 31 July, whichever is applicable, or who obtained a failing mark for such Research Project submitted on 31 January or 31 July, whichever is applicable, must re-register for the Research Project and pay the prescribed fee. A student who has submitted a complete Research Project for examination on or before 31 October or 31 May, whichever is applicable, but who fails to obtain a pass mark for the project, may revise/improve such project until 31 January or 31 July whichever is applicable, without the need for re-registration. Should the student fail to submit the revised/improved research project on or before 31 January or 31 July, whichever is applicable, or obtain a failing mark after such re-submission, the student must re-register for the research project and pay the prescribed fee. AC4.5 AC4.5.1 PROMOTION REGULATIONS: EXAMINATIONS General Regulations

AC4.5.1.1 Conducting of examinations The duration and scope of the examinations for the different qualifications shall be determined by Senate, and be conducted under the supervision of Senate at such venues, dates and times as Senate may determine. On completion of a prescribed syllabus (unless determined otherwise) examinations shall be conducted in all courses. Unless Senate determines otherwise, all papers for a specific course shall be written during the same examination period. A disabled candidate (e.g. blindness, physical handicap) shall be accommodated if the necessary arrangements have been made beforehand and with the approval of Senate. Practical Examinations for full- and part-time students shall be conducted in the week before the commencement of semester or end of year examinations. AC4.5.1.2 Determination of Semester Mark For all residential courses, the semester mark will be determined by way of appropriate assessments during the semester. A minimum of two assessments must be set per semester, although variations may occur per course and/or programme as approved by Senate. Students who miss one or more of these assessments will be allowed to make up one assessment by writing an appropriate supplementary assessment set on the relevant parts of the syllabus as determined by the lecturer or by doing a supplementary laboratory or practical assignment towards the end of the semester. The mark for such supplementary assessment will be used to substitute the mark for one other assessment. Students who miss more than one assessment during the semester will be allowed to substitute one assessment with the supplementary test and will be given zero for the other assessments missed. No reason needs to be provided for missed assessments. The semester mark will be calculated using assessments in a ratio as determined in the course outline of each course. A semester mark passed successfully shall give the student the right of admission to the course examination and any subsequent course demanding the 25

respective contents as prerequisite. The following learning outcomes have been accomplished: Students command the intellectual capacity to master the contents and complexity of the relevant course. The share of parts with no evidence of understanding is likely to be sourced by adequate self-learning. The lessons learnt are likely to be re-called sufficiently with adequate preparation in an examination situation. Subject to such exceptions as approved by Senate, and by the Registrar in terms of rule AC4.3.6, a semester mark shall be valid only for the examinations in the period during which it has been achieved and the immediately succeeding period. Lecturers may decide to allow not only students who have missed assessments to sit for supplementary assessments, but also those who wish to improve their marks. Lecturers who decide to allow their students this opportunity must communicate this arrangement to all students well in advance and must ensure that all students who either qualify for a supplementary assessment or who wish to make use of such supplementary assessment, are informed of the arrangements for the supplementary assessment. Students must note that this rule does not entitle all students to such supplementary assessments, but that the decision to allow or not to allow access to such supplementary assessment lies entirely with the lecturer concerned. AC4.5.1.3 Examination admission A student who is registered for a course shall be admitted to the examination of such a course after having satisfied the assessment requirements of the course. Satisfactory work is determined by the various departments by means of practicals, tests and assignments embodied in a semester mark. A student shall be required to produce a student card and any other documentation that may be required from time to time on entrance to the examination venue. Students, who gain admission to examinations for which they do not meet all academic, administrative, financial or any other requirements, will have their marks for such courses nullified and will be subject to disciplinary action. Admission to the examination of a course will normally require a semester mark of at least 50 %. Exceptions to this requirement are approved by Senate and contained in individual course outlines. Students who fail to gain admission to the examination must repeat the course when it is offered again. A student shall be required to produce a student card on entrance to the examination venue. AC4.5.1.5 Determination of the final mark The semester mark and examination mark shall be used jointly to determine the final mark in a ratio determined by the relevant department and approved by Senate. (Note: refer to the departmental regulation for more information) In the case of a course for which no semester mark is required, the examination mark shall be the final mark.

26

The final decision regarding examination/course results shall be vested in Senate. The overall course performance results in the final mark and is proof of the following learning outcomes: - Students are able to recall lessons learnt sufficiently by adequate self-learning and for examinations preparation - Evidence given shows that sufficient content parts and relation-ships are understood and can be applied. - The share of content parts with no evidence of understanding can be sourced through adequate self-learning. - Subsequently, contents and related knowledge not covered are likely to be presented by accessing known sources. AC4.5.2 Examining

AC4.5.2.1 Examination opportunities Examination opportunities will be offered once in all courses at the end of each semester i.e. in June and November each year. Students are encouraged to utilise the first opportunity offered immediately following the semester in which the course is taught, but may also choose to utilise only the second opportunity at the end of the following semester. No notification of absence from the examination is required. A student who has gained admission to the examination shall be free to choose whether s/he will write the first examination in the course concerned: Provided that the decision to write the first examination or not shall be irrevocable as soon as the student has reported for the first examination; a student who writes the first examination and who does not pass the course, shall be permitted to write the second examination also; all papers of a course are written in the same examination session. AC4.5.2.2 Duration The duration of an examination shall be as approved by Senate for each course. AC4.5.2.3 Examiners and Moderators Senate shall, on recommendation of the Schools, appoint at least one examiner and one moderator for each examination, provided that, where more than one person is involved in teaching a course, all such persons shall be appointed examiners. Except in exceptional circumstances such as in the case of death, resignation, absence, illness or other inability of the lecturer concerned, at least one examiner shall be a lecturer who has been involved in the internal teaching of the course. External moderators shall be appointed for all exit level courses as determined and required by the specific accreditation body. Regardless of the requirements of accreditation bodies, external moderators shall at least be appointed for all courses at NQF level 7 and above. For pre-NQF programmes, external moderators shall be appointed for all courses at the third and/or fourth-year level for all programmes that have both a National 27

Diploma and a Bachelors degree, or a National Diploma only, as exit points. External moderators shall be appointed for all courses at the fourth-year level for all programmes that have only a Bachelors degree as exit point. External moderators shall be appointed for all courses leading to a postgraduate qualification. An external person is a person who: is not a full-time employee of the Polytechnic; is not involved with the teaching of the course at the Polytechnic. In the absence of an internal moderator, an external moderator may be appointed. AC4.5.2.4 Supplementary examinations Supplementary examinations will be a re-examination written together with the second opportunity examination. A student, who fails a course in the first opportunity examination, shall be entitled to sit for a supplementary examination. The supplementary examination shall be a re-examination of the same course content valid for the ordinary examination and shall comprise the same number of papers as the ordinary examination. The supplementary examination shall be subject to the general examination and promotion regulations/requirements. There shall be no restriction on the number of courses in which a student may be admitted to sit for supplementary examinations. If the student has been admitted to a supplementary examination but does not report for it, the examination mark obtained in the first opportunity examination shall be awarded. The mark obtained in the supplementary examination shall replace the ordinary examination mark. Supplementary examinations shall be conducted during a period determined by Senate. There will be no supplementary examinations for students who have taken second opportunity examinations. AC4.5.5 Repeating a course A student who repeats a course after having failed such a course shall repeat the entire course as if it were being taken for the first time, subject to such exceptions approved by Senate and reflected in departmental rules. Retention of semester mark The Registrar may, upon notification by the Head of Department and Dean, approve the retention of semester marks for students who failed to attain a pass mark in the examination period as stipulated under AC4.3.2. Such retention of semester mark shall only be granted to students who have obtained a semester mark of at least 50 % and shall only be valid for the second and third semester following the semester during which the semester mark has been achieved (thus resulting in a

AC4.5.6

28

3rd and 4th opportunity examination). Students shall be required to write all the examination papers in the course again. Applications for retention of semester mark and the admission to a 3rd opportunity examination must be made to the faculty officer on or before the last working day in March for examinations taking place in the June session and on or before the last working day of August for examinations taking place in the November session. Applications must be accompanied by a full motivation explaining the reasons for failure in the previous examinations and how the student intends staying informed of potential changes in the course material. It should also contain a statement committing the student to attending a set of tutorial classes that will be offered during the last week of that semester. If a student fails to obtain a pass mark, any subsequent new course linked by a chain of prerequisites cannot be taken. No retention of semester mark shall be granted for courses where the syllabi have been amended. Students will be required to repeat the new syllabi of such courses. The fee payable for this service shall be non-refundable whether or not a student wrote the examination and regardless of the outcome of such examination. Students who are registered for higher level courses on the basis of having achieved a 50 % semester mark in a pre-requisite course shall be de-registered for the higher level courses as soon as they are registered for tuition for the pre-requisite course again. Students who attended the relevant tutorial classes in the previous semester but failed to attain a pass mark can apply for a 4th opportunity examination. Applications must be made to the faculty officer on or before the last working day in March for the examinations taking place in the June session and on or before the last working day of August for examinations taking place in the November session. Applications must be accompanied by a full motivation explaining the reasons for failure in the previous semester. In order to gain approval a student might be required to meet with a student counsellor at a time and place set by the Registrar to reflect on his/ her performance. If a pass mark in the four opportunity examinations has not been attained or if no third or fourth opportunity was available, the semester mark is nullified, the course is failed and has to be repeated. Students will remain registered for the third and fourth opportunity examinations in the offering type (mode) in which they have gained the admission mark for the course concerned. Students will be required to pay a fee for this service as determined by Council. AC4.5.7 Assessment of Students with Special Learning Needs The Registrar may, upon recommendation of the Dean and/or Head of Department, grant additional time based on the category of disability to students with physical disabilities to complete tests and examinations. Students wishing to make use of such additional time should submit a written request to the Student Information Officer and should provide proof of the disability.

29

AC4.6

Contagious/Communicable Diseases Students suffering from contagious/communicable diseases, particularly in times of known epidemics, will be required to write examinations in seclusion, or may be required to write a special examination at a date and time as decided by Senate. RE-REGISTRATION FOR A QUALIFICATION Students who have failed to pass any courses in the first semester/year of their study must re-apply for admission. The Registrar may, upon recommendation of the Dean and Head of Department concerned, approve re-registration for a student who has failed to pass any course(s) in an academic period. MAXIMUM STUDY PERIOD A student shall not be permitted to re-register for the same qualification after double the minimum period of study from first registration. The maximum period for undergraduate qualifications per offering type is: FT PT DE 1 year Certificates 2 3 3 2 year Higher Certificates 4 6 6 3 year Diplomas 6 8 8 4 year Degrees 8 10 10

AC5

AC6

Note: AC7

Students may appeal to Senate for extension of this period. For maximum study periods of postgraduate qualifications, see the Prospectus for Postgraduate Studies. PROMOTION REGULATIONS: CONTINUOUS AND DIVERSIFIED ASSESSMENT Courses that are assessed by continuous assessment only (no final examination), will have a minimum of six (6) assessments in a semester that will be utilised to calculate the final mark in a ratio as determined in the course outline for each course. Exceptions to the minimum number of assessments or the general application of this rule must be approved by Senate. Students, who miss one or more of these assessments during a semester, will be allowed to make up one such assessment by writing a supplementary assessment set on the whole syllabus of the course or another appropriate supplementary assessment as determined by the course lecturer. Such supplementary assessment will take place during the examination period. The mark for such supplementary assessment will be used to substitute the mark for one other assessment provided that in courses where separate assessments are used for theory and practical, students may be allowed to do one supplementary for theory and one supplementary for practical. Students, who miss more than one or two assessments in the case of courses with theory and practical during the semester, will be allowed to substitute one or two assessments with the supplementary assessment(s) and will be given zero for the other assessments missed. No reason needs to be provided for missed assessments.

30

AC8 AC8.1

APPEAL BY A CANDIDATE Remark (Applicable only to Examined Courses) A student who has failed a course may upon written application to the Registrar and payment of the prescribed non-refundable fee on or before 15 January for the November Examinations, and on or before 15 July for the June Examinations request remarking of his/her scripts for such course(s). For a script to be remarked, a student shall have obtained an examination mark of at least 35 % and a final mark of at least 45 %. The remarking will be done by the moderator, hereinafter referred to as the arbiter. The student is required to complete the remark application form. The marks allocated by the arbiter shall constitute the results of the remark, after approval by Senex/Senate. Such result shall supersede the result of the original examination and may cause a lowering of the mark or symbol originally awarded. Remarking shall not be permitted for scripts already moderated, practical examinations or for a course of which all papers are marked entirely by computer. A student who applies for the remarking of a course shall not forfeit any right which he/she may already have to a supplementary examination. If the remarking results in the student passing the course, this shall supersede the original and/or supplementary examination result.

AC8.2

Recheck of Examination marks (Applicable only to Examined Courses) A student, who has strong reasons to believe that an examination mark may be incorrect, can apply that such mark be re-checked, regardless of the mark obtained. The student shall apply for such a recheck on the prescribed form and pay the non-refundable fee. Such re-check shall not necessarily lead to a re-mark of the script, unless so determined by the officer conducting the re-check.

AC8.3

Objection to Final Mark (Applicable to both Examined and Continuous Assessment Courses) Any objection to a final mark obtained in a course must be raised with the Examinations Department within six (6) months of the publication and or notification date thereof, failing which the final mark shall thereafter be deemed as the correct final mark obtained by the student. GRADUATION: Requirements for Graduation: Qualifications of the Polytechnic will only be awarded to students who have met all curriculum requirements for the specific programme as determined by Senate. Students who have outstanding financial or other obligations to the Polytechnic will not be allowed to graduate. 31

AC9 AC9.1

Students who are unable to provide original proof of their admission qualification will not be allowed to graduate. AC9.2 Notice of Expectation to Graduate: Students who are in the final semester of study towards the National Diploma or Bachelor degree must complete and submit the form Notice of Expectation to graduate to the Faculty Officer before or during Week 8 of that semester. Failure to do so may lead to such student not being allowed to graduate at the ceremony following that semester. Students completing such forms will be held accountable for information they provide on such forms. AC9.3 Obtaining a National Diploma or Degree cum laude: A student shall pass a National Diploma or Degree degree cum laude if s/he has achieved an overall average of 75 % for all courses in the curriculum of the diploma or degree, provided that each course was passed with at least a credit. None of the courses prescribed in the programme must have been failed and the programme must have been completed in the minimum prescribed time. Cum laude awards will only be made at the highest qualification in a programme. Closing of Graduation Lists Graduation lists will close, finally, at least ten days before the scheduled date of the Graduation Ceremony. No assessment marks may be captured between such final closing date and the date of the Graduation Ceremony APPLICATION AND INTERPRETATION OF THE RULES The interpretation of the rules shall be a matter of the exercise of academic judgment by the relevant authorities. Should a disagreement arise between the recommending and approving authorities in the application of these rules, the case under consideration shall be forwarded to Senate or SENEX for a final decision.

AC9.4

AC10

32

F: F.1

STUDENT FEES ENQUIRIES AND PAYMENTS

F.1.1 METHODS OF PAYMENTS 1) PERSONALLY The Cashier Administration Building 13 Storch Street Windhoek BY MAIL All payments by mail must be directed to: The Bursar Polytechnic of Namibia Private Bag 13388 Windhoek BY DIRECT DEPOSIT The Polytechnic of Namibias bank details are as follows: First National Bank Branch: Ausspannplatz Branch Number: 28 18 72 Account Number: 555 001 26319 Reference Number: Student #

2)

3)

Submit a copy of the deposit slip or fax to (061) 207-2952 or (061) 207-2273 for the attention of the Assistant Bursar: Finance only if the payment is not updated within 5 business days. Kindly ensure that the correct student number is clearly stated as reference number. F.1.2 OFFICE HOURS: Enquiries and Payments 1) For Enquiries Mondays to Thursdays 10:00 - 13:00 14:00 - 16:00 No enquiries on Fridays 2) For Payments Mondays to Thursdays 09:00 - 13:00 14:00 - 16:00 Fridays 09:00 - 13:00 Note: For opening times of Regional Centres, see the section on Centre for Open and Lifelong Learning (COLL)

33

F.1.3

PAYMENT REQUIREMENTS (a) Cheques must be crossed and made out to the Polytechnic of Namibia. (b) No post dated cheques are accepted. (c) Never send cash by post. (d) Students will be de-registered immediately for dishonoured or unpaid (R/D) cheques and an amount of N$600.00 will be charged to the account. (e) Payment must be made only to the Cashier and not to any other staff member. An official receipt should be obtained upon payment. (f) No receipt will be issued for direct deposits. The banks stamp on the deposit slip serves as a proof of payment. (g) The Polytechnic and its staff cannot be held responsible for possible losses that may occur when the payment requirements are not adhered to. STIPULATIONS REGARDING STUDENT FEES GENERAL

F.2 F.2.1

F.2.1.1 Council reserves the right to amend, without prior notice, all fees payable to the Polytechnic. F.2.1.2 Tuition fees shall differ from course to course depending on course requirements. F.2.1.3 Should Council temporarily or permanently suspend any students rights or privileges, or permanently refuse admission to any student, the student concerned student shall forfeit all claims to refunds, reduction or remission of fees paid or payable to the Polytechnic of Namibia. F.2.1.4 Fees are payable on a monthly basis, whether a student received an account or not. Failure to adhere to stipulated due dates will result in de-registration, withheld of results, refusal of access to meals, accommodation and examinations. F.3 F.3.1 FEES PAYABLE TUITION FEES Tuition fees (denoted in the Namibian dollar, N$) are charged per course regardless of whether the course is taken on full-time, part-time or distance education mode.

34

General tuition fees per course are charged as follows: School of Business and Management B. Tech./Bachelor: Accounting and Finance, Economics, Business Admin, Marketing, Human Resources Management, Office Management and Technology, Public Management - 1st - 3rd yr B. Tech./Bachelor: Accounting and Finance, Economics Business Admin, Marketing, Human Resources Management, Office Management and Technology, Public Management 4th yr Bachelor Honours Master of International Business (MIB) - full programme M.Sc. Leadership and Change Management - full programme School of Communication, Criminal Justice and Legal studies National Diploma: Journalism and Communication - 1st year National Diploma: Journalism and Communication - 2nd & 3rd year BA English, BA Communication B.Communication Honours, B. English Honours National Diploma: Police Science B. Criminal Justice B. Criminal Justice Honours B. Journalism and Communication Technology B. Journalism and Communication Technology Honours Other disciplines (incl. Service Courses) School of Engineering Introduction to Engineering Studies National Diploma: Engineering (Power, Mechanical) B.Tech.: Civil, Electrical Power, Electronics, Electronic/Power, Electronics and Telecommunication, Mechanical B. Engineering: Mining, Mechanical, Electronics & Telecommunications B. Architecture Honours - 1st - 3rd yr B. Architecture Honours - 4th yr Technical & Vocational Education Programmes: Full Credit Half Credit Master Waternet/IWRM M. Transport Engineering School of Health and Applied Sciences National Higher Certificate: Emergency Medical Care B. Bio-Medical Science, B. Environmental Health Science - 1st year B. Bio-Medical Science, B. Environmental Health Science 2nd, 3rd & 4th yr B.Sc. Applied Mathematics and Statistics B.Sc. Applied Statistics Honours B.Sc. Applied Mathematics Honours School of Information Technology National Diploma: Informational Technology B. Information Technology: Business Computing, Systems Admin and Networks, Software Development 1st 3rd yr B. Information Technology Honours: Business Computing, Computer Networking, Software Engineering Master of Information Technology 35

960 1 280 1 280 75 000 75 000 1 100 2 870 1 280 1 400 960 1 530 1 530 2 870 1 710 960 1 190 2 040 2 550 2 550 2 040 2 550 960 700 3 610 3 750 1 530 1 530 1 650 1 190 1 440 1 440 1 860 1 860 2 550 3 050

School of Natural Resources and Tourism National Certificate: Nature Conservation (Techniques) Certificate: Community-Based Natural Resource Management cost for full programme Certificate Namibian Environmental Education cost for full programme Land Admin, Land Surveying, Land Use Planning, Geo-Information Technology, Land Valuation and Estate Management,- 1st 3rd yr Land Management and Admin. - 4th yr National Technical Certificate: Food & Bev. Operations, Rooms Division Operations National Certificate: Food and Bev. Operations, Rooms Division National Diploma: Land Use Planning, Geo-Information Technology, Geomatics, Property Studies, Land Management and Registration, Land Valuation and Estate Management B.Tech.: Land Management B. Travel and Tourism Management, - 1st - 3rd yr B. Travel and Tourism Management - 4th yr B.Hospitality Management - 1st - 3rd yr B.Hospitality Management - 4th yr B.Tech. Nature Conservation - 1st - 3rd yr B.Tech. Nature Conservation - 4th yr B. Agricultural Management - 1st - 3rd yr B. Agricultural Management - 4th yr Master in Integrated Land Management

1 620 4 190 4 190 1 340 1 680 1 340 1 340 1 340 1 680 1 340 1 680 1 340 1 680 1 620 1 980 1 620 1 980 3 750

N.B. Other course fees may vary as per qualification. Please consult the Fees Booklet of 2011 for specific course fees. F.3.1.1 EXCEPTIONS TO NORMAL TUITION FEES FEE - N$ (Per Semester) 1,090 2,105 1,770 1,940 3,340 2,105 2,105 2,480 1,560 280 2000

COURSE School of Business and Management (SBM) Computerised Accounting School of Natural Resources and Tourism (SNRT) Basic Hotel Information Systems Community Based Land Management Food and Beverage Operations & Management 1 Food Production Theory and Practice Tour Guiding 2 Tourism Destination Management 1 & 3 Travel Theory & Practice 3 (Galileo) Research Project (PRO101N) Practical 1 - 4 (BTN) In Service Training (All disciplines in SNRT)

36

F.3.2 FEES FOR OTHER SERVICES SERVICES FEE - N$ NON-REFUNDABLE Undergraduate Application 95 Postgraduate Application 150 Late Application 280 Registration (inclusive of Technology, Assessment & Student Activity Fee) 820 Late Registration Fee (in addition to Registration fee) 260 Fines for Unpaid Cheque or Refer to Drawer (R/D) 600 Application for Credit Transfer from Other Institutions 95 Application for Advanced Standing (in addition to application fee) 95 Credit Transfer from Other Institutions (per course) 445 Academic Record 50 Statement to Replace Certificate/Diploma 280 Remark (per course) 365 Re-check of Marks (per course) 95 Replacement of Student/Meal Card 75 Application fee for Recognition of Prior Learning 95 Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) Assessment Fee (per course) 490 Retention of Semester Mark payable on application (per course) 490 Application for resumption of studies 95 Receiving of Qualification in Absentia 135 Reprinting of Examination Results 50 Copies of Official Documents (Proof of Registration, etc.) 50 Medical Services Fees per visit 15 Duplicate Study Guide (Distance Students) 245 Duplicate Tutorial Letter 35 Library Fees Membership for non-Polytechnic users One book at a time Two books at a time Three books at a time Fines Overdue fines on normal loans Overdue fines on short loans Damage to library materials Irreparable damage to library materials Loss of Library materials Illegal removal of library materials Cellular Phone (talking on/ringing) Eating/Drinking in the library Making noise Library Deposit UNAM (staff/students) Other Parking Parking violation Internet Caf charges to Students Making noise

235 400 560 1,20 1,20 140 1,300 135 135 135 610 70 150 10/hour 135

37

F.3.3 RESIDENCE FEES (a) Registration in residence will be done per semester. (b) Any student who leaves the residence during a semester will be charged for the whole semester, unless a replacement is made with immediate effect. (c) All resident students will be levied 50% of the meal fees (N$ 4,160.00) per semester, which is payable whether meals are taken or not. (d) Any student who wishes to be given more credit for meals has to pay in advance. Residence Breakage deposit (Refundable) N$ 700.00 Residence Fees: NAMIBIAN & SADC Citizens Single Room N$6,200 (per semester) Double Room N$4,850 (per semester) Residence Fees: INTERNATIONAL Single Room Double Room Meal Fees (including VAT) N$10,360 (per semester) N$8,710 (per semester) N$8,320 (per semester) N$16,640 (per year) Supper - N$22.10

Cost per meal inclusive of VAT for full-time boarders: Meals: Breakfast - N$8.40 Lunch - N$28.10

Cost per meal for non-residential students, staff and occasional customers: Meals: Breakfast - N$21.50 Lunch - N$39.17 Supper - $31.39 Accommodation for occasional occupants (per day): N$130.00

F.3.3.1 RESIDENCE BREAKAGE DEPOSIT (a) A deposit of N$700.00 must accompany a confirmed admission to the residence. (b) Such deposit does not form part of the residential fees and is refundable on completion of the students studies or when the student leaves the residence permanently. (c) The deposit must be paid in cash, cheque or by direct deposit. Please note that the deposit fee does not form part of the bursary. In the following circumstances the deposit shall be forfeited in full or in part: (a) If a student cancels the application after a place in the residence has been allocated to him/her, 10% of the breakage deposit shall be forfeited. (b) A student who fails to pay the full residence fees before the due date must again pay a full residence deposit before readmission is granted. (c) If a student has an outstanding account or has caused losses/damages to the Polytechnics property when he/she leaves the residence, the relevant amount will be deducted from the deposit. F.3.4 EXAMINATION FEES An assessment fee of N$160 is payable at date of registration and is included in the registration fee.

38

F.4 PAYMENT OF FEES F.4.1 The various fees are payable as follows: Application Fee: Late Application Fee: Registration Fee: Technology Fee: Assessment Fee: Late Registration Fee: Residence Breakage Deposit: Payable on application until 30 September Payable on application after 30 September Payable on registration date Payable on registration date Payable on registration date Payable after registration date Payable on/or before admittance

Fixed Deposit Fee For All Students: N$2,000 for all disciplines Notes: 1. The amounts above are inclusive of Registration, Technology, Assessment and Student Activities fees. 2. If the total fee account is below the minimum amount specified above, then the whole fee account is payable at Registration. 3. Students will pay the Registration, Technology and Assessment Fees only once per year on registration for that year. Balances on fee accounts are payable on the due dates as specified in F.4.2 below. Residence Fees Per Semester Deposit At Registration N$2,000 On Due Dates Balance

F.4.2 DUE DATES Installments are payable on/or before: Year courses: 28 February 31 March 29 April 31 August Semester 1: 29 February 31 March 29 April 29 July 31 August 30 September 12% 26% 38% 86% 33% 66% 100% 33% 66% 100% 30 June 62% 31 July 74% 31 May 50% 30 September 100%

Semester 2:

NB:

Where students fail to pay their fees on the due dates, Council reserves the right to refuse such students registration, meals, accommodation, examination admission, or any other steps Council may take from time to time.

F.4.3 BURSARY STUDENTS On registration, bursary holders must produce original written proof of bursaries awarded. Should sponsorship be subsequently withdrawn, the student should pay the required fees. NB: No withdrawal of the award will be accepted after 28 February for first semester and 31 July for second semester. 39

Residence breakage deposit of N$700.00 must be paid in cash, cheque or by direct deposit, as this does not form part of the bursary unless otherwise stipulated. F.5 REBATES AND/OR DISCOUNTS

F.5.1 Rebates to Personnel Members and their Dependants Personnel members and their dependants in the permanent employ of the Polytechnic and UNAM shall pay a registration fee only at date of registration. They may register at the beginning of the academic year for any academic course, except for extra-curricular courses, as the latter courses must be self-supporting. No rebate will be allowed if the relevant person has a bursary and/or when subjects are repeated. To qualify, students must submit an original letter from Human Resources Department to the Student Debtors Officers ON REGISTRATION DATE. Rebates not applied for in this manner will be forfeited. F.5.2 Rebate to Council Members Officially appointed Council members and their dependants shall pay a registration fee only at date of registration. They may register at the beginning of the academic year for any academic course, except for extra-curricular courses, as the latter courses must be self-supporting. No rebate will be allowed if the relevant person has a bursary and/ or when subjects are repeated. F.5.3 Rebate to Members of Housing Committee A rebate equal to 30 % of residence fees will be granted to the Housing Committee Chairperson and 20 % of residence fees to Housing Committee members for the period served in that capacity. Rebates will only be refunded if all accounts are settled in full. F.5.4 Rebate to Students Representative Council A rebate of 50 % to SRC Chairperson and 40 % to SRC members will be granted on the following conditions: (a) The rebate will be calculated for the period served as SRC member or chairperson. (b) Rebates will be calculated on tuition fees only, excluding residence fees or any other charges. (c) Rebates will be refunded at the end of each semester. (d) Rebates will only be refunded, if the fee account is settled in full. F.5.5 DISCOUNTS F.5.5.1 Discount of 20 % for students from the same family (excluding the first student) based on the following conditions: (a) Students are self-funding, i.e. they do not get a bursary or scholarship. (b) Students must apply for the discount in writing to the Bursar. (c) Applicants must produce a full birth certificate to prove that at least one parent is the same or a documentary proof that they are legally adopted. (d) No discount will be considered for courses being repeated. (e) Students must be studying concurrently; i.e. at the same time. (f) Part-time and/or married students do not qualify for the rebates.

40

F.5.5.2 Discount for Full Payment A 10 % discount on tuition fees will be granted if tuition fees are paid in full. The following conditions apply: (a) On or before 29 February each year for year and first semester accounts. (b) On or before 31 July each year for second semester accounts. (c) Students who are de-registered for whatever reason will forfeit the discount and will then be liable for the full account. (d) Students who cancel their courses or subjects will not be entitled to a refund of the discount after the discount has been allowed. F.5.5.3 Discount for Excellent Academic Performance All students who obtain at least 85% in the final mark of a course shall receive a discount on tuition fees for that course as follows: 5 % for a first year course; 10 % for a second year course; 15 % for a third, fourth or fifth year course. NOTE: No discount shall be given for excellent academic performance in courses that the student repeats. F.6 INTEREST ON OVERDUE ACCOUNTS A 15 % annual interest will be charged on all residence and tuition accounts overdue by 30th September. REFUNDS

F.7

F.7.1 Refund Upon Discontinuation of Studies F.7.1.1 Year/Semester Written applications for refunds of class fees should be submitted to the Student Debtors Officers. F.7.1.2 Year Courses (a) Cancellation of course(s) on or before 29 February - 100 % credit (b) Cancellation of course(s) on or before 30 June - 50 % credit (c) Cancellation of course(s) on or after 01 July - no credit F.7.1.3 First Semester Courses (a) Cancellation of course(s) on or before 29 February - 100 % credit (b) Cancellation of course(s) on or before 07 April - 50 % credit (c) Cancellation of course(s) on or after 08 April - no credit F.7.1.4 Second Semester Courses (a) Cancellation of course(s) on or before 31 July - 100 % credit (b) Cancellation of course(s) on or before 08 September - 50 % credit (c) Cancellation of course(s) on or after 09 September - no credit F.7.1.6 Students who fail to cancel courses and residence in writing remain responsible for the full fees for the particular academic year. F.7.1.7 Extra-Curricular Courses No refund unless courses are cancelled by the Institution

41

F.7.1.8 Refunds - General Students who wish to request 100 % refund due to cancellation as a result of factors beyond their control may appeal to the Registrar in this regard. Such appeal must be submitted to the relevant Faculty Officer. No refunds can be guaranteed. Claims for refunds will be processed twice a month, i.e. on the 15th and 30th day. An official claim form should be completed and handed in at the Enquiry Counter, Ground Floor, Administration Building. F.7.1.9 Credit balances will be forfeited if it is not claimed within one year. F.8 NON-FORMAL COURSES Non-Formal courses are offered on an extra-curricular basis and are subject to a minimum of 10 registered students per course. These courses are run on a self-financing basis. Fees For Foreign & National Languages (Total Hours 75) - N$1,700 (Inclusive of Registration Fee) F.9 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Please note that the Polytechnic does not offer any financial assistance in the form of loans and/or bursaries. For additional information contact the Student Financial Aid Officer at telephone number (061) 207-2187. NB: Not withstanding the fact that all the information contained herein has been compiled as accurately as possible, Council, Senate and the Boards of Studies of the Polytechnic accept no responsibility for any errors that may occur.

42

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT OFFICE OF THE DEAN Dean Secretary Telephone Number Fax Number E-mail Address Faculty Officers : : : : : : : Telephone Numbers E-mail Addresses : : : Kofi Boamah, Cert. Ed, DEM, B.Comm. (Hons), M.Com. (Delhi) Margaret Munkanda, ND Info. Admin. (PoN), B.Tech. Business Admin. 061-207-2220 061-207-2445 mmunkanda@polytechnic.edu.na Derlien Katunohange, ND Public Admin. (PoN), B.Tech. Public Mngt. (TSA) Winson Nepembe, ND Public Admin. (PoN), B.Tech. Public Mngt. (UNISA) Petsy Neiss, ND Nursing Science (UNAM) 061-207-2320 / 2263 / 2160 dkatunohange@polytechnic.edu.na wnepembe@polytechnic.edu.na pneiss@polytechnic.edu.na

DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE Head of Department : Paul Maliti, BA, FCCA, FZICA Secretary : Margaret Munkanda Telephone Number : 061-207-2220 Fax Number : 061-207-2445 E-mail Address : mmunkanda@polytechnic.edu.na Faculty Officer : Winson Nepembe, ND Public Admin. (PoN), B.Tech. Public Mngt. (UNISA) Telephone Number : 061-207-2263 E-mail Address : wnepembe@polytechnic.edu.na Academic Staff : John Chekani, M.Sc. (Finance), ADCA, FMC, CMA : Van Wyk du Plessis, MBA, BA, HBA, LSTD, FA(SA). : Zelda Maritz, Hons B.Compt. (UNISA) IACSA, CTA (UNISA) : Paul Maliti, BA, FCCA, FZICA : Pierre Barayagwiza, M.Sc. Accounting & Economic Analysis : Pieter Koortzen, NTDC, FIAC, CFA, FA (SA), M.Com : Gerhardt Sheehama, B.Tech. Cost & Management Accounting (Pen. Tech.), M.Sc. Dev. Fin, (Stellenbosch) : Isaac O. Randa, M.Com. (Acct & Stat.) (Sukhadia), AIII (India), Ph.D. (Sukhadia) : Samuel M Mutonga, B.Tech. Acc. & Fin. (PoN) : Dickens C Sichinga, B.Com. (Accoutancy) (UNIMA), M.Sc. Acc. & Fin. (Stirling, UK), ACCA (Affiliate). : Elvia Rutjindo, B.Tech. Accounting and Finance : Evans Mushonga, M.Comm. (Acc) (MSU), B.Comm. (UZ) : Wynand Dreyer, B.Compt. (UFS), B.Acc. (Hons) (UFS), B.Compt. (Hons) (UNISA) : Helmut Namwandi, B.Tech. Acc. & Fin. (PoN) : James van Rooi, B.Econ., HED, MBA

43

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Head of Department : Joseph Madhimba, B.A. (Marketing), MBA (Wolverhampton), MABE UK, Diploma Management (London), Diploma Journalism (Paris), Diplme dtudes en Langue Franaise Faculty Officer : Derlien Katunohange, ND Public Admin. (PoN), B. Tech. Public Mngt. (TSA) Telephone Number : 061-207-2320 E-mail Address : dkatunohange@polytechnic.edu.na Secretary : Angelina Domingo, NC Infor. Admin. (PoN) Telephone Number : 061 - 207 2398 Fax Number : 061 - 207 2087 E-mail Address : adomingo@polytechnic.edu.na OR busman@polytechnic.edu.na Academic Staff : Joseph Madhimba, B.A. (Marketing), MBA (Wolverhampton), MABE UK, Diploma Management (London), Diploma Journalism (Paris), Diplme dtudes en Langue Franaise : Vetira Hijamita, BA (Env. Scie.) (Univ. of Botswana), B.Sc. (Business Admin. & Marketing) (Commonwealth Univ., Virginia - U.S.A) : Victor Somosu, B.Sc. (Bus. Admin.) (Ogun State Univ.), M.Sc. (Marketing), MBA (Univ. of Lagos), Dip. Comp.Op & Prog. (ESCC) : Steven Denk, ND Marketing (PON), B.Tech Marketing (UNISA) : Alfred Ndjavera, M.Sc. Financial Decision Management. (University of Luton), B.Com. Economics & Management (UNAM) : Adele Mapanga, MBA (United States Internat. Univ.) : Kwame Essah, MBA, BA Psychology (University of Ghana) : Lutz Neuhaus, B.Comm. (Hons) (Pretoria), MBA (Stellenbosch) : Efeginia Semente, ND Marketing (PON), B.Tech. Marketing (UNISA) : Sibolile Sinvula, M. Admin (Unam), Post Graduate Diploma in Education (PGDE) (Unam), B. Admin. (UNAM) : Pachalo Msiska, MIB Int. Inv. & Int. Fin. Mgt. (London) : Ottilie Kangandjo, ND Commerce (PoN) B.Tech. Business Administration (PoN) : Simon Akpo, NCE, B.Sc. (Ed) Hons, M.Ed. : Chris van Zyl, MBA (Stell), Hons. B. Business Mgt. & Administration (Stell), NHD (Immunology), ND (Histopathology), Cert. (Med. Tech.) Cert. Estate Agent (SA) : Bevan Zealand, B.Admin, Postgraduate Diploma in Education, Postgraduate Diploma in Management Studies : Siphiwe Dhlamini, B.Com. ( Fort Hare), B.Com. Hons (UNISA), M.Com. (UJ Vista), Ph.D. (North West)

44

DEPARTMENT OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT Head of Department : Lydiah Wambui, BA (Psych.), M.Sc. (MOD) (United States Internat. Univ.) Secretary : Angelina Domingo, NC Infor. Admin. (PoN) Telephone Number : 061-207-2398 Fax Number : 061-207-2087 E-mail Address : adomingo@polytechnic.edu.na OR busman@polytechnic.edu.na Faculty Officer : Petsy Neiss, BBA Project Management (SBS); ND Nursing Science (UNAM) Telephone Number : 061-207-2160 Fax Number : 061-207-2401 E-mail Address : pneiss@polytechnic.edu.na Deputy Head of Department : Elaine January, B. Admin. (Hons) Industrial Psychology (UWC) Academic Staff : Andrew Beukes, BA (Hons) Industrial Psychology (UWC), MSc Industrial / Organisational Psychology (Emporia State University, USA) : Lydiah Wambui, BA (Psych.), M.Sc. (MOD) (United States Internat. Univ.) : Elaine January, B. Admin. (Hons) Industrial Psychology (UWC) : Ngondi Kaura-Ndjavera, MA Human Resource Management : Michael Sanni, B.Sc. (Hons) Masters Industrial & Labour Relations/Accredited Assessor (SAQA) : Fiina Shimaneni, BA (Hons) Industrial Psychology : John Kangowa, B.Tech. HRM DEPARTMENT OF OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY Head of Department : Petra Weimers, BA, HED (UWC) Secretary : Magreth Munkanda, ND Exec. Secr. (PoN) B.Tech. Bus. Admin. (PoN) Telephone Number : 061 - 207 2220 Fax Number : 061 - 207 2445 E-mail Address : mmunkanda@polytechnic.edu.na Faculty Officer : Derlien Katunohange, ND Public Admin. (PoN), B. Tech. Public Mngt. (TSA) Telephone Number : 061-207-2320 E-mail Address : dkatunohange@polytechnic.edu.na Academic Staff : Petra Weimers, BA, HED (UWC) : Sandra du Plessis, B.A. (Stellenbosch), Sec. Certificate (Stellenbosch) : Ilse Tschner, Nat. Higher Sec. Cert. (Pretoria), BA, HED (UNISA), Sworn Translator of the High Court of Namibia (English/Afrikaans/German) : Lindie Beukes, ND Com. (Technikon) HED, B.Ed. (UNAM) : Amanda Schroeder, ND Com. (Technikon), ND Infor. Admin. (PON), B.Tech. Bus. Admin. (PoN) : Dennis DJ Fredericks, Teachers Diploma in Commerce (TDC) (CPUT), B.Comm. (UNISA), B.ED. (Stellenbosch), M.ED. (Ohio)

45

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS Head of Department : Dr Cyril Ogbokor, B.Sc. Econ., M.Sc. Econ. (Nigeria) Faculty Officer : Ferrand van Wyk, BA (UNAM), PGDE (UNAM), CLEF (University of the Franche-Comte), DELF (University of the Franche-Comte), CISCO 1 & 2 (PoN) Telephone Number : 061-207-2106 Fax Number : 061-207-2401 E-mail Address : fvanwyk@polytechnic.edu.na Secretary : Angelina Domingo, NC Infor. Admin. (PoN) Telephone Number : 061-207-2398 Fax Number : 061-207-2087 E-mail Address : adomingo@polytechnic.edu.na OR busman@polytechnic.edu.na Academic Staff : Dr Cyril Ogbokor, Ph.D. Economics (Spain), M.Sc. & B.Sc. Economics (Nigeria) : Magda Gerber, H.E.D. (UNAM), B.Comm. (UNISA) : Tafirenyika Sunde, M.Sc. (Economics), B.Sc. (Economics) (University of Zimbabwe) : Bridget Dundee, B.Econ. (Honours) (UWC), PGDE (Econ), B.Econ. : Kasnath Kavezeri, M.Sc. (Economics), BBA (Banking and Finance), B.Ed. : Eden Shipanga, M.Sc. (Economics), B.Econ(UNAM) : Mubusisi Mabuku, M.Sc. (Economics), B.Sc (Economics) (UNAM) DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC MANAGEMENT Head of Department : Dr Andrew Niikondo, ND Public Administration (UNAM), B.Tech. Public Management (TSA), MA Public Administration (UWC) Ph.D. (Pub. Admin.) (UNAM) Faculty Officer : Winson Nepembe, ND Public Admin. (PoN), B.Tech. Public Mngt. (UNISA) Telephone Number : 061-207-2263 Fax Number : 061-207-2401 E-mail Address : wnepembe@polytechnic.edu.na Secretary : Angelina Domingo, NC Infor. Admin. (PoN) Telephone Number : 061-207-2398 Fax Number : 061-207-2087 E-mail Address : adomingo@polytechnic.edu.na OR busman@polytechnic.edu.na Academic Staff : Charles A. Keyter, Cert. Distance Education (Penn. State), Cert. Online Instructor (Walden), B. Admin (Hons), M. Admin, Ph.D Public & Development Management (Stellenbosch) : Marie Opali, Teachers Cert. (Uganda), Cert. Adult Studies, B.A. (Hons), Cert. Project Planning and Management (Makerere) PA (Botswana) : Johan Coetzee, Diploma Consultancy Practise, SAJOM, BA (Hons) Cum Laude, MA Hons Business and Administration, MBA Executive (Stellenbosch) : Ben Namabanda, B.Econ (UNAM), M.Admin (UNAM)

46

: : :

John Mbenzi, Dipl Pub Admin (PoN), B.Tech Pub Management (TSA), MPPA (ISS_Holland & UNAM) Pia Teek, Hons in Public Mngt. (Cum Laude), Masters in Public Management Helena Imene, B.Tech. Public Management

HAROLD PUPKEWITZ GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Director : Prof. Vi Makin Cruse, BA (Natal), HED (Wits), MBL (Unisa), D.B.A. (Pretoria) Secretary : Rebecca Mujazu, Dip. OMT (PoN) Telephone Number : 061-207-2850 Fax Number : 061-207-2944 E-mail Address : rmujazu@polytechnic.edu.na Senior Administrative Officer : Martha Haukongo, B.Acc. (UNAM), MBA (Maastricht) Telephone Number 061-207-2969 Fax Number : 061-207-2944 E-mail Address : mhaukongo@polytechnic.edu.na Faculty Officer : Derlien Katunohange, ND Public Admin. (PoN), B. Tech. Public Mngt. (TSA) Telephone Number : 061-207-2220 Fax Number : 061-207-2113 E-mail Address : dkatunohange@polytechnic.edu.na M.Sc. Coordinator : Amos Owen Thomas, BA, MBA (Singapore), MTS (Regent), GCHE (Griffith), Ph.D. (Victoria) MIB Coordinator : Isaac Randa, B.Com., M.Com., Ph.D. (ML Sukhadia), CTPM (GIBS) JAMP Coordinator : Ravinder Rena, B.Econ., LLB (Kakatiya); B.Ed. (Annamalai), MA (Econ), M.Phil., (Econ), Ph.D. (Econ) (Gold Medalist) (Osmania) Visiting Professors : Stephen Carter, Ph.D. (Leeds) : Angela Clarke, Ph.D. (Warwick) : Susan Grinstead, Ph.D. (Warwick) : Strini Pillay, Ph.D. (Kwazulu-Natal) Adjunct Lecturers : Michael Adekoya-Sanni, MIIM (Lagos), B.Sc. Hons (Lagos) : Kofi Boamah, M.Com. (Delhi), B.Com. Hons Delhi : Emily Brown, M.Sc. (Iowa State), BA Hons (Unisa) : Addmore Machanja, Ph.D. (Wstn Cape), M.Sc. (NUST) : Jeremia Mwadinohamba, MDF (Stellenbosch), MBA (Namibia), MIIM (SIT) : Lydiah Wambui, M.Sc. (US Intl Univ), BA : Chris van Zyl, MBA (Stell), Hons. B. Business Mgt. & Administration (Stell), NHD (Immunology), ND (Histopathology), Cert. (Med. Tech.) Cert. Estate Agent (SA) Note: For more detail, see Prospectus on Postgraduate Studies

47

DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: ACCOUNTING & FINANCE 23BACF

Additional Admission Requirements: The prospective student must have passed Mathematics OR Accounting at Grade 12 or an equivalent level. First Year - National Certificate Accounting and Finance (Offered Full-time, Part-time and Distance Education) Semester 1 Course Title Financial Accounting 1A Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) Principles of Economics 1A Computer User Skills Commercial Law 1A Language in Practice B Semester 2 Financial Accounting 1B Quantitative Methods 1 Principles of Economics 1B Commercial Law 1B Communication Skills Course Code FAC111S ITM111S PEC111S CUS411S CML111S LPB0320 FAC112S QTM112S PEC112S CML112S CSK0420 Prerequisite Grade 12 Accounting or Mathematics None None None None English Proficiency Test Financial Accounting 1A Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) None Commercial Law 1A Language in Practice B

NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics or equivalent. Second Year (Offered Full-time, Part-time and Distance Education) Semester 3 Financial Accounting 2A FAC211S Financial Accounting 1A & 1B Quantitative Methods 2A QTM211S Quantitative Methods 1 Cost & Management Accounting 2A CMA211S Financial Accounting 1A & 1B Company Law 1A CLW111S Commercial Law 1A & 1B Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None Semester 4 Financial Accounting 2B Quantitative Methods 2B Cost & Management Accounting 2B Company Law 1B Business Ethics and Leadership FAC212S QTM212S CMA212S CLW112S BEL112S Financial Accounting 1A & 1B Quantitative Methods 1 Cost & Management Accounting 2A Company Law 1A None

Third Year - National Diploma Accounting and Finance Semester 5 Financial Accounting 3A FAC311S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B Cost & Management Accounting 3A CMA311S Cost & Management Accounting 2A & 2B Taxation 3A TAX311S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B Auditing 3A AUD311S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B Computerised Accounting 1 CAC111S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B 48

Semester 6 Financial Accounting 3B Cost & Management Accounting 3B Taxation 3B Auditing 3B

FAC312S CMA312S TAX312S AUD312S

Financial Accounting 2A & 2B Cost & Management Accounting 2A & 2B Taxation 3A Auditing 3A

Fourth Year - Bachelor of Technology: Accounting and Finance (Offered Full-time, Part-time and Distance Education) Additional Admission Requirements: Diploma in Accounting or equivalent (Offered Fulltime over 1 academic year and Part-time over 2 academic years) Semester 7 Financial Accounting 4 Managerial Finance 4A FAC411S Financial Accounting 3A & 3B MAF411S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B plus Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B Accounting Information Systems 4 AIS811S Principles of Information Systems 1A & 1B Management Accounting & Control 4A MAC411S Cost & Management Accounting 3A & 3B Research Methodology RMA411S None Semester 8 Managerial Finance 4B MAF412S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B plus Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B Management Accounting & Control 4B MAC412S Cost & Management Accounting 3A & 3B Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology Financial Accounting 4 FAC411S Financial Accounting 3A & 3B

49

Transition rules for Bachelor of Technology in Accounting and Finance Candidates who hold other qualifications and the old Diploma in Accounting or Cost Accounting must take note of the following transition rules:
Programme National Diploma Commerce Core-Courses Required to graduate Company Law 1A &1B Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B or Statistical Methods Computerised Accounting 1 Taxation 3A & 3B Auditing 3A & 3B Cost and Management Accounting 2A & 2B Cost and Management Accounting 3A & 3B Financial Accounting 1A & 1B Financial Accounting 2A & 2B Financial Accounting 3A & 3B Financial Accounting is applicable to students who have not completed it under Commerce. Company Law 1A & 1B Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B or Statistical Methods Computerised Accounting 1 Taxation 3A & 3B Auditing 3A & 3B Company Law 1A & 1B Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B or Statistical Methods Computerised Accounting 1 Taxation 3A & 3B Auditing 3A & 3B Cost and Management Accounting 2A & 2B Cost and Management Accounting 3A & 3B Financial Accounting 1A &1B Financial Accounting 2A & 2B Financial Accounting 3A & 3B Non-Core-Courses Not required to graduate First year minor courses Example Introduction to Mathematics English Communication Module 4

National Diploma Accounting (Old Curriculum)

First year minor courses Example Introduction to Mathematics English Communication Module 4

B.Tech Business Administration

First year minor courses Example Introduction to Mathematics English Communication Module 4

Other qualifications:

Other qualifications will be considered individually and credits granted on a case-by-case basis.

Important notices: 1. Computerised Accounting - CAC111S Due to limited computer laboratory space, students must note that the department expects those registering for Computerised Accounting to book space by registering their names in a specifically designed departmental registration form. This registration form is available on the day of registration. Registration is strictly on the first come first registered basis.

50

Students who previously registered for Computerised Accounting and failed it, must note that priority will be given to those who register for the course for the first time. Opportunity to repeat the course in the subsequent semester is subject to the availability of laboratory space, which cannot be guaranteed in all cases. 2. Research Project - RPB412S Research Projects require that every student be allocated a supervisor who is normally a member of staff at the Polytechnic. In order to facilitate this process, all students may be required, in addition to the normal course registration, to register with the Head of Department of Accounting and Finance. Such registration will be in the form of student name, student number and the topic on which the Research Project will be based. The department retains the right to allocate a supervisor based on the academic requirements for the research topic. Research Project topics must be in the field of Accounting and Finance. For the requirements of submission and completion, see Rule AC4.4 in the General Information and Regulations Section of the Prospectus.

51

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION OF NEW PROGRAMMES 2007 The department introduced new Bachelor qualifications for all its programmes in 2007. Old programmes were phased out with effect from 2007. The first year of old programmes was no longer offered in 2007 and the second year of old programmes was no longer offered in 2008. The third year was no longer offerred in 2009 and the fourth year was no longer offered in 2010. Students are required to transition to the new programmes as per the transition rules. Special Academic Regulations Progression Rule 1: There was a complete switch to the new curriculum as from 2007 for only the new intake [first year students], and from there onward the rest of the new Bachelor curricula would be systematically phased in while the old B-Tech programme is systematically phased out; with the year 2012 being the final date for the award of the B-Tech degree. Progression Rule 2: A student shall not be allowed to take a higher level course above his/ her current level of study even if the course in question has no prerequisite, and if such courses cannot be offered to the student on genuine academic grounds. Rules for the Award of the National Cerificate in Business Studies The new National Certificate in Business Studies shall be awarded to students only after successful completion and credit-passes for all common Business Management courses in the first year plus Computer User Skills and Principles of Economics 1A & 1B in the second year. General Transition Rules The general transition rules for all programmes are as follows: 1. All new enrolments as from 2007 start with the new curricula. 2. All third year students in 2008 who failed (i.e. less than 50 % of credits obtained) must switch to the new curricula in 2009. 3. All third year students in 2008 who have passed may continue with the old curricula, but if such students should fail any of the courses in the old curricula, such failed courses in the old curricula will only be offered with new syllabi and students must complete the new courses. 4. The last date for completion of the old curricula is 2012, after which the students on the old curricula must automatically switch to the new curricula and make up all outstanding courses from the new curricula. 5. Students who do not progress every year must switch to the new curricula and make up all outstanding courses from the new curricula. 6. Third and Fourth Year students in 2009 have the choice to switch to the new curricula and must be advised accordingly as to which courses to make-up from the new curricula. 7. There is no retention of semester mark for courses of which the syllabi have changed.

52

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (Phased in 2007) Programme Transition Rules Course(s) Failed Equivalent (New)

21BBAD

The transition rule was applicable as from 2007 for the courses listed below: Business Management 1A & 1B Introduction to Business Management Human Resources Management 1A Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources Human Resources Management 1B Introduction to Human Resources Management Marketing 1A Intro. to Marketing & its Environment Marketing 1B Marketing Principles The transition rule is only applicable as from 2008 for the courses listed below: Business Management 2A Business Operations Business Management 2B Business Finance The transition rule is only applicable as from 2009 for the courses listed below: Business Management 3A Purchasing and Supply Management Business Management 3B Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Intro. Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship Small Business Management Small & Medium Enterprises Management The transition rule is only applicable as from 2010 for the courses listed below: Business Management 4A Strategic Business Management: Planning & Control Business Management 4B Strategic Business Management: Analysis & Decision International Business Management 4A International Business Management: Planning International Business Management 4B International Business Management: Analysis Project Management Project Management Retail Business Management Retail Business Management Advanced Organisationl Development Organisational Development and Change Advanced Organisational Management Advanced Organisational Development and Change CURRICULUM First Year Semester 1 Course Title Business Accounting 1A Communication Skills Introduction to Business Management Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) Intro. to Marketing & its Environment Intro. to Psychology of Human Resources

Course Code BAC1100 CSK0420 BMA121S ITM111S MAR121S PHR511S

Prerequisite None Language in Practice B None None None None

53

Semester 2 Business Accounting 1B Business Ethics & Leadership Professional Writing Introduction to Human Resources Management Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) (if not yet taken) Marketing Principles

BAC1200 BEL112S PRW0520 IHR512S ITM111S MAR122S

None None Communication Skills None None None

NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics (or equivalent) Second Year (Phased in 2008) (National Certificate in Business Studies) (Replaced National Certificate Business Administration that was phased out at the end of 2006) Semester 3 Business Accounting 2A Basic Business Statistics 1A Business Operations Professional Communication Principles of Economics 1A Computer User Skills Semester 4 Business Accounting 2B Basic Business Statistics 1B Business Finance Principles of Economics 1B BAC211S BBS111S BSO221S PFC0620 PEC111S CUS411S BAC212S BBS112S BFS222S PEC112S Business Accounting 1A & 1B Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) None Professional Writing None None Business Accounting 1A & 1B Basic Business Statistics 1A None None

Third Year - National Diploma Business Administration (Phased in 2009) Semester 5 Commercial Law 1A CML111S None Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: COB321S Introduction to Marketing & its Introduction Environment & Marketing Principles Entrepreneurship ENT321S None Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A Purchasing and Supply Management PSM321S Business Operations Semester 6 Business Logistics and Supply BLM322S Chain Management Commercial Law 1B CML112S Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: COB322S Analysis Intermediate Macroeconomics Small & Medium Enterprises Management IME212S SME322S Business Operations Commercial Law 1A Introduction to Marketing & its Environment and Marketing Principles Principles of Economics 1B None

54

Fourth Year - Bachelor of Business Administration (Phased in 2010) Additional Admission Requirements: Diploma in Business Administration or equivalent OR Students with the Old National Diploma in Business Administration, and those with equivalent and non-equivalent National Diplomas enrolling for the final stage of the Bachelor degree in the Business Administration programme, must also register and pass all core courses as indicated below. However, the student can apply for recognition of prior learning (RPL), where applicable. National Diploma: Commerce: majored in Business Management up to 3rd year level and either Economics, Communication Science or Financial Accounting: are required to register and pass Small & Medium Enterprises Management 2nd Semester and Commercial Law 1A & 1B. National Diploma: Commerce: not majoring in Business Management up to 3rd year level: are required to register and pass Introduction to Business Management , Business Ethics & Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance, Purchasing and Supply Management, Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management , Small & Medium Enterprises Management and Commercial Law 1A & 1B. National Diploma: Information Administration/Office Management and Technology: are required to register and pass Introduction to Business Management , Business Ethics & Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance, Purchasing and Supply Management, Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Entrepreneurship, Small & Medium Enterprises Management, Intro. to Marketing & its Environment, Marketing Principles, Business Accounting 1A & 1B, Introduction to Mathematics and Basic Business Statistics 1A & 1B, Principles of Economics 1A & 1B; Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Introduction, Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis. National Diploma: Marketing, Human Resource Management, Personnel Management, Public Administration, Public Management and others: are required to register and pass Intro. to Marketing & its Environment, Intro. Psychology of Human Resources, Introducation to Human Resources Management, Small & Medium Enterprises Management , Introduction to Business Management , Business Ethics & Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance, Purchasing and Supply Management, Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Business Accounting 1A & 1B, Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Introduction, Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis, Principles of Economics 1A & 1B (Individual assessment maybe called for). All other diplomas shall be treated on a case by case basis by the Head of Department.

55

CURRICULUM Semester 7 International Business Management Planning Research Methodology Retail Business Management Strategic Business Management: Planning & Control Semester 8 International Business Management Analysis Project Management Research Project Strategic Business Management: Analysis & Decision IBM421S RMA411S RBM421S SBM421S Purchasing and Supply Management & Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management None Introduction to Marketing & its Environment & Marketing Principles Purchasing and Supply Management & Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management Purchasing and Supply Management & Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management None Research Methodology Purchasing and Supply Management & Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management

IBM422S PRM422S RPB412S SBM422S

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - OLD CURRICULUM (PHASED OUT IN 2006) 22BBAD Rules of Combination The curriculum provides for elective courses from semester 3 onwards. The elective courses are purposefully structured to enable students to choose corresponding courses in the same cognate area in subsequent semesters and to explore areas of personal interest. Students are required, once an initial selection is made, to take the corresponding elective course (same cognate area) in the following semester. NATIONAL CERTIFICATE BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION First Year (Not available from 2007) Semester 1 Course Title Business Accounting 1A Business Management 1A English Communication Module 4 Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) Principles of Economics 1A Principles of Information Systems 1A Semester 2 Business Accounting 1B Business Management 1B English Communication Module 4 (if not yet taken) Introduction to Mathematics (Business and Management) (if not yet taken)

Course Code BAC1100 BMA111S ECM0400 ITM111S PEC111S PIS121S BAC1200 BMA112S ECM0400 ITM111S

Prerequisite None None English Proficiency Test None None None None None English Proficiency Test None

56

Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122S Second Year (Not available from 2008) Semester 3 Basic Business Statistics1A BBS111S

None Principles of Information Systems 1A

Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) Business Management 2A BMA211S Business Management 1A & 1B English Communication Module 5 ECM0500 English Communication Module 4 Marketing 1A MAR111S None One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the previous semester: Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A & 1B Human Resources Management 1A HRM111S None Intermediate Micro Economics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A Semester 4 Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A Business Management 2B BMA212S Business Management 1A & 1B English Communication Module 6 ECM0600 English Communication Module 5 Marketing 1B MAR112S None One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the previous semester: (if not yet taken) Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B Human Resources Management 1B HRM112S None Intermediate Macro Economics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B

57

NATIONAL DIPLOMA BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Third Year (Not available in 2009) (Full-time, Part-time and Distance mode) Semester 5 Business Management 3A BMA311S Business Management 2A & 2B Commercial Law 1A CML111S None Entrepreneurship ENT111S None Two of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the previous semester: (if not yet taken) Applied Economic Policy Analysis AEP311S Intermediate Micro & Macroeconomics Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A & 1B (if not yet taken) Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A CBB111S Marketing 1A & 1B Financial Management 1A NFM111S Business Accounting 2A & 2B Human Resources Management 1A HRM111S None (if not yet taken) Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A (if not yet taken) Semester 6 Business Management 3B BMA 312S Business Management 2A & 2B Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A Small Business Management SBM112S Entrepreneurship Two of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the previous semester: (if not yet taken) Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B (if not yet taken) Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B CBB112S Marketing 1A & 1B Financial Management 1B NFM112S Business Accounting 2A & 2B Human Resources Management 1B HRM112S None (if not yet taken) Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics1B International Trade ITT312S Principles of Economics 1A Fourth Year - Bachelor of Technology Business Administration (Phasing out at the end of 2009) (Full-time and Part-time mode only) Additional Admission Requirements: Diploma in Business Administration or equivalent OR Students who have completed the National Diplomas listed below can enrol for the B.Tech Business Administration provided that they register and pass the additional courses listed below: National Diploma: Commerce majored in Business Management up to 3rd year level and either Economics, Communication Science or Financial Accounting:- Small Business Management 2nd Semester and Commercial Law 1A & 1B. National Diploma: Commerce not majoring in Business Management up to 3rd year level. Business Management 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B;3A & 3B; Small Business Management and Commercial Law 1A & 1B National Diploma: Information Administration: Business Management 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B; 3A & 3B, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Entrepreneurship, Small Business Management, Marketing

58

1A & 1B, Business Accounting 1A & 1B, International Trade, Applied Economic Policy Analysis, Introduction to Mathematics and Basic Business Statistics 1A & 1B National Diploma: Human Resources Management and Personnel Management Diploma: Small Business Management 2nd semester and Commercial Law 1A & 1B CURRICULUM Semester 7 Advanced Organisational Development Business Management 4A Financial Planning and Control 1A International Business Management 1A Retail Business Management Research Methodology Semester 8 Advanced Organisational Management Business Management 4B Financial Planning and Control 1B International Business Management 1B Project Management Research Project AOD111S BMA411S FPC111S IBM111S RBM111S RMA411S AOM112S BMA412S FPC112S IBM112S PRM112S RPB412S None Business Management 3A & 3B None Business Management 3A & 3B Marketing 1A & 1B or Marketing Management or Business Management 3A & 3B None None Business Management 3A & 3B None Business Management 3A & 3B None Research Methodology

Important Notice: Research Project - RPB412S Research Projects require that every student be allocated a supervisor who is normally a member of staff at the Polytechnic. In order to facilitate this process, all students may be required, in addition to the normal course registration, to register with the Department. Such registration may be in the form of student name, student number and the topic on which the Research Project will be based. The department retains the right to veto the choice of supervisor based on the academic requirements. Research Project topics must be in the students field of specialisation. No retention of semester mark for continuous assessment courses, namely Research Methodology, Research Project, Dissertation and Project and Entrepreneurship. For requirements of submission and completion of the Research Project, see Rule AC4.4 in the General Information and Regulations section of the Prospectus.

59

BACHELOR OF LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (New Programme)

07BLSM

The Bachelor of Logistics and Supply Chain Management is designed to be worth 392 NQF credits at NQF Level 7. Admission Entry Requirements: Applicants are expected to meet the general admission and mature age entry requirements of the Polytechnic (GI2.1 & GI2.2 in the Prospectus). Mode of Delivery The course will be offered on the following modes available in the Polytechnic of Namibia: Full-Time Part-Time Year 1 Semester 1 Course Title Language in Practise Basic Mathematics Computer User Skills Introduction to Business Management Business Accounting 1A Introduction to Marketing and its Environment Semester 2 Business Ethics and Leadership Basic Science Marketing Principles Information Competence Language in Practice B Introduction to Supply Chain Management Year 2 Semester 3 Communication Skills Principles of Logistics Management Basic Business Statistics 1A Principles of Transport Economics Business Operations Management Information Systems Semester 4 Operational Logistics Management Professional Writing Transport Economics & Procedures Basic Business Statistics 1B Business Finance Enterprise Systems Applications Data Analysis and Reporting

Course Code LIP411S BMS411S CUS411S BMA121S BAC1100 MAR121S

Prerequisites None None None None None None

BEL112S BSC410S MAR122S ICT521S LPB0320 ISM511S

None None None None Language in Practice None

CSK0420 New BBS111S New BSO221S MNS110S New PFW0520 New BBS112S BFS222S ESA110S New 60

Language in Practice B None Basic Mathematics None None None Principles of Logistics Management Communication Skills Principles of Transport Economics Basic Business Statistics 1A None Management Information Systems None

Year 3 Semester 5 Supply Chain Management Project Management Contemporary Issues Entrepreneurship Elements of Mari-time Transport Commercial Law 1A Semester 6 Commercial Law 1B Global Supply Chain Management Work Integrated Learning

New PTM411S CIS610S ENT321S New CML111S CML112S New WIL311S

Principles of Logistics Management None None None None None Commercial Law 1A None Project Management

Special Arrangements for Work Integrated Learning Work Integrated Learning (WIL) is incorporated in the 6th semester, following the project management course completed in the 5th semester. The work integrated learning requires students to undertake a work/industry related project to ensure that practical experience is gained by a student on completion of the programme. The work integrated learning experience and resultant project comprises of 36 credits (360 hours) of the total programme. Students with assistance from the academic supervisor will be required through-out the 5th semester to identify a placement in industry. The student will then sign an agreement provided by the academic supervisor with the organisation that has approved the placement, and assigned an industry supervisor to the student. The agreement will include the job description of the student, together with a project plan compiled by the student that will count towards the final mark of WIL. Once the project plan has been approved by the academic supervisor, the work-integrated learning can commence. The work-integrated learning process through-out the 6th semester should be documented and a short report should be given to the academic supervisor on a 2 weekly basis, after approval by the industry supervisor. The time-period for the experiential learning will span over 16 weeks, to ensure the students fulfil their requirements of 360 hours. The student will be required to compile a final report on all activities and project during the WIL process, and produce it to the academic supervisor at the end of the semester that will count towards the final mark of WIL. A presentation will be required by student at the end of the semester that will count towards the final mark of WIL. The final mark of the student will be calculated according to the following: Project Plan: 10 % 2 Week Reports: 10 % Final Report: 70 % (60 % Academic Supervisor, 40 % Industry Supervisor) Presentation: 10 %

61

The role of the student is to undergo the training, as broadly specified by the academic department and offered by the company.

62

BACHELOR OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP HONOURS

22BHEP

Description The Honours Degree in Entrepreneurship is designed to be worth 480 credits at NQF Level 8. The degree enables students to realise their entrepreneurial career aspirations with a specially designed learning programme. The focus is on producing graduates who are able to conceptualise, design and implement business projects. The degree is uniquely packaged in that it combines two years of basic business studies and two years of work in the Team Entrepreneurship Learning Mode. Admission Requirements Grade 12 with minimum of 25 points in 5 subjects as per the Polytechnic general admission requirements. In addition, applicants must meet the following specific admission requirement: English - D at Ordinary level or 4 at Higher level Students who do not meet these requirements may be admitted on condition they enroll for a bridging programme or selected bridging courses. FIRST YEAR Semester 1 Course Title Business Accounting (Finance) introduction to Business Management Communication Skills Introduction to Mathematics Pirnciples of Economics 1A Semester 2 Business Accounting (Costing) Computer User Skills Principles of Economics 1B Professional Writing Business Ethics and Leadership SECOND YEAR Semester 3 Accounting for Entrepreneurs Entrepreneurship Business Law 1A Marketing (Entrepreneurship) Human Resources Management (Entrepreneurship) Semester 4 Business Applications Business Finances (Entrepreneurship) Business Law 1B Project Managemennt Research Methodology

Course Code BMA121S CSK0420 ITM111S PEC111S BAC112S CUS0100 PEC112S PFW0520 BEL112S

Prerequisite(s) None None Placement Test None None Business Accounting (Finance) None None None None

ACE211S ENT321S BSL211S MAE211S HRE211S

Business Accounting (Costing) None None None None

BAS212S BFE212S BLS212S PRM422S RMA411S

None Accounting for Entrepreneurs Business Law 1A None None

63

Professional Learning (Year One) Third Year Becoming an Entrepreneur BAE411Y Management and Learning MLO411Y Organisation Creative Thinking and Personal CTP411Y Growth Marketing and Customer MCR411Y Relationships Companys Economy CSE411Y Research Project RPB412S Team Company Project TCP411Y Professional Learning (Year Two) Fourth Year Becoming an Entrepreneur BAE411Y (If not yet taken) Management and Learning MLO411Y Organisation (If not yet taken) Creative Thinking and Personal CTP411Y Growth (If not yet taken) Marketing and Customer MCR411Y Relationships (If not yet taken) Companys Economy (If not yet taken) CSE411Y Research Project (If not yet taken) RPB412S Team Company Project TCP411Y (If not yet taken)

None None None None None Research Methodology None None None None None None Research Methodology None

64

BACHELOR OF MARKETING (PHASED IN 2007)

21BMRK

Programme Transition Rules Course(s) Failed Equivalent (New) The transition rule was applicable as from 2007 for the courses listed below: Business Management 1A & 1B Introduction to Business Management Human Resources Management 1A Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources Human Resources Management 1B Introduction to Human Resources Management Marketing 1A Introduction to Marketing and its Environment Marketing 1B Marketing Principles The transition rule is only applicable as from 2008 for the courses listed below Practice of Selling 1A & 1B Principles of Selling Practice of Sales Management 1A & 1B Sales Operations & Management Marketing 3A & 3B Services Marketing The transition rule is only applicable as from 2009 for the courses listed below: Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Intro. Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis Electronic Marketing E- Marketing & Web Management Marketing 2A & 2B Marketing & Product Management Marketing Communication Strategy 1A & 1B Marketing Communication Strategy Marketing Research Practice 1A & 1B Marketing Research & Market Intelligence Marketing 3A & 3B Services Marketing The transition rule is only applicable as from 2010 for the courses listed below: Customer Care & Customer Management Customer Care Management Distribution Channel Management 1A & 1B Supply and Distribution Management Marketing 4A & 4B Strategic Marketing Management: Planning and Decision Making Marketing of Financial Services 1A & 1B Marketing of Financial Services Project Management Project Management Retail Business Management Retail Business Management First Year Semester 1 Course Title Business Accounting 1A Communication Skills Introduction to Business Management Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) Intro. to Marketing & its Environment Intro. to Psychology of Human Resources Semester 2 Business Accounting 1B Business Ethics & Leadership Professional Writing Introduction to Human Resources Management

Course Code BAC1100 CSK0420 BMA121S ITM111S MAR121S PHR511S

Prerequisite None Language in Practice B None None None None

BAC1200 BEL112S PRW0520 IHR512S

None None Communication Skills None

65

Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) (if not yet taken) Marketing Principles

ITM111S MAR122S

None None

NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics (or equivalent). Second Year (Phased in 2008) First Year - National Certificate in Business Studies (Phased in 2007) (Replaced National Certificate Marketing and Sales and National Higher Cerficate Sales Management which was phased out at the end of 2006 and 2007) Semester 3 Basic Business Statistics 1A Computer User Skills Professional Communication Principles of Economics 1A Principles of Selling Services Marketing Semester 4 Basic Business Statistics 1B Business Finance Professional Communication (If not yet taken) Principles of Economics 1B Sales Operations & Management BBS111S CUS411S PFC0620 PEC111S POS221S SSM221S Introduction to Mathematics None Communication Skills None None Intro. to Marketing & its Environment and Marketing Principles Basic Business Statistics 1A None Professional Writing None Marketing Principles

BBS112S BFS222S PFC0620 PEC112S SOM222S

Third Year - National Diploma Marketing (Phased in 2009) Semester 5 Commercial Law 1A CML111S None Consumer and Organisation Behaviour: COB321S Introduction to Marketing & its Introduction Environment & Marketing Principles E-Marketing & Web Management EWM321S Introduction to Marketing & its Environment & Marketing Principles Entrepreneurship ENT321S None Marketing Research & Market MRI321S Introduction to Marketing & its Intelligence Environment & Marketing Principles One Optional Basic German 1A or GER110S None Basic French 1A or BAF111S None Basic Portuguese 1A or BAP111S None Basic Spanish 1A BAS111S None Semester 6 Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A Consumer and Organisation Behaviour: COB322S Introduction to Marketing & Analysis Environment & Marketing Principles Marketing Communication Strategy MCS322S Introduction to Marketing & Environment & Marketing Principles

66

Marketing & Product Management Small & Medium Enterprises Management One Optional Basic German 1B or Basic French 1B or Basic Portuguese 1B or Basic Spanish 1B

MPM322S SME322S

Introduction to Marketing & its Environment & Marketing Principles None

GER120S BAF112S BAP112S BAS112S

Basic German 1A Basic French 1A Basic Portuguese 1A Basic Spanish 1A

Fourth Year - Bachelor of Marketing (Phased in 2010) Additional Entry Requirements for the fourth level: Fourth Year Bachelor of Marketing Holders of the Diplomas listed below may be admitted to the fourth level provided that they have completed the courses listed for each Diploma. National Diploma: Marketing [Old Curriculum] : Marketing Research & Market Intelligence E-Marketing & Web Management or equivalent National Diploma: Business Administration: Services Marketing or equivalent Principles of Selling or equivalent, Sales Operations & Management or equivalent, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Intro, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Analysis, Marketing Communication Strategy or equivalent, Marketing Research & Market Intelligence, E-Marketing & Web Management or equivalent, Marketing and Product Management or equivalent National Diploma: Human Resources Management: Small Medium Enterprises Management or equivalent Marketing and Product Management, Sales Operations & Management or equivalent, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Marketing Research & Market Intelligence, E-Marketing & Web Management, Services Marketing or equivalent, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Introduction, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Analysis, Marketing Communication Strategy or equivalent Other National Diplomas: in the School of Business Management [e.g. Old Commerce Diploma]: Small Medium Enterprises Management or equivalent, Marketing and Product Management, Sales Operations & Management or equivalent, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Marketing Research & Market Intelligence, E-Marketing & Web Management, Services Marketing or equivalent, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Introduction, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Analysis, Marketing Communication Strategy or equivalent CURRICULUM Semester 7 International Marketing and Management 1A Research Methodology Strategic Marketing Management: Planning and Decision Making And any ONE of the following: Marketing of Financial Services Marketing For Tourism Retail Business Management IMM111S RMA411S SMM421S MFS421S MFT411S RBM421S Services Marketing None Marketing & Product Management Services Marketing Services Marketing Introduction to Marketing & Environment & Marketing Principles None

*Project Management (Offered only in *PRM422S the eighth semester)

67

Semester 8 International Marketing and Management 1B Customer Care Management

IMM112S CCM422S

Services Marketing Introduction to Marketing & Environment & Marketing Principles Research Methodology Introduction to Marketing & Environment & Marketing Principles 21BMAR

Research Project RPB412S Supply and Distribution Management SDM422S

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: MARKETING (OLD CURRICULUM) (Phased out in 2006)

Rules of Combination The curriculum provides for elective courses from semester 3 onwards. The elective courses are purposefully structured to enable students to choose corresponding courses in the same cognate area in subsequent semesters and to explore areas of personal interest. Students are required, once an initial selection is made, to take the corresponding elective course (same cognate area) in the following semester. NATIONAL CERTIFICATE: MARKETING AND SALES First Year (Phased out in 2007) Semester 1 Course Title Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) Business Accounting 1A English Communication Module 4 Marketing 1A Practice of Selling 1A Principles of Information Systems 1A Register for Modules 1 (PIS001M), 2 (PIS002M) and 3 (PIS003M) Semester 2 Business Accounting 1B English Communication Module 4 (If not yet taken) Marketing 1B Practice of Selling 1B Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) (if not yet taken) Principles of Information Systems 1B Register for Modules 4 (PIS004M), 5 (PIS005M), 6 (PIS006M) and 7 (PIS007M)

Course Code Prerequisite ITM111S None BAC1100 ECM0400 MAR111S POS111S PIS121S None English Proficiency Test None None None

BAC1200 ECM0400 MAR112S POS112S ITM111S PIS122S

None None None None None Principles of Information Systems 1A

NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol in Ordinary level Mathematics (or equivalent).

68

Second Year - National Higher Certificate Sales Management (Follows on first year Certificate) (Phased out in 2008) Semester 3 Basic Business Statistics 1A Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) English Comunication Module 5 ECM0500 English Communication Module 4 Marketing 2A MAR211S Marketing 1A & 1B Practice of Sales Management 1A PSM111S Practice of Selling 1A & 1B One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the previous semester: Business Management 1A BMA111S None Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None Semester 4 Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A English Communication Module 6 ECM0600 English Communication Module 5 Marketing 2B MAR212S Marketing 1A & 1B Practice of Sales Management 1B PSM112S Practice of Selling 1A & 1B One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the previous semester: (if not yet taken) Business Management 1B BMA112S None Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None Third Year - National Diploma Marketing (Follows on second year Higher Certificate) (Phased out in 2009) Semester 5 Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A Commercial Law 1A Entrepreneurship Marketing 3A Marketing Communication Strategy 1A Semester 6 Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B Commercial Law 1B Marketing 3B Marketing Communication Strategy 1B Small Business Management CBB111S CML111S ENT111S MAR311S MCS111S CBB112S CML112S MAR312S MCS112S SBM112S Marketing 1A & 1B None None Marketing 2A & 2B Marketing 1A & 1B Marketing 1A & 1B Commercial Law 1A Marketing 2A & 2B Marketing 1A & 1B Entrepreneurship BBS111S

Fourth Year - Bachelor of Technology Marketing (Phased out in 2010)) (Offered on Fulltime and Part-time mode only) Additional Admission Requirements: Diploma in Marketing or equivalent NOTE: Students with the old National Diploma Marketing, those with equivalent or non-equivalent national diplomas enrolling for the final stage of the old Bachelor of Technology Marketing programme must also register for, and pass, these core courses as indicated below. However, the student can claim for recognition of prior learning (RPL) where applicable.

69

National Diploma: Business Administration: Marketing 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B and 3A & 3B, Practice of Selling 1A & 1B, Practice of Sales Management 1A & 1B, Consumer Buyer Behaviour 1A & 1B, Marketing Communication Strategies 1A & 1B. National Diploma: Human Resources Management: Entrepreneurship, Marketing 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B; 3A & 3B, Practice of Sales Management 1A & 1B, Practice of Selling 1A & 1B, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Consumer Buyer Behaviour 1A & 1B, Marketing Communication Strategies 1A & 1B, Small Business Management and Introduction to Mathematics, Basic Business Statistics 1A & 1B. Semester 7 Customer Care and Customer Management Distribution Channel Management 1A International Marketing Management 1A Marketing 4A CCC111S DCM111S IMM111S MAR411S None None Marketing 3A & 3B Marketing 3A & 3B and Promotional Strategy or Marketing Communication Strategy 1A & 1B or Advertising & Sales Promotion Marketing 3A & 3B and Consumer & Buyer Behaviour 1A None None

Marketing Research Practice 1A Research Methodology, Dissertation and Project (Offered Part-time mode Only) or Research Methodology (Offered Full-time mode Only) Optional Electives Basic German or Basic French or Basic Portuguese or Basic Spanish Financial Planning and Control 1A Marketing of Financial Services 1A Semester 8 Distribution Channel Management 1B Electronic Marketing International Marketing Management 1B Marketing 4B

MRP111S RDP400Y RMA411S

BAG111S BAF111S BAP111S BAS111S FPC111S MFS111S DCM112S ELM112S IMM112S MAR412S

None None None None None Marketing 1A & 1B None None Marketing 3A & 3B Marketing 3A & 3B and Promotional Strategy or Marketing Communication Strategy 1A &1B or Advertising & Sales Promotion Marketing 3A & 3B and Consumer & Buyer Behaviour 1A Research Methodology None None None None None Marketing 1A and 1B

Marketing Research Practice 1B

MRP112S

Research Project (Offered Full time only) RPB412S Optional Electives Basic German or Basic French or Basic Portuguese or Basic Spanish Financial Planning and Control 1B Marketing of Financial Services 1B BAG111S BAF111S BAP111S BAS111S FPC112S MFS112S 70

*Note 1: (Choice courses will be taken as 1A and 1B of the same course over the two semesters). *Note 2: (When the B.Tech. is extended to full-time mode in the near future, the minimum study period for the B.Tech. will be one year, consisting of the indicated 6 semester courses in the first half of the year and the 6 semester courses in the second half of the year).

71

DEPARTMENT OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION OF NEW PROGRAMME 2011 The department of Human Resources Management introduced a new 3 year Bachelor of Human Resources Management qualification in 2011. The old 4 year Bachelor of Human Resources Management programme will be phased out systematically with effect from 2011 up to 2013. This means that the first year of the old programme will no longer be offered, rather the first year of the new 3 year Bachelor of Human Resources Management qualification will be offered in 2011. The new programme provides for first exit level of Diploma in Human Resources Management after 2 years. BACHELOR OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT [Diploma In Human Resources Management (NQF Level 6) As first exit level] Qualifications The qualifications are designed to be at the following NQF Levels: Bachelor of Human Resources Management degree: Level 7 with a total weight of 390 credits. Diploma in Human Resources Management: Level 6 with total weight of 239 credits. Programme Outcomes The programme will provide the opportunity for graduates to develop and demonstrate knowledge, qualities, skills and other attributes in different areas and at two levels as follows: On completing the Diploma programme students will be able to: Use the general/broad principles of human resources management to resolve real life challenges in human resources. Integrate the very broad principles and process of human resources management into effective practice of the basic HRM professional roles. Analyse and interpret human resources management related issues. Employ broad theoretical and practical knowledge and skills in capturing information necessary for problem solving in human resources management. Perform human resources management tasks using a wide choice of standard and nonstandard procedures, in routine and non-routine situations.

On completing the Bachelor of Human Resources Management programme, students will be able to: Demonstrate knowledge and insight into legislation, regulations and codes relating to human resources management practice. Evaluate human resources management actions and strategies for effective decision making. Take full responsibility and accountability for own actions and those of others in their teams in response to workplace demands.

72

Devise effective and efficient ways to lead a human resources team or department in achieving set goals and objectives. Apply human resources management professional practices/roles in complex, variable and specialised contexts. Achieve the generic graduate outcomes of problem-solving, critical thinking, responsible citizenship and good communication.

Credits Students who completed qualifications previously offered by the Department, e.g. National Diplomas in Human Resources and Personnel Management who seek admission into the Bachelor of Human Resources Management programme may be granted credits on a courseby-course basis as follows: Bachelor of Human Resources Management (new courses) Introduction to Business Management Professional Writing Computer Users Skills Human Resource Staffing Employee Health and Safety Industrial Relations Introduction to Education Training and Development Principles of Education Diploma in Human Resources and Personnel Management (old courses) Business Management 1A & 1B (Any) English Communication Module 5 Principles of Information Systems 1A & 1B Human Resources Management 3A/ Personnel Management 3 Human Resources Management 3B/ Personnel Management 3 Industrial Relations 1A and 1B Management of Training 1A Management of Training 1B

Students who graduate with the new 3 year Bachelor of Human Resources Management degree will be able to enrol for the new 1 year post graduate degree in Human Resources Management Honours. Requirements for Qualification Award The Bachelor of Human Resources Management will be awarded to students credited with a minimum of 390 NQF credits. In addition, students must meet the administrative and financial requirements as spelt out in the Polytechnic of Namibia Prospectus. Progression Rules Students may not be allowed to register for certain higher level courses without having attempted and/or passed certain lower level courses or having the necessary course requirements, even if these courses do not have prerequisites. For example, students will not be allowed to register for third year courses if they have not successfully completed all first year courses especially in their major which is Human Resources Management.

73

Transition Arrangements The new programme takes effect from January 2011 and will be completely phased in by 2013. The existing four-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management degree programme will be phased out systematically with minimal disruption to existing students learning progression. The deadline for complete phasing out of the 4-year Bachelor degree in Human Resources Management is 2013. The 1st year of the current 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management is offered for the last time in 2010. Students who registered for their first year in 2010 will have until 2013 to complete the existing programme. Students who fail any of the subjects/courses in the old curriculum will be provided with two opportunities to pass the failed courses. After first and second opportunities, such failed courses in the old programme will only be offered on the new syllabi effective from January 2011. Current 1st year students may also opt to transition to the new programme in 2011, if they so wish, but will be required to make up specific deficiencies in accordance with the detailed requirements for the new curriculum, including the completion of Institutional Core courses. All other students currently registered for the 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management (to be phased out), who opt to change registration to the new Bachelor of Human Resources Management, will be granted credits on a course-by-course basis and will be required to complete institutional core courses and other course requirements based on the new curriculum. Students will be advised accordingly as to which courses to make-up based on the new curriculum. The deadline for phasing out of the old 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management curriculum is 2013, after which students must automatically switch to the new programme and make up for all outstanding courses/subjects based on the requirements of the new curriculum. If a student, who is registered on the 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management degree (to be phased out), fails more than half the work load in any particular year his/ her registration will automatically be changed to the new programme. The switch will consider courses already taken and their equivalents. The specific and detailed requirements of the programme are indicated in the table below:

74

CURRICULUM BACHELOR OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (NEW) Course Title Course code Year 1 (Phased in 2011) Semester 1 DIPLOMA IN HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S Introduction to Marketing and MAR121S its Environment Introduction to Business Management BMA121S Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources PHR511S Language in Practice LIP411S Computer User Skills CUS411S Semester 2 Marketing Principles Introduction to Human Resources Management Business Ethics & Leadership Language in Practice B Information Competence Basic Science Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) Year 2 (Phasing in 2012) Semester 3 Principles of Economics 1A Basic Business Statistics 1A Organisational Behaviour MAR122S IHR512S BEL112S LPB0320 ICT512S BSC410S CUS411S Prerequisite 07BHRM

None None None None None None None None None Language in Practice None None None

PEC111S BBS111S OSB611S

Labour Law 1A Business Accounting 1A Communication Skills Information Competence (if not yet taken) Basic Sciene (if not yet taken) Semester 4 Basic Business Statistics 1B Organisational Management

LAL111S BAC1100 CSK0420 ICT512S BSC410S BBS112S OSM612S

None Introduction to Mathematics Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management None None Language in Practice B None None Basic Business Statistics 1A Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management Labour Law 1A None Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management Communication Skills

Labour Law 1B LAL112S Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 Performance Management & Productivity PMP612S Measurement Profesional Writing PFW0520 75

BACHELOR OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT Year 3 (Phasing in 2013) Semester 5 Business Operations Organisational Development and Change Introduction to Education Training and Development Entrepreneurship Human Resources Staffing Contemporary Issues Year 3 Semester 6 Employee Health and Safety Principles of Education Training and Development Industrial Relations Work Integrated Learning (HRM)

BSO221S ODC711S ETD711S ENT312S HRS711S CIS610S

None Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management None None Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management None

EHS712S PTD712S IRL712S WIL712S

Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management None Labour Law 1A & 1B None

Work Integrated Learning Structure and Management Work Integrated Learning (WIL) is the process of integrating work experiences with learning in a way traditional education cannot do. WIL shall be provided for in the 3rd year of the Bachelor of Human Resources Management programme. Only 3rd year students will be allowed to register for WIL. It provides students with opportunities to: Execute tasks associated with Human Resources Management rather than just reading them. It also allows students to assess their interests in human resources management. Network with professionals and build relationships that can assist students in future endeavours while providing a professional environment. Have access to hiring companies for full time positions after graduation once good working relationships have been established. Interact with people from diverse backgrounds and develop interpersonal skills that are not possible in a classroom environment.

WIL is important in improving the Polytechnic graduate characteristics to meet industry needs that are in line with the Polytechnic vision, strategic plan and the requirements of the Polytechnic Curriculum Model. It offers opportunity for innovation and creativity when students are afforded the opportunity to experiment what they learn in class in the work place, i.e. practice learnt competencies. Students can also learn new things in the work place which they bring to the classroom.

76

Lecturers in turn are able to keep abreast with professional developments in the field of Human Resources Management as a result of this cooperation. The cooperation with industry further provides opportunities for research and development needed for national economic development. Industry will benefit from these activities by getting market-related information and development. Knowledge is easily managed when the source of education and development interact with users i.e. industry. As such knowledge management is important for national competitiveness.

77

BACHELOR OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (Phased in 2007 and phased out in 2010) 21BHUR Programme Transition Rules Course(s) Failed Equivalent (New)

The transition rule was applicable as from 2007 for the courses listed below Business Management 1A & 1B (Any) Introduction to Business Management Human Resources Management 1A Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources Human Resources Management 1B Introduction to Human Resources Management Marketing 1A Intro. to Marketing & its Environment Marketing 1B Marketing Principles The transition rule was applicable as from 2008 for the courses listed below Human Resources Management 2A Organisational Behaviour Human Resources Management 2B Organisational Management Business Management 2A Business Operations Business Management 2B Business Finance The transition rule was applicable as from 2009 for the courses listed below Human Resources Management 3A Human Resource Staffing Human Resources Management 3B Employee Health and Safety Industrial Relations 1A & 1B (Any) Industrial Relations Management of Training 1A Introduction to Education, Training & Development Management of Training 1B Principles of Education, Training & Development Small Business Management Small & Medium Enterprises Management Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship The transition rule was applicable as from 2010 for the courses listed below: Advanced Industrial Relations 2A & 2B (Any) Advanced Industrial Relations Advanced Management of Training 4A & 4B (Any) Advanced Management of Training Human Resources Management 4A & 4B (Any) Strategic Human Resources Management CURRICULUM First Year - National Certificate Business Studies (Not available from 2011) Semester 1 Course Title Course Code Prerequisites Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None Intro. to Marketing & its Environment MAR121S None Intro. to Psychology of Human PHR511S None Resources Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None (Business & Management) Communication Skills CSK0420 English Proficiency Test NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics or equivalent.

78

Semester 2 Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None Business Ethics & Leadership BEL112S None Marketing Principles MAR122S None Introduction to Human Resources IHR512S None Management Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None (if not yet taken) Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics or equivalent. Second Year - (Not available from 2012) Semester 3 Organisational Behaviour OSB611S Basic Business Statistics 1A Professional Communication Labour Law 1A Principles of Economics 1A Computer User Skills Semester 4 Organisational Management Basic Business Statistics 1B Professional Communication (if not yet taken) Labour Law 1B Principles of Economics 1B Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) BBS111S PFC0620 LAL111S PEC111S CUS411S OSM612S BBS112S PFC0620 LAL112S PEC112S CUS411S

Intro. to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management Introduction to Mathematics Communication Skills None None None Intro. to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management Basic Business Statistics 1A Communication Skills Labour Law 1A None None

Third Year - National Diploma Human Resources Management (Not available from 2013) Semester 5 Entrepreneurship ENT321S None Business Operations BSO221S None Human Resource Staffing HRS311S Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management Introduction to Education,Training & ETD321S None Development Organisational Development & ODC311S Organisational Behaviour and Change Organisational Management NOTE: Vacation School and Business Simulation sessions are compulsory for students registered for Entrepreneurship.

79

Semester 6 Business Finance Employee Health & Safety Industrial Relations Principles of Education, Training & Development Small & Medium Enterprises Management

BSF222S EHS312S IRL322S PTD322S SME322S

None Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management Labour Law 1A & 1B None None

Fourth Year - Bachelor of Human Resources Management (Not available from 2014) Additional Admission Requirements Students with the old National Diploma in HRM, Personnel Management and those with equivalent and non-equivalent National Diplomas enrolling for the final stage of the Bachelor degree in the Human Resources Management programme, must also register and pass all core courses as indicated below. However, the student can claim for recognition of prior learning (RPL) where applicable. Students who have completed the National Diplomas listed below can enrol for the Bachelor Human Resources Management provided that they register and pass the additional courses listed below, unless the course(s) were already passed or credit obtained for them: National Diploma in Human Resources Management/National Diploma: Personnel Management: Human Resource Staffing, Employee Health & Safety, Organisational Development & Change, Industrial Relations, Introduction to Education, Training & Development, Principles of Education,Training & Development, Labour Law. National Diploma: Business Administration: Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources, Introduction to Human Resources Management, Organisational Behaviour, Organisational Management, Human Resource Staffing, Employee Health & Safety, Industrial Relations, Labour Law 1A & 1B, Introduction to Education, Training & Development, Principles of Education, Training & Development. National Diploma: Commerce: Introduction to Business Management , Business Ethics & Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance, Purchasing & Supply Management Business Logistics & Supply Chain Management , Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources, Introduction to Human Resources Management, Organisational Behaviour, Organisational Management, Human Resource Staffing, Employee Health & Safety, Industrial Relations, Labour Law 1A & 1B and Introduction to Education, Training & Development, Principles of Education, Training & Development. National Diploma: Public Administration or Public Management: Introduction to Business Management , Business Ethics & Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance, Purchasing & Supply Management, Business Logistics & Supply Chain Management, Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources, Introduction to Human Resources Management, Organisational Behaviour, Organisational Management, Human Resource Staffing, Employee Health & Safety, Industrial Relations, Labour Law 1A & 1B, Introduction to Education, Training & Development, Principles of Education, Training & Development.

80

Semester 7 Advanced Industrial Relations Advanced Management of Training Strategic Human Resources Management Research Methodology Research Project (if not yet taken)

AIR421S AMT421S SHR421S RMA411S RPB412S

Industrial Relations Introduction to Education, Training & Development and Principles of Education, Training & Development Human Resource Staffing and Employee Health & Safety None Research Methodology

NOTE: Vacation School are compulsory for students enrolled for Advanced Industrial Relations, Advanced Management of Training, Strategic Human Resources Management, Research Methodology and Research Project. Semester 8 Advanced Organisational Development & Change ADC412S Organisational Development & Change

Compensation Management CMA412S Human Resource Staffing Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology Research Methodology RMA411S None (if not yet taken) NOTE: Vacation School are compulsory for students enrolled for Advanced Organisational Development & Change, Compensation Management, Research Methodology and Research Project. NATIONAL DIPLOMA: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (Phased out 2007 - 2009) First Year (Not available from 2007) Semester 1 Course Title Introduction to Mathematics Human Resources Management 1A Business Management 1A Business Accounting 1A Principles of Economics 1A English Communication Module 4

Course Code Prerequisites ITM111S None HRM111S None BMA111S None BAC1100 None PEC111S None ECM0400 English Proficiency Test

Semester 2 Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None (if not yet taken) Human Resources Management 1B HRM112S None Business Management 1B BMA112S None Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 English Proficiency Test (if not yet taken) NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol in Ordinary level Mathematics or equivalent.

81

Second Year (Not available from 2008) Semester 3 Human Resources Management 2A Business Management 2A Management of Training 1A Labour Law 1A Principles of Information Systems 1A Semester 4 Human Resources Management 2B Business Management 2B Management of Training 1B Labour Law 1 B Principles of Information Systems 1B

HRM211S BMA211S MOT111S LAL111S PIS121D HRM212S BMA212S MOT112S LAL112S PIS122D

Human Resources Man. 1A & 1B Business Management 1A & 1B None None None Human Resources Man. 1A & 1B Business Management 1A & 1B None Labour Law 1A Principles of Inform. Systems 1A

Third Year - National Diploma Human Resources Management (Not available from 2009) Semester 5 Human Resources Management 3A HRM311S Human Resources Man. 2A & 2B Business Management 3A BMA311S Business Management 2A & 2B Industrial Relations 1A IRL111S None English Communication Module 5 ECM0500 English Comm. Module 4 Semester 6 Human Resources Management 3B Business Management 3B Industrial Relations 1B English Communication Module 6 HRM312S BMA312S IRL112S ECM0600 Human Resources Man. 2A & 2B Business Management 2A & 2B None English Comm. Module 5

82

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (OLD CURRICULUM) (Phased out from 2006) First Year (Not available from 2007) Semester 1 Course Title Course Code Prerequisite Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None Business Management 1A BMA111S None English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 English Proficiency Test Introductionto Mathematics ITM111S None (Business & Management) Human Resources Management 1A HRM111S None Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None Semester 2 Business Accounting 1B Business Management 1B English Communication Module 4 (If not yet taken) Introduction to Mathematics (Bus & Management) (If not yet taken) Human Resources Management 1B Principles of Economics 1B BAC1200 BMA112S ECM0400 ITM111S HRM112S PEC112S None None English Proficiency Test None None None

21BHRM

Second Year (Not available from 2008) Semester 3 Human Resources Management 2A HRM211S Business Management 2A Labour Law 1A Management of Training 1A Principles of Information Systems 1A Semester 4 Human Resources Management 2B Business Management 2B Labour Law 1B Principles of Information Systems 1B Management of Training 1B BMA211S LAL111S MOT111S PIS121S HRM212S BMA212S LAL112S PIS122S MOT112S

Human Resources Management 1A & 1B Business Management 1A & 1B None None None Human Resources Management 1A & 1B Business Management 1A & 1B Labour Law 1A Principles of Information Systems 1A None

Third Year - National Diploma: Human Resources Management (Not available from 2009) Semester 5 Human Resources Management 3A HRM311S Human Resources Management 2A & 2B Business Management 3A BMA311S Business Management 2A & 2B Industrial Relations 1A IRL111S None English Communication Module 5 ECM0500 English Communication Module 4

83

Semester 6 Human Resources Management 3B Business Management 3B Industrial Relations 1B English Communication Module 6

HRM312S BMA312S IRL112S ECM0600

Human Resources Management 2A & 2B Business Management 2A & 2B None English Communication Module 5

Fourth Year - Bachelor of Technology: Human Resources Management (Offered on Full-time and Part-time only) (Not available in 2010) Additional Admission Requirements: Management. National Diploma in Human Resources

Students who have completed the National Diplomas listed below can enrol for the old B.Tech Human Resources Management provided that they register and pass the additional courses listed below: National Diploma: Business Administration: Human Resources Management 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B and 3A & 3B, Industrial Relations 1A & 1B, Labour Law 1A & 1B and Management of Training 1A & 1B. National Diploma: Commerce: Business Management 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B; 3A & 3B; Human Resources Management 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B; 3A & 3B, Industrial Relations 1A & 1B, Labour Law 1A & 1B and Management of Training 1A & 1B. National Diploma: Personnel Management: Industrial Relations 1A & 1B and Management of Training 1A & 1B. National Diploma: Public Administration or Public Management: Business Management 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B; 3A & 3B; Human Resources Management 1A & 1B; 2A & 2B; 3A & 3B, Labour Law 1A & 1B, Industrial Relations 1A & 1B, Management of Training 1A & 1B Semester 7 Advanced Industrial Relations 2A Advanced Management of Training 2A Advanced Organisational Development Business Management 4A Human Resources Management 4A Research Methodology Semester 8 Advanced Industrial Relations 2B Advanced Management of Training 2B Advanced Organisational Management Business Management 4B Human Resources Management 4B Research Project AIR211S AMT211S AOD111S BMA411S HRM411S RMA411S AIR212S AMT212S AOM112S BMA412S HRM412S RPB412S Industrial Relations 1A & 1B Management of Training 1A & 1B None Business Management 3A & 3B Human Resources Management 3A & 3B None Industrial Relations 1A & 1B Management of Training 1A & 1B None Business Management 3A & 3B Human Resources Management 3A & 3B Research Methodology

Important Notice: Research Project - RPB412S Research Projects require that every student be allocated a supervisor who is normally a member of staff at the Polytechnic. In order to facilitate this process, all students may be 84

required, in addition to the normal course registration, to register with the Department. Such registration may be in the form of student name, student number and the topic on which the Research Project will be based. The department retains the right to veto the choice of supervisor based on the academic requirements of a supervisor. Research Project topics must be in the students field of specialisation. No retention of semester mark for continuous assessment courses, namely Research Methodology and Research Project.

85

DEPARTMENT OF OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY Modes of Study The department offers all courses on a part-time as well as a full-time basis except for Information Administration 4 and Administrative Office Management 4 which are only offered on a part-time basis. The courses Administrative Office Management 1, 2 and 3, Information Administration 1, 2 and 3 and Speech and Deportment are also offered on the distance education mode. Information Administration consists of practical and theoretical parts. A minimum of ten students should be registered for any specific course. Practicals Practicals are required for Information Administration. Attendance Full-time students for Information Administration are required to attend 8 hours of lectures per week. Part-time students for Information Administration are required to attend 6 hours of lectures per week. For the other courses, Administrative Office Management and Speech and Deportment full-time students are required to attend 4 hours of lectures per week and part-time students 3 hours per week respectively. Students registered on the distance education mode for any of the courses in Information Administration are required to attend compulsory vacation schools during January, April, July and August of each year. Admission Requirements In addition to the general admission requirements of the Polytechnic of Namibia the following shall apply: Students who wish to register for Information Administration 1A on distance education modes should be able to type 20 words per minute. A pass in Language in Practice A of the English Proficiency Test, which is a prerequisite for Language in Practice B, taught to first year students is also a requirement. Students who only gain entry into Language in Practice A could also be admitted, but will be required to advance to Language in Practice B before their third year of study. Students with a C symbol in English at Ordinary level may be admitted prior to receiving the outcome of their English Proficiency Test, but they will also be required to advance to Language in Practice B before their third year of study. Mature age students with at least a Grade 10 certificate, or equivalent, or candidates with foreign qualifications, may be admitted in terms of the Polytechnics Mature Age Entry Scheme. Selection for mature age entry will be by means of appropriate written entrance tests, three years work experience, satisfactory references and passing of the Polytechnic English Proficiency test. Keyboarding This course is aimed at individuals who would like to become keyboard literate (touch type) and acquire basic computer skills.

86

The keyboarding course is a semester course which will be offered on a full-time and a parttime basis and can be taken during either semester one or semester two. On successful completion of this course students will receive an attendance certificate which will also indicate the speed they have attained. Those students who complete this course with a speed of at least 20 w.p.m. will meet the prerequisite for Information Administration 1A on the part-time and distance modes. BACHELOR OF OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY (Phased in 2007) 25BOMT

Admission for Graduates with Equivalent Qualifications: Graduates of the phased-out National Diploma Executive Secretary, who wish to register for the degree, must have passed Information Administration 3A and 3B as well as Office Administration 3A and 3B before commencing with the degree. Students enrolling for the degree will also be required to register for Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management as these courses are pre-requisites for Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management which are compulsory courses for the degree. Students with any equivalent diploma who want to register for the fourth level of the Bachelor of Office Management and Technology will be evaluated on an individual basis, in consultation with the Registrar, in order to obtain admission to the fourth level of the degree. Exit Levels The National Certificate: Office Management and Technology after successful completion of at least one year of study. The National Diploma: Office Management and Technology after successful completion of three years of study. The Bachelor Degree: Office Management and Technology after successful completion of four years of study. Transition Rules The transition from the existing to the new diploma will involve that, if not yet taken, students should register for Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management. Business Accounting 1A & 1B and Business Accounting 2A & 2B which are pre-requisites for an elective at the Bachelor level. While completing these courses, students can register for some of the other courses offered in Semesters 7 and 8 for which they qualify. All students who comply with the pre-requisites will be able to register for the Bachelor of Office Management and Technology as from 2007. Special Progression Rules for Information Administration Progression from one Information Administration course to the next is allowed only in the event of a student having satisfied the pass requirement in a formal examination for these courses. All practical and theoretical papers of a course should be written in the same examination session.

87

Pass Requirements Information Administration 1, 2, 3 and 4. A student passes the examination if s/he obtains an average final mark of 50 % or more, subject to the sub-minimum of 35 % per examination paper. The final mark consists of: 50 % of the semester mark and 50 % of the examination mark. Rules of Combination The curriculum provides for elective courses from semester 3 onwards. The elective courses are purposefully structured to enable students to choose corresponding courses in the same cognate area in subsequent semesters and to explore areas of personal interest. Students are required, once an initial selection is made, to take the corresponding elective course (same cognate area) in the following semester. CURRICULUM First Year - National Certificate: Office Management and Technology Semester 1 Course Title Course Code Prerequisite Information Administration 1A IAD111S None Administrative Office Management 1A AOM121S None Speech and Deportment 1A SDP111S None Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B Semester 2 Information Administration 1B Administrative Office Management 1B Speech and Deportment 1B Business Ethics and Leadership Second Year Semester 3 Information Administration 2A IAD112S AOM122S SDP112S BEL112S Information Administration 1A None None None

IAD211S

Administrative Office Management 2A AOM221S Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources Professional Writing And any ONE of the following: Business Accounting 1A Principles of Economics 1A Business Operations PHR511S PFW0520 BAC1100 PEC111S BSO221S

Information Administration 1A & 1B Administrative Office Management 1A & 1B None Communication Skills None None None Information Administration 2A Administrative Office Management 1A & 1B None Professional Writing

Semester 4 Information Administration 2B IAD212S Administrative Office Management 2B AOM222S Introduction to Human Resources Management Professional Communication IHR512S PFC0620

88

One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the previous semester (if not yet taken) Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None Business Finance BFS222S None Third Year - National Diploma: Office Management and Technology Semester 5 Administrative Office Management 3A AOM321S Administrative Office Management 2A & 2B Information Administration 3A IAD311S Information Administration 2A & 2B Public Relations 1A PRL311S None And any ONE of the following (if not yet taken) Commercial Law 1A CML111S None Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A & 1B Business Operations BSO221S None Semester 6 Information Administration 3B IAD312S Information Administration 3A Administrative Office Management 3B AOM322S Administrative Office Management 3A Public Relations 1B PRL312S Public Relations 1A One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the previous semester (if not yet taken) Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B Business Finance BFS222S None Fourth Year - Bachelor of Office Management and Technology Semester 7 Information Administration 4A IAD411S Information Administration 3A & 3B Administrative Office Management 4A AOM411S Administrative Office Management 3A & 3B Organisational Behaviour OSB611S Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management Research Methodology RMA411S None And any ONE of the following (if not yet taken) Entrepreneurship ENT321S None Financial Management 1A NFM111S Business Accounting 2A & 2B Labour Law 1A LAL111S None Semester 8 Information Administration 4B IAD412S Administrative Office Management 4B AOM412S Organisational Management OSM612S Information Administration 4A Administrative Office Management 4A Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management

89

Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the previous semester (if not yet taken) Small & Medium Enterprises SME322S None Management Financial Management 1B NFM112S Business Accounting 2A & 2B Labour Law 1B LAL112S Labour Law 1A NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION (Old curriculum phased out end of 2006) First Year Semester 1 Course Title Information Administration 1A Office Administration 1A Speech and Deportment 1A English Communication Module 4 And any ONE of the following: Business Management 1A Business Accounting 1A Principles of Economics 1A Legal Practice 1A Semester 2 Information Administration 1B Office Administration 1B Speech and Deportment 1B And any ONE of the following: Business Management 1B Business Accounting 1B Principles of Economics 1B Legal Practice 1B Second Year Semester 3 Information Administration 2A Office Administration 2A English Communication Module 5 And any ONE of the following: Business Management 1A Business Accounting 1A Principles of Economics 1A Intermediate Microeconomics Legal Practice 1A Business Management 2A Business Accounting 2A Commercial Law 1A Semester 4 Information Administration 2B Office Administration 2B English Communication Module 6 25DIAD

Course Code Prerequisite IAD111S None OAD111S None SDP111S None ECM0400 English Communication Module 3 BMA111S BAC1100 PEC111S LPT111S IAD112S OAD112S SDP112S BMA112S BAC1200 PEC112S LPT112S None None None None Information Admin 1A None None None None None Legal Practice 1A

IAD211S OAD211S ECM0500 BMA111S BAC1100 PEC111S IME211S LPT111S BMA211S BAC211S CML111S IAD212S OAD212S ECM0600

Information Administration 1A &1B Office Administration 1A & 1B English Communication Module 4 None None None Principles of Economics 1A None Business Management 1A & 1B Business Accounting 1A & 1B None Information Administratin 2A Office Administration 2A English Communication Module 5

90

And any ONE of the following: Business Management 1B Business Accounting 1B Principles of Economics 1B Intermediate Macroeconomics Legal Practice 1B Business Management 2B Business Accounting 2B Commercial Law 1B Third Year Semester 5 Information Administration 3A Office Administration 3A Secretarial Public Relations 1A And any ONE of the following: Business Management 1A Business Accounting 1A Principles of Economics 1A Legal Practice 1A Business Management 2A Business Accounting 2A Commercial Law 1A Intermediate Microeconomics Applied Economic Policy Analysis Business Management 3A Semester 6: Information Administration 3B Office Administration 3B Secretarial Public Relations 1B And any ONE of the following: Business Management 1B Business Accounting 1B Principles of Economics 1B Legal Practice 1B Business Management 2B Business Accounting 2B Commercial Law 1B Intermediate Macroeconomics International Trade Business Management 3B

BMA112S BAC1200 PEC112S IME212S LPT112S BMA212S BAC212S CML112S

None None None Priciples of Economics 1B Legal Practice 1A Business Management 1A & 1B Business Accounting 2A Commercial Law 1A

IAD311S OAD311S SPR311S BMA111S BAC1100 PEC111S LPT111S BMA211S BAC211S CML111S IME211S AEP311S BMA311S IAD312S OAD312S SPR312S BMA112S BAC1200 PEC112S LPT112S BMA212S BAC212S CML112S IME212S ITT312S BMA312S

Information Administration 2B Office Administration 2A & 2B None None None None None Business Management 1A & 1B Business Accounting 1A & 1B None Principles of Economics 1A Intermediate Micro & Macroeconomics Business Management 2A & 2B Information Administration 3A Office Admininistration 3A Secretarial Public Relations 1A None None None Legal Practice 1A Business Management 1A & 1B Business Accounting 2A Commercial Law 1A Principles of Economics 1B Intermediate Micro & Macroeconomics Business Management 2A & 2B

91

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: ECONOMICS 23BECO

Admission requirements Applicants holding diploma qualifications of this or of any other recognised tertiary institution and who wish to enroll into the programme will be admitted on merit and on a case by case basis, depending on the assessment of the applicants suitability as well as availability of facilities and resources. Prospective students wishing to enroll for the programme but without all the required courses shall be asked to do those courses that they are missing as arrears. Prospective secondary school students must have passed Mathematics with a D or better symbol at the Ordinary level. Applicants who score a B or better in Mathematics will not be required to do and pass Introduction to Mathematics, ITM111S, first. Transition Rules Although there are no perceived transition problems, it is possible that some students who, for one reason or another, repeat courses, may find themselves adversely affected during the course of implementing this programme. Such students should consult the Head of Department who will advise them as best as he can in terms of transition rules. First Year - Bachelor of Technology: Economics Semester 1 Course Title Course Code Prerequisites Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None Mathematics for Social Sciences 1A MSS111S Introduction to Mathematics or a B or better symbol in Mathematics at the Ordinary level Computer User Skills CUS411S None Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics or a B or better symbol in Mathematics at Ordinary level Language in Practice LIP411S None And any ONE of the following: Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None Semester 2 Language in Practice B Mathematics for Social Sciences 1B Computer User Skills (if not taken yet) Basic Business Statistics 1B And any ONE of the following: Business Accounting 1B Business Ethics and Leadership LPB0320 MSS112S CUS411S BBS112S BAC1200 BEL112S Language in Practice Mathematics for Social Science 1A None Basic Business Statistics 1A None None

Second Year (Offered Full-time and Part-time) Semester 3 Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Mathematics for Economists MEC211S Money and Banking Communication Skills MAB211S CSK0420

Principles of Economics 1A Mathematics for Social Sciences 1A & 1B Principles of Economics 1B Language in Practice B

92

And any ONE of the following: Business Accounting 2A Business Operations Semester 4 Intermediate Macroeconomics Mathematical Economics Financial Intermediation and Institutional Investment Economics of Agriculture & Rural Development Professional Writing Professional Communication And any ONE of the following: Business Accounting 2B Business Finance

BAC211S BSO221S IME212S MEC212S FII212S EAR212S PRW0520 PFC0620 BAC212S BSF222S

Business Accounting 1A & 1B None Principles of Economics 1B Mathematics for Social Sciences 1A & 1B None None Communication Skills Communication Skills Business Accounting 1A & 1B None

Third Year (Offered Full Time and Part Time) Semester 5 Applied Economic Policy Analysis AEP311S Applied Mathematical Economics Statistics for Economists Managerial Economics And any ONE of the following: Purchasing and Supply Management Economics of Growth & Development Semester 6 Public Finance & Taxation International Trade International Finance Econometrics And any ONE of the following: Business Logistics & Supply Chain Management Industrial Economics AME311S SEC311S MEN311S PSM321S EGD311S PFT312S ITT312S IFN312S ECM312S BLS322S IEC312S

Intermediate Microeconomics & Macroeconomics Mathematics for Economists & Mathematical Economics Basic Business Statistics 1A & 1B Intermediate Microeconomics Business Operations Intermediate Macroeconomics Principles of Economics 1A & 1B Principles of Economics 1A Principles of Economics 1A Statistics for Economists Business Operations Intermediate Microeconomics

Fourth Year (Offered on Full-time and Part-time) Semester 7 Research Methodology RMA411S None Economics of Namibia & SACU Countries 4A ECN411S None And any THREE of the following: (These courses will be offered if and when resources permit and if there is a minimum required number of students enrolled for the course in question.) Project Planning & Management PPM411S None Transport Economics TEC411S None Mortgage Finance and Real Estate Investment MFI411S None History of Economic Thought HET411S None

93

Corporate Finance Analytical Economic History Planning Techniques Labour Economics Semester 8 Research Project Economics of Namibia & SACU Countries 4B

CFN411S AEH411S PLT411S LEC411S RPB412S ECN412S

None None None None Research Methodology & Econometrics None

94

BACHELOR OF TRANSPORT MANAGEMENT

07BTRM

Description The Bachelor of Transport Management is a three-year degree programme that is aimed at equipping qualifying students with applied competencies in: understanding and interpretation of transport safety and traffic management transport economics management and regulatory principles The aim of this programme is to establish Transport Management qualifications at Bachelor degree level with exit points at Certificate and Diploma level for people in the Transport and Logistics industry that will enable them to perform their respective duties at various levels professionally. The students will be trained for a market dealing with all areas of Transport Management which includes Road Safety & Infrastructure Management, Transport Economics, Legal Framework and Transport Operations Management, as well as preparation for positions in the workplace. The Bachelor of Transport Management degree is designed to be at NQF Level 7 with 400 credits, including credits allocated to the 1st year Certificate and 2nd year Diploma exit levels. Admission Requirements In addition to the General Admission Requirements (Regulation G12.1) and Mature Age Entry Scheme (Regulation G12.2) as contained in the Prospectus of the Polytechnic of Namibia, students shall have a symbol D or better in English. They shall also write a special English test (not a placement test) which they should pass with at least 50 % to be admitted into the programme. Admission under the Mature Age Entry Scheme shall also consider Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL). Students who successfully completed the Transport Management bridging programme will also be eligible to enrol for this programme. Year 1 (Certificate with a minimum of 131 credits. Phased in 2011) Semester 1

Course Title

Self Development and Study Skills Language in Practice Introduction to Mathematics Computer User Skills Introduction to Road Traffic and Transport Legislation Principles of Transport Economics Basic Science Experiential Learning 1 (TRANSPORT) Semester 2 Language in Practice B Business Ethics and Leadership Information Competence Law of Evidence and Criminal Procedure Transport Economics & Procedures Principles of Road Safety & Infrastructure Management Experiential Learning 2 (TRANSPORT)

Course Code Prerequisite

SDS010S LIP411S ITM111S CUS411S IRT511S PTE511S BSC410S EXL511S LPB0320 BEL112S ICT512S LEC212S TEP512S PRI512S EXL512S None None None None None None None None Language in Practice None None None Principles of Transport Economics None None

95

Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) Basic Science (if not yet taken)

CUS411S BSC410S

None None

Year 2 [Diploma with a minimum of 265 credits (including credits allocated to the Certificate]. (Available on the Distance Education Mode as from 2012) Semester 3 Communication Skills Principles of Logistics Management Road Traffic & Transport Legislation Intermodal Transport Economics And any ONE of the following: Road Safety & Infrastructure Management Transport Operations Management Semester 4 Professional Writing Operational Logistics Management CSK0420 PLM611S RTL611S ITE611S RIM611S TOM611S Language in Practice B None None Transport Economics & Procedures Principles of Road Safety & Infrastructure Management Principles of Road Safety & Infrastructure Management Communication Skills Principles of Logistics Management Road Traffic & Transport Legislation Intermodal Transport Economics Road Safety & Infrastructure Management Transport Operations Management

PFW0520 OLM612S

Advanced Road Traffic & Transport ART612S Legislation Advanced Intermodal Transport Economics ATE612S And any ONE of the following: Practical Road Safety & Infrastructure PRI612S Management Practical Transport Operations Management PTO612S

Year 3 (Available on the Distance Eucation Mode as from 2013) Semester 5 Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics Project Planning & Management PPM411S None International and Regional Transport IRT711S Applied Intermodal Economics Transport Economics Work Integrated Learning 1 (TRANSPORT) WOL711S Completion and pass of all courses up to Semester 4. And any ONE of the following: Road Safety & Infrastructure Management RIT711S Practical Road Safety & Techniques Infrastructure Management Transport Operations Management TOT711S Practical Transport Techniques Operations Management Semester 6 Basic Business Statistics 1B Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management Contemporary Issues BBS112S BLM322S CIS610S Basic Business Statistics 1A Business Operations None

96

Advanced Transport Economics

ATE712S

Work Integrated Learning 2 (TRANSPORT) WOL712S And any ONE of the following: Applied Road Safety & Infrastructure ARM712S Management Applied Transport Operations Management ATO712S

International and Regional Transport Economics Completion and pass of all courses up to Semester 4. Road Safety & Infrastructure Management Techniques Transport Operations Management Techniques

97

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC MANAGEMENT BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: PUBLIC MANAGEMENT (Phased out from 2009) 24BPMA

Transition Rules (from National Diploma: Public Administration to B.Tech: Public Management) Course Failed: Course to Repeat: Public Administration 1 Introduction to Public Management and Public Management in Namibia Economics 1 Principles of Economics 1A and Principles of Economics 1B Human Resources Management 1 Introduction to Psycology of Human Resources Introduction to Human Resources Management Financial Accounting 1 Financial Accounting 1A and Financial Accounting 1B Public Administration 2 Public Human Resources Management and Public Financial Management Commercial Law Commercial Law 1A and Commercial Law 1B Human Resources Management 2 Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management Economics 2 Intermediate Microeconomics and Intermediate Macroeconomics Financial Accounting 2 Financial Accounting 2A and Financial Accounting 2B Public Administration 3 Public Policy Organisational Theories Human Resources Management 3 Human Resources Management 3A and Human Resources Management 3B Economics 3 Applied Economic Policy Analysis and International Trade Financial Accounting 3 Financial Accounting 3A and Financial Accounting 3B Law (Public Administration) Law for Public Managers 1A and Law for Public Managers 1B Auditing 1 Auditing 3A and Auditing 3B

98

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: PUBLIC MANAGEMENT First Year - Certificate in Public Management (Phased out in 2009) Semester 1 Course Title Introduction to Public Management Principles of Economics 1A Basic Mathematics Basic Business Statistics 1A Course Code IPM111S PEC111S BMS1100 BBS111S

24BPMA

Introduction to Sociology Language in Practice B And any ONE of the following: Business Accounting 1A Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources Semester 2 Public Management in Namibia Communication Skills Basic Business Statistics 1B Principles of Economics 1B Basic Mathematics (if not yet taken) Introduction to Political Science And any ONE of the following: Business Accounting 1B Introduction to Human Resources Management

ISO0100 LPB0320 BAC1100 PHR511S PMN112S CSK0420 BBS112S PEC112S BMS1100 IPS0100 BAC1200 IHR512S

Prerequisites None None None Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) / Basic Mathematics or Grade 12 symbol B or better None English Proficiency Test None None Introduction to Public Management Language in Practice B Basic Business Statistics 1A None None None None None

NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Basic Mathematics if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics (or equivalent). Second Year Semester 3 Principles of Information Systems 1A Professional Writing Public Human Resources Management Regional & Local Government And any ONE of the following: Intermediate Microeconomics Accounting 2A Organisational Behaviour

PIS121S PFW0520 PHR211S RLG211S IME211S BAC211S OSB611S

None Communication Skills Introduction to Public Management Introduction to Public Management Principles of Economics 1A Business Business Accounting 1A & 1B Intro. to Psychology of Human Resources & Introduction to Human Resources Management

99

Semester 4 Principles of Information Systems 1B Public Financial Management Regional & Local Government in Namibia Professional Communication And any ONE of the following: Intermediate Macroeconomics Accounting 2B Organisational Management

PIS122S PFM212S RLG212S PFC0620 IME212S BAC212S OSM612S

Principles of Information Systems 1A Public Management in Namibia Regional and Local Government Professional Writing Principles of Economics 1B Business Business Accounting 1A & 1B Intro to Psychology of Human Resources & Introduction to Human Resources Management

Third Year - National Diploma in Public Management Semester 5 Public Policy PBP311S Public Management in Namibia Law for Public Managers 1A LPM111S None Development Management DMA111S Introduction to Public Management International Relations & Organisations IRO311S None And any ONE of the following: Applied Economic Policy Analysis AEP311S Intermediate Microeconomics & Macroeconomics Financial Management 1A NFM111S Business Accounting 2A & 2B Human Resource Staffing HRS711S Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management Semester 6 Organisational Theories Law for Public Managers 1B Comparative Local Government And any ONE of the following: International Trade Financial Management 1B Employee Health and Safety OTP112S LPM112S CLG112S ITT312S NFM112S EHS712S Introduction to Public Management None Regional and Local Government Principles of Economics 1A Business Accounting 2A & 2B Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management

100

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: PUBLIC MANAGEMENT Public Management with Development Management Specialisation Fourth Year Semester 7 Research Methodology Comparative Public Management Project Planning & Management And any TWO of the following: Economics of Nam. & SACU Countries 4A Regional Development Planning Management of Public Enterprises Governance and Politics in Africa Strategic Human Resources Management Semester 8 Research Project Ethics & Accountability And any THREE of the following: Economics of Namibia and SACU Countries 4B Advanced Development Management Community Development Management Industrial & Labour Relations Public Private Partnership Management

24BPMA

RMA411S CPM411S PPM411S ECN411S RDP411S MPE411S GPA411S SHR812S

None Public Management in Namibia None None Regional & Local Government Public Management in Namibia Introduction to Political Science Human Resources Staffing & Employee Health and Safety Research Methodology None None Development Management Regional and Local Government None Public Management in Namibia

RPB412S ETA412S ECN412S ADM412S CDM422S ILR412S PPM412S

Note: Students who wish to enrol for Advanced Development Management must take note that the prerequisite for the course is Development Management. However, students can enrol concurrently for Development Management and the B-Tech courses during the first semester. BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: PUBLIC MANAGEMENT Public Management with Regional and Local Government Specialisation Fourth Year Semester 7 Research Methodology Comparative Public Management Project Planning & Management And any TWO of the following: Regional and Local Government Finance Regional Development Planning Governance & Politics in Africa 24BPMA

RMA411S CPM411S PPM411S LGP411S RDP411S GPA411S

None Public Management in Namibia None Regional & Local Government Regional & Local Government Introduction to Political Science None Research Methodology Regional & Local Government Regional and Local Government None Development Management

Semester 8 Ethics & Accountability ETA412S Research Project RPB412S And any THREE of the following: Regional & Local Government Personnel LGP412S Community Development Management CDM422S Environmental Management EMA412S Advanced Development Management ADM412S 101

Industrial & Labour Relations ILR412S Public Private Partnership Management PPM412S

None Public Management in Namibia

Additional Requirement Students who have completed the National Diploma Public Administration at the Polytechnic of Namibia and other tertiary institutions, can enrol for the B.Tech Public Management provided they have completed the following 4 (four) non-diploma courses: 1 Principles of Information Systems 1A PIS121S None 2 Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122S Principles of Information Systems 1A 1 Basic Mathematics BMS1100 None 1 Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management)/ Basic Mathematics or Grade 12 symbol B or better 2 Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A 1 & 2 Professional Communication PFC0620 Professional Writing 1 Regional and Local Government RLG211S Introduction to Public Management (Public Administration 1) Students can enrol concurrently for both the B.Tech. Public Management courses and the non-diploma courses. The non-diploma courses are offered on the full, part time and distance education mode. BACHELOR OF PUBLIC MANAGEMENT (NEW) Certificate Public Management (Phased in 2010) Year 1 Semester 1 Course Title Introduction to Public Management Language in Practice B Basic Mathematics Introduction to Sociology Computer User Skills Principles of Economics 1A Any ONE of the following: Intro. to Psychology of Human Resources Business Accounting 1A Semester 2 Public Management in Namibia Introduction to Political Science Communication Skills Language in Practice B Basic Mathematics Computer User Skills Principles of Economics 1B

Course Code Prerequisite IPM111S None LPB0320 English Proficiency Test BMS411S None ISO0100 None CUS411S None PEC111S None PHR511S BAC1100 PMN112S IPS0100 CSK0420 LPB0320 BMS411S CUS411S PEC112S None None Intro. to Public Management None Language in Practice B English Proficiency Test (If not yet taken) None (if not yet taken) None (If not yet taken) None

102

Any one of the following based on the course chosen in the previous semester: Introduction to Human Resources IHR512S None Management Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 Business Accounting 1A Admission Requirements: 1. Students who have completed the Certificate in Public Management or Administration will continue with the old B.Tech Programme until 2012. 2. Students who have completed the National Certificate in Public Administration at the Polytechnic of Namibia can enrol for the Bachelor Degree in Public Managemen provided that they have completed the following courses: a.) Principles of Information Systems 1A (PIS121S) b.) Principles of Information Systems 1B (PIS122S) c.) Basic Business Statistics 1A & 1B Programme Progression Rules Students who have successfully completed the Bachelor Degree in Public Management can enrol for the Bachelor Honours Degree in Public Management, provided they have met the admission requirements for the Hons Degree in Public Management. The programme will be implemented in January 2010. However, only the first year students will start with the programme, the second, third and fourth year students will continue with the old curriculum until it is totally phased out in year 2012.

103

BACHELOR OF PUBLIC MANAGEMENT (Phasing in 2011) Year 2 Semester 3 Course Title Professional Writing Regional and Local Government Management Basic Business Statistics 1A Governance and Politics in Africa Public Human Resources Management And any ONE of the following: Business Accounting 2A Intermediate Microeconomics

Course Code Prerequisite PFW0520 Communication Skills or exemption RLG211S Introduction to Public Management BBS111S GPA411S PHR211S BAC211S IME211S Basic Mathematics Introduction to Political Science Introduction to Public Management Business Accounting 1A & 1B Principles of Economics 1A

Semester 4 Regional & Local Government in RLG212S Regional & Local Government Namibia Management Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A Public Financial Management PFM212S Public Management in Namibia Business Ethics and Leadership BEL112S None And any ONE of the following based on the course chosen in the previous semester: Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1 B Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B Year 3 (Phasing in 2012) Semester 5 Public Policy Law for Public Managers 1A Development Management International Relations and Organisations Any ONE of the following: Financial Management 1A Urban Development and Management Applied Economic Policy Analysis

PBP311S LPM111S DMA111S IRO311S NFM111S UDP711S AEP311S

Public Management in Namibia None Introduction to Public Management None Business Accounting 2A & 2B Regional and Local Government Management Intermediate Micro and Macroeconomics None Public Management in Namibia Regional and Local Government in Namibia None None None Business Accounting 2B

Semester 6 Law for Public Managers 1B LPM112S Public Sector Organisational Behaviour POB712S Comparative Local Government CLG112S Innovation, Creativity and Entrepreneurship Any ONE of the following: International Trade Disaster Management Public Sector Accounting ICE712S ITT312S DSM712S PSA712S

104

SCHOOL OF COMMUNICATION, CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND LEGAL STUDIES OFFICE OF THE DEAN Dean Faculty Officer Telephone Number Fax Number E-mail Address Secretary Telephone Number Fax Number E-mail Address : Sarala Krishnamurthy, Post Grad. Diploma in the Teaching of English, B.Sc., M.A. English, Ph.D. in Stylistics & African Lit. (Bangalore) : Petsy Neiss, BBA Project Management (SBS), ND Nursing Science (UNAM) : 061-207-2160 : 061-207-2401 : pneiss@polytechnic.edu.na : Ndapewa N. Kuwa, National Certificate: Office Management and Technology (PoN) : 061-207-2325 : 061-207-2212 : nkuwa@polytechnic.edu.na

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION Head of Department : Tracy Grellmann, B.A., H.E.D (UNAM), M.Phil. (Stellenbosch) Secretary : Erna Daniel, Diploma, Executive Secretary (PoN) Telephone Number : 061-207 2443 Fax Number : 061-207 2310 E-mail Address : ebassingthwaighte@polytechnic.edu.na Administrative Assistant : Monica Mundjindi, Dip. Office Administration (Damelin), Diploma: HRM (PoN), B.Tech. HRM (PoN) Telephone Number : 061-207 2226 Fax Number : 061-207 2310 E-mail address : mmundjindi@polytechnic.edu.na IT Technician : Allastair Ellitson Telephone Number : 061 207 2037 Fax Number : 061 207 2310 E-mail Address : aellitson@polytechnic.edu.na Deputy Head of Department : Bronwen Beukes, B.A. (UNAM), H.E.D. (UNAM), M.A. Ling. (Stellenbosch) Academic Staff : Tracy Grellmann, B.A., H.E.D (UNAM), M.Phil. (Stellenbosch) : Alexandra Tjiramanga, M. A. ELT (Karl Franzens), Cert. OET (London) : Bronwen Beukes, B.A. (UNAM), H.E.D. (UNAM), M.A.Ling. (Stellenbosch) : Joanne Brandt, B.A.(UCT), H.E.D. (UNISA), M. Phil. (Stellenbosch) : Alexander Brewis, B.A., H.E.D. (Stellenbosch), B.A. (Hons) (UNISA), M.Phil. (Stellenbosch), Cert. OET (London) : Jeanne Hunter, B.A., H.E.D. (Stellenbosch), Dip. Transl. (UNISA), B.Ed. (UNAM), Dipl. Ling. (Surrey), M. Phil. Second Lang. Studies (Stellenbosch) : Rewai Makamani, B.A. (Hons), M.A.F.L., M.L.S.P., Grad. Cert. Ed. (UZ), Executive Certificate in Humanitarian Project Management 105

: Basil Rickerts, B.Ed., M.Ed. (UNAM), M.A. (Stellenbosch), HED (Academy). : Isabeau Voights von Schtz, B.A. (Pretoria), HED (RAU), B.Ed. (Hons) (UPE), M.Phil. (Stellenbosch) : Antoinette Wentworth, M.Ed. (Educ. Technology) (Arizona State), B.Ed. (UNAM), H.E.D., Teachers Diploma (Khomasdal) : Emelda Ucham, B.A. (UNAM), B.A. (Hons) (UNISA) DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES Head of Department: : Fred Opali, Teachers Cert. (Uganda), B.A. (Hons), Dip. Ed., M.A., Cert. (Designing and Writing DE Courses) (Makerere), LCIBM (SA), Cert. OET (London) Secretary : Erna Daniel, Diploma, Executive Secretary (PoN) Telephone Number : 061-207 2443 Fax Number : 061-207 2310 E-mail Address : ebassingthwaighte@polytechnic.edu.na IT Technician : Allastair Ellitson Telephone Number : 061-207 2037 Fax Number : 061-207 2310 E-mail Address : aellitson@polytechnic.edu.na Deputy Head of Department : Elisabeth Wittmann, B.A., B.Ed., M. Phil. (Stellebosch), U.E.D., B.A. (Hons) (UNISA) Academic Staff : Sarala Krishnamurthy, Post Graduate Diploma in Teaching of English, B.Sc., M.A., Ph.D. (Bangalore) : Fred Opali, Teachers Cert. (Uganda), B.A. (Hons), Dip. Ed., M.A., Cert. (Designing and Writing DE Courses) (Makerere), LCIBM (SA), Cert. OET (London) Majahana John Lunga, B.A. (Hons) (Makerere), PGDE (Nairobi), M.A., D.Litt. et Phil. et Phil (UNISA) : Juliet Eiseb, B.A., H.E.D. (UWC), B.Ed. (Hons) (UPE), M.Phil. (Stellenbosch) : Caleb Gwasira, B.A. (UZ), Grad. C.E. (UZ), B.Ed. (UNAM), M.Phil. (Stellenbosch) : Elina Ithindi, B.A. (Wittenberg), M.A. (Warwick) : Juliet Pasi, B.A., B.A.(Hons), Grad. Cert. Ed., M.A. (UZ) : Aletta Rhode, Dip. Lib., B.A. (UNAM), M.A. (UNISA) : Elisabeth Wittmann, B.A., B.Ed., M. Phil. (Stellebosch), U.E.D., B.A. (Hons) (UNISA) : Hileni T.N.Frans, B.Eng. (Hons) (PoN) : Jemima Mungenga, B.Ed., (UNAM), M.Ed. (Monash) (On Secondment to the Writing Centre CTL) : Jesus Lasso Rey, Hons in English Studies, M.A. (Salamanca), Dip in English Language (Burgos) : Vida de Voss, B.A., B.A.(Hons), M.A.(Stellenbosch), B.A. (Hons) (UCT), M.A. (Iowa) : Emelda Ucham, B.A. (UNAM), B.A. (Hons) (UNISA) : Cecilia Lupalezwi, B.A. (Solusi), B.Eng. (Hons) (PoN)

106

DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND LEGAL STUDIES Head of Department: : Mariette Hanekom, B.A., Hons (Journalism), LL.B. (Stellenbosch), Legal Practitioner to the High Court of Namibia and Supreme Court of South Africa (Cape of Good Hope Provincial Division), Conveyancer and Notary, Sworn Translator of the High Court of Namibia (English/Afrikaans) Deputy Head of Department : Adv. Magda Saayman, B.Iuris. (UOFS), LL.B (UNISA) Academic Staff : Retha van Zyl, B.Sc. (Stellenbosch), Dip.Ed. (UNAM), B.Proc., LL.M (UNISA), Legal Practitioner to the High Court of Namibia : Hiltrud von Alten, B.A., LL.B. (UCT), Legal Practitioner to the High Court of Namibia : Stefan Schulz, 1st State Ex. Law (Saarbruecken), 2nd State Ex. Law (Zweibrucken), Doctor Iuris (Freiburg im Breisgau) : Emmy Musima Wabomba, B.Iuris LL.B (UNAM), Legal Practitioner to the High Court of Namibia : Stephnie de Villiers, B.A., LL.B (Stellenbosch), Legal Practitioner to the High Court of Namibia, Conveyancer : Tuhafeni Helao, Cert. Basic Police Training (Luiperd Valley Police College), Cert. Supervision and Management (IPI Police College), NCPA, NHCPA, NDPA (PoN), B.Admin (UNAM), MPA (UWC) : Stephanus Homateni Nambili, B. Juris, LL.B, (UNAM) : Eliphas !Owos-ab, B. (Hons) Criminal Justice, B.Tech. (Pub Man), NDPM (PoN), Adv.Int. Dip (TSM) (Sweden), MDP (Technikon Wits). : Ulrich Freyer, ND Public Administration (PoN), B.Tech. Public Management (TSA), M.Admin (UWC) DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA TECHNOLOGY Head of Department : Emily Brown, B.A. (Hons) Communication (UNISA), M.Sc. Journalism/Mass Comm. (Iowa State) Deputy Head of Department : Bertha Amakali, ND Journ. (Natal Technikon), MA Journ. Studies (Univ. of Wales, Cardiff) (UK) Secretary : Ndinelao PN Nghifimule, ND Information Administration (PoN) Telephone Number : 061-207-2890 Fax Number : 061-207-2267 E-mail Address : nnghifimule@polytechnic.edu.na Academic Staff : Emily Brown, B.A. (Hons) Communication (UNISA), M.Sc. Journalism/Mass Comm. (Iowa State)

107

Project Officer

: Elva A. Gmez De Sibandze, ESL Cert. (Brigham Young University), B.A. & M.A. Lang. & Literature (University of Utah), Postgraduate Cert. in Translation, Culture and Communication (University of KwaZulu-Natal), Ph.D. Candidate in Culture, Communication and Media Studies (University of KwaZulu-Natal) : Julius J. Mtemahanji, MA Management for Development (The Catholic University of Milan), MA Social Communication (Pontifical Gregorian University), B.A. Social Sciences (Pontifical Gregorian University), B.A. Mass Communication (Makerere) : Hugh Ellis, B.Journ. (Rhodes University), M.A. Journalism & Media Studies (RhodesUniversity) : Bertha Amakali, ND Journ. (Natal Technikon), MA Journ. Studies (Univ. of Wales) : Unomengi Kauapirura, BA Mass Comm (College of Notre Dame), Maryland USA Lab/Studio Technician : Franois Andreas, Apple Certified Help Desk (Apple Online Course), Assistant A+ Certified (Comptia Online Course) : Cornelius Jacobus Bekker, Dip. In Journalism (Varsity College)

108

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION BACHELOR OF COMMUNICATION 25BACO

Description The Bachelor of Communication is a three-year degree programme (Full-time/Part-time) that is aimed at equipping students with both theoretical knowledge and practical skills in communication management and administration, designed to be at NQF Level 7, comprising 422 total credits. Holders of this degree will have communication skills that will enable them to effectively design, manage and evaluate communication processes that involve individuals, groups, organisations and the public. The degree programmes Work Integrated Learning component will provide students with the necessary experiential learning at the workplace. Admission Requirements In addition to the General Admission Requirements (Regulation G12.1) and Mature Age Entry Scheme (Regulation G12.2) as contained in the Prospectus of the Polytechnic of Namibia, students shall have symbol D or better in English. They shall also write a special English test (not a placement test) which they should pass with at least 50 % to be admitted into the programme. Admission under the Mature Age Entry Scheme shall also consider Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL). Exit Level Service Courses The service courses offered by the Department of communication are exit level courses, subject to the requirements of the respective programmes. 1. Exit level courses offered in this department are: Professional Communication (PFC0620) Professional Writing (PFW0520) Principles of Critical Thinking (PCT121S) Communication Skills (CSK0420) Provided there is an adequate number of registered students in a course, all courses shall be offered every semester. A limited number of students shall be registered every semester for each class, subject to the availability of staff. The English exit level service courses Professional Communication, Professional Writing and Principles of Critical Thinking require a pass in Communication Skills and/or relevant exemption. Students who have English qualifications from other institutions and those with qualifications from institutions where English was the language of instruction are required to write a placement test before registering for an English service course in this department. Communication Skills is compulsory, subject to the provisions for placement testing and exemption. Professional Writing and Professional Communication are compulsory, subject to the requirements of the respective degree programmes. Professional Writing, Professional Communication, and Principles of Critical Thinking may be taken in any order or simultaneously depending on the students load and major programme or orientation.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Progression Rule Generally, a student has to pass a lower service course before he can register for a higher one. In addition, students are requested to familiarise themselves with the particular requirements of the programme they register for, as the progression rule may vary.

109

Retention of Semester Mark Retention of semester mark shall be allowed in accordance with Rule AC4.3.6 in the Prospectus. Attendance Attendance at lectures shall be compulsory. Each week, full-time and part-time students shall be required to attend lectures and laboratory hours as stipulated in the course outline of each course. As proof of attendance, students shall be required to sign an attendance list. Assessment a. Full-time and Part-time students: Continuous Assessment/Evaluation: 60 % of the Final Mark Final Examination: 40 % of the Final Mark A candidate will gain admission to the examination by obtaining a continuous assessment mark of at least 50 %. In order to pass the subject, a student needs a final mark of at least 50 %. A student needs to obtain a minimum of 40 % for the examination paper. b. Distance Education Students Continuous Assessment/Evaluation: 30 % of the Final Mark Final Examination: 70 % of the Final Mark

A candidate will gain admission to the examination by obtaining a continuous assessment mark of at least 50 %. In order to pass the subject, a student needs a final mark of at least 50 %. A student needs to obtain a minimum of 40 % for the examination paper. NATIONAL AND FOREIGN LANGUAGES 1. In addition to the English Communication courses offered for formal qualifications, nonformal language proficiency courses in English, Afrikaans, French, German, Spanish, Portuguese and Oshikwanyama shall be offered on a regular basis. 2. Other languages shall be accommodated subject to certain limitations. Tailor-made courses in Language and Communication in any of the languages taught by the school may be negotiated for closed groups. The languages shall be offered at different levels, depending on the students knowledge and/or proficiency in the language. The duration of each level shall be 75 hours. Classes are normally presented after hours in two two-hour sessions per week, provided there are at least ten registered students per course.

3. 4. 5.

6. At the end of each 75-hour course (4 months), students sit for oral and written examinations. 7. Certificates are issued to students who: (a) Attend regularly, and, (b) Achieve a minimum mark of 50 %. Registration fees are included in the course fees. For details, contact the Administrator, National and Foreign Languages, Department of Communication.

110

Regulations The programme shall be governed by the following regulations: The Bachelor of Commmunication shall be awarded to candidates who have obtained at least 422 or 395 NQF credits (depending on choice) as per the curriculum requirements. a. b. c. d. The Bachelor of Communication degree shall begin in year 1 and shall consist of 24 courses from year 1 to year 3. In order to complete the Bachelor of Communication degree, a student shall pass 23 taught courses plus Work Integrated Learning (which shall extend over one semester). In addition, in order to complete the Bachelor of Communication degree, a student shall also be required to study and pass a Namibian national language. This shall be a noncredit bearing course. The Bachelor of Communication degree shall consist of core courses in Communication, and, in addition to Work Integrated Learning (Internship), other courses which include Basic Mathematics, Information and Communication Technology, and electives from the Social Sciences.

Assessment a. Courses will be examined at the end of the semester in which they are taught. b. Written papers will count for 40 % and continuous assessment (CASS) 60 % in each course. c. Continuous assessment (CASS) for each course may include a relevant small-scale project. CURRICULUM First Year Semester 1 Course Title Introduction to Communication 1A Intercultural Communication Basic Mathematics Computer User Skills Principles of Economics Semester 2 Introduction to Communication 1B Non Verbal Communication Organisational Communication Group Dynamics and Communication Gender Communication Second Year Semester 3 Rhetorical Theory and Criticism Web Communication Introduction to Marketing and its Environment Plus ONE of the following Electives: Introduction to Public Management Introduction to Sociology

Course Code ICO111S ICC111S BMS1100 CUS411S PEC111S ICO112S NVC112S OCO112S GDC212S GCO212S

Prerequisite None None None None None None None None None None

RTC211S WCO211S MAR121S IPM111S ISO0100

None None None None None

111

Semester 4 Specialised Writing Public Speaking and Argumentation Public Relations: Theory and Practice Introduction to Political Science Third Year Semester 5 Work Integrated Learning

SPW212S PSA212S PRT310S IPS0100

None None None None

WIL311S

None

Semester 6 Legal and Ethical Issues in Communication LEC312S Management Communication MCO312S Persuasion and Propaganda PAP312S Plus any TWO of the following Electives: Mediation Communication MCM312S Rhetoric and Constitutional Discourse RCD312S International Relations and Organisations IRO311S

None None None None None None

112

DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES General 1. Provided there is adequate registration of students in a course, all courses shall be offered every semester. 2. 3. Except for Language in Practice A (LPA - institutional core course), all English service courses shall have prerequisites and/or relevant exemptions. Students who have English qualifications from other institutions and those with qualifications from institutions where English was the language of instruction may be required to write a special test before registering for an English course. French, German, Portuguese, and Spanish shall be offered as required by various programmes.

4.

Exemptions - English Communication Courses 1. Students with a grade 1, 2, or 3 pass in English as a Second Language at HIGCSE (Higher International General Certificate of Secondary Education) or Namibia Senior Secondary Certificate (NSSC) Higher level or an equivalent school-leaving certificate examination shall be exempted from LIP (institutional core course) and Language in Practice B (LPB). 2. Students with a grade 1, 2, 3, or 4 pass in First Language English at HIGCSE or Namibia Senior Secondary Certificate (NSSC) Higher level or an equivalent school-leaving certificate examination shall be exempted from LIP (institutional core course) and LPB. Students with a grade B pass in English as a Second Language at IGCSE or Namibia Senior Secondary Certificate (NSSC) Ordinary level or an equivalent school-leaving certificate examination shall be exempted from LIP (institutional core course). Students with a grade A pass in English as a Second Language at IGCSE or Namibia Senior Secondary Certificate (NSSC) Ordinary level or an equivalent school-leaving certificate examination shall be exempted from LIP (institutional core course) and Language in Practice B (LPB). Students with a grade A or B pass in First Language English at IGCSE or Namibia Senior Secondary Certificate (NSSC) Ordinary level or an equivalent school- leaving certificate examination shall be exempted from LIP (institutional core course) and Language in Practice B (LPB). Students who completed the NAMCOL English Communication Course (Modules 1 to 4) shall be exempted from LIP (institutional core course). Students who completed English Communication courses or their equivalents eight or more years previously shall not be exempted from any English service course.

3.

4.

5.

6. 7.

Exit Level Courses 1. Exit level courses shall be: Communication Skills (CSK0420), Professional Writing (PFW0520), Professional Communication (PFC0620), or Principles of Critical Thinking (PCT121S), subject to the requirements of individual programmes. 2. Professional Writing, Professional Communication, and Principles of Critical Thinking may be taken in any order or simultaneously depending on the students load and major programme or orientation. 113

Transition Rules 1. From the 2009 academic year, all full-time, part-time, and distance education students shall register for courses in English Communication according to the following table of correspondence:
Old Courses English Communication Module 1 (ECM0100) English Communication Module 2 (ECM0200) English Communication Module 3 (ECM0300) English Communication Module 4 (ECM0400) Communication Skills (COM1100) English Communication Module 5 (ECM0500) English Communication Module 6 (ECM0600) Communication and Critical Thinking (CCT111S) Corresponding New Courses Language in Practice (LIP411S) Language in Practice (LIP411S) Language in Practice B (LPB0320) Communication Skills (CSK0420) Communication Skills (CSK0420) Professional Writing (PFW0520) Professional Communication (PFC0620) Principles of Critical Thinking (PCT121S)

2.

Distance education students who shall be required to repeat courses in the old curriculum in 2009 shall register for the corresponding new courses.

Progression Rule 1. A student shall not be allowed to register for a higher English service course unless s/he has taken and passed a lower course or has been exempted from it. Retention of semester mark 1. Retention of semester mark shall be allowed for LIP (institutional core course) and Language in Practice B, in accordance with Rule AC4.3.6 in the Prospectus. Attendance Attendance at lectures shall be compulsory. Each week, full-time and part-time students shall be required to attend lectures and laboratory hours as stipulated in the course outline of each course. As proof of attendance, students shall be required to sign an attendance list. Assessment (a) Full-time and Part-time students Continuous Assessment/Evaluation: Final Examination:

60 % of the Final Mark 40 % of the Final Mark

A candidate will gain admission to the examination by obtaining a continuous assessment mark of at least 50 %. In order to pass the subject, a student needs a final mark of at least 50 %. A student needs to obtain a minimum of 40 % for the examination paper. (b) Distance Education Students Continuous Assessment/Evaluation: Final Examination: 30 % of the Final Mark 70 % of the Final Mark

A candidate will gain admission to the examination by obtaining a continuous assessment mark of at least 50 %. In order to pass the subject, a student needs a final mark of at least 50 %. A student needs to obtain a minimum of 40 % for the examination paper.

114

BACHELOR OF ENGLISH

25BAEN

Description The Bachelor of English degree is a 3-year contextualised programme (Full-time/Part-time) that blends Language (English) and Literature in English, designed to be at NQF level 7, comprising 391 credits. The degree programme lays special emphasis on work integrated learning or practice. Admission Requirements In addition to the General Admission Requirements (Regulation G12.1) and Mature Age Entry Scheme (Regulation G12.2) as contained in the Prospectus of the Polytechnic of Namibia (2008:4-5) students shall have symbol D or better in English. They shall also write a special English test (not a placement test) which they should pass with at least 50% to be admitted into the programme. Admission under the Mature Age Entry Scheme shall also consider Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL). Regulations The programme shall be governed by the following regulations: a. b. c. d. The Bachelor of English degree shall begin in year 1 and shall consist of 24 courses from year 1 to year 3. In order to complete the Bachelor of English degree, a student shall pass 23 taught courses plus Work Integrated Learning (which shall extend over one semester). In addition, in order to complete the Bachelor of English degree, a student shall also be required to study and pass a Namibian national language. The Bachelor of English degree shall consist of core courses in Linguistics/ English Language and Literature, and, in addition to Work Integrated Learning, basic studies and electives in Mathematics, Information Technology, Communication, and the Social Sciences. CURRICULUM

First Year Semester 1 Course Title Introduction to Linguistics Introduction to Literature Introduction to Sociology Computer User Skills Intercultural Communication Semester 2 Introduction to Phonetics and Phonology The Study of Prose Basic Mathematics Introduction to Political Science Second Year Semester 3 English Morphology Theory and Practice of Poetry

Course Code ILS111S ILT111S ISO0100 CUS411S ICC111S IPP112S TSP112S BMS1100 IPS0100

Prerequisite None None None None None None None None None

EMP211S TPP211S

None None

115

Namibian Literature in English International Relations & Organisations Semester 4 English Syntax Theory and Practice of Drama Literary Criticism Public Speaking and Argumentation Rhetorical Theory and Criticism Third Year Semester 5 Work Integrated Learning Semester 6 Psycholinguistics Semantics English as a Second Language African Literature Management Communication

NLE211S IRO311S ESY212S TPD212S LCR212S PSA212S RTC211S

None None None None None None None

WIL311S PCL312S SMT312S ESL312S AFL312S MCO312S

None None None None None None

116

DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND LEGAL STUDIES National Diploma: Police Science (Phasing out as from 2009) Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Correctional Management) Bachelor of Criminal Justice Honours In addition, the Department also offers many law courses, i.e. service courses, to other departments across schools NATIONAL DIPLOMA: POLICE SCIENCE 70DPOL

The National Diploma Police Science is phasing out as from 2009. No new students will be admitted to register for the National Diploma Police Science. Students who are currently registered for National Diploma Police Science must complete their qualification by the end of the academic year 2012. CURRICULUM First Year - National Certificate Police Science (Phased out and not available in 2010) Semester 1 Course Title Course Code Prerequisites Police Studies 1A PLS111S None Investigation of Crime 1A IVC111S None Criminal Law 1A CRL111S None Criminal Procedure Law 1A CPL111S None Communication Skills CSK0420 Language Practice B/M3 or Placement Public Law 1A PBL111S None Semester 2 Police Studies 1B Investigation of Crime 1B Criminal Law 1B Criminal Procedure Law 1B PLS112S IVC112S CRL112S CPL112S Police Studies 1A Investigation of Crime 1A Criminal Law 1A Criminal Procedure Law 1A

Second Year - National Higher Certificate Police Science (Not available in 2011) Semester 3 Police Studies 2A PLS211S Police Studies 1B Investigation of Crime 2A IVC211S Investigation of Crime 1B Criminal Law 2A CRL211S Criminal Law 1B Law of Evidence 1A LOE211S None Semester 4 Police Studies 2B Investigation of Crime 2B Criminal Law 2B Public Law 1B PLS212S IVC212S CRL211S PBL112S Police Studies 2A Investigation of Crime 2A Criminal Law 2A None

117

Third Year - National Diploma Police Science (Not available in 2013) Semester 5 Police Studies 3A PLS311S Police Studies 2B Investigation of Crime 3A IVC311S Investigation of Crime 2B Criminal Law 3A CRL311S Criminal Law 2B Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills Semester 6 Police Studies 3B Investigation of Crime 3B Criminal Law 3B Professional Communication PLS312S IVC312S CRL312S PFC0620 Police Studies 3A Investigation of Crime 3A Criminal Law 3A Communication Skills

NB. The whole National Diploma Police Science Programme will be completely phased out in 2012. Mode of Study The National Diploma Police Science is wholly offered on distance mode of study. Assessments (National Diploma Police Science) Students are required to complete and submit two assignments for each course and obtain at least 50 % in order to gain admission to the end of semester examination. Final examination marks are calculated on the basis of at least 50 % continuous assessment marks plus at least 40 % examination marks, provided the final marks of 50 % will be obtainable to successfully complete the course. Aims of the programme The Bachelor of Criminal Justice curriculum is designed to cover a wide range of the national occupational standards for policing and correctional management. It intends to provide and equip learners with essential theoretical knowledge as well as analytical and practical skills of police and correctional administration and management in the criminal justice system with an emphasis on the Namibian context. Programme outcomes After successful completion of the Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing or Correctional Management), students are expected to be able to: Explain and discuss the Criminal Justice System, including its sub-systems Corrections (Prisons), Police, Prosecution, Courts, and Youth in theory and practice; Outline and discuss the Namibian Criminal Justice System in both regional and global contexts; Display a deep and broad understanding of the operational interfaces of the various subsystems of the Namibian Criminal Justice system; Evaluate Criminal Justice policies and advance viable solutions to problems in their practical applications; Identify and analyse Criminal Justice problems and critically put forward workable solutions; Demonstrate a thorough understanding of Human Rights and Juvenile Justice in terms of the administration of Criminal Justice; Demonstrate a wide range of scholastic and technical skills in policing; Describe how sociological and psychological theories of crime can form the basis for revised responses to offenders by the criminal justice system in Namibia; Analyse and direct police crime prevention and investigation activities;

118

Analyse and critique the range of services, alternatives, and practices reflected in the field of corrections; Apply evidence-based principles to development of plans for identifying and implementing correctional treatment programs; Plan, formulate and implement community policing strategies against the objective of maintaining relationships of trust between members of society and the police; Utilise appropriate strategies to motivate, manage, and evaluate correctional employees; Develop initiatives for team-building, decision-making, and conflict management; Apply management and leadership principles to the efficient and effective operation of correctional facilities and services; Employ critical and strategic thinking to guide both daily operations and the long-range development of correctional agencies; Approach management and leadership functions from an ethical perspective that respects the human rights and personal values of both staff and offenders; Apply project management concepts to the development of a comprehensive plan to implement a correctional initiative. Employ leadership competencies to envision, implement, and manage change in a correctional setting; Develop a strategic action plan for empowering employees and implementing a correctional agencys vision and mission. Make and justify autonomous decisions on crime prevention and crime investigation; Plan operations and independently manage the affairs of a police unit, station or Police regional and national headquarters.

Mode of study The Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing & Correctional Management) is offered on the fulltime and part-time mode, although tuition takes place in the evenings and as the case may be Saturdays. Teaching and assessment strategies The learning process is facilitated both in and outside the classroom; requiring specific tasks do be carried out by the student. The progress of learning, which is embedded in such tasks, will be monitored, recorded and assessed by lecturer. Assessment on the programme is by means of both diversified continuous assessment and validated end of term examinations wherever appropriate. Contact hours of two per week are supplemented by common sessions. The facilitation and tuition of the programme relies extensively on modern communication facilities. Therefore, students are strongly encouraged to ensure their own and reliable access to a Personal Computer or Laptop Computer, which has WLAN functions. Admission Requirements Students wishing to enrol for a Bachelor of Criminal Justice must write an English Proficiency Test and test into Language in Practice B. In addition, they must write an aptitude test in which they should demonstrate their interest in, and motivation to acquire knowledge and skills of the operations of the criminal justice system in Namibia and that of the SADC region at a professional level.

119

Students who have obtained the National Diploma Police Science from the Polytechnic of Namibia since 2005 with an average of at least 55 % may apply for admission with advanced standing. These students will qualify for the conferment of the degree Bachelor of Arts in Criminal Justice Studies (Policing) after successful completion of the following courses: Criminal Justice Studies 1A & 1B Policing 3A & 3B Research Methodology Research Project Alternative Dispute Resolution Progression Rules A student will not be allowed to register for any second year course(s) under this programme unless he/she has passed Language in Practice B (LPB0320). BACHELOR OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE (Correctional Management) NQF Level: 7 Credits: 378 Qualification ID: CURRICULUM Year 1 Semester 1 Course 25BCSM

Criminal Justice Studies 1A Computer User Skills Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources Management Introduction to Sociology ISO0100 Language in Practice LIP411S Semester 2 Policing 1 Human Rights for Criminal Justice Criminal Justice Studies 1B Introduction to Human Resources Management Language of Practice B Year 2 Semester 3 Criminal Law 2A Introduction to Criminology Introduction to Corrections Statistics (Information Technology) 1A (optional) Communication Skills Semester 4 Law for Public Administrators Correctional Management 1 Correctional Treatment

Course Code CJS111S CUS411S PHR511S

Prerequisite None None None None None None None

NQF Level 5 4 5 5 4 5 5

NQF Credits 15 8 12 12 10 15 15 15 12 10

POL112S HCJ112S CJS112S IHR512S LPB0320

Criminal Justice Studies 1A 5 None 5 None 4

CRL221S ICR611S ICO611S SIT111S CSK0420 LPA212S COM612S COT612S

None Criminal Justice Studies 1B Criminal Justice Studies 1B None Language in Practice B

6 6 6 6 5

15 15 15 12 12 15 15 15

None 6 Introduction to Corrections 6 Introduction to Corrections 6 120

Ethics for Correctional Managers Criminal Law 2B Statistics (Information Technology 1B (Optional) Professional Writing Year 3 Semester 5 Research Methodology Correctional Management 2 Correctional Project Planning & Management Professional Communication Semester 6 Evidence Based Corrections Leadership in Corrections Research Project Alternative Dispute Resolution

ECM612S CRL222S SIT121S PFW0520

None Criminal Law 2A Statistics (Information Technology) 1A Communication Skills

6 6 6 6

15 15 12 12

RMA411S COM711S CPM711S PFC0620 EBC712S LIC712S RPB412S ADR312S

None 7 Correctional Management 1 7 None 7 Communication Skills Correctional Treatment Correctional Management Research Methodology Professional Communication 7 7 7 7 7

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 25BACJ

BACHELOR OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE (POLICING) NQF Level: 7 Credits: 378 Qualification ID: QO114

Description The Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) curriculum is designed to cover a wide range of the national occupational standards for Policing. It intends to provide and equip students with essential theoretical knowledge as well as analytical and practical skills of police administration and management in the criminal justice system with an emphasis on the Namibian context. Mode of Study The Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) programme is offered on part-time mode and, in due course, also as a hybrid programme, combining shorter periods (up to two weeks twice a semester) of face-to-face tuition with elements of distance tuition. Admission Requirements Students wishing to enrol for a Bachelor of Criminal Justice must write an English proficiency test and test into Language in Practice B (LPB0320). In addition, they must write an aptitude test in which they should demonstrate their interest in, and motivation to acquire knowledge and skills of the operations of the criminal justice system in Namibia and that of the SADC region at a professional level. Students who have obtained the ND: Police Science from the Polytechnic of Namibia during the past 4 years (i.e. since 2005) with an average of at least 55% may apply for admission with advanced standing. These students will qualify for the conferment of the degree Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) after successful completion of the following courses: Criminal Justice Studies 1A & 1B Policing 3A & 3B Research Methodology Research Project Alternative Dispute Resolution

121

Progression Rules A student will not be allowed to register for any second year course(s) under this programme unless he/she has passed Language in Practice B (LPB0320). CURRICULUM First Year - Certificate in Criminal Justice (Policing) NQF Level: 5 Qualification ID: Year 1 Semester 1 Course

Criminal Justice Studies 1A Computer User Skills Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources Management Introduction to Sociology ISO0100 Language in Practice LIP411S Semester 2 Policing 1 Human Rights for Criminal Justice Criminal Justice Studies 1B Introduction to Human Resources Management Language in Practice B Second Year (NQF level 6) Semester 3 Criminal Law 2A Policing 2A (Operations) Crime Investigation 2A Statistics (Information Technology) 1A (optional) Communication Skills Semester 4 Law for Public Administrators Policing 2B (Operations) Crime Investigation 2B Criminal Law 2B Law of Evidence & Criminal Procedure Statistics (Information Technology) 1B (optional) Professional Writing

Course Code CJS111S CUS411S PHR511S

Prerequisite None None None None None None None

NQF Level 5 4 5 5 4 5 5

NQF Credits 15 8 12 12 10 15 15 15 12 10

POL112S HCJ112S CJS112S IHR512S LPB0320

Criminal Justice Studies 1A 5 None 5 Language in Practice 4

CRL221S POL211S CIV211S SIT111S CSK0420 LPA212S POL212 CIV212 CLW222S LEC212S SIT112S PFW0520

Criminal Justice Studies 1B Policing 1 None None Language in Practice B None Policing 2A (Operations) Crime Investigation 2A Criminal Law 2A Criminal Justice Studies 1B Statistics (Information Technology) 1A Communication Skills

6 6 6 6 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

15 15 15 12 12 15 15 15 15 15 12 12

Third Year - Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) (NQF level 7) Semester 5 Research Methodology RMA411S None Policing 3A (Administration) POL311S Policing 2B (operations)

7 7

15 15

122

Crime Investigation 3A (Crimes of Violence) Professional Communication Semester 6 Policing 3B (Administration) Research Project Crime Investigation 3B (Crimes of Violence) Alternative Dispute Resolution

CIV311S PFC0620 POL312S RPB412S CIV312S ADR312S

Crime Investigation 2B Communication Skills Policing 3A (Administration) Research Methodology Crime Investigation 3A (Crimes of Violence) Professional Communication

7 7 7 7 7 7

15 15 15 15 48 15

Table of credits Current students registered for the National Diploma Police Science who choose to migrate to the Bachelor of Criminal Justice (Policing) will be granted credit for courses completed as set out below, but will be required to complete all outstanding courses to fulfil the requirements of the programme. Course completed (ND. Police Science) First Year - Semesters 1 & 2 Police Studies 1A and B Investigation of Crime 1A and B Criminal Law 1A and B Criminal Procedure Law 1A and B (and Law of Evidence 1A) Public Law 1A Year Two - Semesters 3 & 4 Police Studies 2A and B Investigation of Crime 2A Criminal Law 2A and B Law of Evidence 1A (and Criminal Procedure Law 1A and B) Investigation of Crime 2B Public Law 1B Year Three - Semesters 5 & 6 Investigation of Crime 3A Investigation of Crime 3B Course credited (B. Crim. Just.) Policing 1 Crime Investigation 2A Criminal Law 2A Law of Evidence and Criminal Procedure Law for Public Administrators Policing 2A and B (Operations) Crime Investigation 2A Criminal Law 2B Law of Evidence & Criminal Procedure Crime Investigation 2B Human Rights for Criminal Justice Crime Investigation 3A (Crimes of Violence) Crime Investigation 3B (Crimes of Violence)

123

DEPARTMENT MEDIA TECHNOLOGY BACHELOR OR JOURNALISM AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY 25BJCT

The Bachelor of Journalism and Communication Technology rests on a strong core educational structure with a balance between the practical and the academic instruction. Apart from the education of students in the practice of journalism, this curriculum also includes course-work in Communication Technology, which allows students to specialise in one of the areas of specialisation provided: Journalism, Public Relations and Corporate Communication, and Multi-Media Design and Production. General Admission Requirements (Rule G12 of the Prospectus of the Polytechnic of Namibia, applies.) Applicants shall be required to write an English placement test, and a score of at least 40 % should be obtained to be considered for admission. Applicants shall be required to write a General Knowledge Journalism Test, and a score of at least 40 % should be obtained to be considered for admission. Applicants who are successful in the two admission tests referred to above, shall be called for an interview, which would be the final requirement for admission to the Bachelors Degree Programme. Holders of a National Diploma in Journalism and Communication Technology conferred by accredited institutions shall be admitted to the Degree Programme upon assessment of courses contained in the Diploma. Mature-age applicants shall be limited to 5 % of the total admission. Such applicants should have reached the age of 23 years on or before January 01 of the year of registration. These applicants ought to have at least three years relevant work experience. Qualification Outcomes a. Practice the roles of the profession b. Critique and publish an analysis of the various medias responsiveness to society and people c. Communicate a professional attitude and adaptability d. Perform at an increased level of expertise e. Demonstrate effective time-management in order to meet deadlines f. Illustrate an understanding of the project production process g. Create relevant and effective solutions to problems h. Portray effective leadership (to include confidence, role-modelling and the ability to motivate) i. Adopt a creative approach (through innovation, unique ideas and an ability to resolve problems and identify solutions and opportunities) j. Implement innovative approaches to management k. Demonstrate an understanding of the medias organisational role l. Discover knowledge through a variety of research methodologies m. Apply knowledge and research findings to an issue or problem n. Transfer research findings to planning, projects and productions o. Develop insight through project work, analysis and presentations p. Show the ability to work co-operatively and independently q. Demonstrate expertise in writing, speaking and mediated communication

124

Regulations for the Qualification The Bachelors Degree: Journalism and Communication Technology will commence in semester 1 of 2009. In terms of the National Diploma, this qualification will be phased out by the end of 2012. Summary of Qualification Requirements This qualification will be awarded to people credited with a minimum of 395 NQF credits, and who have met the requirements of the compulsory and elective sections of Bachelors Degree in Journalism and Communication Technology. Academic Standards a. Pre-determined semester hours b. Prescribed experiential learning hours (1 semester - 16 weeks x 40 hours = 640 hrs.) Detailed Qualification Requirements General Education (GED) Requirements a. Language for the Media 1, 2 and 3 b. Keyboard and Basic Computer Skills (KCS110S) c. Information Gathering and Writing for the Media (IGW110S) Bachelor Degree Requirements Size of Qualification: A minimum of 395 NQF credits at Level 4 and above are required of which a minimum of 72 credits (60 % of a full year of study) must be at Level 7. The number of contributing credits from Level 4 is restricted to a maximum of 40 credits. Rules of combination: a. Journalism b. Public Relations and Corporate Communication c. Multi-Media Design and Production Electives: Note: This curriculum provides core and specialisation courses. Specialisations: Students will specialise in one of the following areas of study: a. Journalism b. Public Relations and Corporate Communication c. Multimedia Design and Production Credit recognition and transfer arrangements Applicants who have pursued another qualification at the Polytechnic of Namibia may apply for exemption of courses successfully completed. Such exemption would be granted upon condition of an overlap of at least 80% of the course content. Proof of such overlap would have to be provided by the student through course outlines and syllabi and transcripts of grades. In the case of an application based on the recognition of prior learning, the candidate should be tested and a portfolio of evidence should be submitted as proof of experience. Students currently registered for the Diploma will be able to register for the Honours Degree upon successful completion of the Diploma.

125

New students, who register as of 2009, will register for the Bachelors Degree since the National Diploma will no longer be an option. Students from other institutions who are holders of a Diploma in Journalism, from recognised institutions, would be required to write the General Knowledge Journalism Test, as well as the English Placement Test. Should these tests be completed successfully they would be admitted into the Honours Programme.

Special Arrangements Assessment Arrangements Continuous Assessment: Experiential Learning Portfolio: Exam:

40 % 30 % 30 %

CURRICULUM Year 1 Semester 1 Course Title Language for the Media 1 Keyboard and Basic Computer Skills Introduction to Communication Technologies Information Gathering and Writing for the Media Semester 2 Communication Theory Communication and Society Introduction to Broadcast Journalism Introduction to Photography Year 2 Semester 3 Introduction to Multi-media Design Print Design, Editing and Production Video Production Language for the Media 2 Communication and the Law Semester 4 Communication Ethics

Course Code Prerequisite LME110S None KCS110S None ICT110S None IGW110S None

COT110S CMS110S IBJ110S IPG110S

None Introduction to Communication Tech. Introduction to Communication Tech. and Information Gathering and Writing for the Media or equivalent skills Introduction to Communication Tech.

IMM210S DEP210S VIP210S LME210S CLW210

Introduction to Communication Tech. and Information Gathering and Writing for the Media or equivalent skills None Introduction to Photography and/or Introduction to Broadcast Journalism Language for the Media 1 Communication Theory and Communication and Society

Communication and the Law and Communication and Society Language for the Media 3 LME310S Language for the Media 2 Plus TWO of the following Specialisation Electives: SPECIALISATION COURSES FOR JOURNALISM: Advanced News and Reporting Writing NRW310S Information Gathering Writing for the Media WITH 126

CME310S

Public Relations Theory and Practice PRT310S OR NRW310S DAD310S

Communication Theory Language for the Media 2 Information Gathering Writing for the Media Introduction to Multimedia Design and Production Video Production

Advanced News and Reporting Writing WITH Digital Art and Design

SPECIALISATION COURSES FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS AND CORPORATE COMMUNICATION: Public Relations Theory and Practice PRT310S WITH Advanced News and Reporting Writing NRW310S Public Relations Theory and Practice WITH Digital Art and Design OR PRT310S DAD310S Communication Theory Language for the Media 2 Information Gathering Writing for the Media Communication Theory Language for the Media 2 Introduction to Multimedia Design and Production Video Production

SPECIALISATION COURSES FOR MULTIMEDIA DESIGN AND PRODUCTION: Digital Art and Design WITH Public Relations Theory and Practice Digital Art and Design DAD310S Introduction to Multimedia Design and Production Video Production Communication Theory Language for the Media 2 Introduction to Multimedia Design and Production Video Production Information Gathering Writing for the Media

PRT310S OR DAD310S

Advanced News and Reporting Writing NRW310S Semester 5 Year 3 Media Experiential Learning

MEL210S

Successful Completion of Courses for the first four Semester

Students have to complete a credit-bearing experiential learning component in order to ensure that they would meet the demands of industry. Such an internship requires of the student to compile and submit a portfolio based on tasks undertaken during the experiential Learning. The submission of a professional portfolio is one of the main requirements for the successful completion of this semester-long credit-bearing Experiential Learning course.

127

Objectives The period allowed for experiential learning would serve to afford the Journalism and Communication Technology student the opportunity of acquiring hands-on knowledge of skills, practices and approaches necessary for this field. Through mentoring and actual projects, the student will gain insight into what the profession entails. While a great deal of what this environment has to offer would be new to the student, it would also facilitate an awareness of their strengths and weaknesses. Through careful monitoring and assessment, the student will be given every opportunity of gaining as much experience as possible during this period, so that the Specialisation Electives - which follow the experiential learning period - would be much more meaningful and beneficial. When selecting a host institution for the purpose of Experiential Learning, the Journalism and Communication Technology student ought to ensure that the host institution is industry- or specialisation-related. This means that the student should consider a media institution (e.g. print, or audio/television broadcasting; a wire service e.g. NAMPA); an advertising agency or multi-media/web development company/department or a Public Relations/Communication Department or even the Film Commission. Procedure During the six-month period, staff responsible for experiential learning will pay two visits to the organisation/company hosting the students for this purpose. This will give staff the opportunity of meeting with both the students and their supervisors to assess progress, and identify areas of concern or opportunity. In addition, it will afford staff the opportunity to maintain regular contact with industry and keep abreast of trends in the field. Logbooks, which would also contain guidelines for experiential learning, would be kept during this time, to indicate the nature of tasks undertaken by the student, and the extent of work done. Debriefing of students - upon return to class - will be carried out by staff in the Department, and the information obtained at this time would serve to inform the course content of the Specialisation Electives and the other courses to be offered in the third year. Semester 6 Courses Entrereneurship Media and Communication Research Methodologies Course Code Prerequisites EPS310S Media Experiential Learning MRM312S Successful Completion of In-Service Training

Plus ONE of the following Specialisation Electives: SPECIALISATION COURSES FOR JOURNALISM: Audio Production AUP310S Introduction to Communication Technologies Introduction to Broadcast Journalism Introduction to Multimedia Design and Production Introduction to Communication Theory Introduction to Broadcast Journalism Introduction to Multimedia

WITH Television Production

TVP310S

128

SPECIALISATION COURSES FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS AND CORPORATE COMMUNICATION: Public Relations Campaigns and Special Events WITH Media Advertising Strategies RCS310S MASP310S Language for the Media Public Relations Theory and Practise Language fo the Media 2 Introduction to multimedia Design and Production

SPECIALISATION COURSES FOR MULTIMEDIA DESIGN AND PRODUCTION: Writing for Multimedia WITH Advanced Web Design WMM310S Introduction to multimedia Design and Production or equivalent skills, Video Production or equivalent skills Experiential Learning

AWD310S

NB: A minimum of five (5) students must register in order for specialisation electives to be offered. NATIONAL DIPLOMA: JOURNALISM AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (Phased out in 2010) CURRICULUM First Year (Not available in 2009) Semester 1 Course Title Language for the Media 1 Keyboard and Basic Computer Skills Introduction to Communication Technologies Information Gathering and Writing for the Media Semester 2 Communication Theory Communication and Society Introduction to Broadcast Journalism 25DJCT

Course Code LME110S KCS110S ICT110S IGW110S COT110S CMS110S IBJ110S

Prerequisites None None None None None Intro. to Comm. Tech. Intro. to Comm. Tech., Information-Gathering and Writing for the Media or equivalent skills Intro. to Comm. Tech.

Introduction to Photography Second Year (Phasing out 2009) Semester 3 Introduction to Multi-media Design

IPG110S

IMM210S

Print Design, Editing and Production Video Production

DEP210S VIP210S

Intro. to Comm. Tech. and Information Gathering and Writing for the Media or equivalent skills None Intro. to Photography and/ or Introduction to Broadcast Journalism

129

Language for the Media 2 Communication and the Law

LME210S CLW210S

Language for the Media 1 Communication Theory and Communication and Society Communication and the Law; Communication and Society Language for the Media 2

Semester 4 Communication Ethics Language for the Media 3

CME310S LME310S

PLUS TWO OF THE FOLLOWING SPECIALISATION ELECTIVES: Prerequisite for Specialisation Electives: Successful completion of the experiential learning, including courses required up to the second year, semester 2. Specialisation Elective 1: Public Relations Theory and Practice Specialisation Elective 2: Advanced News Reporting and Writing Specialisation Elective 3: Digital Art and Design PRT310S OR NRW310S OR DAD310S Communication Theory; Language for the Media 2 Experiential Learning Introduction to Multi-media Design; Video Production

Objectives The period allowed for experiential learning would serve to afford the Journalism and Communication Technology student the opportunity of acquiring hands-on knowledge of skills, practices and approaches necessary for this field. Through mentoring and actual projects, the student will gain insight into what the profession entails. While a great deal of what this environment has to offer would be new to the student, it would also facilitate an awareness of their strengths and weaknesses. Through careful monitoring and assessment, the student will be given every opportunity of gaining as much experience as possible during this period, so that the Specialisation Electives - which follow the experiential learning period - would be much more meaningful and beneficial. Procedure During the six-month period, staff responsible for experiential learning will pay two visits to the organisation/company hosting the students for this purpose. This will give staff the opportunity of meeting with both the students and their supervisors to assess progress, and identify areas of concern or opportunity. In addition, it will afford staff the opportunity to maintain regular contact with industry and keep abreast of trends in the field. Logbooks, which would also contain guidelines for experiential learning, would be kept during this time, to indicate the nature of tasks undertaken by the student, and the extent of work done. Debriefing of students - upon return to class - will be carried out by staff in the Department, and the information obtained at this time would serve to inform the course content of the Specialisation Electives and the other courses to be offered in the third year.

130

Third Year (Phasing out 2010) Semester 5 Experiential Learning Semester 6 Entrepreneurship

MEL210S

The successful completion of courses for the first three semesters. None

EPS310S

PLUS TWO OF THE FOLLOWING SPECIALISATION ELECTIVES: Specialisation Elective 1: Public Relations Campaigns and RCS310S Public Relations Theory and Practice; Special Events Language for the Media 2 Media Advertising Strategies MAS310S Language for the Media 2; Introduction to Multi-media Design OR Specialisation Elective 2: Audio Production AUP310S Intro. Communication Theory; Intro. to Broadcast Journalism; Intro. to Multi-Media Designed Production Television Production TVP310S Intro. Communication Theory; Intro. to Broadcast Journalism; Intro. to Multi-Media Design and Production OR Specialisation Elective 3: Writing for Multi-Media WMM310S Intro. to Multi-media Design and Production or quivalent skills; Video Production or equivalent skills Advanced Web Design AWD310S Experiential Learning

131

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING OFFICE OF THE DEAN Dean Faculty Officer : Zacchaeus Olusegun Oyedokun, Ph.D. (UWIST. Cardiff), M.Sc. (Electronics & Telecoms), B.Eng. Hons. (Electrical), (ABU Zaria) : Ferrand van Wyk, BA (UNAM), PGDE (UNAM), CLEF (University of the Franche-Comte), DELF (University of the Franche-Comte), CISCO 1 & 2 (PoN) : 061-207-2106 : 061-207-2401 : fvanwyk@polytechnic.edu.na : Tjitjai Katjiuongua : 061-207-2024 : 061-207-2142 : tkatjiuongua@polytechnic.edu.na : Derick Fredericks : Magreth Tjingaete : Jeremy Harris

Telephone Number Fax Number E-mail Address Secretary Telephone Number Fax Number E-mail Address PC Support Officers

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE Coordinator : Oluwole Ajayi, B.Tech. Arch., M.Tech. Arch. (LAU), C. PPM (NMMU), ICIOB, Pr.Arch. Academic Staff : Sampson Umenne, M.Sc., Ph.D. Arch. (LICI), : Sigurd Scheuermann, Dipl. Ing. Arch. DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING Head of Department : Victor Kamara, Ph.D., M.Eng., B.Eng. (Hons), P. Eng., MSLIE, MASCE Secretary : Else Kanyonokere Hijarunguru, N.Dip: Information Administration (PoN) Telephone Number : 061-2072542 Fax Number : 061-2072521 Email Address : ehijarunguru@polytechnic.edu.na Academic Staff : David Katale, M.Sc. (Civil Eng.) : Candidus Tomeka, M.Sc. (Civil Eng.) : Damas Mashauri, Ph.D., M.Sc., B.Sc. (Eng) : Gabriel Neliwa, N.Dip (Civil Eng) : Manuel Pedro, N.Dip (Civil Eng) : Liberty Moyo, M.Sc. Water Eng. & Mgt. (UZ), B.Sc. Hons. Agr. Eng. (UZ) Manager: Material Test Laboratory : Lucas Wakudumo, B.Tech. (Urban) : Obert Mutakalilumo, ND (Civil)
DEPARTMENT OF MINING ENGINEERING Head of Department : Godfrey Dzinomwa, Ph.D. (Minerals Process), (UQld), B.Sc. (Hon) Eng. (Metallurgy) (UZ) Academic Staff : Helmut Mischo, Ph.D. (Mining), M.Sc. (Mining), DiplIng.

132

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Head of Department : Kalaluka Kanyimba, M.Eng. (Power & Automation) B.Eng. (Machines and Power) Secretary : Kaarina P Mbulu, N.Dip.: Information Administration (PoN) Telephone Number : 061 - 207 2531 Fax Number : 061 - 207 2142 Email Address : kmbulu@polytechnic.edu.na Academic Staff (Power) : Gideon Gope, M.Sc. (Elect.), B.Sc. (Elect.) David N Kapali, B.Tech. Power Engineering (PoN) Epfras P. Shilongo, B.Tech. Power Engineering, (PoN) Academic Staff (Electronics) : Elifas Ngonga, National Diploma: Power Engineering (PoN) Hilka Shipena, National Diploma: Electronic Engineering (PoN) Victoria Jason, National Diploma: Electronic Engineering (PoN) Moses Shuudeni, National Diploma: Electrical Engineering (PoN) : Lutz Steinbrck, NHD Elec. Eng. (L/C), (Cape Technicon) : S. Dipura, M.Sc. (Electronic Engineering) ItES Co-ordinator : J Pieter Wasserfall, NHD Elec. Eng. (L/C), (Technikon Witwatersrand) Academic Staff (ItES) : Ilana Malan, B.Sc. Hons. (Physics), (UFS), B.Sc. Hons. (Biomed. Eng.) (UCT) Lab Manager : Anthony Apata, ND (Mech. Eng.) (Idah), B.Sc. Engr. (Electrical) (Ibadan) DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Head of Department : Samuel John, Pr. Eng. (COREN), M.Sc. (Mech. Eng.), (ABU), B.Eng. Mech. (ABU) Secretary : Else Kanyonokere Hijarunguru, N.Dip: Information Administration (PoN) Telephone Number : 061-2072542 Fax Number : 061-2072521 Email Address: : ehijarunguru@polytechnic.edu.na Academic Staff : Bernard Siepker, Pr. Eng. (ECN), M. Eng. (Mech.) (US), B. Eng. (Mech.) (US) : Andrew Zulu, M.Sc. (Mech. Eng.) (UCT), B.Eng. Mech. (UNZA) : Rajaram Swaminathan, FIE (IEI), Ph.D. (Mech. Eng.) (Madras), M.Sc. (Mech Eng) (Madras), B.Eng. (Mech. Eng.) (Madras) : Sebastan Kapeng, NTD, N6, Vocation Dip. : Karunguzhi V. Asokan, Pr. Eng. (ECN), B.Eng. (Mech.) India Hileni N. Amupolo, M.Sc., B.Sc. (Mech. Eng.) Grant Kloppers, B.Tech. (Mech. Eng.) (Pen Tech), ND (Mech. Eng.) (Pen Tech), N4 (Fit. & Mach.) (Ath TC)

133

Laboratory Technicians

: Isabel Bishi, ND Mech. (Gwe Pol), ND (Technical & Vocational Education) (Gwe Pol) : Conrad January, ND Mech. Eng. (PE Technikon) : Wisdom Nyagormey, HND Mech. Eng. (Plant), (Accra), Dip. (Auto) (City & Guilds, London)

DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING Head of Department : Steve van Staden, M.Ed. (UFS), B.Ed, (UNAM), N.T.D. N.E.D (National Education) (RSA), Industrial Dip. Mechanical Secretary : Marie Adank Telephone Number : 061-207-2050 Fax Number : 061-207-2181 E-mail Address : madank@polytechnic.edu.na Academic Staff : Haruana A Obida, M.Ed. Voc./Tech. ED, B.Sc. Fla A & M Uni (Tall), AA Degree VWCC Ron : John M. Rossouw, N.H.C.T. - N.N.D. (Mech.), N.T.D. - Industrial Dip. : Ivan Coerecius, T3 ND (Electrical Eng) (Pen.Tech.) Higher Diploma Education (Technical Secondary) (UCT), B.Ed. (UNAM), N.T.C.6 (Power Eng.) (R.C.Elliott Tech.College) : Lance Hauuanga, Higher Diploma Education (Windhoek College of Education), B.Ed. Hons PGDE (UFS), M.Ed. (UFS) : Annie Du Preez, BA Hons (UNAM), BA HED (Pretoria), B.Ed. Hons (UNAM) : Lukas J. Bock, BA PGDE (UNAM), B.Tech. (Pretoria), M.Ed. (Rhodes), B,Tech. HRM (UNISA) : Rejoice Quest, B.Ed. (Hon) Educational Management (University of Potchefstroom) HED (UNAM)

134

ENGINEERING QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED National Certificate: Engineering: Civil and Project Management National Certificate: Engineering: Power National Certificate: Engineering: Electronic National Certificate: Engineering: Mechanical National Higher Certificate: Engineering: Civil and Project Management National Higher Certificate: Engineering: Power National Higher Certificate: Engineering: Electronic National Higher Certificate: Engineering: Mechanical National Diploma: Engineering: Civil and Project Management National Diploma: Engineering: Power National Diploma: Engineering: Electronic National Diploma: Engineering: Mechanical Bachelor of Engineering: Civil Bachelor of Engineering: Electronics and Telecommunication Bachelor of Engineering: Electrical Power Bachelor of Engineering: Mechanical Engineering Bachelor of Engineering: Mining Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Mechanical Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Civil (Urban) Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Civil (Water) Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Power Bachelor of Technology: Engineering: Electronic Master of Science Degree: Engineering: Civil: IWRM: Module: Water for People (SADCcooperation) Master of Integrated Water Resource Mangement Master of Transportation Engineering Engineering Course Presentation Schedule Electronic and Power Engineering programme S0.1, S1, S3 are full time theoretical semester courses and will only be presented in the first semester of each year. P1 and P2 are full time applied studies, each with a minimum duration of 19 continuous weeks. These studies will be conducted in the industry under the supervision of a mentor in collaboration with the Polytechnic of Namibia co-ordinator. These two courses will be presented in each semester of the year. S0.2, S2, S4 are full time theoretical semester courses and will only be presented in the second semester of each year. S5 (Semester 7) is a part time theoretical semester course and will be presented in the first semester of every second year. S5 (Semester 8) is a part time theoretical semester course and will be presented in the second semester of every second year. S6 (Semester 9) is a part time theoretical semester course and will be presented in the first semester of of every second year.

135

S6 (Semester 10) is a part time theoretical semester course and will be presented in the second semester of every second year. NOTE: Students are solely responsible for their placement in industry for P1, P2 applied studies. Civil Engineering programme Semester 1, Semester 3, Semester 5 and Bachelors of Technology Degree Semester 7 are semester courses and will only be presented in the first semester of the year. Semester 2, Semester 4, Semester 6 and Bachelors of Technology Degree Semester 8 are semester courses and will only be presented in the second semester of the year. All semesters but Semester 4 consist of theoretical training and imply studies at the Polytechnic of Namibia. Semester 4 is applied studies with a minimum duration of 16 continuous weeks. These studies will be conducted in the industry under the supervision of a mentor in collaboration with a Polytechnic of Namibia, co-ordinator. NOTE: Students are solely responsible for their placement in industry for Semester 4. Late Registration for Engineering Students No late registration will be allowed. Engineering Admission Requirements a. Admission Requirements The minimum admission requirements to the Introduction to Engineering Studies (ItES) programme are as follows: 1. A grade 12 certificate with at least 5 subjects graded 4 on the NSSC Higher level or an E on the NSSC Ordinary level. A minimum C symbol must have been obtained for Mathematics and Physical Science, as well as gaining entry into Language in Practice A through an English placement test. The candidate must also score 25 points on the Engineering Evaluation Scale counting up to five subjects that must include Mathematics, Physical Science and English. If a candidate did not do Physical Science, but a Physics equivalent subject, the Registrar may, upon recommendation of the HOD and Dean, approve registration of the candidate. OR 2. Pass at least 4 N3 subjects, with at least 50 % in each, including Mathematics and a Physics equivalent subject, as well as gain entry into Language in Practice A through a placement test. OR 3. Pass at least 4 N4 subjects, with at least 40 % in each, including Mathematics and a Physics equivalent subject, as well as gain entry into Language in Practice A through a placement tests. OR 4. VTC graduates with a grade 12 certificate or equivalent who obtains at least 50 % in Mathematics and a Physical Science proficiency test, based on the grade 11/12 NSSC Ordinary syllabi, as well as gain entry into Language in Practice A through an English placement test. OR 5. Mature age students with a grade 12 certificate who obtain at least 50 % in a Mathematics and a Physical Science proficiency test, based on the grade 11/12 NSSC Ordinary syllabi, as well as gain entry into Language in Practice A through an English placement test. OR

136

6.

Candidates with a foreign qualification, evaluated by the Namibian Qualifications Authority (NQA) as equivalent to a grade 12 certificate, who obtain at least 50 % in a Mathematics and a Physical Science proficiency test, based on the grade 11/12 NSSC Ordinary syllabi, as well as gain entry into Language in Practice A through an English placement test.

Admission to the programme will be strictly on merit. b. Exemption Requirements for Introduction to Engineering Studies The minimum exemption requirements for the Introduction to Engineering Studies programme are as follows (Candidate may enroll directly into S1): 1. Candidates with a grade 12 certificate with at least 5 subjects graded 4 on the NSSC Higher level or an E on the NSSC Ordinary level. A minimum NSSC Higher level 3 or NSSC Ordinary level A symbol must have been obtained for Mathematics and Physical Science, as well as gaining entry into Communication Skills through a placement test. The candidate must also score 37 points on the Engineering Evaluation Scale counting up to five subjects that must include Mathematics, Physical Science and English. If a candidate did not do Physical Science, but a Physics equivalent subject, the Registrar may, upon recommendation of the HOD and Dean, approve registration of the candidate. OR Pass at least 4 N5/N6 subjects, with at least 40% in each, including Mathematics and a Physics equivalent subject, as well as gain entry into Communication Skills through an English placement test. OR Candidates from other tertiary institutions, that gain entry into Communication Skills through an English placement test, will be assessed on an individual basis. Candidates that want to enrol into the Mechanical Engineering programme MUST obtain a credit/ exemption for Engineering Graphics.

2.

3. 4.

NOTE: These candidates must past Computer User Skills. c. Credits Requirements. The following credits will be granted, upon application, to candidates that gain entry into the Introduction to Engineering Studies programme (minimum symbols are indicated): Introduction to Engineering Physics Introduction to Engineering Chemistry Introduction to Mathematics module 1/2 Computer User Skills Engineering Graphics Physics: NSSC (O) A, NSSC (H) 3 or Science proficiency test 70 % Physics: NSSC (O) A, NSSC (H) 3 or Science proficiency test 70 % Mathematics: NSSC (O) A, NSSC (H) 3 or Mathematics proficiency test 70 % Pass ICDL Drawing related subject: NSSC (O) D

137

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY (FOURTH YEAR) ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Civil Engineering (Urban & Water): The minimum admission requirements to the fourth year of either Bachelor of Technology degrees in Civil Engineering are as follows: The student must have passed all courses of the National Diploma in Civil Engineering and Project Management from the Polytechnic of Namibia with an overall pass mark of 50% or greater. Course sequences are guided through recommended sequence, the prerequisites are spelled out for every course separately. Students desiring to register outside the recommended sequence must give positive proof of lower level course mastery prior to registration, the central programme mapping of the departments courses refers. To be admitted to the Bachelor-Urban Engineering Programme, candidates from outside Polytechnic of Namibia must have normally obtained a good pass in a National Diploma in Civil Engineering or Project Management or Quantity Surveying or equivalent with a minimum overall pass mark of 50% or higher. Prospective students may be required to sit for a set of qualifying examinations (proficiency testing). Admission will be granted if course for course credit can be obtained. To be admitted to the Bachelor-Water Engineering Programme, candidates from outside Polytechnic of Namibia must have normally obtained a good pass in a National Diploma in Civil Engineering or Water Engineering or equivalent with a minimum overall pass mark of 50% or higher. Prospective students may be required to sit for a set of qualifying examinations (proficiency testing). Admission will be granted if course for course credit can be obtained. Mechanical Engineering Alternative 1 For current local students: National Diploma in Mechanical Engineering (M+3) qualification and registration as a Mechanical Engineering Technician with the Engineering Council of Namibia or the equivalent regulatory body in the SADC region or internationally recognised. OR Alternative 2: For mature age students: A (M+3) qualification and registration as a Mechanical Engineering Technician with the Engineering Council of Namibia or the equivalent regulatory body within SADC region or internationally recognised. OR Alternative 3: For all other students not in the above categories: A recognised (M+3) qualification in Mechanical Engineering and a Polytechnic of Namibia evaluation on merit. Such applicant should have at least 2 years of relevant industrial experience. In addition, applicants are subjected to a selection process for this programme. Electronic and Power Engineering Alternative1 A National Diploma in Electrical Engineering (M+3) from the Polytechnic of Namibia OR Alternative 2 An equivalent Electrical Engineering qualification recognised by the Polytechnic of Namibia. These candidates must also be able to register as a Technician-in-Training with the Engineering Council of Namibia or an equivalent international body.

138

A candidate must have entry to Communication Skills 1 before he/she will be allowed to continue with any of the S1 or higher-level courses. Proficiency Tests Proficiency tests in Mathematics, Physical Science, Computer Skills and a placement test in English Communication will be written at the Polytechnic of Namibia at a predetermined date. The Mathematics and Science tests will cover the NSSC (Extended) syllabus. ENGINEERING EVALUATION SCALE
POINTS NSSC (H) OR HIGCSE (symbol) 1 2 3 4 A
+

NSSC (O) OR IGCSE (symbol)

HG SG (symbol) (symbol)

N3 (%)

SO (%)

PROFICIENCY TEST: MATH & SCIENCE %

PROFICIENCY TEST: ENGLISH ENTRY MODULE

10 9 8 7

A B C D A B 80+ 70+

80+ 70+ 60+ 50+ 80+ 70+ Communication Skills

6 5 4 3 2

B C D E F

E F

C D E F

60+ 50+ 40+

60+ 50+

Total points will be calculated using grades obtained in Mathematics, Physics equivalent subject, English and the three other best subjects. Engineering Assessment Criteria Two types of assessments are used in Engineering: Final Examination Diversified Continuous Evaluation Final Examination Students build a semester mark through tests and assignments and write a final examination covering the whole course content at the end of such a course. Admission will be granted to candidates to sit for a first or a second end of semester examination in a course if they have accumulated a minimum semester mark of 50% in that course. The decision to write the first examination or not, shall be irrevocable as soon as the student has reported for the first examination. The final course mark will consist of 50 % of the end of semester examination course mark and 50% of its semester mark. To pass a course, a candidate must have a final mark of 50% in that course. There is a sub minimum of 40 % in the end of semester examination course mark. Diversified Continuous Evaluation Students build a final mark through projects, examinations and assignments during the semester. These aspects are set out in the course outlines of the particular courses.

139

General Engineering Progression Requirements Subject to the provisions of the progression rules that follow for each programme, a candidate who completes 50 % or less of the courses required in a year in a programme must re-apply for entry to the programme. A candidate can complete a course either by receiving credit for the course or by passing the course. Certificate, Diploma and Degree Minimum Requirements Electronic, Mechanical and Power Engineering A Certificate will only be issued to a candidate after the successful completion of all the courses stated in the S1, S2, P1 and P2 part of the curricula. A Higher Certificate will only be issued to a candidate after the successful completion of all the courses stated in the S1, S2, P1, P2, and S3 part of the curricula. A Diploma will only be issued to a candidate after the successful completion of all the courses stated in the S1, S2, P1, P2, S3 and S4 part of the curricula. A Bachelor of Technology Degree will only be issued to a candidate after successful completion of a Diploma, or equivalent, and the successful completion of all courses stated in the respective Bachelor of Technology Degree curriculum. Civil Engineering A Certificate will only be issued to a candidate after the successful completion of all the courses stated in the Semester 1, Semester 2, and Semester 3 part of the curriculum. A Higher Certificate will only be issued to a candidate after the successful completion of all the courses stated in the Semester 1, Semester 2, Semester 3 and Semester 4 part of the curriculum. A Diploma will only be issued to a candidate after the successful completion of all the courses stated in the Semester 1, Semester 2, Semester 3, Semester 4, Semester 5 and Semester 6 part of the curriculum. A Bachelor of Technology Degree will only be issued to a candidate after successful completion of the Diploma in Civil Engineering and Project Management, or equivalent, and the successful completion of all courses stated in the respective final year Bachelor of Technology Degree curriculum. Exception and Progression Rules Exception Rule: (For all subsequent progression rules) The Registrar may, after student counseling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and the Dean, approve registration for courses if this directly supports the students success. Progression Rule No 1A: Applicable to students enrolled in ItES first semester. The student must have passed Language in Practice A, Introduction to Mathematics Module 1, Engineering Skills Module 1 and any 3 other courses to proceed to ItES second semester. Progression Rule No 1B.Applicable to students enrolled in ItES second semester. The student must have passed all the courses in the ItES programme to progress to the higherlevel Engineering studies.

140

Students who fail to meet the requirements of Progression Rules 1A and/or 1B must re-apply for admission to the ItES programme. Major Courses (Pass mark 50 %): Engineering Graphics Engineering Skills Module 1 Engineering Skills Module 2 Language in Practice A Language in Practice B Introduction to Physics Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Minor Courses (Pass mark 40%): Introduction to Ecology* Introduction to Chemistry** Introduction to Engineering Geography History for Engineers Introduction to MicroEconomics ** Introduction to Chemistry must be passed with 50 % for a student to proceed to Mechanical Engineering S1. ** Introduction to Ecology and Introduction to Chemistry must be passed with 50 % for a student to proceed to Civil Engineering S1. Progression Rule No 2: The student must have passed all first year Engineering courses to proceed to relevant Engineering Practice. The student may not enroll for any full time courses whilst doing Engineering Practice. In case the student was granted exception, according to the conditions of the exception rule, he/she may only enroll for a maximum of one full time course per semester, subject to the written approval of employer or bursary donor. NOTE: Engineering Practice could be done at any time after successful completion of first year Engineering courses. Progression Rule No 3: The student must have passed all S1/S2 core courses to proceed to S3. Progression Rule No 4: The student must have successfully completed all courses from S3/ S4 (ND) to proceed to B.Tech. in Mechanical Engineering. CIVIL ENGINEERING (new set of curricula) Exception Rule: [For all subsequent (CIV)-progression rules] The Registrar may, after student counselling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and the Dean, approve registration for courses if this directly supports the students success. Important Note for all Civil Engineering students still following the old curriculum: For a maximum period of 5 years (envelope grace period) the old curriculum will follow the exception rule and progression rules numbers 2 to 4 below. Progression Rule No 5 (MECH.ENG.) The student may register for a maximum of two prescribed B.Tech. courses in addition to Mechanical Engineering Project 4A (MEP410S) or Mechanical Engineering Project 4B

141

(MEP420S) during Semester 8, provided that the course/s registered for are actually presented by the Department of Mechanical Engineering during the respective semester. BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: ENGINEERING: CIVIL: URBAN OR WATER 35BCUR & 35BCWT Description (B.Tech. Urban Engineering) Studies are concentrated in technologies related to Engineering Mathematics, Engineering Physics & Chemistry, Basic Surveying practices, Soil Mechanics and Material Science, overviews in Water Engineering, Structural Design and Construction of roads, buildings, bridges and dams, and key elements of Project Management, Onsite Logistics and Quantity Surveying, Solid and Liquid Waste Management, Urban Planning and Design and Systems Reticulation and Design. The total notional hours for this programme amount to 5870 up to the end of the B.Tech. in Urban Engineering. All courses have pre-determined competence profiles clearly indicating the competence & skills training through modular lecturing, excursions, self-study, assignments, practicals and projects. Students will also be required to demonstrate their competences through a number of presentations throughout all 8 semesters. Description (B.Tech. Water Engineering) Studies are concentrated in technologies related to Engineering Mathematics, Engineering Physics & Chemistry, Basic Surveying practices, Soil Mechanics and Material Science, overviews in Water Engineering, Systems Reticulation and Design, Water Purification and Wastewater Treatment, Water Supply and Sanitation concepts, Water Utility and Integrated Water Resources Management, Solid and Liquid Waste Management, key elements of Project Management and Water legislation. The total notional hours for this programme amount to 5870 up to the end of the B.Tech. in Water Engineering. All courses have pre-determined competence profiles clearly indicating the competence and skills training through modular lecturing, excursions, self-study, assignments, practicals and projects. Students will also be required to demonstrate their competences through a number of presentations throughout all 8 semesters. Exit Points: Certificate for level 1 after successful completion of semesters 1-3, Higher Certificate for level 2 after successful completion of semester 4, National Diploma for level 3 after successful completion of semesters 5 and 6. Important Transition Note: The new set of curricula will be implemented over the years 2005-07 to follow the natural cycle from semester to semester. However, the department strives to have all courses developed by the end of 2005. For this reason both, the new and parts of the old curricula, will be presented here. Their latest phasing in /out times are clearly indicated. The department reserves the right to implement readily developed courses on National Diploma Level to replace old courses even before 2007. The grace period for completion of a National Diploma in Civil Engineering will be 5 years with regards to the old curriculum. I.e. a student having started studying for a National Diploma in Civil Engineering in the old curriculum will attend the new courses but will receive his/her qualification (NDCertificate) under the old qualification for a maximum period of 5 years with effect from 2005. The last date of award of the old National Diploma shall be 2010. Thereafter such student will have no further right to be certified under the old qualification and will have to complete the new qualification. Courses on the new curriculum will during these 5 years count on the old qualification. Exception Rule: (For all subsequent progression rules) The Registrar may, after student counseling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and the Dean, approve registration for courses if this directly supports the students success.

142

S0.1 Code LIP411S ITD012S ITM011S ITS012S TLS011S IEG010S IHE010S SDS010S S0.2 LPB0320 CSK0420 TLS021S ITM021S ITS022S IEE010S IME010S CUS411S

Course Title Language in Practice Engineering Graphics Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 Introduction to Chemistry Engineering Skills Module 1 Introduction to Engineering Geography History for Engineers Self Development and Study Skills Language in Practice B or Communication Skills Engineering Skills Module 2 Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Introduction to Physics Introduction to Ecology Introduction to Micro-economics Computer User Skills

Prerequisite

Language in Practice Language in Practice B Engineering Skills Module 1 Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 None

Semester 1, Notional Hours: 820h CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B SUR110S Surveying 1 See admission requirements APC110S Applied Physics and Chemistry See admission requirements EDG110S Engineering Descriptive Geometry See admission requirements CMT110S Construction Material Technologies 1 See admission requirements MAT111S Mathematics 1 See admission requirements SLM110S Study Skills and Learning Methods See admission requirements *Communication Skills is available on Distance Education Mode, but if this option is taken than the Vacation Schools are compulsory. Semester 2, Notional Hours: 750h CDR110S Civil Engineering Drawing-AutoCAD CON110S Construction Methods MPC110S Introduction to Management Practices in the Civil Engineering Industry TST110S Theory of Structures SOM110S MAT120S RMA411S Strength of Materials Mathematics 2 Research Methodology Engineering Descriptive Geometry Construction Material Technologies 1 Principles of Information Systems 1B Applied Physics and Chemistry Mathematics 1 Applied Physics and Chemistry Mathematics 1 Mathematics 1 Mathematics 1

Progression Rule No 2: The student must have passed all first year Engineering courses to proceed to relevant Engineering Practice. The student may not enroll for any full time courses whilst doing Engineering Practice. In case the student was granted exception, according to the conditions of the exception rule, he/she may only enroll for a maximum of one full time course per semester, subject to the written approval from employer or bursary donor. Semester 3, Notional Hours: 700h PFC0620 Professional Communication WAE110S Water Engineering 1 Communication Skills Mathematics 2 Applied Physics and Chemistry 143

BCS110S CSE630S BCP110S QSV110S LAL111S Semester 4 CPR210S

Building Construction Scheduling Construction Site Equipment Building Costing and Pricing 1 Quantity Surveying Labour Law 1A Civil Engineering Practical Training

Introduction to Management Practices in the Civil Engineering Industry Introduction to Management Practices in the Civil Engineering Industry Introduction to Management Practices in the Civil Engineering Industry Introduction to Management Practices in the Civil Engineering Industry None See Progression Rule No 2 Prerequisite Theory of Structures Strength of Materials Theory of Structures Strenght of Materials Water Engineering 1 Engineering Descriptive Geometry None None Building Costing & Pricing 1 Structural Design 3A Structural Analysis 3A Structural Analysis 3A Water Engineering 2 Geo-technical Engineering 3A See Progression Rule No 2(CIV) See Progression Rule No 2(CIV)

Semester 5, Notional Hours: 700h Code Course Title SDE311S Structural Design 3A SAN310S WAE310S GDE310S GET310S BSO221S BCP310S Structural Analysis 3A Water Engineering 2 Geometric Design 1 Geo-technical Engineering 3A Business Operations Building Costing and Pricing 2

Semester 6 SDE321S Structural Design 3B SAN320S Structural Analysis 3B CAS310S Computer Applications in Structural Analysis WAE320S Water Engineering 3 GET320S Geo-technical Engineering 3B BFS222S Business Finance DOC310S Documentation

NOTE: For the current and revised B.Tech. courses in Urban Engineering there is no change with regards to addition of courses. I.e. students will attend to the new curriculum from 2005 as per central course mapping available in the department. This final year programme is currently offered part time only and will be put on full time mode with a minimum of 8 students attending. Students registering from 2005, will be registered into the revised curriculum for B.Tech. Urban Engineering or the new curriculum for B.Tech. in Water Engineering only but have the exit options as sketched out above. The B.Tech. in Urban Engineering was fully accredited (CTP) in 2003 and has experienced rather strategic changes than content changes to accommodate a B.Tech. in Water Engineering (refer to curriculum below).

144

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: CIVIL ENGINEERING: URBAN ENGINEERING Semester 7 Code PTN411S RDM411S GDE411S UPD411S SWM411S RCD411S CMT411S PJM411S

35BCUR

B.Tech. 1 (Advanced Engineering Level) Notional Hours: 800h Course Title Prerequisite Pavement Technology 1 None Reticulation Design & Management 1 Water Engineering 3 Geometric Design 2 Geometric Design 1 Urban Planning & Design 1 None Solid Waste Management 1 None Reinforced Concrete Design 1 Structural Design 3B Construction Material Technology 2 Construction Material Technology 1 Project Management 1 Building Construction Scheduling

Progression Rule No. 2 (CIV): The student must have successfully completed minimum four courses from Bachelor 1 advanced engineering level in Semester 7 (the recommended course sequence refers) to proceed to either Bachelor design project: UDP420S or WDP420S depending on the programme chosen. Semester 8 Code UDP410S UPD421S SWM421S PTN421S RDM421S RCD421S PJM421S TEN411S B.Tech. 2 (Advanced Engineering Level) Notional Hours: 800h Course Title Prerequisite Urban Engineering Design Project See progression rule No 2(CIV) Urban Planning & Design 2 Urban Planning & Design 1 Solid Waste Management 2 Solid Waste Management 1 Pavement Technology 2 Pavement Technology 1 Reticulation Design & Management 2 Reticulation Design & Management 1 Reinforced Concrete Design 2 Reinforced Concrete Design 1 Project Management 2 Project Management 1 Traffic Engineering None 35BCWT

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: CIVIL ENGINEERING: WATER ENGINEERING Semester 7 Code RDM411S SWM411S PJM411S CMT411S WWT411S WTT411S WSS411S IWL410S B.Tech. 1 (Advanced Engineering Level) Course Title Reticulation Design & Management 1 Solid Waste Management 1 Project Management 1 Construction Material Technology 2 Wastewater Treatment 1 Water Treatment Technology 1 Water Supply and Sanitation 1 Introduction to Water Law

Prerequisite Water Engineering 3 None Building Construction Scheduling Construction Material Technology None None None None

Progression Rule No. 2 (CIV): The student must have successfully completed minimum four courses from Bachelor 1 Advanced Engineering Level in Semester 7 (the recommended course sequence refers) to proceed to either Bachelor design project: UDP420S or WDP420S depending on the programme chosen. Semester 8 B.Tech. 2 (Advanced Engineering Level) Code Course Title RDM421S Reticulation Design & Management 2 SWM421S PJM421S Solid Waste Management 2 Project Management 2 145 Prerequisite Reticulation Design & Management 1 Solid Waste Management 1 Project Management 1

WUM410S IWM410S WWT421S WTT421S WDP410S

Water Utility Management 1 Integrated Water Management Wastewater Treatment 2 Water Treatment Technology 2 Water Engineering Design Project

None None Wastewater Treatment 1 Water Treatment Technology 1 See progression rule No 2(CIV) 35BECV

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING: CIVIL (Phased in 2008)

Description The Bachelor of Engineering: Civil is a professional degree designed to be worth 590 credits at NQF Level 8. The degree incorporates project-based assessments, a research component and six months of practical work-based learning. Admission requirements The admission requirements into Semester 1 are derived from the professional roles, the course learning outcomes, the competence and skills required and are as follows: Grade 12 with a minimum NSSC (H) 3 symbol in Mathematics, Physical Science and English. Two additional subjects must have been passed with a minimum NSSC (O) A and B symbols respectively. OR Passed the Introduction to Engineering Studies (ItES) programme with NSSC (H) equivalent qualifications as indicated on the Engineering Evaluation Scale. Special Rules Exception Rule: [For all subsequent (CIV)-progression rules] The Registrar may, after student counselling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and the Dean, approve registration for courses if this directly supports the students success. Progression Rule No. 1 (CIV): The student must have passed all courses from the Year 1- Year 2 to proceed to Year 3 semester 5. Progression Rule No. 2 (CIV): The student must have passed all Year 3 semester 5 courses to proceed to Year 3 semester 6 (Specialisation). Progression Rule No. 3 (CIV): The student must have passed all Year 4 semester 7 courses to proceed to the Engineering Project. Progression Rule No. 4 (CIV): The student who has one year relevant working experience supported by an employer will be credited with Year 5 semester 9 after submiting a report on his working experience. Transition Rule 1 (CIV) A student with the Diploma and Bachelor of Technology degree qualifications will be assessed and placed at the appropriate level. The grace period for completion of the Bachelor of Technology qualification is 6 years from the implementation of the Professional Bachelor degree. The last date for the award of the B.Tech degree shall be 2014. Thereafter such student will have no further right to be certified under the old qualification and will have to complete the new qualification.

146

CURRICULA First Year Semester 1 Course Code CSK0420 CUS411S END111S MTM110S AMC110S APH120S Semester 2 CAD120S EEG120S ACH110S MTM210S MLS120S MOM120S WPR120S Second Year Semester 3 MTM310S EGY120S FMC610S BMA121S PFW0520 TST210S Semester 4 CON220S ICM210S GMS210S PFC0620 PMG220S SVY210S

Course Title Communication Skills Computer User Skills Engineering Drawing 115 Engineering Mathematics 115 Engineering Mechanics 115 Engineering Physics 115 Computer Aided Drawing 125 Electrical Engineering 125 Engineering Chemistry 125 Engineering Mathematics 125 Material Science 125 Mechanics of Materials 125 Workshop Practise 125

Prerequisite(s) See admission requirements See admission requirements See admission requirements See admission requirements See admission requirements None See admission requirements See admission requirements Mathematics 115 See admission requirements Engineering Mechanics 115 None

Engineering Mathematics 216 Engineering Geology 161 Fluid Mechanics 214 Intro to Business Management Professional Writing Theory of Structures 161 Construction Materials Engineering 161 Introduction to Construction Management Geomechanics 161 Professional Communication Project Management 161 Survey 161

Engineering Mathematics 125 See admission requirements Engineering Mechanics 115 None Communication Skills Mechanics of Materials 125

None None Communication Skills Engineering Mathematics 115

Progression Rule 1 (CIV) The student should have passed all Year 1 and 2 courses to proceed to Year 3. Third Year Semester 5 GEG310S PGD310S STA310S STD310S SSS220S WRE310S

Geotechnical Engineering 171 Geometric Design of Roads 171 Structural Analysis 171 Structural Design (Concrete & Masonry) Statistics 171 Water Engineering 171

Geomechanics Engineering Drawing 115 Theory of Structures Theory of Structures None Fluid Mechanics 214 Introduction to Construction Management

Electives (Choose one of the following): CLT220S Contract Law and Tendering 171

147

EDS310S STD311S UTE310S WWT310S

Electric Drive Systems 171 Structural Design (Steel, Timber) 171 Urban Traffic Engineering 171 Water & Wastewater Treatment 171

None Theory of Structures None Engineering Chemistry 125

Progression Rule 2 (CIV) The student should have passed all Year 3 semester 5 courses to proceed to semester 6. Third Year Semester 6 Core Courses MCD310S Mechanical Design 171 SBM421S Strategic Business Management Planning & Control

None Progression Rule 2 (CIV)

Pick one specialisation related to the elective done in semester 5: Specialisation 1 (Water Engineering) SRD320S Sewer Water Reticulation Design and Management 171 SWM320S Solid Waste Management 171 SWD320S Storm Water Reticulation Design and Management 171 WDM320S Water Resources Development & Management 171 WRD320S Water Reticulation Design & Management Specialisation 2 (Structural Engineering) ASD320S Advanced Structural Steel Design 171 CAS310S Computer Applications in Structural Engineering 171 RCD320S Reinforced Concrete Design 171 STA320S Structural Analysis 271

Water & Wastewater Treatment None Water & Wastewater Treatment None Progression Rule 2 (Civ) Structural Design (Steel, Timber) Structural Analysis 1 Structural Design (Concrete & Masonry) Structural Analysis 1 Geometric Design of Roads Structural Design (Concrete & Masonry) Geometric Design of Roads None Contract Law and Tendering Introduction to Construction Management Structural Design (Concrete & Masonry)

Specialisation 3 (Transport Engineering) GDE320S Geometric Design 271 PTN320S Pavement Technology 171 TES320S TSS320S Traffic Economics 171 Transport Systems and Structures 171

Specialisation 4 (Construction Management) CON320S Construction Organisation 171 CEN320S Construction Process Engineering 171 CCC320S Construction Cost Calculation 171 RCD320S Reinforced Concrete Design 171

Specialisation 5 (Geotechnical Engineering) ERM320S Earth & Rock Moving in Civil Engineering Progression Rule 2 (Civ) GME320S Geotechnical Methods & Equipment 171 Mechanical Design (Civil) & Electric Drive Systems 148

GET321S GTE320S

Geotechnical Engineering 271 Geotechnical Technical Equipment and Machinery 171

Geotechnical Engineering 1 Progression Rule 2 (CIV)

Progression Rule 3 (CIV) The student should have passed all Year 4 semester 7 courses to proceed to the Engineering project course. Fourth Year Semester 7 EVE810S Environmental Enineering 181 None ERM810S Engineering Research Methodology 181 None SSS410S Statistics 281 Statistics 1 (Civil) Electives (Pick the related field to semester 6 specialisation) Specialisation 1 (Water Engineering) HSS410S Hydraulic Structures 181 EID410S Irrigation and Drainage Engineering 181 SWM330S Solid Waste Management 281 Specialisation 2 (Structural Engineering) CMF410S Continuum Mechanics & Finite Elements Methods 181 RRC410S Rehabilitation & Repairs of Concrete Structures 181 ACM410S Advanced Concrete Materials 181 Specialisation 3 (Traffic/Transport Engineering) TFT410S Traffic Flow Theory 181 TEN412S Traffic Engineering 281 UPG410S Urban Planning 181 Specialisation 4 (Construction Engineering) CEM410S Civil Engineering Measurement 181 CTE410S Concrete Materials Technology 181 RRC410S Rehabilitation & Repair of Concrete Structures 181 Specialisation 5 (Geotechnical Engineering) GVC410S Geotechnical Engineering - Vertical Underground Construction 181 GSU410S Geotechnical Engineering - Specialised Underground Construction 181 SWM410S Solid WasteManagement 281 Specialisation 1 in S6 Specialisation 1 in S6 Progression Rule 2 (Civ)

Specialisation 2 in S6 Specialisation 2 in S6 Specialisation 2 in S6 Specialisation 3 in S6 Specialisation 3 in S6 Specialisation 3 in S6 Specialisation 4 in S6 Specialisation 5 in S6 Specialisation 5 in S6

Specialisation 5 in S6 Specialisation 5 in S6 Specialisation 5 in S6

149

Semester 8 - Compulsory Courses CET420S Engineering Project 181 CPN420S Cleaner Production 181 MTT420S Materials Handling Technology & Storage Techniques 181 SBM421S Strategic Business Management: Planning & Control Semester 9 CET890S Civil Engineering Practice 181

None

Progression Rule 2 (Civ) Progression Rule 3 (Civ)

150

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING: MINING

35BEMI

Description The Bachelor of Engineering: Mining degree features two specialisations of Mining Production and Mineral Processing. The degree is designed to be worth 624 credits (Minining Production) and 627 credits (Mineral Processing) respectively at NQF Level 8. It consists of eight semesters of instruction and a ninth devoted to experiential learning in industry and to applying the obtained knowledge in a Bachelor mini-thesis. Admission Requirements 1. Grade 12 with a minimum of NSSC (H) grade 3 or equivalent in Mathematics, Physical Science and English. 2. In addition two subjects with a minimum NSSC (O) A and B symbols respectively or equivalent must be passed; OR 3. Passed the Polytechnic Bridging Programme (ITES) with NSSC (H) or equivalent qualifications as indicated on the Engineering Evaluation Scale. The Bachelor of Engineering: Mining programme will be offered on full-time mode only. CURRICULA First Year Semester 1 Course Code CSK0420 CUS411S END111S MTM110S AMC110S APH120S EGY120S MIN110S Semester 2 CAD120S EEG120S ACH110S MTM210S MLS120S MOM120S EGY220S MIN120S Second Year Semester 3 IMG220S MTM310S MOM610S FMC610S EMC510S SVY210S

Course Title Communication Skills Computer User Skills Engineering Drawing 115 Engineering Mathematics 115 Engineering Mechanics 115 Engineering Physics 115 Engineering Geology Mining Practice 141 Computer Aided Drawing 125 Electrical Engineering 125 Engineering Chemistry 125 Engineering Mathematics 125 Material Science 125 Mechanics of Materials 125 Engineering Geology 261 Mining Practice 241

Prerequisite(s) See admission requirements See admission requirements See admission requirements See admission requirements See admission requirements See admission requirements None See admission requirements See admission requirements Engineering Mathematics 115 See admission requirements Engineering Mechanics 115

Introduction to Mining 161 Engineering Mathematics 361 Mechanics of Materials 261 Fluid Mechanics 161 Electrical Machines 161 Surveying 161

Engineering Mathematics 115 Mechanics of Materials 125 Engineering Mechanics 115 Engineering Mathematics 125 Electrical Engineering 125 Engineering Mathematics 115

151

Semester 4 NMS220S Numerical Methods & Statistics 161 TDN620S Thermodynamics 161 POD220S MSV210S GMS210S GMS220S MIN220S Principles of Design 161 Mine Surveying 171 Geomechanics - Soil Mechanics 161 Geomechanics - Rock Mechanics 161 Mining Practice III 341

Engineering Mathematics 361 Engineering Mathematics 115 Fluid Mechanics 161 Engineering Drawing 115 Engineering Mathematics 115 Surveying 161 None Geomechanics - Soil Mechanics

Third Year Semester 5 Compulsory: MAD310S Machine Design 171 MSV210S Mine Survey 171 EEM720S Engineering Management 171

Principles of Design 161 Engineering Drawing 115 Engineering Mathematics 115 Surveying 161

Electives: Specialisation 1: Mining Production MLL310S Mining Law and Licenses 171 MID310S GPS310S Mineral Deposits 171 Geophysical Systems 171

Introduction to Mining 161 Engineering Geology 261 Introduction to Mining 161 Engineering Geology 261 Introduction to Mining 161 Engineering Geology 261 Numerical Methods & Statistics 161 Engineering Mechanics 115 Thermodynamics 161 Engineering Mathematics 125

Specialisation 2: Mineral Processing NMS310S Numerical Methods and Statistics 271 SYM310S Systems Modeling 171 EXM310S Experimental Methods 171

Semester 6 Compulsory: MPM320S Mineral Project Management 171 PFW0520 MIP320S MPL320S Professional Writing Mineral Processing 171 Mine Planning 171

Electives: Specialisation 1: Mining Production MUM320S Mining Methods Underground Mining 181 Introduction to Mining 161 Mineral Deposits 171 MSM320S Mining Methods Surface Mining 181 Introduction to Mining 161 Mineral Deposits 171

Introduction to Mining 161 Engineering Managment 171 Communication Skills Introduction to Mining 161 Mineral Deposits 171 Introduction to Mining 161 Mineral Deposits 171

152

Specialisation 2: Mineral Processing ETR620S Electronics 161 CNS320S Control Systems 171 Fourth Year Semester 7 Compulsory: ERM810S Engineering Research Methodology 181 CHT410S Conveying & Hauling Technology 181 MIP410S Mineral Processing 281 Electives: Specialisation 1: Mining Production MPL410S Mine Planning 281 MPU410S ESM410S EUM410S Mining Engineering Project Underground 181 Mining Equipment Surface Mining 181 Mining Equipment - Underground Mining 181

Electrical Engineering 124 Systems Modeling 171

Introduction to Mining 161

Introduction to Mining 161 Mineral Deposits 171 Mine Planning 171 Mineral Deposits 171 Mining Methods Surface Mining Mineral Deposits 171 Mining Methods Underground Mining 181 Mineral Deposits 171 Mineral Processing 171 Mineral Deposits 171 Mineral Processing 171 Mineral Deposits 171 Mineral Processing 171

Specialisation 2: Mineral Processing PPD410S Processing Plant Design 181 CAG410S PMY410S Crushing and Grinding 181 Process Mineralogy 171

Semester 8 Compulsory PME420S Mining Engineering Project 281 MEV420S HSP420S

Engineering Research Methodology 181 Mine Economics & Mine Valuation 181 S6 & S7 compulsory courses Health & Safety Protection in Mining 181 S6 & S7 compulsory courses

Electives: Specialisation 1: Mining Production VCC420S Mine Ventilation & Climate Conditioning 181 Mine Planning 281 SDF420S Shaft Sinking & Deep Foundations 181 Mining Methods Underground Mining 181 DTE420S Large Underground Excavation, Mining Methods Drifting & Tunneling 181 Underground Mining 181 CHT420S Conveying & Hauling Technology 281 Conveying & Hauling Technology 181 MMM420S Mining Methods, Marine Mining 181 Introduction to Mining 161 Mineral Deposits 171

153

Specialisation 2: Mineral Processing PPD420S Processing Plant Design 281 FLO420S MWM420S HMY420S CPN420S Flotation 181 Waste Management in Mining 281 Hydrometallurgy 181 Cleaner Production 181

Processing Plant Design181 Process Mineralogy 171 Mineral Deposits 171 Mineral Processing 171 Processing Plant Design181 Mineral Deposits 171 Mineral Processing 171 Environmental Engineering in Mining 171

Fifth Year Semester 9 BEP510S Experiential Training with Bachelor Thesis 181

Completion of all courses up to S8

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: ELECTRONIC/POWER ENGINEERING 35BELL & 35BPEN NATIONAL DIPLOMA: ENGINEERING: ELECTRONIC Description Electronics is the buzzword of modern technology but has a history dating back to the first telephone and a little later the wireless. The discovery of semi-conductor technology opened up a vast area of new applications for increasingly smaller and more powerful devices. Qualified Technicians in this field of study are involved in telecommunications and radio/TV broadcasting, automation in which programmable controllers are used to operate systems, and the maintenance and repair of electronic equipment and systems which is a field of specialisation. Exception Rule: (For all subsequent progression rules) The Registrar may, after student counselling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and the Dean, approve registration for courses if this directly supports the students success. S0.1 Code LIP411S ITD012S ITM011S ITS012S TLS011S IEG010S IHE010S SDS010S S0.2 Code LPB0320 CSK0420 TLS021S ITM021S ITS022S Course Title Language in Practice Engineering Graphics Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 Introduction to Chemistry Engineering Skills Module 1 Introduction to Engineering Geography History for Engineers Self Development and Study Skills Course Title Language in Practice B or Communication Skills Engineering Skills Module 2 Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Introduction to Physics Prerequisite

Prerequisite Language in Practice Language in Practice B Engineering Skills Module 1 Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 None

154

IEE010S Introduction to Ecology IME010S Introduction to Micro-economics CUS411S Computer User Skills *Communication Skills is available on Distance Education Mode, but if this option is taken then the Vacation Schools are compulsory. Progression Rule No. 1A: (Applicable to students enrolled in ItES). The student must have completed all S0.1/S0.2 courses to proceed to S1. Progression Rule No. 1B.1: (Applicable to students in the Electronic and Power programmes that qualify to enroll directly into S1). The student must have been granted credits for courses Introduction to Chemistry (ITS012S), Introduction to Physics (ITS022S), Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 (ITM011S), Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 (ITM021S), Language in Practice B, Engineering Graphics (ITD012S), Engineering Skills Module 1 (TLS011S), and Engineering Skills Module 2 (TLS021S) before being allowed to enroll for S1. S1 (Semester 1) Code Course Title CSK0420 Communication Skills DEL1100 Digital Electronics 1** Prerequisite Language in Practice B Introduction to Physics Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Language in Practice B ELE111S Electrical Engineering 1 ** Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Introduction to Physics Language in Practice B ELC1100 Electronics 1 ** Introduction to Physics Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Language in Practice B ITD012S Engineering Graphics* None MAT111S Mathematics 1 ** Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Language in Practice B * Only applicable for candidates entering S1 direct after school ***Communication Skills is available on Distance Education Mode, but if this option is taken then the Vacation Schools are compulsory. S2 (Semester 2) APR110S Applied Programming 1 DEL1200 Digital Electronics 2 ** Principles of Information Systems 1B Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Digital Electronics 1 Electronics 1 Mathematics 1 Communication Skills Electrical Engineering 1 Mathematics 1 Communication Skills Electronics 1 Electrical Engineering 1 Mathematics 1 Communication Skills Mathematics 1 Communication Skills

ELE120S ELC1200

Electrical Engineering 2 ** Electronics 2 **

MAT120S

Mathematics 2 **

155

PRJ110S

Projects 1

Principles of Information Systems 1B Engineering Graphics Electronics 1 Electrical Engineering 1 Communication Skills 1

** Core S1/S2 Courses Progression Rule No. 2: The student must have passed all core S1/S2 courses** to proceed to relevant Engineering Practice 1. The student may not enrol for any full time courses whilst doing Engineering Practice 1 or Engineering Practice 2. In case the student was granted exception, according to the conditions of the exception rule, he/she may only enrol for a maximum of one full time course during P1 and P2 subject to the written approval of employer/ bursary giver. NOTE: Student must submit proof of employment offer to the coordinator before he/ she can register for either Practice 1 or Practice 2. P1 (Semester 3) Code Course LPR2100 Electronic Engineering Practice 1 P2 (Semester 4) LPR2200 Electronic Engineering Practice 2 Prerequisite See Progression Rule 2 Electronic Engineering Practice 1

Progression Rule No 3: The student must have passed all S1/S2 core courses to proceed to S3. S3 (Semester 5) CEL1300 Communication Electronics 2 CTS210S Control Systems 2 Electrical Engineering 2 Mathematics 2 Electronics 2 Mathematics 2 Electronics 2 Electrical Engineering2 Co requisite: Mathematics 3 Projects 1 Electronics 2 Mathematics 2 Mathematics 2 Digital Electronics 2 Applied Programming 1 Projects 1 Electronics 2 15 Electrical Engineering Credits (P1/P2 excluded) Design Projects 3A Projects 2 3 Electronic Engineering S3 credits

DPJ310S ECD310S MAT311S MIC310S PRJ210S

Design Projects 3A Electronic Design 3A Mathematics 3 Micro Controller Applications 3A Projects 2

S4 (Semester 6) DPJ320S Design Projects 3 B

ENT3400

Entrepreneurship & Management 2

156

And any FOUR of the following electives: AUT3300 Automation 3 CTS310S EMA3400 EPR3400 ECD320S HFE1300 MIC320S PEL3300 Control Systems 3 Electrical Machines 3 Electrical Protection 3 Electronic Design 3B High Frequency Engineering 3 Micro Controller Application 3B Power Electronics 3

Electronics 2 Applied Programming 1A Control Systems 2 Mathematics 3 Electrical Engineering 2 Electrical Machines 2 Mathematics 2 Power Engineering 3 Electrical Distribution 3 Mathematics 3 Electronic Design 3A Communication Electronics 2 Mathematics 3 Micro Controller Application 3 A Electrical Machines 2 Electronics 2 Mathematics 3

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: ENGINEERING: POWER Description Graduates with this Diploma are typically involved in the area of power distribution, from domestic installations to large commercial complexes and from small remote electrical installations to large high voltage demand points. Their knowledge also allows them to become involved in High Voltage power distribution at national grid level, in cities and in towns. Although electronics are becoming dominant there is still an area in which automation is needed. Exception Rule: (For all subsequent progression rules) The Registrar may, after student counselling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and the Dean, approve registration for courses if this directly supports the students success. S0.1 Code LIP411S ITD012S ITM011S ITS012S TLS011S IHE010S IEG010S SDS010S Course Title Language in Practice Engineering Graphics Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 Introduction to Chemistry Engineering Skills Module 1 History for Engineers Introduction to Engineering Geography Self Development and Study Skills Prerequisite

S0.2 LPB0320 Language in Practice B or Language in Practice CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B TLS021S Engineering Skills Module 2 Engineering Skills Module 1 ITM021S Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 ITS022S Introduction to Physics None IEE010S Introduction to Ecology IME010S Introduction to Micro-economics CUS411S Computer User Skills *Communication Skills is available on Distance Education Mode, but if this option is taken then the Vacation Schools are compulsory. 157

Progression Rule No 1A: (Applicable to students enrolled in ItES). The student must have completed all S0.1/S0.2 courses to proceed to S1. Progression Rule No 1B.1: (Applicable to students in the Electronic and Power programmes that qualify to enroll directly into S1). The student must have been granted credits for courses Introduction to Chemistry (ITS012S), Introduction to Physics (ITS022S), Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 (ITM011S), Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 (ITM021S), Language in Practice B, Engineering Graphics (ITD012S), Engineering Skills Module 1 (TLS011S), and Engineering Skills Module 2 (TLS021S) before being allowed to enroll for S1. S1 (Semester 1) Code Course Title CSK0420 Communication Skills DEL1100 Digital Electronics 1 ** Prerequisite Language in Practice B Introduction to Physics Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Language in Practice B ELE111S Electrical Engineering 1 ** Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Introduction to Physics Language in Practice B ELC1100 Electronics 1 ** Introduction to Physics Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Language in Practice B ITD012S Engineering Graphics* None MAT111S Mathematics 1 ** Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Language in Practice B * Only applicable for candidates entering S1 directly after school. S2 (Semester 2) Code Course Title APR110S Applied Programming 1 ELE120S EMA120S ELC1200 Electrical Engineering 2 ** Electrical Machines 2 ** Electronics 2 ** Prerequisite Principles of Information Systems 1B Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Electrical Engineering 1 Mathematics 1 Communication Skills Electrical Engineering 1 Mathematics 1 Communication Skills Electronics 1 Electrical Engineering 1 Mathematics 1 Communication Skills Mathematics 1 Communication Skills Principles of Information Systems 1B Engineering Graphics Electronics 1 Electrical Engineering 1 Communication Skills

MAT120S PRJ110S

Mathematics 2 ** Projects 1

** Core S1/S2 Courses

Progression Rule No 2: The student must have passed all core S1/S2 courses** to proceed to relevant Engineering Practice 1. The student may not enrol for any full time courses whilst doing

158

Engineering Practice 1 or Engineering Practice 2. In case the student was granted exception, according to the conditions of the exception rule, he/she may only enrol for a maximum of one full time course during Practice 1 and Practice 2, subject to the written approval of employer / bursary giver. NOTE: Student must submit proof of employment offer to the coordinator before he/ she can register for either Practice 1 or Practice 2. P1 (Semester 3) Code Course Title EPR2100 Electrical Engineering Practice 1 P2 (Semester 4) EPR2200 Electrical Engineering Practice 2 Prerequisite See Progression Rule 2 Electrical Engineering Practice 1

Progression Rule No 3: The student must have passed all S1/S2 core courses to proceed to S3. S3 (Semester 5) EMS1100 Engineering Mechanics (Statics) CTS210S Control Systems 2 Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Introduction to Physics Language in Practice B Engineering Skills Module 2 Mathematics 2 Electronics 2 Electrical Engineering 2 Co-requisite: Mathematics 3 Projects 1 Electrical Engineering 2 Electrical Machines 2 Mathematics 2 Electrical Engineering 2 Mathematics 2 Projects 1 Electronics 2 Mathematics 2 15 Electrical Engineering Credits (P1/P2 excluded) Design Projects 3A Projects 2 3 Electrical Engineering S3 credits Electronics 2 Applied Programming 1A Electrical Engineering 2 Mathematics 2 Electronics 2 Control Systems 2 Mathematics 3 Electrical Engineering 2 Electrical Machines 2 Mathematics 2

DPJ310S ELD3300 PEN310S PRJ210S MAT311S

Design Projects 3A Electrical Distribution 3 Power Engineering 3 Projects 2 Mathematics 3

S4 (Semester 6) DPJ320S Design Projects 3B

ENT3400 Entrepreneurship &Management 2 And any FOUR of the following electives: AUT3300 Automation 3 CEL1300 CTS310S EMA3400 Communication Electronics 2 Control Systems 3 Electrical Machines 3

159

EPR3400 ECD320S HFE1300 MIC320S PEL3300

Electrical Protection 3 Electronic Design 3B High Frequency Engineering 3 Micro controller Applications 3B Power Electronics 3

Electrical Distribution 3 Power Engineering 3 Mathematics 3 Electronic Design 3A Communication Electronics 2 Mathematics 3 Micro controller Applications 3A Electrical Machines 2 Electronics 2 Mathematics 3

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY in ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING (B.Tech. Electronic) 35BELL and BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY in POWER ENGINEERING (B.Tech. Power) 35BPEN In addition to the institutions admission requirements for degrees, the following admission requirements to the Bachelor of Technology Degree Programme in Electronic Engineering and Bachelor of Technology Degree Programme in Power Engineering will apply: National Diploma M. Dip T4 qualification T3 qualification Course registration will be based on attained pre-requisites Appropriate credits will be transferred Appropriate exemptions will be considered Applicants will need to undertake studies in the relevant courses to satisfy the pre-requisites of the B. Tech. courses.

The Bachelor of Technology Degree in Electronic Engineering and Bachelor of Technology Degree in Power Engineering have four components each, comprising 10 credits per Programme. The first component is the Bachelor of Technology Degree Foundation. The second component is the Bachelor of Technology Degree Core to provide a technical overview of either Electronic or Power areas respectively. The third component is the Bachelor of Technology Degree Sequence. This is a two course in-depth sequence in a particular technical area. The student must select at least one sequence to develop technical expertise. The fourth and final component is the Bachelor of Technology Degree Electives, which enables students to take three elective courses. Students are allowed to broaden their Programme by selecting courses from the sequenced courses as well as from the individual specialty courses to add depth and breadth to their Programme. To summarise, students will take: Foundation Course Industrial Project 4A Industrial Project 4B (2 credits) Mathematics 4 One of the 2 Core courses Power Systems 4 Electronic System Design 4 One of the following 4 Sequences Electrical Protection Sequence (Power only) Electrical Protection 4A Electrical Protection 4B Micro controllers Sequence (Electronics only) Field Programmable Logic Device Applications 4 Micro controller System Applications 4

160

Communications Sequence (Electronics only) Electronic Communications 4 Digital Communications 4 Controls Sequence (Power and Electronics) Control Systems 4 Digital Control Systems 4 Three additional courses from the list of Electives including individual electives and sequence courses not selected above.

Institutional resources will determine the number of courses that can be offered and presentation of any one course is dependent on the amount of students enrolling for such a course. The decision to present or not to present a course lies with the management of the Polytechnic of Namibia. BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY DEGREE in ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING 35BELL

Description Graduates of this programme will acquire a sound knowledge in the area of Electronic Engineering. The programme will produce specialists in any one or more of the three options: Communication Systems, Control Systems and Micro Controller systems. A Graduate of this programme will be able to assume responsibilities and work effectively in the modern workplace. Graduates will acquire practical skills that will enable them to supervise implementation of solutions to practical problems. Currently this programme is offered only part time and are divided into 4 semesters. NOTE: Not all courses indicated in the respective semesters will be offered. The courses offered will depend on student enrolment and department recourses. S5 (Semester 7) Code Course Title ESD410S Electronic System Design 4 IPJ410S MAT410S Industrial Project 4A Mathematics 4 Prerequisite Electronic Design 3B High Frequency Engineering 3 Micro controller Applications 3B Design Project 3B or Design Projects 3 Mathematics 3 Prerequisite Design Project 3B or Design Projects 3 Control Systems 3 Control Systems 2 Electronic Design 3B High Frequency Electronics 3 Micro controller Applications 3B

S5 (Semester 8) Code Course Title IPJ410S Industrial Project 4A Any ONE of the following (Sequence choice): CTS410S Control Systems 4 ECC410S Electronic Communications 4 MSA410S Micro Controller Systems Applications 4

161

Any ONE of the following but not the same as a previous choice (Elective choice): CTS410S Control Systems 4 Control Systems 3 EMG410S Energy Management 4 None EGM410S Engineering Management 4 Entrepreneurship and Management 2 ECC410S Electronic Communications 4 Control Systems 2 Electronic Design 3B High Frequency Electronics 3 MAE410S Maintenance Engineering 4 None MSA410S Micro Controller Systems Applications 4 Micro Controller Applications 3B REN410S Renewable Energy 4 None REL410S Radio Engineering 4 Electronic Communications 4 S6 (Semester 9) Any ONE of the following (Sequence choice): DCS410S Digital Control Systems 4 DCM410S FLD410S Digital Communications 4 Field Programmable Logic

Control Systems 3 Mathematics 4 Electronic Communications 4 Micro Controller Applications 3B Micro Controller Applications 3B Device Applications 4

Any ONE of the following but not the same as a previous choice (Elective choice): DCS410S Digital Control Systems 4 Control Systems 3 Mathematics 4 DCM410S Digital Communications 4 Electronic Communications 4 Micro Controller Applications 3B EMG410S Energy Management 4 None EGM410S Engineering Management 4 Entrepreneurship and Management 2 FLD410S Field Programmable Logic Device Applications 4 Micro Controller Applications 3B MAE410S Maintenance Engineering 4 None REN410S Renewable Energy 4 None REL410S Radio Engineering 4 Electronic Communications 4 S6 (Semester 10) IPJ420S Industrial Project 4B Industrial Project 4A Any ONE of the following but not the same as a previous choice (Elective choice): DCS410S Digital Control Systems 4 Control Systems 3 Mathematics 4 DCM410S Digital Communications 4 Electronic Communications 4 Micro Controller Applications 3B EMG410S Energy Management 4 None EGM410S Engineering Management 4 Entrepreneurship and Management 2 FLD410S Field Programmable Logic Device Applications 4 Micro Controller Applications 3B MAE410S Maintenance Engineering 4 None REN410S Renewable Energy 4 None REL410S Radio Engineering 4 Electronic Communications 4

162

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY DEGREE in POWER ENGINEERING

35BPEN

Description Graduates of this programme will acquire a sound knowledge in the area of Power Engineering, which involves generation, transmission, and distribution of electrical energy. The Protection option will produce experts in power system administration. A Graduate of this programme will be able to assume responsibilities and work effectively in the modern workplace. Graduates will acquire practical skills that will enable them to supervise implementation of solutions to practical problems. Currently this programme is offered only part time and is divided into 4 semesters. NOTE: Not all courses indicated in the respective semesters will be offered. The course offered will depend on student enrolment and departmental resources. S5 (Semester 7) Code Course Title IPJ410S Industrial Project 4A MAT410S POS410S Mathematics 4 Power Systems 4 Prerequisite Design Project 3B or Design Projects 3 Mathematics 3 Electrical Distribution 3 Electrical Engineering 3 Electrical Machines 3 Electrical Protection 3 Mathematics 3 Design Project 3B or Design Projects 3

S5 (Semester 8) IPJ410S Industrial Project 4A Any ONE of the following (Sequence choice): CTS410S Control Systems 4 EPR410SE Electrical Protection 4A

Control Systems 3 Electrical Distribution 3 Electrical Protection 3 Mathematics 3 Any ONE of the following but not the same as a previous choice (Elective choice): CTS410S Control Systems 4 Control Systems 3 EMA410S Electrical Machines 4 Electrical Machines 3 Power Systems 4 EPR410SE Electrical Protection 4A Electrical Distribution 3 Electrical Protection 3 Mathematics 3 EMG410S Energy Management 4 None EGM410S Engineering Management 4 Entrepreneurship and Management 2 HVE410S High Voltage Engineering 4 Power Engineering 3 Electrical Protection 3 IPE410S Industrial Power Engineering 4 Electrical Distribution 3 Electrical Protection 3 Power Engineering 3 PEL410S Power Electronics 4 Power Electronics 3 Electrical Machines 4 Control Systems 3 MAE410S Maintenance Engineering 4 None REN410S Renewable Energy 4 None

163

S6 (Semester 9) Any ONE of the following (Sequence choice): DCS410S Digital Control Systems 4

Control Systems 3 Mathematics 4 EPR420S Electrical Protection 4B Electrical Protection 4A Any ONE of the following but not the same as a previous choice (Elective choice): DCS410S Digital Control Systems 4 Control Systems 3 Mathematics 4 EMA410S Electrical Machines 4 Electrical Machines 3 Power Systems 4 EPR420S Electrical Protection 4B Electrical Protection 4A EMG410S Energy Management 4 None EGM410S Engineering Management 4 Entrepreneurship and Management 2 HVE410S High Voltage Engineering 4 Power Engineering 3 Electrical Protection 3 IPE410S Industrial Power Engineering 4 Electrical Distribution 3 Electrical Protection 3 Power Engineering 3 PEL410S Power Electronics 4 Power Electronics 3 Electrical Machines 4 Control Systems 3 MAE410S Maintenance Engineering 4 None REN410S Renewable Energy 4 None S6 (Semester 10) IPJ420S Industrial Project 4B Industrial Project 4A Any ONE of the following but not the same as a previous choice (Elective choice): DCS410S Digital Control Systems 4 Control Systems 3 Mathematics 4 EMA410S Electrical Machines 4 Electrical Machines 3 Power Systems 4 EPR420S Electrical Protection 4B Electrical Protection 4A EMG410S Energy Management 4 None EGM410S Engineering Management 4 Entrepreneurship and Management 2 HVE410S High Voltage Engineering 4 Power Engineering 3 Electrical Protection 3 IPE410S Industrial Power Engineering 4 Electrical Distribution 3 Electrical Protection 3 Power Engineering 3 PEL410S Power Electronics 4 Power Electronics 3 Electrical Machines 4 Control Systems 3 MAE410S Maintenance Engineering 4 None REN410S Renewable Energy 4 None

164

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING: ELECTRONICS & TELECOMMUNICATIONS

35BEET

Introduction The Bachelor of Engineering: Electronics and Telecommunications programme is a 4 year programme designed to be worth 620 credits at NQF Level 8 accumulated from 51 courses. Admission Requirements Candidates must have NSSC(H) or equivalent qualification with a minimum of 2 obtained in Mathematics and and a minimum of 2 in Physical Science plus a minimum of NSSC(O) E obtained in English as well as gaining entry into Communication Skills through the Polytechnic of Namibias English Placement Test. The candidate must also score 37 points on the Engineering Evaluation Scale counting up to five subjects that must include Mathematics, Physical Science and English. If a candidate did not do Physical Science, but a Physics equivalent subject, the Registrar may, upon recommendation of the HOD and Dean, approve registration of the candidate. OR Candidates must have successfully completed the Introduction to Engineering studies offered at Polytechnic of Namibia with at least 65 % in Mathematics Module 2, 65 % in Introduction to Physics and 65% in Introduction to Chemistry. Exceptions Holders of National Diploma in either Electronic or Power Engineering from the Polytechnic of Namibia will be required to have obtained an average of 70 % for all prescribed final year courses and a minimum of 75 % in both Mathematics 2 and Mathematics 3. Students who satisfy these criteria will be admitted into the second year of the B.Eng program. The students will also be exempted from the following second year courses: 1. Digital Electronics 253 2. Analogue Electronics 263 3. Control System 263 However the students will be required to take the following extra first year courses in the first year of registration: 1. Material Science 152 2. Professional Writing 3. Engineering Physics 162 4. Engineering Chemistry 153 5. Introduction to Algorithm Design 155 6. Engineering Drawing AutoCad Admission for applicants with other qualifications Candidates with other qualifications that gain entry into Communication Skills or are exempted from Communication Skills will be assessed on an individual basis. Admission to the programme will be strictly on merit. Qualification Outcomes On successful completion of the programme graduates should have the competencies listed below: Application of Fundamental and Engineering Knowledge Engineering Problem Solving Engineering Design and Synthesis Engineering Computer Skills 165

Research Skills : Investigations, Experiments and Data Analysis Professional Ethics and Practice Professional and General Communication Team and Multidisciplinary Working Impact of Engineering Activity on Society and the Environment Independent and Lifelong learning Entrepreneurship and Leadership

Programme Structure/Curriculum The Bachelor of Engineering: Electronics and Telecommunication is a 4 year programme with 620 credits accumulated from 47 core courses and 14 electives. Additionally all students shall be required to produce to the satisfaction of the Head of Department, a certificate showing evidence of completion of suitable work in the basic workshop processes during a period of at least 8 weeks in an approved electronics/telecommunication environment, either before registration or within the first two years from the date of first registration for the programme. Semester 1 MTM110S APH120S END111S AMC110S CSK0420 CUS411S Semester 2 MTM210S MOM120S EEG120S MLS120S CAD120S ACH110S WPR120S Semester 3 DEL510S PFW0520 MTM310S ANE510S EWP510S EMC510S Semester 4 MAI620S DEL620S SAS620S Engineering Mathematics 115 Engineering Physics 115 Engineering Drawing 115 Engineering Mechanics 115 Communication Skills Computer User Skills Engineering Mathematics 125 Mechanics of Materials 125 Electrical Engineering 125 Material Science 125 Computer Aided Drawing 125 Engineering Chemistry 125 Workshop Practice 125 Digital Electronics 215 Professional Writing Engineering Mathematics 216 Analogue Electronics 216 Electrical Workshop Practice 215 Electrical Machines 216 Measurements and Instrumentation 226 Digital Electronics 226 Signals and Systems 226 Admission Requirements Admission Requirements Admission Requirements Admission Requirements Admission Requirements Admission Requirements Engineering Mathematics 115 Engineering Physics Engineering Mathematics 115 Engineering Drawing 115 None None Electrical Engineering 125 Engineering Mathematics 125 None Engineering Mathematics 115 Electrical Engineering 125

Electrical Engineering 125 Analogue Electronics 216 Digital Electronics 215 Analogue Electronics 216 Engineering Mathematics 216 Electrical Engineering 125

166

ADI111S MTM720S ANE620S

Intro to Algorithm Design Engineering Mathematics 227 Analogue Electronics 226

None Engineering Mathematics 216 Engineering Mathematics 216 Analogue Electronics 216 Electrical Engineering 125 Intro to Algorithm Design Digital Electronics 226 Computer User Skills Signals and Systems Engineering Mathematics 227 Engineering Mathematics 227 Analogue Electronics 226

Semester 5 IPG120S CAR710S ICN210S TCE610S CNS610S BAC1100 Semester 6 CNS720S TCE720S MCA720S ENT111S EEM720S PAS620S Semester 7 REG810S ERM810S EMT810S DIC810S IRS220S ACP710S Semester 8 ESD820S DSP820S OPC820S RNE820S

Introduction to Programming Computer Architecture 317 Introduction to Computer Networking Telecommunication Engineering 316 Control Systems 316 Business Accounting 1A

Control Systems 327 Control Systems 316 Telecommunication Engineering 327 Telecommunication Engineering 316 Microcontroller Applications 327 Computer Architecture Entrepreneurship Engineering Electromagnetics 327 Engineering Mathematics 216 Electrical Engineering 125 Probability and Statistics 326 Engineering Mathematics 125 Radio Engineering 418 Engineering Research Methods 418 Eng Electromagnetics Professional Writing Probability and Statistics Engineering Mangement 418 Financial Accounting 1A Professional Writing Digital Communication 418 Telecommunication Engineering 3B Probability and Statistics Introduction to Switching and Routing Intro to Computer Networking Applied Computer Programming 417 Intro to Programming Electronic Systems Design 428 Digital Signal Processing 428 Optical Communication 428 Renewable Energy 427 Microcontroller Applications (B.Eng) Signals and Systems Telecommunication Engineering 327 Telecommunication Engineering 327 Electrical Engineering Engineering Mathematics 227 Electrical Machines 216

167

Plus any TWO of the following: TSN820S Telecommunication Switching & Network Systems 428 INR820S Intelligent Robotics 428 MCS820S DCS820S Semester 9 ETP830S

Digital Communication Microcontroller Applications (B.Eng.) Intro to Programming Mobile Communication Systems 528 Digital Communication Digital Control Systems 528 Control Systems 327 Electronics and Telecomunications Project 518 Engineering Research Methods 418 35BEEP

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING: ELECTRICAL POWER

Introduction The Bachelor of Engineering: Electrical Power programme is a 4 year programme designed to be worth 620 credits accumulated from 51courses. Successful completion of the programme will lead to the the award of a NQF level 8 Bachelor of Engineering: Electrical Power degree. Admission Requirements Candidates must have NSSC(H) or equivalent qualification with a minimum of 2 obtained in Mathematics and and a minimum of 2 in Physical Science plus a minimum of NSSC(O) E obtained in English as well as gaining entry into Communication Skills through the Polytechnic of Namibias English Placement Test. The candidate must also score 37 points on the Engineering Evaluation Scale counting up to five subjects that must include Mathematics, Physical Science and English. If a candidate did not do Physical Science, but a Physics equivalent subject, the Registrar may, upon recommendation of the HOD and Dean, approve registration of the candidate. OR Candidates must have successfully completed the Introduction to Engineering studies offered at Polytechnic of Namibia with at least 65 % in Mathematics Module 2, 65 % in Introduction to Physics and 65% in Introduction to Chemistry. However a score 65 % in the said courses will not automatically guarantee entry into the programme as selection will be based on merit. Exceptions Holders of National Diploma in either Electronic or Power Engineering from the Polytechnic of Namibia will be required to have obtained an average of 70 % for all prescribed final year courses and a minimum of 75 % in Mathematics 2 and a minimum of 75 % in Mathematics Students who satisfy these criteria will be admitted into the second year of the B.Eng. programme. The students will also be exempted from the following second year courses: 1. Digital Electronics 253 2. Analogue Electronics 263 3. Control System 263 However the students will be required to take the following extra first year courses in the first year of registration: 1. Material Science 152 2. Professional Writing 3. Engineering Physics 162 4. Engineering Chemistry 153

168

5. 6.

Introduction to Algorithm Design 155 Engineering Drawing

Entry for Applicants with Other Qualifications Candidates with other qualifications (including Bachelor of Technology) that gain entry into Communication Skills or are exempted from Communication Skills will be assessed on an individual basis. Admission to the programme will be strictly on merit. Qualification Outcomes On successful completion of the programme graduates should have the competencies listed below: Application of Fundamental and Engineering Knowledge Engineering Problem Solving Engineering Design and Synthesis Engineering Computer Skills Research Skills : Investigations, Experiments and Data Analysis Professional Ethics and Practice Professional and General Communication Team and Multidisciplinary Working Impact of Engineering Activity on Society and the Environment Independent and Lifelong learning Entrepreneurship and Leadership CURRICULUM Semester 1 MTM110S APH120S END111S AMC110S CSK0420 CUS411S Semester 2 MTM210S MOM120S EEG120S MLS120S CAD120S ACH110S WPR120S Semester 3 DEL510S PFC0620 MTM310S ANE510S EWP510S EMC510S Engineering Mathematics 115 Engineering Physics 115 Engineering Drawings 115 Engineering Mechanics 115 Communication Skills Computer User Skills Engineering Mathematics 125 Mechanics of Materials 125 Electrical Engineering 125 Material Science 125 Computer Aided Drawing 125 Engineering Chemistry 125 Workshop Practice 125 Digital Electronics 215 Professional Writing Engineering Mathematics 216 Analogue Electronics 215 Electrical Workshop Practice 215 Electrical Machines 216 169 Admission Requirements Admission Requirements Admission Requirements Admission Requirements Admission Requirements Admission Requirements Engineering Mathematics 115 Engineering Physics 115 Engineering Mathematics 115 Engineering Drawings 115

Engineering Mathematics 125 Electrical Engineering 125 Communication Skills Engineering Mathematics 125 Engineering Mathematics 115 Engineering Physics 115 Electrical Engineering 125

Semester 4 MAI620S DEL620S TDN620S ADI111S MTM720S ANE620S

Measurements and Instrumentation 226 Electrical Engineering 125 Analogue Electronics 215 Digital Electronics 226 Analogue Electronics 215 Digital Electronics 215 Thermodynamics Mathematics 115 Intro to Algorithm Design Engineering Mathematics 227 Engineering Mathematics 216 Analogue Electronics 226 Engineering Mathematics 216 Analogue Electronics 215 Electrical Engineering 125 Introduction to Programming Computer Architecture 316 Power Systems Engineering 316 Power Electronics 316 Control Systems 316 Financial Accounting 1A Control Systems 327 Electrical Machines 327 Automation 327 Power Systems Engineering 327 Engineering Electromagnetics 327 Probability & Statistics 327 Power Systems Engineering 418 Engineering Research Methods 418 Intro to Algorithm Design Digital Electronics 226 Electrical Engineering 125 Engineering Mathematics 227 Engineering Mathematics 227

Semester 5 IPG120S CAR710S PSE610S PEL610S CNS610S FAC1100 Semester 6 CNS720S EMC720S AMA720S PSE720S EEM720S PAS620S Semester 7 PSE810S ERM810S EMT810S ICN210S ENT321S ACP710S Semester 8 DES820S RNE820S ETD820S ETP820S

Control Systems 316 Electrical Machines 216 Engineering Mathematics 227 Measurements and Instrumentation 226 Power Systems Engineering 316 Engineering Mathematics 227 Engineering Mathematics 227 Electrical Engineering 125 Engineering Mathematics 125

Power Systems Engineering 327 Professional Writing Probability & Statistics 327 Engineering Management 418 Professional Writing Financial Accounting 1A Introduction to Computer Networking Computer User Skills Entrepreneurship Applied Computer Programming Electrical Systems Design 428 Renewable Energy 428 Electric Drives 428 Electrical Protection 428 Power Systems Engineering 418 Electrical Machines 216 Electrical Engineering 125 Power Systems Engineering 428

170

Plus any TWO of the following: AMA820S Automation 418 TDN820S Transmission & Distribution Networks 418 Electrical Machine Design 428 High Voltage Engineering 428 Power System Operation & Control 428 Electrical Power Project 518

Control Systems 327 Engineering Mathematics 227 Power Systems Engineering 418 Engineering Mathematics 227 Electrical Machines 327 Power Systems Engineering 418

EMD820S HVE820S PSC820S Semester 9 EPP830S

Engineering Research Methods 418

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: ENGINEERING: MECHANICAL Description Mechanical Engineering covers a vast range of activities from simple hand tools to spacecraft. The programme at the PoN focuses on areas of technology in line with Namibian industry. Areas of study cover mechanisms, the use of heat to deliver work and the reverse process, the factors influencing the strength of components of machines and structures, manufacturing processes and design of components. Graduates of the programme are equipped with a range of knowledge that will enable employment in a broad range of industries, from consulting engineering to mining and from industry to transport. Exception Rule: (For all subsequent progression rules) The Registrar may, after student counselling and upon recommendation of the Course Lecturer and the HOD and the Dean, approve registration for courses if this directly supports the students success. S0.1 Code LIP411S ITD012S ITM011S ITS012S TLS011S IEG010S IEE010S SDS010S Course Title Language in Practice Engineering Graphics Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 Introduction to Chemistry Engineering Skills Module 1 Introduction to Engineering Geography Introduction to Ecology Self Development and Study Skills Prerequisite

S0.2 LPB0320 Language in Practice B or Language in Practice CSK0420 Communication Skills Language in Practice B TLS021S Engineering Skills Module 2 Engineering Skills Module 1 ITM021S Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 ITS022S Introduction to Physics None IHE010S History for Engineers IME010S Introduction to Micro-economics CUS411S Computer User Skills *Communication Skills is available on Distance Education Mode, but if this option is taken then the Vacation Schools are compulsory.

171

Progression Rule No. 1A: (Applicable to students enrolled in S0). The student must have completed all S0.1/S0.2 courses to proceed to S1. Progression Rule No. 1B.2: (Applicable to students in the Civil, and Mechanical programmes that qualify to enroll directly into S1). The student must have been granted credits for courses Introduction to Chemistry (ITS012S), Introduction to Physics (ITS022S), Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 (ITM011S), Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 (ITM021S), Language in Practice B, Engineering Graphics (ITD012S), Engineering Skills Module 1 (TLS011S), and Engineering Skills Module 2 (TLS021S) before being allowed to enroll for S1. Semester 1 (S1) EMS1100 Engineering Mechanics (Statics) 1** Introduction to Physics Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Language in Practice B Engineering Skills Module 2 CSK0420 Communication Skills 1 Language in Practice B ELE111S Electrical Engineering 1 Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Introduction to Physics Language in Practice B MAT111S Mathematics 1** Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Engineering Skills Module 2 Language in Practice B CAD1100 Computer Aided Draughting** Engineering Graphics Language in Practice B WPR1100 Workshop Practice Engineering Skills Module 2 Language in Practice B ***Communication Skills is available on Distance Education Mode, but if this option is taken than the Vacation Schools are compulsory. Semester 2 (S2) FMC1200 Fluid Mechanics 2** EMP1200 Engineering Mechanics (Particle Dynamics) 2** Mathematics 2** Design and Manufacture 2** Engineering Mechanics 1 Mathematics 1 Communication Skills Engineering Mechanics 1 Mathematics 1 Communication Skills Mathematics 1 Communication Skills Computer Aided Draughting Engineering Mechanics 1 Mathematics 1 Communication Skills Engineering Mechanics 1 Mathematics 1 Communication Skills Engineering Mechanics 1 Mathematics 1 Communication Skills

MAT120S DEM1200

MOM1200 TDY1200

Mechanics of Materials 2** Thermodynamics 2**

** Core S1/S2 Courses

Progression Rule No 2: The student must have passed all first year Engineering courses to proceed to relevant Engineering Practice. The student may not enrol for any full time courses

172

whilst doing Engineering Practice. In case the student was granted exception, according to the conditions of the exception rule, he/she may only enroll for a maximum of one full time course per semester, subject to the written approval of employer /bursary giver. Note: Engineering Practice could be done at any time after successful completion of first year Engineering courses. Semester 3 (P1) MPR2100 Mechanical Engineering Practice 1 Semester 4 (P2) MPR2200 Mechanical Engineering Practice 2 Semester 5 (S3) FMC310S Fluid Mechanics 3 EMR310S MAT311S DEM310S MOM310S TDY310S Engineering Mechanics 3A (Rigid Body Dynamics) Mathematics 3 Design and Manufacture 3A Mechanics of Materials 3A Thermodynamics 3A See progression rule no 2 Mechanical Engineering Practice 1 Fluid Mechanics 2 Mathematics 2 Engineering Mechanics (Particle Dynamics) 2 Mathematics 2 Mathematics 2 Design and Manufacture 2 Mathematics 2 Mechanics of Materials 3A Mathematics 2 Thermodynamics 2 Mathematics 2 None Fluid Mechanics 3A Design and Manufacture 3A Engineering Mechanics (Rigid Body Dynamics) 3A Mechanics of Materials 3A Thermodynamics 3A

Semester 6 (S4) ENT3400 Entrepreneurship and Management FMC320S Fluid Mechanics 3B MEP320S Mechanical Engineering Design Project TOM320S Theory of Machines MOM320S ICE320S Mechanics of Materials 3B Internal Combustion Engines

173

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY DEGREE IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

35BMEC

Description At this level, the programme cover mainly the development of machines and systems basically for diverse application in the modern technologically advancement. Mechanical Engineering is one of the broadest of all Engineering disciplines, which ultimately provides opportunities for employment in the Industries, Research and Development, Education/Training and Government. Areas of study covers planning, analysing, evaluating, design and improvement of components and improvement of components and systems. Semester 7 (S5) Progression Rule No. 4: The student must have successfully completed all courses from S3/S4-Level (ND) to proceed to B.Tech. in Mechanical Engineering. Code Course Title Core courses (Compulsory) MVN410S Mechanical Vibration and Noise 4 MOM410S Mechanics of Materials 4 HTF410S Heat Transfer** MEP410S Mechanical Engineering Project 4A COS410S Control Systems Semester 8 (S6) Core Courses (compulsory) FMC420S Fluid Mechanics 4** MEP420S Mechanical Engineering Project 4B Electives: ESA410S RAC410S MAT410S Experimental Stress Analysis* Refrigeration and Air Conditioning* Mathematics 4 Prerequisite Theory of Machines Mechanics of Materials 3B Internal Combustion Engines None Theory of Machines

Fluid Mechanics 3B Mechanical Engineering Project 4A Mechanics of Materials 4 Thermodynamics 3A Mathematics 3

* If presented.

174

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING: MECHANICAL

35BEME

Description The Bachelor of Mechanical Engineering programme is designed to be worth 585 credits at NQA level 8. It has a normal duration of eight semesters of instruction and a ninth semester devoted to experiential learning in industry. The programme consists of forty four core - and six elective courses of which students are required to offer two from one of three fields of specialisation, being mechatronics, energy and manufacturing. The field of specialisation is selected at the end of the third year of studies. The curriculum for the first year of the proposed programme is identical to that of the B. Eng. programmes proposed by the Departments of Civil- and Electrical Engineering. A student who successfully completes the proposed programme and who consequently receives the B. Eng. (Mech.) qualification is eligible for registration as a Professional Engineer in Training with ECN. Admission Requirements The minimum requirements for entry into the first year of the proposed programme are: a 3 symbol obtained in NSSCH Mathematics and NSSCH Physical Science and a 2 symbol in NSSCH English or gaining entry into Communication Skills through the English placement test of Polytechnic of Namibia and a minimum of 37 points on the engineering evaluation scale of Polytechnic of Namibia counting up to five NSSC subjects including Mathematics, Physical Science and English OR Successful completion of the ITS programme of Polytechnic of Namibia with a mark of 60 % obtained in each of Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 and Introduction to Physics and Language in Practice B. ITS route entrants who collected a credit for Communication Skills 113 during ITS will offer five courses in the first semester instead of the six of students entering via the NSSCH route, whereas those who did not will offer the normal six courses in the first semester. Articulation Holders of a National Diploma (ND) and/or B.Tech. degree in Mechanical Engineering obtained from Polytechnic of Namibia are eligible for admission. Depending on the results of an evaluation of equivalence of their qualifications, Polytechnic of Namibia will consider holders of similar qualifications obtained elsewhere to be admitted. Holders of a ND (Mech. Eng.) will be admitted to the second year of the B. Eng. (Mech.) programme provided that such students may be exempted from certain second year courses and that certain first year courses be offered. The first year courses to be offered are : Engineering Physics 114 Engineering Chemistry 123 Material Science 124 The second year courses for which exemption may be given and the minimum requirements for such exemptions are :

175

Engineering Mathematics 215 Engineering Mechanics 213 Mechanics of Materials 214 Fluid Mechanics 214 Engineering Mechanics 224 Mechanics of Materials 223 Thermodynamics 225 Principles of Design 224

55 % for Mathematics 3 or equivalent 55 % for Engineering Mechanics (Particle Dynamics) or equivalent 55 % for Mechanics of Materials 3A or equivalent 55 % for Fluid Mechanics 3B or equivalent 55 % for Engineering Mechanics (Rigid Body Dynamics) or equivalent 55 % for Mechanics of Materials 3B or equivalent 55 % for Thermodynamics 3A or equivalent 55 % for Design and Manufacture 3 or equivalent

In addition, holders of a ND (Mech. Eng.) from Polytechnic of Namibia who have successfully completed a one year probation period with an employer in a relevant industry are also exempted from the course Experiential Training 510. Holders of ND (Mech. Eng.) who join the B. Eng. (Mech.) programme and who are exempted from all the indicated courses will offer a total of six courses in S3 and S4 provided such students offer three S5 courses in S3 and two S6 courses in S4. Articulation between the ND (Mech. Eng.) qualification and the B. Eng. (Mech.) programme is scheduled to commence one year after the date of implementation of the programme. Holders of a B. Tech. (Mech. Eng.), as well as current - or former B. Tech. students of Polytechnic of Namibia who have completed all prescribed B. Tech. courses except Mechanical Engineering Project 4A or 4B, will be admitted to the third year of the B. Eng. (Mech.) programme provided that such students may be exempted from certain third year courses and that certain first - and second year courses be offered. The first - and second year courses to be offered are : Engineering Physics 114 Engineering Chemistry 123 Material Science 124 Electrical Machines 214 Introduction to Algorithm Design 214 Numerical Methods 224 Electronics 224 The third year courses for which exemption may be given and the minimum requirements for such exemptions are: Statistics 314 Systems Modeling 313 Thermofluids 314 Heat Transfer 325 Vibration and Noise 325 55 % for Mathematics 4 or equivalent 55 % for Control Systems 4 or equivalent 55 % for Fluid Mechanics 4 or equivalent 55 % for Heat Transfer 4 or equivalent 55 % for Mechanical Vibration and Noise 4 or equivalent

Holders of B.Tech. (Mech. Eng.) who join the B.Eng. (Mech.) programme and who are exempted from all the indicated courses will offer six courses S5 and seven courses in S6. Articulation between the B.Tech. (Mech. Eng.) qualification and the B.Eng. (Mech.) programme is scheduled to commence two years after the date of the implementation of the programme. 176

Students who qualify to articulate with the B. Eng. (Mech.) course who do not meet the minimum requirement for exemption of any particular B. Eng. (Mech.) course will not attend contact sessions in that course. Such students will instead be afforded two examination opportunities to obtain a pass mark in the course for which exemption is sought. Such examinations will take place before lectures commence in the beginning of the academic year and will cover the syllabus of the B. Eng. (Mech.) course for which exemption is sought. CURRICULUM Semester 1 MTM110S APH120s END111S AMC110S CSK0420 CUS411S Engineering Mathematics 115 Engineering Physics 115 Engineering Drawings 115 Engineering Mechanics 115 Communication Skills Computer User Skills Admission Requirements Admission Requirements Admission Requirements Admission Requirements Admission Requirements Admission Requirements Engineering Mathematics 115 Engineering Mechanics 115 Engineering Physics 115 Engineering Mathematics 115 None Engineering Drawings 115 Admission Requirements Engineering Mathematics 125 Engineering Mathematics 115 Engineering Physics 115 Engineering Mechanics 115 Engineering Mathematics 125 Electrical Engineering 125

Semester 2 MTM120S Engineering Mathematics 125 MOM120S Mechanics of Materials 125 EEG120S Electrical Engineering 125 MLS120S CAD120S ACH110S WPR120S Material Science 125 Computer Aided Drawing 125 Engineering Chemistry 125 Workshop Practice 125

Semester 3 MTM310S Engineering Mathematics 216 EMC610S Engineering Mechanics 213 FMC610S EMC510S MOM610S ADI111S Fluid Mechanics 214 Electrical Machines 216 Mechanics of Materials 214 Introduction to Algorithm Design

Semester 4 NMS620S Numerical Methods 224 EMC620S MOM620S TDN620S ETR620S POD620S Engineering Mechanics 224 Mechanics of Materials 223 Thermodynamics 225 Electronics 224 Principles of Design 224

Engineering Mathematics 125 Intro to Algorithm Design Engineering Mathematics 125 Engineering Mechanics 213 Mechanics of Materials 125 Engineering Mathematics 115 Fluid Mechanics 214 Electrical Engineering 125 Engineering Drawings 115 Workshop Practice 125

177

Semester 5 SSS710S Intro to Statistics SYM710S Systems Modelling 313

EXM710S TFL710S MPS710S MAD710S

Experimental Methods 315 Thermofluids 314 Manufacturing Processes 313 Machine Design 315

Electrical Machines 216 Engineering Mechanics 213 Fluid Mechanics 214 or Thermodynamics 225 Engineering Mathematics 225 Electronics 224 Fluid Mechanics 214 Electrical Machines 216 Thermodynamics 225 Workshop Practice 125 Principles of Design 224 Systems Modelling 313 Engineering Mechanics 224 Experimental Methods 315 Numerical Methods 224 Thermodynamics 225 Engineering Mechanics 224 Machine Design 315 Machine Design 315 Manufacturing Processes 313

Semester 6 CNS720S Control Systems 325 VAN720S Vibration and Noise 324 HTF720S MAD720S EEM720S PFW0520 Heat Transfer 324 Machine Design 324 Engineering Management 324 Professional Writing

Semester 7 ERM810S Engineering Research Methodology DSP810S Design Project (B.Eng) EVE810S Environmental Engineering Elective choose one sector only: Energy Sector ESR810S Renewable Energy Systems

All courses up to and Semester 6 Thermofluids 314 Vibration and Noise Thermofluids Heat Transfer 324 Control Systems 325 Environmental Engineering Manufacturing Processes Electronics 224 Control Systems 325 Experimental Methods Engineering Research Methodology Environmental Engineering

Manufacturing Sector CAM810S Computer Aided Manufacturing Mechatronics Sector MTS810S Mechatronics

Semester 8 MCP820S Mechanical Project ENT321S CPN820S Entrepreneurship Cleaner Production

178

Elective - choose one sector only: Energy Sector PPT820S Power Plant Technology Manufacturing Sector NTI820S Introduction to Nanotechnology Mechatronics Sector MPA820S Microprocessor Applications Semester 9 MET830S Mechanical Experiential Training

Thermofluids 314 Heat Transfer 325 Control Systems 325 Material Science 125 Mechatronics Completion of all prescribed courses up to and including 4th year, except Mechanical Project.

179

DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING Qualifications offered National Certificate Vocational Instructor National Higher Certificate Vocational Instructor National Diploma Vocational Instructor Admission requirements LEVEL 1.0 - National Certificate (Phased out 2008) MINIMUM ENTRY CRITERIA for both the PRE-SERVICE and IN-SERVICE COURSES under the Instructor Training Programmes: 1.1 Industrial Training 1.1.1 Recognised training qualification for the trade sector to ARTISAN/CRAFTSPERSON level, i.e. apprenticeship, etc.; PLUS 1.1.2 A minimum of two years relevant industrial experience after completion of the final trade test following the training period; PLUS 1.2 Academic Qualifications 1.2.1 National Technical Certificate Part Three, OR equivalent qualification (a Data Base of equivalent qualifications acceptable for entry will be generated for reference to facilitate RPL) PLUS 1.2.2 Proficiency in English, e.g., PON grading to a minimum of level TWO. NOTE: Experienced artisans without formal academic or training qualifications may take appropriate theory tests and/or trade tests approved by the Selection Panel for the Instructor Training Programme, in order to qualify for entry to the FIRST LEVEL of the Instructor Training Programme. LEVEL 2.0 - National Higher Certificate (Phased out 2009) MINIMUM ENTRY CRITERIA for both the PRE-SERVICE and IN-SERVICE COURSES under the Instructor Training Programme: SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION of the Level 1.0 - National Certificate Course in Vocational Instructing, OR an equivalent pedagogical training programme, PLUS 2.1 Industrial Training 2.1.1 Recognised training qualification for the trade sector to ARTISAN/CRAFTSPERSON level, i.e. apprenticeship, etc; PLUS 2.1.2 A minimum of three years relevant industrial experience after completion of the final trade test following the training period; PLUS 2.1.3 A minimum of four years relevant instructing/teaching experience, PLUS 2.2 Academic Qualifications 2.2.1 National Technical Certificate Part Three, OR equivalent qualification (a Data Base of equivalent qualifications acceptable for entry will be generated for reference to facilitate RPL) - PLUS 2.2.2 Proficiency in English, e.g. PoN grading to a minimum of level TWO. 35CPVT 35HPVT 35DPVT

180

LEVEL 3.0 - National Diploma (phasing out end of 2010) MINIMUM ENTRY CRITERIA SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION of the Level 2.0 - National Higher Certificate Course in Vocational Instructing, OR an equivalent pedagogical training programme, PLUS Industrial Training/Experience Four years relevant industrial and/or management experience; PLUS Academic Qualifications National Technical Certificate Part Three, OR equivalent qualification (a Data Base of equivalent qualifications acceptable for entry will be generated for reference to facilitate RPL); PLUS 3.2.1 Proficiency in English, e.g. Polytechnic of Namibia grading to a minimum of level TWO. 3.1 3.1.1 3.2 3.2.1 NATIONAL CERTIFICATE: VOCATIONAL INSTRUCTOR 35CPVT

Description The PON entered into a joint agreement with the Government and European Union to upgrade the skills of Instructors already in service at Vocational Training Centres and Technical Schools around the country as well as Technical graduates who wish to become Instructors/Teachers in the Technical field. No new intake in 2009. Phasing out over 3 year period beginning 2009 and ending 2011. CURRICULUM Semester 1 (Phasing out 2009) Course Code Course Title PDV110S Professional Development 1A ICS110S COS110S ILS110S DLM110S APA110S PDT110S Prerequisites Industrial Training to artisan level & minimum of 3 years related Industrial experience Instructors Communication Skills 1 None Computing Skills 1A None Instructional & Learning Strategies 1A None Design of Learning Materials 1A None Assessment of Learner Progress and Achievement 1A None Plan and Deliver Training Programmes 1A None Professional Development 1A None Computer Skills 1A Instruction and Learning Strategies 1A Design of Learning Materials 1A Assessment of Learner Progress and Achievement 1A Plan and Deliver Training Programme 1A

Semester 2 (Phasing out 2009) PDV120S Professional Development 1B CGA110S Career Guidance & Assessment of Preparation for Further Training 1 COS120S Computing Skills 1B ILS120S Instructional & Learning Strategies 1B DLM120S Design of Learning Materials 1B APA120S Assessment of Learner Progress and Achievement 1B PDT120S Plan and Deliver Training Programme 1B

181

NATIONAL HIGHER CERTIFICATE: VOCATIONAL INSTRUCTOR Semester 3 PDV210S Professional Development 2A COS210S Computer Skills 2A ESB110S Entrepreneurial Skills & Small Scale Business Development 1A MOE110S Management of the Environment 1A TEA110S Training Programme Evaluation, Including Staff Appraisal 1A QTE110S Quality Assurance Mechanisms for Training Evaluation 1A CGN110S Counselling & Guidance for both Academic and Personal Needs of Trainees 1A Semester 4 PDV220S Professional Development 2B COS220S Computer Skills 2B ESB120S Entrepreneurial Skills & Small Scale Business Development 1B MOE120S Management of the Environment 1B TEA120S Training Programme Evaluation, Including Staff Appraisal 1B QTE120S Quality Assurance Mechanisms for Training Evaluation 1B for CGN120S Counselling & Guidance for both Academic and Personal Needs Trainees 1B NATIONAL DIPLOMA: VOCATIONAL INSTRUCTOR

35HPVT

Professional Development 1A & 1B Computer Skills Module 1B None None None None None Professional Development 2A Computer Skills 2A Entrepreneurial Skills & Small Business Development 1A Management of the Environment 1A Training Programme Evaluation, Including Staff Appraisal 1A Quality Assurance Mechanisms Training Evaluation 1A Counselling & Guidance for both Academic and Personal Needs of of Trainees 1A 35DPVT

Semester 5 PDV310S Professional Development 3A Professional Development 2A & 2B IFC110S Information & Communication Technology Skills 1A Instructors Communication Skills 1 TMS110S Training Management Skills 1A None TNA110S Training Needs Analysis Surveys 1A None TEA210S Training Programme Evaluation including Staff Appraisal 2A None IVE110S Innovations and Initiatives in Vocational Education & Training 1A None MTP110S Marketing Training Programmes 1A None Semester 6 PDV320S Professional Development 3B IFC120S Information & Communication Technology Skills 1B TMS120S Training Management Skills 1B TNA120S Training Needs Analysis Surveys 1B IVE120S Innovations and Initiatives in Vocational Education & Training 1B Professional Development 3A Information & Communication Technology Skills 1A Training Management Skills 1A Training Needs Analysis Surveys 1A Innovations and Initiatives in Vocational Education and Training 1A

182

MTP120S TEA220S

Marketing Training Programmes 1B Training Programme Evaluation Including Staff Appraisal 2B

Marketing Training Programmes 1A TEA210S

183

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE HONOURS 59BARH

The Bachelor of Architecture Honours is a professional degree designed to be worth 489 credits at NQF Level 8. Admission criteria Knowledge of mathematics is a prerequisite and prior learning in technical / geometrical drawing provides an extremely advantageous foundation for learners entering all teaching / learning programmes leading to an architectural qualification. The admission of students will be by means of a selection process which involves two stages: In the Preliminary Stage, candidates are to be assessed on academic merit only. The minimum academic criteria for 2010 admission exercises is as follows: 1. 14 points on the Polytechnic evaluation scale for English and Mathematics using a combination of NSSC(H) and/or NSSC(O), provided that no symbol lower than C on NSSC(O) will be accepted. 2. Minimum 21 points on the Polytechnic evaluation scale for any three other subjects using a combination of NSSC(H) and NSSC(O), provided that no symbol lower than C on NSSC(O) will be accepted. Candidates apply for this stage with their latest school results (Grade 12). Those who meet the minimum requirements for admission will then be invited to participate in the next stage by taking a special departmental selection test. With the invitation, they also receive (in the mail) an assessment package to complete at home and submit on the day of the test. In the Final Stage, candidates are to be assessed in terms of their general knowledge, abilities and experience by means of the departmental selection test, taken on one of a couple of prescheduled Saturdays in October. Candidates must then also submit the assessment package sent to them shortly after the foregoing selection process in the preliminary stage. Based on the outcome of the tests and assessment packages, the Department then compiles a shortlist of final candidates. Those candidates whose names have made the shortlist are invited to participate in the final selection interviews during the September recess. The result of the selection committee is final and no discussion or correspondence will be entered into. While candidates should preferably attend their test and interview, applicants unable to do so may request further selection material to be sent by mail. A telephonic interview may then be granted. If the Grade 12 results of candidates who were selected provisionally do not meet the minimum requirements, final admission to the Department may be withheld. Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL): Persons desiring entrance to the programme leading to the award of this qualification are advised, assisted and supported (portfolio compilation, orientation to required levels of competence, substantiation of their claims regarding prior skills / experience, planning of progression)

184

evaluated and assessed in accordance with their claims regarding prior skills and experience gained (portfolio review, implementation of assessment / evaluation methods, recommendations arising from the assessment / evaluation processes) provided with quality management / assurance objectives to support the achievement of competence leading to the award of the qualification (assessment of competence in respect of required outcomes, auditing, approval, recommendation, reporting).

Outcomes for Whole Qualification: Holders of this qualification will be able to: Design buildings within specific contexts using the outcomes of research and applying theories and history which inform architectural design. Execute the fundamental techniques of architectural practice related to the design of buildings, producing drawings and models to illustrate the design of a building to a client or controlling body. Compile a comprehensive set of contract documentation required for the erection of a building of complexity defined for Senior Architectural Technologists Manage the contract and inspect the works for the construction of a building Administer the building contract according to the relevant conventions and rules. Compile reports detailing progress on site. Produce as-built drawings incorporating changes to contract documentation Implement business and office procedures pertaining to the architectural profession by integrating basic organisational concepts and principles to promote sound architectural practice. Implement a functional and integrated information management system. Communicate professionally with a variety of audiences in academe and industry. Promotional requirements to Honours (4th year) In order to proceed from the Bachelor of Architecture to the Bachelor Honours, a student is required to have passed all courses for the Bachelor, and to have obtained a 70 % final mark in Architectural Design. Summary of Qualification Requirements: The Bachelor of Architecture will be awarded to candidates who have a minimum of 369 credits at Level 7 and who meet the course requirements as detailed in the first three years in 2.2 below. Candidates must also meet the Polytechnic administrative and financial requirements as detailed in the Prospectus annually. The Bachelor of Architecture (Honours) will be awarded to candidates who have attained the Bachelor of Architecture and who, in addition, have achieved a minimum of 120 credits at level 8, and who meet the course requirements as detailed in the last year of the curriculum. Candidates must also meet the Polytechnic administrative and financial requirements as detailed in the Prospectus annually. First Year: Academic training at the Polytechnic of Namibia Second Year: The courses of Architectural technology Practice III takes place in an Architectural Office for a six month-Module. The student has a choice between the first or second six months of the year. The six prescribed courses are then offered full time at the Polytechnic of Namibia in the alternate six months. Third Year: Formal academic training at the Polytechnic of Namibia Fourth Year: Formal academic training at the Polytechnic of Namibia In order to proceed from the Bachelor of Architecture to the Bachelor Honours, a student is required to have passed all courses for the Bachelor, and to have obtained a 70 % final mark in Architectural Design. 185

CURRICULUM Course Code Year 1 ABS510S CSK0420 CAP510S HOA510S PTE510S TOD510S ARD520S CAD520S CMA520S CME520S CDC520S Year 2 ARD610S CAD610S CMA610S CME610S CDC610S TOD610S ATP720S Course Name Applied Building Science 1 Communication Skills Computer Applications 1 History of Architecture 1 Presentation Techniques 1 Theory of Design 1 Architectural Design 1 Computer-Aided Draughting 1 Construction Materials 1 Construction Methods 1 Contract Documentation 1 Architectural Design 2 Computer-Aided Design 2 Construction Materials 2 Construction Methods 2 Contract Documentation 2 Theory of Design 2 Architectural Technology Practice 3 (In-Service Training) Prerequisite None Language in Practice B None None None None None None None None None Architectural Design 1 Computer Applications 1 & Computer-Aided Draughting 1 Construction Materials 1 Construction Methods 1 Contract Documentation 1 Theory of Design 1 Architectural Design 1, Computer Applications 1, Computer-Aided Draughting 1, Contract Documentation 1, Construction Materials 1 Construction Methods 1 & Presentation Techniques 1 Architectural Design 1 & Architectural Design 2 Applied Building Science 1 , Construction Methods 1 & Construction Methods 2 Computer Applications 1, Computer-Aided Draughting 1 & Computer-Aided Design 2 Construction Materials 2 Construction Methods 2 Contract Documentation 2 Architectural Design 2 Architectural Technology Practice 3 (In-Service Training) None None Theory of Design 2

Year 3 ARD710S BSE710S CAD710S CMA710S CME710S CDC710S LSD720S ATP720S SQU720S SFA720S TOD720S

Architectural Design 3 Building Services 3 Computer-Aided Draughting 3 Construction Materials 3 Construction Methods 3 Contract Documentation 3 Landscape Design 3 Architectural Practice 3 Specification & Quantities 3 Surveying for Architecture 3 Theory of Design 3

186

Year 4 CMA810S CME810S PMN810S TOD810S ARD820S LCM820S STR820S PUD810S

Construction Materials 4 Constructions Methods 4 Project Management 4 Theory of Design 4 Architectural Design 4 Law & Contract Management 4 Structures 4 Principles of Urban Design 4

Construction Materials 3 Construction Methods 3 Theory of Design 3 Architectural Design 3 Applied Building Science 1 Landscape Design 3

187

SCHOOL OF HEALTH AND APPLIED SCIENCES OFFICE OF THE DEAN Dean : Prof. Sylvester R. Moyo, D.Phil. (Norwegian University of Science and Technology), NTNU (Trondheim - Norway), Lic. Med. Sci. (Lund University, Sweden), Higher National Certificate (Liverpool Polytechnic), Diploma in Medical Laboratory Technology (Evelyn Hone College of Applied Arts and Science) : Vacant : Muriel Mouton : 061-207-2870 : 061-207-2142 : mmouton@polytechnic.edu.na

Faculty Officer Secretary Telephone Number Fax Number E-mail Address

DEPARTMENT OF BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES Head of Department: : Chris Hikuam, M.Tech. Biomedical Technology (CPUT), B.Tech. Biomedical Technology (Cape Tech.), National Diploma: Biomedical Technology (Cape Tech.) Academic Staff: : Elzabe van der Colf, M.Sc. Medical Science (University of Stellenbosh), B.Tech. Biomedical Technology (Peninsula Technikon), B.Med.Sc. (UFS), B.Med.Sc. (Hon) (UFS) : Prof. Bruce Noden, B.S. in Biology Magna Cum Laude (Houghton College NY), Ph.D. in Immunology and Infectious Diseases (The Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health), Post-Doctoral Fellow (Department of Microbiology & Immunology (University of Maryland, School of Medicine and School of Biological Sciences, Illinois State University) : Christo Izaaks, B.Tech. Biomedical Technology (Peninsula Technikon), National Diploma (Peninsula Technikon) : Cornelia de Waal-Miller, B.Tech. Biomedical Technology (Peninsula Technikon), National Diploma (Cape Peninsula) : Fredrieka Engelbrecht, B.Tech. Biomedical Technology (CPUT), National Diploma: Biomedical Technology (Cape Technikon) : Sophia Blaauw, B.Tech. Biomedical Technology Cum Laude (CPUT) Lab Manager : Vincent Nowaseb, B.Sc. Biochemistry (UP), National Diploma Biomedical Technology, B.Tech. Biomedical Technology (CPUT) : Belinda R Tsuases, B.Tech. Biomedical Technology (CPUT), National Diploma Biomedical Technology (CPUT)

188

EMERGENCY MEDICAL CARE Coordinator

: Wilhelm van Niekerk, National Diploma Ambulance and Emergency Care (Technikon Natal) : Carolie Markgraaff, National Diploma: Emergency Medical Care (CPUT)

DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SCIENCES Head of Department : Charmaine Jansen, Master in Public Health (Cardiff University), B.Tech. Environmental Health (Cape Technikon), National Diploma Environmental Health (Cape Technikon) : Prof. Nnenesi Kgabi, Ph.D. Environmental Science (North West University), M.Sc. Physics, B.Sc. Honours Physics, B.Sc. Ed. Physics & Chemistry (North West University), Pr. Sc. Nat. : Wilhelm Akwaake, Master of Public Health (Leeds University, UK) : Ndinomholo Hamatui, B.Tech. Environmental Health (CPUT), National Diploma Environmental Health Cum Laude (CPUT) : Dingilizwe Mazibuko, Master in Public Health Occupational Hygiene (WITS) Lab Manager : Vacant DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS Head of Department : Immanuel Ajibola, Ph.D. Maths (Zaria). M.Sc. Maths (lfe), PGDC. Sc. (Lagos), B.Sc. (Hons) Physics/Maths (Lagos) Academic Staff : Prof. Sunday A. Reju, Ph.D. Computational Maths (Ilorin), M.Sc. Applied Maths (Ibadan), B.Sc. (Hons) (Jos) : Benson Obabueki, M.Sc. Maths (JOS), B.Sc. Maths (Benin) : Andrew Roux, M.Phil. Future Studies (Stellenbosh), M.Sc., B.Tech. Geol. (Technikon Pretoria), ND Ec. Geol. (Technikon Witwatersrand), Dip. Data Metrics (UNISA), Pr. Sc. Nat. : Selma Heelu: B.Sc. (Hons) Maths. (Virginia) M.Phil Curriculum (UWC) : Lawal I Funtua, B.Sc. (Hons) Maths. (Bayero), HED Maths (Northwest University), National Diploma IT (PoN) : Elizabeth Hugo, B.Com. H.E.D. (Stellenbosch) : Dismas Ntirampeba, M.Sc. Stat (UCT), B.Sc. (Hons) Stat (UCT), B.Sc. Maths and Stats (UNAM) : Susan Mwewa, MBA (CBU, Zambia), B.Sc. Ed. Maths (UNZA) : Tobias Kaenandunge, B.Sc. Mathematics and Statistics (UNAM) : Adetayo Eegunjob, M. Sc. (Maths), B.Tech (Ind. Maths) : Lilian Pazvakawambwa, M.Sc. Stat (Harare), B.Sc (Hons) Stat (Harare)

189

QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED BACHELOR OF BIO-MEDICAL SCIENCES 50BBMS BACHELOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SCIENCES 50BEHS NATIONAL HIGHER CERTIFICATE: EMERGENCY MEDICAL CARE 55CEMC (In conjuction with the Cape Penisula University Of Technology in Cape Town, South Africa) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS 35BAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS: IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS 35BHAM BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS: IN APPLIED STATISTICS 35BHAS

190

DEPARTMENT OF BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES BACHELOR OF BIO-MEDICAL SCIENCES 50BMES

Description The Bachelor of Biomedical Sciences is a professional degree designed to be at NQF Level 8. The degree incorporates a research component and 1 year of practical work-based learning. Admission requirements Grade 12 with minimum of 25 points as per the Polytechnic general admission requirements. In addition, applicants must meet the following specific admission requirements: Mathematics English Biology or Physiology Physical Science B on NSSC (O) or 4 on NSSC (H) or equivalent E on NSSC (O) or 4 on NSSC (H) or equivalent (English Placement Test into Language in Practice A) B on NSSC (O) or 4 on NSSC (H) or equivalent B on NSSC (O) or 4 on NSSC (H) or equivalent

Students not meeting these requirements may be admitted but may be required to enrol for a bridging programme and/or selected bridging courses. Students are informed that they will necessarily then be on an extended programme. Qualification Outcomes Graduates of this programme are able to: Select, perform, interpret and integrate routine and specialised diagnostic techniques (including molecular biology techniques) in a specific field and in accordance with the statutory requirements in place of study, workplace or both. Critically evaluate trends in technology and evaluate and implement new techniques, equipment and methods according to accreditation requirements and based on sound scientific principles. Operate effectively within resource constraints to solve problems in both familiar and unfamiliar contexts. Manage and supervise laboratory operations and apply GLP and accreditation requirements. Participate in research in Bio-Medical Sciences in compliance with ethical research principles. Manage resources efficiently and effectively. Demonstrate professional and ethical conduct. Describe and apply laboratory safety procedures. Describe and apply emergency procedures to be followed in the event of a laboratory accident(s). Communicate effectively with patients, laboratory personnel, within the profession, with other health care professionals and with the public. Communicate effectively with stakeholders especially in relations to outputs. Train other students of Biomedical Sciences and related fields.

191

CURRICULUM First Year Semester 1 Course Human Anatomy & Physiology 1A Medical Chemistry 1 Biostatistics & Calculations Medical Physics Laboratory Principles 1A Computer User Skills Communication Skills Semester 2 Human Anatomy & Physiology 1B Molecular Biology Immunology Biochemistry Applied Laboratory Principles 1B Second Year Semester 3 Medical Microbiology 1 Haematology 1 Clinical Chemistry 1 Cell Biology Semester 4 Medical Microbiology 2 Haematology 2 Biology of Diseases Clinical Chemistry 2 Third Year Semester 5 Medical Microbiology 3 Haematology 3 Clinical Chemistry 3 Research Methodology A Medical Laboratory Management A Molecular Diagnostics Semester 6 In-Service Training (Practice 1) Fourth Year Semester 7 In-Service Training (Practice 2) Semester 8 Integrated Clinical Pathology Research Project Medical Laboratory Management B

Course Code Prerequisite(s) HPY110S CEM110S BCL110S MPH110S LAP110S CUS411S CSK0420 Language in Practice B HPY120S BMB120S IMY120S BCH120S ALP120S Human Anatomy & Physiology 1A Chemistry 1 Human Anatomy & Physiology 1A Chemistry 1 Laboratory Principles 1A

MMB210S HAM210S CLC210S CEB210S MMB220S HAM220S BOD220S CLC220S

Human Anatomy & Physiology 1A & 1B Immunology Biochemistry Human Anatomy & Physiology 1A & 1B Medical Microbiology 1 Haematology 1 Human Anatomy & Physiology 1A & 1B Clinical Chemistry 1

MMB310S HAM310S CLC310S RES310S LAM320S MOD310S BMT320S

Medical Microbiology 2 Haematology 2 Clinical Chemistry 2 BioStatistics & Calculations Applied Laboratory Principles 1B Clinical Chemistry 2 All courses up to semester 5

BMT410S ICP420S RES420S LAM420S 192

All courses up to semester 6 Practice 1 & 2 Research Methodology A Practice 1 & 2

NATIONAL HIGHER CERTIFICATE: EMERGENCY MEDICAL CARE (In conjuction with the Cape Penisula University of Technology)

55CEMC

Description Graduates are qualified for professional registration with the Health Professions Council of South Africa as an Emergency Care Practitioner (Paramedic). Students are equipped to become competent in providing pre-hospital emergency care to the critically ill or injured patient. They receive training in basic, intermediate and advanced techniques in order to provide advanced life support. This is a two year part time programme. Admission Requirements Grade 12 as well as the Intermediate Certificate in Ambulance and Emergency Care. Programme Rules Candidates admitted for the National Higher Certificate are only allowed to proceed to the second year of study if all first year modules are successfully completed. Students should have obtained drivers licence code 08 in the 1st year of study and a code 10 at the end of the 2nd year of study. Year 1 Semester 1 Course Code FOP1100 CUS411S CSK0420 FOP003M FOP004M FOP005M IHS1100 IHS001M IHS002M IHS003M

Course Name Foundations of Practice Computer User Skills Communications Skills (Fulltime or Distance only) Personal Health & wellness - Module 3 HIV and AIDS awareness - Module 4 Law and Ethics - Module 5 Introduction to Human Sciences Physics & Chemistry Microbiology and Patholgy Anatomy & Physiology

Electives (Choose one) BAG111S Basic German BAP111S Basic Portuguese Year 1 Semester 2 TEM1100 TEM001M TEM002M TEM003M TEM004M TEM005M TEM006M PHE1100 PHE001M PHE002M PHE003M

Emergency Medical Services Care 1 - Theory EMS Equipment Scene & patient assessment Airway management & ventilation Medical Emergencies Trauma Emergencies Cardio-pulmonary Resuscitation Pre-Hospital Emergency Care 1: Practicals Clinical Skills Patient Simulation Experiential Learning 1

193

Year 2 Semester 3 HEC1200 HEC001M HEC002M HEC003M HEC004M HEC005M HEC006M HEC007M HEC008M ECP1300 ECP001M ECP002M ECP003M Year 2 Semester 4 Course Code MRE1200 MRE001M MRE002M MRE003M CCT1200 CCT001M CCT002M Optional: CEC1200 CEC001M CEC002M CEC003M

Pre-Hospital Emergency Care 2: Theory Airway Management & Ventilation 2 Pharmacology Medical Emergencies 2 Trauma Emergencies 2 Environmental Emergencies Obstetrics & Neonatal Care Geriatrics & Pediatrics Cardio-pulmonary Resuscitation 2 Pre-Hospital Emergency Care 2: Practical Clinical Skills 2 Patient Simulations 2 Experiential Learning 2

Course Name Medical Rescue Fire Search and Rescue Motor Vehicle Rescue High Angle Rescue Critical Care Transport Intensive Care Transport Aviation Health Care Communications - EMC Call Taking - EMS Dispatch - EMS Special Situation Management

194

DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SCIENCES BACHELOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SCIENCES 50BEHS

Description The four (4) year Professional Bachelor of Environmental Health Sciences with an exit level outcome of one (1) year for the National Certificate in Environmental Health Science and three (3) years for the National Diploma in Environmental Health Science is designed to be at NQF Level 8. Admission Requirements Grade 12 with a minimum of 25 points as per Polytechnics general requirements. In addition, applicants must meet the following specific admission requirements: Physical Science Mathematics Biology English - C on Ordinary level or equivalent - C on Ordinary level or equivalent - C on Ordinary level or equivalent - E on Ordinary level or equivalent

Students not meeting these requirements may be admitted, but may be requied to enroll for a bridging programme or selected bridging courses. Special Academic Rules and Regulatons All candidates admitted for the Bachelor of Environmental Health Sciences are required to register with the Professional Body for Environmental Health during training. Ethical and Professional rules and regulations set by the ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONS COUNCIL OF NAMIBIA shall be upheld by all candidates enrolled for this programme at all times. Rules related to laboratory practical set by the department shall be upheld by all candidates enrolled for this qualification. Progression Rule All candidates admitted for the Degree are only allowed to proceed to the next level of study on the following conditions: (i) that their compulsory Practical Attachments for the preceding level are successfully completed; (ii) that a minimum of 60 % of the courses enrolled for have been completed successfully. Candidates admitted to the Degree are bound by compliance to all the prerequisite courses stated for the respective higher level courses.

195

CURRICULUM First Year Semester 1 Course Health Physics Health Biology 1A Social Studies 1A Computer User Skills Building Construction 1A Environmental Pollution Control 1A Communication Skills Semester 2 Health Chemistry Health Biology 1B Social Studies 1B Building Construction 1B Environmental Pollution Control 1B Health Statistics Second Year Semester 3 Environmental Pollution Control 2A Occupational Health and Safety 2A Epidemiology 2A Food and Meat Hygiene 2A Environmental Management Practice 2A Semester 4 Environmental Pollution Control 2B Occupational Health and Safety 2B Epidemiology 2B Food and Meat Hygiene 2B Environmental Management Practice 2B Third Year Semester 5 Environmental Management Practice 3 Environmental Pollution Control 3 Epidemiology 3 Food and Meat Hygiene 3 Occupational Health and Safety 3 Semester 6 In-Service Training (Practice 1)

Course Code Prerequisite HPC110S EHB110S SOS110S CUS411S BCN110S EPC110S CSK0420 Language in Practice B HCH120S EHB120S SOS120S BCN120S EPC120S HES120S

EPC210S OHS210S EDY210S HFM210S MNP210S

Environmental Pollution Control 1B Health Biology, Chemistry and Physics Health Statistics Health Biology, Chemistry and Physics Social Studies 1B

EPC220S OHS220S EDY220S HFM220S MNP220S

Environmental Pollution Control 2A Occupational Health and Safety 2A Epidemiology 2A Food and Meat Hygiene 2A Environmental Management Practice 2A

MNP310S EPC310S EDY310S HFM310S OHS310S EHT320S

Environmental Management Practice 2B Environmental Pollution Control 2B Epidemiology 2B Food and Meat Hygiene 2B Occupational Health and Safety 2B All courses up to semester 5

196

Fourth Year Semester 7 Environmental Management Practice 4 Epidemiology 4 Occupational Health and Safety 4 Environmental Pollution Control 4 Food and Meat Hygiene 4 Semester 8 In-Service Training (Practice 2)

MNP410S EDY410S OHS410S EPC410S HFM410S EHT420S

In-Service Training (Practice 1) In-Service Training (Practice 1) In-Service Training (Practice 1) In-Service Training (Practice 1) In-Service Training (Practice 1) All courses up to semester 7

197

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS NQF Level 7 Credits: 360 NQF ID: Q0110 35BAMS

Admission Requirements In addition to the general admission requirements of the Polytechnic, a candidate should have obtained a minimum of grade B symbol in NSSC Mathematics or its equivalent. Candidates that obtained a C symbol in Mathematics will be required to sit for an entrance test in Mathematics. Candidates who left formal school eight (8) or more years earlier will be considered for admission under Rule G12.3. Modes of Study The programme will run in the full-time and part-time modes. CURRICULUM Semester 1 Course Title Course Code ALT110S IMS110S Prerequisite(s) None None None None Language in Practice B None None None Algebra & Trig Algebra & Trig None Computer User skills or PIS1B Communication Skills Financial Accounting 1A None Calculus Calculus Linear Algebra 1 Computer User Skills None Professional Writing 198 NQF Level 4 4 4 4 5 4 5 5 5 5 5 4 6 5 5 5 6 6 5 5 6 NQF Credits 15 15 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 15 15 8 15 12 15 12 15 15 15 12 15

Algebra and Trigonometry Introduction to Mathematical Structures Introduction to Statistics INS110S Computer User Skills CUS411S Communication Skills CSK0420 Any one of the following (electives): Financial Accounting 101 FAC111S Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S Semester 2 Official Statistics Calculus Linear Algebra 1 Financial Mathematics 1 Applied Programming OST120S CLS120S LIA120S FIM120S APR110S

Professional Writing PFW0520 Any ONE of the following (electives): Financial Accounting 102 FAC112S Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S Semester 3 Probability Theory Differential Equations Linear Algebra 2 Mathematical & Statistical Computing Introduction to Business Management Professional Communication PBT210S DEQ210S LIA210S SMC210S BMA121S PFC0620

Any ONE of the following (electives): Cost and Management CMA211S Accounting 201 Intermediate Microeconomics 2A IME211S Semester 4 Statistical Inference 1 Mathematical Programming 1 Financial Mathematics 2 Mathematical Modelling 1 Business Ethics and Leadership Regression Analysis & ANOVA SIN210S MHP220S FIM220S MMO220S BEL112S RAA220S

Financial Accounting 1B PEC1A Probability Theory Linear Algebra 1 Financial Mathematics 1 Calculus None Statistical Inference 1 and Linear Algebra 1 CMA2A PEC1B Calculus Differential Equations Math Programming 1 Mathematical Modelling 1 None Co-requisite: Real Analysis Statistical Inference 1

5 6 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 6 7 7 6 7 7

15 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 12 15 12

Any ONE of the following (electives): Cost and Management CMA212S Accounting 202 Intermediate Microeconomics 2B IME212S Semester 5 Real Analysis Numerical Analysis 1 Mathematical Programming 2 Mathematical Modelling 2 Business Operations Complex Analysis 1* Statistical Inference 2* RAN310S NAN310S MHP310S MMO310S BSO221S CAN310S SIN220S

* Student must do either of the two to complete credits. Semester 6 Demography Survey Methodology Numerical Analysis 2 Business Finance Mechanics DMG320S SST320S NAN320S BUF320S MCH320S None Introduction to Statistics Numerical Analysis 1 None Differential Equations 7 7 7 7 5 15 15 15 12 15

199

SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY OFFICE OF THE DEAN Dean Faculty Officer Telephon Number Fax Number E-mail address Secretary Telephone Number Fax Number E-mail address PC Support Officer : Dr Heike Winschiers, Diploma Inform (Hamburg), Dr. rer. nat. (Hamburg) : Winson Nepembe, ND Public Admin. (PoN), B.Tech. Public Mngt. (UNISA) : 061-207-2263 : 061-207-2401 : wnepembe@polytechnic.edu.na : Rosalia Ngolo : 061-207-2052 : 061-207-2051 : rngolo@polytechnic.edu.na : Message Nyambe

DEPARTMENT OF BASIC COMPUTER STUDIES Head of Department : Admire Kachepa, M.Sc. Applied Mathematics and Computer Science (Peoples Friendship University of Russia), B.Sc. Applied Mathematics and Computer Science (Peoples friendship University of Russia) Secretary : Paulina Nambele Telephone Number : 061- 2072258 Fax Number : 061- 2072475 E-mail : pnambele@polytechnic.edu.na Academic Staff : Bernd Schulz, Dipl.-Ing. (Brunswick) : Admire Kachepa, M.Sc. Applied Mathematics and Computer Science (Peoples Friendship University of Russia), B.Sc. Applied Mathematics and Computer Science (Peoples friendship University of Russia) : Julius Silaa, B.Tech. Informatics and Computer Science (Moscow Power Engineering Institute) : Ndakolute S. Abraham, BETD (WCE), : Simon Muchinenyika, B.Sc. (Hon) Computer Science (Midlands State University) : Jeremiah Lumbasi, M.Sc. IT (UNAM), B.Sc. (Hon) (Moi University) : Colin Nyandoro, B.Sc. (Hon) Computer Science, (Midlands State University), National Diploma Ed. (UZ) : Addmore Machanja, Ph.D. Computer Science (UWC), M.Sc. Computer Science (NUST), Licentiate in Education - Mathematics and Computer Science (Enrique Jose Varona)

200

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS COMPUTING Head of Department : Johnson Billawer Masters Business Information Systems (Australia), B.Tech. Business Computing (PoN), ND Business Computing (PoN) Secretary : Paulina Nambele Telephone Number : 061- 2072258 Fax Number : 061- 2072475 E-mail : pnambele@polytechnic.edu.na Academic Staff : William Torbitt, B.Sc. Mathematics, Physics (Johannesburg), B.Sc. Hon. Experimental Physics (Witwatersrand), M.Sc. Radio Astronomy (Manchester), M.Sc. Computer Science (London) : Meke Shivute, M.Tech. IT (CPUT), B.Tech. IT CPUT), ND: IT (PoN), NC: IT (PoN) : Harren Jarmann, National Diploma: Business Computing (PoN) : Suama Hamunyela, B-Tech: Business Computing (PON) : Johannes Shimaneni, M.Sc. Information Systems (Thames Valley) : Claus Jensen, National Higher Diploma: Electrical Engineering DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS Head of Department : Peter Gallert, M.A. Logic, Media Science, (Leipzig), CCAI (Cisco Certified Academy Instructor), CCNA (Cisco Certified Networking Associate) Secretary : Paulina Nambele Telephone Number : 061- 2072258 Fax Number : 061- 2072475 E-mail : pnambele@polytechnic.edu.na Academic Staff : Peter Gallert, M.A. Logic, Media Science, (Leipzig), CCAI (Cisco Certified Academy Instructor), CCNA (Cisco Certified Networking Associate) : Isaak Nhamu, M.Sc., B.Sc. (Computer Science), National Diploma (Technical and Vocational Education) : Katongo Lukwesa, B.Sc. Mathematics, Computer Science (University of Zambia) : Shadreck Chitauro, B.Sc. Computer Science (University of Zimbabwe(UZ)), RedHat Linux Networking and Security(RH253) (TorqueIT Revonia, Johannesburg), Linux Administration and Networking (UZ), Data Communications and Networking(UZ), Cisco Networking Academy (CCNA) (UZ), Windows 2003 Server Administration and Active Directory (UZ) PC Maintenance and Repair (UZ) : Tendai Mataranyika, B.Sc. (Honours) Computer Science, CCNA, CCNP, Linux, Visual Basic, Wimax : Mercy Bere : Fungai Bhunu Shava, M.Sc. Computer Science (UZ), B.Sc. in Computer Science and Mathematics (UZ) 201

DEPARTMENT OF SOFTWARE ENGINEERING Head of Department : Jens Fendler, Dipl.-Inf. (FH) Cum Laude (Wolfenbttel), Inf.-Tech. Secretary : Paulina Nambele Telephone Number : 061- 2072258 Fax Number : 061- 2072475 E-mail : pnambele@polytechnic.edu.na Academic Staff : Dr. Heike Winschiers, Diploma Inform (Hamburg), Dr. rer. nat. : Gereon Koch-Kapuire, B.Tech. (Bus. Comp.), ND (Bus. Comp.) (PoN) : Shilumbe Chivuno-Kuria, B.Sc. Computer Science, Psychology (UNAM) : Wensey Khoases Nat. Diploma (Software Engineering) (PoN) : Michel Onwordi : David Phiri

202

QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED Diploma: Information Technology Bachelor of Information Technology : Business Computing Bachelor of Information Technology : Software Development Bachelor of Information Technology : Systems Administration & Networks Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Software Engineering Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Computer Networking Bachelor of Information Technology Honours: Business Computing Master of Information Technology

CODES 80NDIT 80BSBC 80BSSD 80BSAN 80BHSE 80BHCN 80BHBC 80MIFT

Description Information Technology refers to the skills and knowledge needed to operate computer equipment and applications. Information Technology studies at the Polytechnic of Namibia offer different areas of specialisations as well as different exit levels. The Diploma is being awarded to students who successfully passed all subjects required for the first year of studies and who have mastered the basic skills needed to understand and use the computing environment for business purposes. Beside computer user skills and an introduction to programming, courses also include more general proficiencies, such as English language, Mathematics, Business Management, and Presentation of Projects to an audience. The Diploma is the foundation, upon which the student is able to choose a specialisation for the Bachelor of Information Technology. Bachelor of Information Technology: for those who successfully completed all requirements for the three year degree. The Bachelor of Technology is obtainable after the fourth year of study, in the appropriate programme. It contains a number of courses designed to offer deeper insight into advanced skills in various areas of Information Technology. A requirement is an approved independent project. The fourth year of study permits the student to either work in advanced positions in industry or to apply for Master-level studies. It is expected that students whose knowledge and work experience do not include newer trends, as represented in the latest syllabi for the Bachelor of Information Technology, must acquire such skills on their own prior to attempting courses at the fourth year level. It is strongly recommended that prospective students seek advice and counsel from the Heads of Departments before registering for a particular subject and specialisation, respectively. Special School Assessment Regulations There are situations where assessment of an individual module provided by other schools will supersede assessment regulations. This is reflected in the module / course documentation. Course Evaluation for all courses offered by the School utilising in-course assessment and a Theory Paper and a Practical Paper An in-course mark is determined by continuous evaluation made up of tests and practicals during the semester. Students must have satisfactorily completed to the minimum standard (50 % overall) all practicals and tests during the year to be admitted to the final examination. E.g. a class mark of 50 %. Final Examination consists of two papers: Theory and Practical A sub-minimum of 40 % must be obtained in each paper. The combined examination mark must be at least 50 % overall.

203

In-course mark and examination mark shall be used jointly to determine the final mark in the ratio of 50 % (semester mark) to 50 % (examination mark).

Course Evaluation for all courses offered by the School utilising in-course assessment and a Theory Paper An in-course mark is determined by continuous evaluation made up of tests and assignments during the semester. Students must have satisfactorily completed to the minimum standard (50 % overall) all assignments and tests during the year to be admitted to the final examination. Final examination consists of one Theory paper A sub-minimum of 40 % must be obtained in the examination. In-course mark and examination mark shall be used jointly to determine the final mark in the ratio of 50 % semester mark to 50 % examination mark. Course Evaluation for all courses offered by the School using Continuous Evaluation only The semester mark is determined by continuous evaluation made up of tests and assignments during the year. The course mark is the final mark Students must obtain a 50 % mark to pass the course. Supplementary tests and extensions will be defined within the individual course outline. NB: For all assessments the departmental plagiarism policy applies. DIPLOMA: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (Replacing Old National Certificate in 2008) 80NDIT Admission Requirements Applicants must satisfy the general admission requirements of the Polytechnic. In addition, the following conditions must be met: 1. The applicant must have passed English at the NSSC Ordinary or equivalent level with symbol E or better. 2. The applicant must have passed Mathematics at the NSSC Ordinary or equivalent level with symbol D or better. 3. The applicant must participate in an English placement test at the Polytechnic and qualify for Language in Practice A or higher level. 4. The applicant must participate in an apptituide test at the Polytechnic and achieve a ranking within the number of available places for students in Information Technology. Transitional Arrangements from Old National Certificate to the New Diploma) Since 2008, only the new courses are offered. If a student has not completed National Certificate (old) at the end of 2009 he/she must recommence study in the Bachelor at the level commensurate with the credits carried forward. Old National Certificate Basic Computing Studies Old courses no longer offered Information Technology Project Introduction to Digital Electronics Programming 1A Equivalent Replacement courses ITP0200S Professional Communication IDE111S Operating Systems and Networks ONS110S PRG1A Introduction to Programming IPG120S

204

Students changing to the new National diploma can obtain the following credits: Diploma Current courses Course Operating Systems & Networks Intro to Software Engineering Credit obtainable Old diploma Course

Code

Code ISA110S ISN0200

ONS120S Intro to Systems Administration ISW120S Intro to Systems Analysis CURRICULUM

Semester 1 Course Title Communication Skills Computer User Skills Computer Organisation & Hardware Introduction to Algorithm Design Introduction to Business Management Mathematics for IT 1A Semester 2 Business Ethics & Leadership Introduction to Algorithm Design (If not taken already) Introduction to Programming Introduction to Software Engineering Information Competence Mathematics for IT 1B Operating Systems and Networks Professional Communication

Course Code Prerequisite CSK0420 Language in Practice B CUS411S None COH110S None ADI111S None BMA121S None MIT112S None BEL112S ADI111S IPG120S ISW120S ICT120S MIT122S ONS120S PFC0620 None None Introduction to Algorithm Design Computer Organisation None Mathematics for IT 1A Computer User Skills Communication Skills

205

BACHELOR OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY: BUSINESS COMPUTING

80BSBC

Description Business Computing is a branch of Information Technology that primarily deals with the question of how to use computers and computer programs most effectively for business and general purposes. Therefore, a thorough understanding of the field of business management and accounting is equally important to an excellent ability to use computers efficiently and to the limits of their capabilities. Successful candidates in Business Computing are able to select, implement and manage computer systems cost-efficiently and suitable for the intended use in business. Often, this requires research or knowledge in a wide variety of hardware and software systems (offered by commercial vendors or as open source), and the ability to match that knowledge to the business needs in innovative ways. Admission Requirements Applicants must have passed at least 50 % (rounded down) of the courses of the National Diploma: Information Technology, and must have passed Communication skills. Applicants must complete the Diploma before they can be awarded the Bachelors degree. The HOD may approve exceptions to the entry requirements. Transitional Arrangements from Old to the New Programme Since 2008, only the new courses are offered. Provision will be made to credit the new courses against the replaced or revised old courses for the students to obtain the old diploma until 2009. Students have the opportunity to change registration to the new qualification, namely the Bachelor and will obtain credit on a course-by-course basis. See table: National Diploma Business Computing
Old courses Business Accounting 1A Business Management 2A Introduction to Databases 1A Equivalent Current courses BAC 1100 Business Accounting 1A BAC 1100 BMA 211S Business Operations BSO 221S IDB 110S Introduction to Databases 1A IDB210S Programming 1B PRG120S Procedural Programming PPR210S Statistics 1A SIT111S Statistics 1A SIT11S Computer Hardware CHW110S Computer Hardware CHW121S Applied Software Engineering ASE110S Software Analysis and SED210S Design Introduction to Databases 1B IDB120S Introduction to Databases 1B IDB220S Business Accounting 1B BAC 1200 Business Accounting 1B BAC 1200 Business Management 2B BMA 212S Should be offered until 2009 Object Oriented Technology OOT110S Object Oriented Programming OOP210S Statistics 1B SIT121S Statistics 1B SIT121S Introduction to Web Design IWD110S Web Developmet Fundamentals WDF220S IInternet Server Programming ISP110S Internet Technology and INT220S Internet Programming INP310S Visual Application Development VAD110S User Interface Design UID220S Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Should be offered until 2009 Business Management 3A BMC 311SShould be offered until 2009 Project Management PJM110S Project Management PTM210S Management Information Systems MNS110S Management Information Systems MNS210S Introduction to SAP SAP110S Enterprise Systems Applications ESA310S

Same Revised Same Revised Same Same Restructured Revised Same Phasing Out Revised Same

New Phasing Out Phasing Out Revised Revised New

206

Business Computing Project in Industry

CPI110S

Business Computing CPI320S Project in Industry (6 weeks)

Duration revised

Students wanting to complete the old National Diploma have until 2009 with the above mentioned arrangements. Students changing to the new Bachelor degree can obtain the following credits from the old National Diploma. Bachelor Business Computing
New courses Course Object Oriented Programming Software analysis and design Introduction to Databases 1A Introduction to Databases 1B Management Information Systems Business Accounting 1A Statistics 1A Web Development Fundamentals Electronic Commerce Statistics 1B Business Accounting 1B Business Operations Enterprise Web Application Development Enterprise Systems Applications Process Management Introduction to Marketing & its Environment Project Management Experiential Training Enterprise Systems Technology Commercial Law (IT) Entrepreneurial Skills Code OOP210S SED210S IDB210S IDB220S MNS210S BAC1100 SIT110S WDF220S ELC220S SIT121S BAC1200 BSO221S EWD310S Credit obtainable Old diploma Course Object Oriented Technology Applied Software Engineering Introduction to Databases 1A Introduction to Databases 1B Management Information Systems Business Accounting 1A Statistics 1A Introduction to Web Design Electronic Commerce Statistics 1B Business Accounting 1B Business Management 2A Internet Server Programming

Code OOT110S ASE110S IDB110S IDB120S MNS110S BAC1100 SIT110S IWD110S ELC410S SIT121S BAC 1200 BMA211S ISP110S SAP 110S

ESA310S Introduction to SAP PMT310S None MAR121S PTM210S CPI320S EST320S CML320S ENT321S None Project Management Experiential Training None None None

PJM110S CPI 110S

CURRICULUM Second Year Semester 3 Course Title Object Oriented Programming Software Analysis and Design Management Information Systems Business Accounting 1A Statistics for IT 1A Introduction to Databases 1A Semester 4 Introduction to Databases 1B Electronic Commerce Web Development Fundamentals Business Accounting 1B Business Operations Statistics for IT 1B

Course Code OOP210S SED210S MNS210S BAC1100 SIT111S IDB210S IDB220S ELC220S WDF220S BAC1200 BSO221S SIT121S

Prerequisite(s) None Introduction to Software Engineering None None None Computer User Skills Computer User Skills None Computer User Skills Business Accounting 1A None Statistics for IT 1A

207

Third Year Semester 5 Enterprise Web Application Development Enterprise Systems Applications Process Management Project Management Introduction to Marketing & its Environment Entrepreneurship

EWD310S ESA310S PMT310S PTM210S MAR121S ENT321S

Web Development Fundamentals and Object Oriented Programming Management Information Systems Software Analysis and Design None None None ND: IT Enterprise Systems Applications None

Semester 6 Business Computing Project in Industry CPI320S Enterprise Systems Technology EST320S Commercial Law (IT) CLI320S

NB: The student has to pass all listed courses up to semester 6 and a project in industry has to be passed between semester 3 and 6.

208

BACHELOR OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY: SYSTEMS ADMINISTRATION AND NETWORKS 80BSAN Description Systems Administration and Networks is a branch of Information Technology that concerns itself with the task of establishing and maintaining the technical environment for computer systems with optimal functionality, reliability and security. Information system administrators design, and create computer networks, install and maintain software systems, implement rules and procedures to insure high performance, reliability and round-the-clock availability of service, take responsibility for security both against equipment failure, and against unauthorised intrusion by viruses and hackers, and trouble-shoot arising problems. Successful candidates often rise into middle and upper-level technical management, charged with the responsibility for all computing requirements of an organisation. Admission Requirements Applicants must have passed at least 50% (rounded down) of the courses of the National Diploma: Information Technology, and must have passed Communication Skills. Applicants must complete the Diploma before they can be awarded the Bachelors degree. The HOD may approve exceptions to the entry requirements. Transitional Arrangements from Old to the New Programme Since 2008, only the new courses are offered. Provision will be made to credit the new courses against the replaced or revised old courses for the students to obtain the old diploma until 2009. Students have the opportunity to change registration to the new qualification namely the Bachelor of Systems Administration and Networks and will obtain credit on a course-by-course basis as described in the table below. The table also shows the course equivalence where old course have been revised and/or new ones introduced. Electives A total of six(6) electives are required as follows: three (3) courses from one track and other three (3) from another track. The student should choose 2 tracks from 3 tracks namely: Programming Track, Business track or Databases Track. Students are not allowed to choose more than three (3) courses from any one track. National Diploma Information Systems Administration
Old courses Operating Systems 1A CCNA 1 Equivalent Current courses OPS110S Operating Systems and Networks OSN110S CCN110S Introduction To Computer Networking ICN210S Introduction to Databases 1A IDB110S Introduction to Databases 1A IDB210S Programming 1B PRG120S Procedural Programming PPR210S Project Management(IT) PJM110S Project Management(IT) PTM210S Computer Hardware CHW110S Computer Hardware CHW121S Applied Software Engineering ASE110S Software analysis and design SED210S and SQT110S SQT220S Operating Systems 1B OPS120S Systems Administration SAD110S Systems Administration SAD221S CCNA 2, CCNA3 taken together CCN120S/ Introduction to Routing and CCN130S Switching IRS220S Object Oriented Technology OOT110S Object Oriented Programming OOP210S Introduction to Databases 1B IDB120S Introduction to Databases 1B IDB220S Introduction To Web Design IWD110S Web Development Fundamentals WDF220S CCNA 4 CCN140S Internetworking and WAN Technologies IWT310S

New Revised Revised Revised Revised Same Restructured Revised Revised Revised Revised Revised Revised

209

Management Information Systems Database Programming Internet Server Programming

Management Information MNS110S Systems DBP110S Database Programming ISP110S Internet Technology and Internet Programming Introduction to SAP SAP110S Enterprise Systems Applications Systems Administration Project Systems Administration Project in in Industry IAP110S Industry 15 weeks

MNS210S Revised DBP220S Revised INT220S INP310S ESA310S New IAP320S Revised

Students currently on the old Diploma in Information Systems Administration can change registration to the new Bachelor. In this regard the student would obtain the following credits from the old National Diploma. Bachelor of Information Technology Systems Administration and Networking
Current courses Course Introduction To Systems Administration Introduction to Computer Networking Operating Systems Web Development Fundamentals Management Information System Introduction To Databases 1A Introduction to Routing and Switching Systems Administration Project Management(IT) Object Oriented Programming Introduction To databases 1B Internetworking and WAN Technologies Internet and Intranet Systems Administration Internet Programming Electronic Commerce Database Administration Systems Administration project in Industry (Experiential Learning) Code ISA210S ICN210S OPS210S WDF220S MNS210S IDB210S IRS220S SAD221S PTM210S OOP210S IDB220S IWT310S IIS310S INP310S Credit obtainable Old diploma Course Introduction To Systems Administration CCNA 1 Operating Systems 1Aand 1B Introduction to Web Design Management Information Systems Introduction to Databases 1A CCNA 2 and CCNA 3 Systems Administration Project Management(IT) Object Oriented Technology Introduction To Databases 1B CCNA 4 Code ISA110S CCN110S OPS110S IWD110S MNS110S IDB110S CCN120S CCN130S SAD110S PJM110S OOT110S IDB120S CCN140S ISP110S AIT410S ELC110S DSA410S IAP110S

Internet Server Programming & Advanced Internet Technologies ELC220S Electronic Commerce DSA320S Database Administration Systems Administration project in IAP320S Industry(Experiential Learning)

CURRICULUM Second Year Semester 3 Course Title Course Code Prerequisite(s) Introduction to Systems Administration ISA210S Operating Systems and Networks Introduction to Computer Networking ICN210S Operating Systems and Networks Project Management PTM210S None Electives (Choose 2 tracks) (see notes on electives) Programming Track Object Oriented Programming OOP210S Introduction to Programming Databases Track Introduction to Databases 1A IDB210S Computer User Skills Introduction to Databases 1B IDB220S Computer User Skills Business Track Management Information Systems MNS210S None

210

Semester 4 Operating Systems OPS210S Operating Systems and Networks Introduction to Routing and Switching IRS220S Introduction to Computer Networking Systems Administration SAD221S Introduction to Systems Administration Electives (Choose 2 tracks) (see notes on electives) Programming Track Internet Technology INT220S Object Oriented Programming Databases Track Database Programming DBP220S Introduction to Databases 1B Business Track Web Development Fundamentals WDF220S Computer User Skills Electronic Commerce ELC220S None Semester 5 Internetworking and WAN Technologies IWT310S Introduction to Routing and Switching Systems Administration

Internet and Intranet Systems IIS310S Administration Computer Forensics CFR311S Operating Systems Electives (Choose 2 tracks) (see notes on electives) Programming Track Internet Programming INP310S Internet Technology Business Track Entrepreneurship ENT321S Business Ethics Enterprise Systems Applications ESA310S Management Information System Semester 6 Systems Administration Project in IAP320S ND (IT) Industry (Experiential Learning) Electives (Choose 2 tracks) (see notes on electives): Databases Track Database Administration DSA320S Introduction to Databases 1B Database Programming NB: There are three tracks of electives (Programming, Databases and Business) of which two must be completed in order to graduate. The requirements for completion of each of the tracks are as follows: 1. Programming track: Complete all three courses from this track. 2. Database track: Complete all four courses from this track. 3. Business track: Complete the following combination: (a) Complete Entrepreneurship (ENT321S) (b) Complete one of the following two courses: Enterprise Systems Applications (ESA310S) Electronic Commerce (ELC220S) (c) Complete one more course from this track.

211

BACHELOR OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY: SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT

80BSDM

Description Software Development is a branch of Information Technology that is oriented towards the creation of computer programs for a wide variety of purposes. It is about developing the programs that make computers useful and interesting. The successful software engineer is able to analyse requirement, translate into design suitable for a computing solution, create or program it as a system of software modules, verify its functionality, and implement it for the end-user. The software engineer uses a variety of tools from traditional programming languages to most sophisticated specialised software workbenches and testing tools. In addition to the ability to learn quickly the essential features of an application in any area of client needs, excellent communications and writing skills are equally essential. Successful software engineers also possess a good command of time and project management skills with special regard to managing complex software development efforts. Admission Requirements Applicants must have passed at least 50 % (rounded down) of the courses of the National Diploma: Information Technology, and must have passed Communication skills. The HOD may approve exceptions. Candidates must complete the requirements for the National Diploma before the Bachelor will be awarded. Transitional Arrangements from Old to the New Programme Since 2008 only the new courses are offered. Provision will be made to credit the new courses against the replaced or revised old courses for the students to obtain the old Diploma until 2009. Students have the opportunity to change registration to the new Bachelor and will obtain credit on a course-by-course basis. See tables below: National Diploma Software Engineering
Old courses Introduction to Databases 1A Programming 1B Operating Systems 1A Statistics 1A Computer Hardware Project Management Applied Software Engineering Introduction to Databases 1B Object Oriented Technology Software Engineering 1 Operating System 1B Statistics 1B Introduction to Web Design Internet Server Programming Visual Application Development Software Engineering 2 Database Programming Management Information Systems Introduction to SAP Software Engineering Project in Industry IDB110S PRG120S OPS110S SIT111S CHW110S PJM110S ASE110S IDB120S OOT110S SEN110S OPS120S SIT121S IWD110S ISP110S VAD110S SEN210S DBP110S MNS110S SAP110S SEP110S Equivalence Current courses Introduction to Databases 1A Procedural Programming Operating Systems and Networks Statistics 1 A Computer Hardware Project Management Software Analysis and Design and SQT110S Introduction to Databases 1B Object Oriented Programming Software quality and testing and SED110S Operating Systems Statistics 1B Web Development Fundamentals Internet Technology and Internet Programming User Interface Design Software Engineering 2 Database programming Management Information Systems Enterprise Systems Applications Software Engineering Project in Industry 14 weeks

IDB210S Revised PPR210S Revised ONS110S SIT11S Same CHW121S Same PTM210S Revised SED210S SQT220S Restructured IDB220S Revised OOP210S Revised SQT220S SED210S Restructured OPS210S New SIT121S Same WDF220S INT220S INP310S UID220S New SEN311S Same DBP220S Revised MNS210S Revised ESA310S New Temporary SEP320S arrangement

212

Student wanting to finish of the old National Diploma have 2008 and 2009 with the above mentioned arrangements. Students changing to the new Bachelor can obtain the following credits from the old National Diploma. (The courses marked with an asterisk (*) have no prior equivalence and will have to be done by the student) Bachelor of Information Technology Software Engineering
New courses Course Procedural Programming* Object Oriented Programming Software analysis and design Introduction to Databases 1A Introduction to Databases 1B Project Management Internet Technology* User Interface Design Software quality and testing Database Programming Statistics 1B Internet Programming Software Engineering 2 Database Application Development Process Management* Introduction to Systems Administration Experiential Training Database Administration (Elective) Component Based Development (Elective)*

Credit obtainable
Code OOT110S ASE110S SEN110S IDB110S IDB120S PJM110S

Old diploma Code Course PPR210S OOP210S Object Oriented Technology SED210S Applied Software Engineering and Software Engineering 1 IDB210S Introduction to Databases 1A IDB220S Introduction to Databases 1B PTM210S Project Management INT220S UID220S VAD110S and HID410S SQT220S ASE and SEN110S DBP220S Database Programming SIT121S Statistics 1B INP310S Internet Server Programming, Advanced Internet Technologies SEN311S Software Engineering 2 DBD320S

DBP120S SIT121S ISP110S, AIT410S SEN210S

ISA110S Introduction to Systems Administration ISA110S SEP320S Experiential Training SEP120S DSA220S Database Administration DSA410S CBD320S

CURRICULUM Second Year Semester 3 Course Title Procedural Programming Object Oriented Programming Software Analysis and Design Introduction Databases 1A Introduction to Databases 1B Project Management Semester 4 Internet Technology User Interface Design Software Quality and Testing Database Programming Statistics 1B

Course Code Prerequisite PPR210S Introduction to Programming OOP210S Introduction to Programming SED210S Introduction to Software Engineering IDB210S Computer User Skills IDB220S Computer User Skills PTM210S None INT220S UID220S SQT220S DBP220S SIT121S Object Oriented Programming None Introduction to Software Engineering Introduction to Databases 1B None

213

Third Year Semester 5 Internet Programming Software Engineering 2

INP310S SEN311S

Database Application Development DBD310S Process Management PMT310S Introduction to Systems Administration ISA210S Semester 6 Software Development Project in Industry (Experiential Learning) Electives (choose any two): Database Administration

Internet Technology Software Analysis and Design Software Quality and Testing Project Management Database Programming Computer Organisation & Computer Hardware

SEP320S DSA320S

ND (IT)

Introduction to Databases 1B Database Programming Component Based Development CBD320S Object Oriented Programming Any other course on NQA Level 7 (with appropriate credits) from any other study programme as approved by HOD: SE. NB: The student has to pass all listed courses up to semester 5 and a project in industry has to be passed between semester 3 and 6 as well as 2 electives of choice.

214

SCHOOL OF NATURAL RESOURCES AND TOURISM OFFICE OF THE DEAN Dean Secretary Telephone number Fax number E-mail address Faculty Officer Telephone number Fax number Tutor/Computer Lab Assistant Tutor/Lab Assistant : Lameck Mwewa, LEAD Fellow, M.Sc. Geoinformatics, (ITC, Netherlands), B.Eng. Land Surveying (UNZA) : Sonja Samuels, Bachelor of Technology: Nature Conservation (PoN) : +264 61 2072146 : +264 61 2072196 : ssamuels@polytechnic.edu.na : Vacant : +264 61 2072114 : +264 61 2072401/2113 : David Louw, ND Business Computing (PoN) : Clifford Akashambatwa, ND: Natural Resource Management (Agriculture) (PoN), Post Diploma Certificate: Community-Based Natural Resource Management (PoN)

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE Head of Department : Salomo Mbai, National Diploma Agric. (Neudamm), B.Tech Agric. (Pretoria), B.Agric Hons (UFS), M.Agric (UFS) Secretary : Illony De Voss, Dip. Executive Secretary (PoN) Telephone No. : +264 61 207 2141 Fax No. : +264 61 207 2143 E-mail : agriculture@polytechnic.edu.na Academic Staff : Mogos Teweldemedhin, B.A in Business and Economics-Accouinting, B.Agric. Hons (UFS), M.Agric. (UFS) : Alexander Meroro, M.Sc. (Agric. Dev.) (London) : Lucia Kafidi, M.Sc. (Agric. Ed.) (Oklahoma State) : Ibo Zimmermann, M.Sc. (Pretoria) : Richard Terence Kamukuenjandje, B.Sc. Tropical Agriculture (Kassel) M.Sc. in Ecological Agriculture (Kassel) : Hilma R Amwele, M.Tech. in Agricultural Management (NMU) : Grace Kangueehi, B.Sc. (Agric.) Crop Science (UNAM), M.Sc. (Agric.) Horticulture (Stellenbosch)

215

DEPARTMENT OF NATURE CONSERVATION Head of Department : Willem Jankowitz, H.E.D., Ph.D (UOFS) Secretary : Illony de Voss, Diploma Executive Secretary (PON) Telephone number : +264 61 207 2141 Fax number : +264 61 207 2143 E-mail address : idevoss@polytechnic.edu.na naturecon@polytechnic.edu.na Academic Staff : Louise Theron, B.Sc. (Hons) (Potchefstroom), H.E.D. (UNISA) : Marietjie de Klerk, B.Sc., H.E.D. (UP), B.Ed. (UNISA), M.Sc. (Surrey) : Barbara Curtis, M.Sc. (Zoology) (UCT) : Shirley Bethune, M.Sc. (Limnology)(Rhodes) : Meed Mbidzo, M.Sc. (Resource Conservation Biology) (WITS) : Willem Adank, Dip. Agric. (Neudamm), ND Nature Conservation (TSA), B.Tech Nature Conservation (PoN) : Dave Joubert, M.Sc. (Conservation Biology), H.E.D. (UCT) DEPARTMENT OF HOSPITALITY AND TOURISM MANAGEMENT Head of Department : Joram Ndlovu, Ph.D. (UP), M.Sc. (UZ), B.Ed. (Hons) (Unisa), Adv. Dip (CGLI), Dip. Tech. & Voc. Ed (Hexco) Telephone number : +264 61 207 2556 Fax number : +264 61 207 2356 E-mail address : jndlovu@polytechnic.edu.na Academic Staff : Ms Wanjiru Muhoho, MA Mass Communication (Leicester), BA Vocational Studies Tourism (Delhi), Galileo Trainers Certificate (Galileo), IATA/UFTAA Fares and Ticketing Diploma : Elias Nyakunu, Post Graduate Dip. Tourism Planning (Munich), BA (Makerere), MA (Victor Babes Boylai) : Hendriena Shiyandja, Diploma in Hotel Management (Higher Hotel Institute, Cyprus), B.Tech. Food and Beverage Service Management (Cape Technicon) : Rudolf Imhof, Certificate, Apprenticeship for Chefs (Switzerland) : Surita Schoeman, Dip. Food and Clothing Technology (Pretoria Technicon) : Gerald Cloete, Dip Hotel Management (Utalii College) : Alida Siebert, Bachelor of Arts in Hotel and Restaurant Administration (Washington), Higher Diploma Hotel Management (University Centre Ritz Switzerland), ND: Hotel Management (Johannesburg Hotel School) : Erling Kavita, B.Phil. Tourism Cum Laude (Birmingham), MA Tourism (Birmingham)

216

DEPARTMENT OF LAND MANAGEMENT Head of Department : Charl-Thom Bayer, M.Geoinformatics (ITC), B.Sc. Hons. Surveying (UCT) Telephone Number : 061-207 2121 E-mail Address : cbayer@polytechnic.edu.na Secretary : Ester Nangolo Telephone Number : +264 61 207 2483 Fax Number : +264 61-207 2196 E-mail Address : enangolo@polytechnic.edu.na Deputy Head of Department : Frikkie Louw, M.Env. Dev. LIM (UKZN), National Diploma Surveying (Cape Tech) Academic Staff : Nalumino Akakandelwa, Adv. Dip. Financial Services: Property Finance - Institute of Bankers (South Africa), MPhil: Land Economy (Cambridge), B.Sc. Land Economy (CBU) : Vera de Cauwer, M.Sc. Bioscience Engineering (UG), M.Sc. Tropical Forestry (ENGREF), Ed Degree (UG) : Samuel Hayford, M.Sc. Geo-information Management (ITC), B.Sc. Land Economy (UST) : Amin Issa, M.Sc. GIS for Cadastre (ITC), Post Grad. Dip. GIS Cadastre (ITC), Adv. Dip. LMV (UCLAS) John Kangwa, B.Sc. (Hons) Surveying (East London), M.Sc. Geography (UNZA) : Jacques Korrubel, Masters in Town and Regional Planning (UOFS), B. Admin (Urban Geography) (UOFS) : Nadine Korrubel. Masters Town and Regional Planning (UOFS), BA (Stellenbosch) : Joe Lewis, M.Sc. Geoinformatics, PM GIS (ITC), B.Sc. Survey (UCT), B.Eng. Industrial-Mechanical, (Stellenbosch) : Taruwona Makaza, B.Sc. (Hons) Surveying Engineering (Canada) : Meed Mbidzo, M.Sc. Resource Conservation Biology (WITS), B.Sc. Botany & Zoology (UNAM) : Brian Mhango, M.Sc. (Aberdeen), M.Sc. (Wageningen-Enschede), PG Dipl.(ITC-Enschede), Dipl. Eng. (UNZA). : Alex Mudabeti, M. Geoinformatics, (ITC), The Netherlands, B.Tech., Dipl. Land Management (LIS), Cert. Land Measuring (PoN) : Sebastian Mukumbira, B.Sc. Applied Physics (Hons) (NUST), CCNA : Lameck Mwewa, LEAD Fellow, M.Sc. Geoinformatics, (ITC), B.Eng. Land Surveying (UNZA) : Emma Nangolo, Ph.D. GIS and Database Management (Finland), M.Sc. GID (Durham), B.Sc. Zoology & Botany (UNAM) : Paulus Nashidengo, National Diploma Land Surveying (PoN) : Brand van Zyl, Masters Urban & Regional Planning, M. Environmental Mngt., BA Urban

217

: David Varges, National Diploma Land Surveying (PoN) : Daniel Wyss, Dr. rer. Nat. (FU-Berlin), Diploma in Geography (University of Hannover)

218

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED Diploma in Agricultural Management - Full Time Bachelor of Agricultural Management - Full Time with Intensive Workshops Bachelor of Agricultural Management Honours - Full Time with Intensive Workshops Bachelor of Technology: Agricultural Management - Full Time with Intensive Workshops DIPLOMA IN AGRICULTURAL MANAGEMENT 27DAGR

Functions The diploma section of the programme prepares students to venture into farming or agribusiness, or to become agricultural research or extension technicians to facilitate sustainable development. Modes of Delivery The first 5 semesters of the programme are taken through full time study, four semesters of which are at the Polytechnic of Namibia while one semester is spent on in-service training through a work attachment. Programme Structure The first 5 semesters of the programme consists of 23 semester courses and a semester of inservice training, for the Diploma. The in-service training is run in partnership with establishments where the students gain work experience. The Department of English Communication presents four of the courses. A proficiency test at registration determines which of these modules a student slots in to. SPECIAL REGULATIONS Admission Candidates may be admitted into this qualification if they meet the general Polytechnic of Namibia admission requirements of a Grade 12 certificate at NSSC (or IGCSE) level with at least 25 aggregate points and comply with the following additional requirements: A pass with at least an E-symbol in English at NSSC (or IGCSE) level or HIGCSE level 4 or equivalent, OR placement into an English bridging course through the placement test A pass with at least an E-symbol in Mathematics at NSSC (or IGCSE) or HIGCSE level 4 or equivalent Passes with at least an E-symbol in Agriculture, Biology or Science related subjects. Mature students with a grade 10 certificate or equivalent, or candidates with foreign qualifications, with a pass in Numerical and English Proficiency Tests could be considered Must be medically and physically fit for field work, which forms an integral part of the programme Candidates will be expected to demonstrate proficiency with computers (word processing, spreadsheets, internet use) OR complete a bridging course in basic computer use.

Examination Requirements In line with the general requirements of Senate, the assessment of the students academic performance will be on the basis of a semester mark and examination mark, for Diploma courses.

219

For determining the combined final mark of Diploma courses, the ratio of semester mark to examination mark shall be 70:30 for the agricultural courses of the Diploma program. The semester mark is determined by continuous assessment of a students achievement by means of tests and/or assignments/tutorials/seminars/practicals/projects. A written examination for a course consists of 1 paper of 3 hours. A candidate will gain admission to the examination of a course if s/he attains a semester mark of at least 50 %. The exception amongst the agricultural courses is Basic Computer Use, which has a practical test in place of a written examination. For information about the four English courses presented by the Department of Communication, please see the relevant section of the Prospectus under the School of Communication, Legal & Secretarial Studies. Promotion Policy There are three exit levels for the Bachelor Honours, one at the Diploma, after 5 semesters of full time study, and the other at the Bachelor in Agricultural Management after 7 semesters. The last exit level is after 9 semesters with a Bachelor of Agricultural Management Honours. As in the general regulations, in order to pass, a student shall obtain an overall final mark of at least 50 % per course, with a sub minimum of 40% for the examination. Practicals Apart from weekly practical sessions for most of the Diploma courses, there are also excursions for some of the courses. To qualify for In-service Training, a student must pass all courses from the first to the fourth semester except that a student will be allowed to go for In-service Training if s/he has failed only one course. S/he should however have been admitted to the examination in that course. Exemptions from this rule are subject to the approval of the Board of Studies, but may only be granted under exceptional circumstances. Departmental Rule Students who have passed all the Diploma courses of the previous semesters may not register for a course that is scheduled for a higher year than their current year, so as to avoid conflicts with current courses when on excursions. Students who have to repeat one or more courses may consider registering for a course that is scheduled for a higher year, if it appears likely that the student will be able to cope with all the courses for which that student registers. TRANSITION ARRANGEMENTS FROM OLD TO NEW PROGRAMME NEW COURSES Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 Introduction to Biology Introduction to Biology Introduction to Chemistry OLD COURSES Agricultural Calculations Basic Plant Production, Basic Animal Production Agricultural Science

NB: From 2009, only the new courses will be offered for the new Diploma programme. 1. 2. 3. 4. The 2009 third year students in the old curriculum who wish to complete the old curriculum can do so until 2010. When a student fails a phased out course s/he will be required to take up the new course as per schedule provided above. No retention of semester mark is allowed for phased out courses. For the students that are on the old programme the cut-off date will be the end of 2010 academic year.

220

5.

6.

7. 8. 9.

Current graduates of the National Diploma in Natural Resource Management (Agriculture) will be admitted to the Bachelor in Agriculture programme, and will join the programme in the sixth or seventh semester, however they are required to take Business Accounting 1A as a prerequisite for Financial Management (Agriculture) IV. Three courses (Non-ruminant animal husbandry, Agricultural land management and Agro-ecology) have been removed from the Diploma and are elevated to the Bachelor in Agriculture qualification while two courses Research Methodology (SNRT) and Business Accounting 1A have been added to the Diploma level. It is strongly recommended that prospective students seek advice and counsel from lecturers before registering for a particular subject and specialisation, respectively. Provision will be made to credit the new courses against the replaced or revised old courses for the students to obtain the old diploma until 2010. Students have the opportunity to change registration to the new diploma and will obtain credit on a course-by-course basis. 27DAGR

DIPLOMA IN AGRICULTURAL MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM FIRST YEAR Course Code Semester 1 IBI510S ICA510S BCU110S LBT4003 LIP411S BAC1100 Semester 2 ITM011S SSA120S RSC112S RME410S LPB0320 Course Title Introduction to Biology Introduction to Chemistry Basic Computer Use Agricultural Mechanization Language in Practice Business Accounting 1A Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 Soil Science (Agriculture) Rangeland Science Research Methodology (SNRT) Language in Practice B Prerequisite None None None None None

None Introduction to Chemistry (Co-requisite: Introduction to Mathematics Module 1) Introduction to Biology None Language in Practice

SECOND YEAR Semester 3 SRH2100 Small Ruminant Husbandry RMN211S Rangeland Management AAG2100 Agronomy AEC2100 ACS220S Semester 4 LRH2200 LBT4001 Agricultural Economics Agricultural Statistics

Introduction to Biology Rangeland Science Introduction to Biology & Soil Science Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 (Recommended) Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 Introduction to Biology Language in Practice B

Large Ruminant Husbandry Agricultural Extension

221

HCT3200 CSK0420 ABM322S THIRD YEAR Semester 5 OPT4101

Horticulture Communication Skills Agribusiness Management

Introduction to Biology & Soil Science Language in Practice B Co-requisite: Agricultural Economics

In-Service Training

All courses of the first four semesters, unless only one course has been failed, for which the student obtained admission to the examination.

222

BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL MANAGEMENT

27BAGR

Functions The degree section of the programme not only provides opportunities for continued career education, but also focuses on the attributes that equip high potential entry-level employees with relevant managerial skills. In particular, it concentrates on improved productivity and effective management of agricultural and human resources, and finances. Modes Of Delivery The Bachelor programme is offered in the block-learning mode with intensive workshops, which takes two years, or possibly one year if the student is not employed. Programme Structure The Degree section of the programme comprises of semester courses. There are seven compulsory courses in the sixth semester, with an elective course out of Sustainable Animal Production or Sustainable Plant Production or Community-Based Natural Resource Management. The seventh semester has five compulsory courses, with an elective course out of Principles of Critical Thinking or Professional Communication. There are at least three contact sessions per semester. In addition, those students who have not passed a computer course will need to take Computer User Skills (CUS0100) in order to fulfil the curriculum requirements for the programme. SPECIAL REGULATIONS Admission Candidates for the Bachelor of Agricultural Management may be admitted into this qualification if they have received a National Diploma in Natural Resource Management (Agriculture) from the Polytechnic of Namibia or an equivalent qualification of at least 200 credits, with a pass of at least 60 % overall. For information about the two English courses presented by the Department of Communication, please see the relevant section of the Prospectus under the School of Communication, Criminal Justice and Legal Studies. Examination Requirements In line with the general requirements of Senate, the assessment of the students academic performance will be 100 % continuous assessment for the Bachelor in Agriculture. The combined final mark of Degree courses is determined by continuous assessment of a students achievement by means of tests and/or assignments/oral presentations/practicals/projects. Promotion Policy Students will be admitted into the Bachelor programme if they have completed the Diploma.

223

BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL MANAGEMENT Semester 6 Course Code FTE610S SAM410Y ACM720S PFW0520 MRI321S CURRICULUM Course Title Food Technology Strategic Agribusiness Management Agricultural Marketing Professional Writing Marketing Research and Market Intelligence

27BAGR

Prerequisite None None None Communication Skills Agricultural Economics & Agribusiness Management

Plus either ONE of the following single courses (for the first two listed) or pair (for the last listed) SAP410Y Sustainable Animal Production OR Sustainable Plant Production OR Community-Based Natural Resource Mgt Practical 4 None None None None

CBR410Y BTN004P Fourth Year Semester 7 NRH620S AGE720S ALM620S FMA411A RSO610S

Non-Ruminant Husbandry Agroecology Agricultural Land Management Financial Management (Agriculture) IV Rural Sociology

None None None Business Accounting 1A None Communication Skills Communication Skills

Plus either ONE of the following PCT121S Principles of Critical Thinking OR PFC0620 Professional Communication

224

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY (AGRICULTURAL MANAGEMENT) 70BLAN (OLD PROGRAMME) (Phasing out at the end of 2010 and there will be no new enrollments in 2010) CURRICULUM FIRST YEAR (Not available in 2010) Course Code Course Title Semester 1 ACA110S Agricultural Calculations BCU110S Basic Computer Use BPP110S Basic Plant Production LBT4003 Agricultural Mechanisation LBT1002 Agricultural Science ECM0100 Principles of Language Use Prerequisite None None None None None None (depending on proficiency test)

Semester 2 SSA120S BAP120S RSC112S ECM0200

Soil Science (Agriculture) Basic Animal Production Rangeland Science Language in Practice A

Agricultural Science (Agricultural Calculations recommended) None Basic Plant Production Principles of Language Use

SECOND YEAR (Not available in 2010) Semester 3 SRH2100 Small Ruminant Husbandry RMN211S Rangeland Management AAG2100 Agronomy AEC2100 ACS220S ECM0300 Semester 4 LRH2200 LBT4001 ALM2200 ECM0400 Agricultural Economics Agricultural Statistics Language in Practice B Large Ruminant Husbandry Agricultural Extension Agricultural Land Management Communication Skills

Basic Animal Production Rangeland Science Basic Plant Production & Soil Science None (Agric. Calc. recommended) Agricultural Calculations Language in Practice A Basic Animal Production Language in Practice B Soil Science Language in Practice B

THIRD YEAR (Phasing out at the end of 2010) Semester 5 OPT4101 In-Service Training

All courses of the first four Semesters, unless only one course has been failed, for which the student obtained admission to the examination.

225

Semester 6 ABM322S HCT3200 NRH3200 AAC3200

Agribusiness Management Horticulture Non-Ruminant Husbandry Agroecology

Agricultural Economics Basic Plant Production and Soil Science (Agriculture) Basic Animal Production Rangeland Management and Agricultural Land Management Prerequisite None None None

FOURTH YEAR (Phasing out at the end of 2010) Course CodeCourse Title Compulsory courses FMA411A Financial Management (Agriculture) IV SAM410Y Strategic Agribusiness Management RME410Y Research Methodology (SNRT) Plus either ONE of the following SAP410Y OR PTP411A OR CBR410Y BTN004P Sustainable Animal Production Plant Production IV Community-Based Natural Resource Management Practical 4

None None None None

FIFTH YEAR Compulsory courses AAM410Y Advanced Agribusiness Management RPA101Y Research Project (Agriculture) Related to SAP410Y OR RPA101Y Research Project (Agriculture) OR RPA101Y Research Project (Agriculture)

Research Methodology (SNRT) Research Methodology (SNRT) Related to PTP411A Research Methodology (SNRT) Related to CBR410Y None

Plus continuation of the following, if not yet taken RPA101Y Research Project (Agriculture)

226

DEPARTMENT OF NATURE CONSERVATION QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED National Certificate: Nature Conservation (Techniques) - Full-time National Diploma: Natural Resource Management (Nature Conservation) - Full-time Bachelor of Technology: Nature Conservation - Distance Education Certificate: Community-Based Natural Resource Management - Distance Education Certificate: Namibian Environmental Education - Distance Education Definition The National Certificate: Nature Conservation (Techniques) provides knowledge and skills to pursue a career as Ranger in the field of Nature Conservation. The National Diploma: Natural Resource Management (Nature Conservation) provides knowledge and skills which will allow students, after the successful completion of this programme, to pursue a career as Nature Conservationist, Tour Operator, Information Officer, Resource Manager, Environment Interpretation Officer, Environment Education Officer. The Bachelor of Technology: Nature Conservation focuses on the attributes that will equip high potential entry-level employees with relevant managerial and research skills. In particular, the programme concentrates on improved productivity and effective management of natural and human resources including finances. SPECIAL REGULATIONS Admission Requirements A person may be admitted to the National Diploma for instruction and training if s/he meets the general requirements as decided upon by the Polytechnic of Namibia Senate and complies with the following additional requirements: 1. 2. 3. 4. S/he passed Biology or a biology-related subject for his/her final school certificate; S/he passed English with a D symbol or equivalent at Grade 12 level. S/he is prepared to undergo a selection programme at his/her own risk. S/he is medically fit. Field and physical work form an integral part of this study programme.

Admission to the B.Tech. level of the programme is aimed at individuals who have completed the National Diploma Natural Resources Management in Nature Conservation or related field, with at least one year practical experience and identified high potential for advancement. Examination Requirements In addition to the general requirements of Senate, the assessment of the students academic performance will be on the basis of a semester/year mark and examination mark. Evaluation will be according to the syllabus description for the different courses/practicals. A semester/ year mark of 50 % is required for admission to examinations, where applicable. All courses require a final mark of at least 50 % to pass. For the courses presented for the certificate and diploma by the Department of Nature Conservation, continuous evaluation, both theoretical and practical, contributes 70 % to the final mark. A written examination of three hours (one paper) contributes 30 % to the final mark. The proportion of overall marks allocated to theory and to practical will correlate with the proportion of time allocated to each.

227

For the theory courses presented for Bachelor of Technology, written assignments contribute 20 % to the final mark. A written examination contributes 80 % to the final mark. The courses: Language in Practice B and Communication Skills presented by the Department of Communication will be evaluated according to the evaluation criteria of that department.

Promotion Policy In addition to the general regulations of Senate, in order to pass, a student shall obtain an overall final mark of at least 50 % per course with a sub-minimum of 40 % for the examination where applicable. Practicals The student must undergo compulsory in-service training in the third and sixth semesters of the programme. A student will not be allowed to do both in-service training sessions in the same year, or consecutively. B.Tech. students (year four and five) must pass the practical evaluation at the end of such practical session with a minimum of 50 %. Students are responsible for their own travel and accommodation costs. A fee is payable for meals, if provided by the institution. In view of the prerequisites for practical sessions, students must register for Plant Studies IV (Module A), Resource Management IV (Module A), Conservation Management and Research Methodology in the same year. Prerequisites The prerequisites for in-service training can be found in course codes and prerequisites below. Any exceptions to this rule are subject to the approval of Senate. Students should have at least a code 8 drivers license before going on the second in-service training. CURRICULUM NATIONAL CERTIFICATE: NATURE CONSERVATION (TECHNIQUES) YEAR 1 Semester 1 Course Code LPB0320 PID110S NAT5001 NCT110S Semester 2 NCT120S NCT130S NAT5002 RGB111N NCA110S CSK0420 27CNAT

Course Title Language in Practice B Plant Identification Nature Conservation Administration Nature Conservation Techniques (Module A) Nature Conservation Techniques (Module B) Nature Conservation Techniques (Module C) Law Enforcement Computer Usage Nature Conservation Calculations Communication Skills

Prerequisite Language in Practice None None None

None None None None None Language in Practice B

228

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: NATURE CONSERVATION YEAR 1 Semester 1 Course Code NAT0100 NAT5100 RGB111N NCA110S LPB0320 NAT1100 Semester 2 NAT0200 NAT5200 NAT5002 NAT1200 NAT4100 CSK0420 YEAR 2 Semester 3 OPT4001 CURRICULUM Course Title Animal Studies 1 Plant Studies 1 Computer Usage Nature Conservation Calculations Language in Practice B Nature Conservation Ecology 1 Animal Studies 2 Plant Studies 2 Law Enforcement Nature Conservation Ecology 2 Nature Conservation Techniques 1 Communication Skills Prerequisite None None None None Language in Practice None

27BNAT

Animal Studies 1 None None Nature Conservation Ecology 1 None Language in Practice B

In-Service Training

Nature Conservation Techniques 1 PLUS any 5 of the following: Animal Studies 1 Animal Studies 2 Plant Studies 1 Plant Studies 2 Nature Conservation Ecology 1 Nature Conservation Ecology 2 Animal Studies 2 Nature Conservation Ecology 2 Language in Practice B Nature Conservation Ecology 2 Nature Conservation Techniques 1 Plant Studies 2 Nature Conservation Techniques 2 None Animal Studies 3 & Nature Conservation Ecology 3 None

Semester 4 NAT0300 NAT2100 MEE221S NAT1300 NAT4200 YEAR 3 Semester 5 NAT5300 NAT4300 NAT6003 NRM210S NAT5001

Animal Studies 3 Environmental Conservation Development Methodology of Environmental Education Nature Conservation Ecology 3 Nature Conservation Techniques 2

Plant Studies 3 Nature Conservation Techniques 3 Aquatic Ecosystem Management Natural Resource Management Nature Conservation Administration

229

Semester 6 OPT4002

In-Service Training

All courses of the first five semesters must have been passed, or examination admission obtained. Exceptions may be approved by the Departmental Board. None None None None None

YEAR 4* RGB111N Computer Usage Compulsory courses PSO411Z Plant Studies IV (Module A) RMM451U Resource Management IV (Module A) REM531Z Research Methodology CVM112Y Conservation Management Practical Component SEM171N Seminar PRO101N Research Project BTN001P Practical 1 BTN002P Practical 2 YEAR 5* PSO421Y FMN451Z Plant Studies IV** (Module B) Financial Management I (Nature Conservation) POM191R Management Principles I (Nature Conservation) And any ONE of the following: RMM461T Resource Management IV** (Module B) CBR410Y Community-Based Natural Resource Management Practical Component BTM003P Practical 3 BTN004P Practical 4 (Optional) *

Plant Studies IV (Module A) None None Resource Management IV (Module A) None None None

Tuition for the fourth and the fifth year will be offered through the distance education mode only and will extend over two academic years. ** Oral Examination

230

CERTIFICATE: COMMUNITY-BASED NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

27CNRM

Definition This certificate focuses on the attributes that will equip high potential entry-level practitioners of community-based natural resource management with relevant managerial and research skills. The study programme concentrates on improved productivity and effective management of natural and human resources. Admission Requirements Any person may be admitted to this study programme if s/he is in possession of a diploma/ degree in the field of Natural Resources Management (Nature Conservation, Agriculture, Land Management and/or any other related field). Examination Requirements A year mark of 50 % is required for admission to examinations where applicable. All courses require a final mark of at least 50 % to pass. Curriculum Tuition will be offered through the distance education mode and will extend over one academic year. The CBNRM course offered in the Bachelor of Technology (Nature Conservation and Agricultural Management) programmes is the same as for this certificate and the course will run concurrently as one course. Practical Students must pass the practical evaluation at the end of the practical session with a minimum of 50%. The practical session will be for more or less one week (face-to-face). Students are responsible for their own travel and accommodation costs. A fee is payable for meals, if provided by the institution. CERTIFICATE: COMMUNITY-BASED NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM Course Code CBR410Y BTN004P PRO101N Course Title Community Based-Natural Resource Management Practical 4 Project Prerequisite None None None 27CNRM

231

NAMIBIAN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION CERTIFICATE

27NEEC

Definition This certificate is an introductory Environmental Education (EE) study programme for adults who wish to know more about applying environmental education in their community or work. The NEEC is most valuable to people who are involved with EE and those who intend to become involved in EE. The NEEC is a competence-based study programme and therefore aims to help students develop practical, foundational and reflexive competencies. Admission Requirements There are no minimum qualifications needed to join the study programme, however participants must be proficient in spoken and written English. In addition, a pre-course assignment is a requirement along with the application. Preference for selection will be given to those people who have firm links with environmental education, either in a community or work context. Assessment Requirements Assessment will be continuous and outcomes-based. Students need to continually reflect on their participation and professional development. Assessment is done through a review of: * Draft and final versions of written assignments; * Group work and presentations; and, * A portfolio of work. Evidence of learning will be obtained from students assignments, participation in group settings and critical self-reflection. Tuition And Delivery Mode Tuition will be offered through the distance education mode and will extend over one academic year. Students need to attend four compulsory face-to-face contact sessions/vacation schools. Students are further encouraged to form study groups with fellow participants in the same region. Within study groups, students will do group activities and support each others learning. NAMIBIAN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION CERTIFICATE CURRICULUM Course Code OEM101Y DIE101Y EEA101Y Course Title Our Environment: Issues, risks and responses Developing, implementing and evaluating environmental education curriculum, programmes and resources Environmental education approaches: theory and practice Prerequisite None None None 27NEEC

232

DEPARTMENT OF HOSPITALITY AND TOURISM MANAGEMENT QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED National Technical Certificate: Food and Beverage Operations (Full Time only) National Technical Certificate: Rooms Division Operations (Full Time only) National Certificate: Food and Beverage Operations (Full Time only) National Certificate: Rooms Division Operations (Full Time only) National Diploma: Hospitality Management (Full Time only) Bachelor of Hospitality Management (Distance Education Mode ONLY) National Certificate: Travel and Tourism Operations (Full Time only) National Diploma: Travel and Tourism Management (Full Time only) Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management (Distance Education Mode ONLY) BACHELOR OF HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT 27BHMN

Admission Requirements Applicants must be able to express a special interest in hospitality management. No specific skills other than those at grade 12 are required, but a D pass in English at NSSC Ordinary level is recommended. Knowledge of subjects such as Accounting and Mathematics; as well as some experience in hospitality would help in the programme. Candidates may also be admitted to this programme if they meet the General Admission Requirements of the Polytechnic of Namibia. (Please refer to the General Admission Requirements in the Prospectus.) Assessment Strategies The methods of assessment selected are a combination of individual and group assessment modes and are aimed at both continuous and terminal assessment. They are structured to facilitate individual inquiry, group dynamics and team-building, analytical discussion and applied knowledge. To these ends the programme uses several types of assessment. These include: Formative assessment: Measures e.g. presentation, project work, case-studies; practical exercises and laboratory work which provide information that will indicate to the individual student his/her progress to date. Summative assessment: Measures students performance or level of achievement at the end of a sequence of study. Most commonly, this will take the form of the end of term and terminal examinations. The semester mark is determined by continuous evaluation of a students achievement by means of tests and/or assignments/seminars/practicals/tutorials. Each course is evaluated on its own at the end of the course as stipulated in the syllabus. The evaluation will be either theoretical or practical or a combination thereof. In order for students to qualify for In-Service Training (industrial attachment) all courses of the first semester (for National Technical Certificate) and five semesters of (the Diploma level) must be passed, except that a student will be allowed to register for In-service training if s/he has failed only one course. For courses with a practical component, practical tests account for 60 % while theory accounts for 40 % of semester mark. Courses that have an examination component, a sub-minimum of 50 per cent semester mark should be obtained to gain exam entrance. Practical and in-service training count for 60 per cent of the final mark and theory counts for 40 per cent of the final mark.

233

In-service Training and Applied Projects are assessed through continuous evaluation. The In-service training 1 and 3 are executed in industry (off campus), following the Polytechnic In-service training regulations. All Applied Projects and the Hospitality research project are executed both on and off campus, under the supervision of the Hospitality and Tourism Department staff and mainly focuses on observation, data collection, processing, analysis, interpretation and write up. Notification A prescribed uniform is compulsory for all Hospitality and Tourism students and must be worn for the duration of their studies. The prescribed uniform will be supplied at a fee of N$2400.00 that is payable directly after registration. A detailed description of the uniform requirements can be obtained from the Department of Hospitality and Tourism. The internship requirements of Hospitality students should be noted as 25 hours per week subject to business volume. NATIONAL TECHNICAL CERTIFICATE: FOOD AND BEVERAGE OPERATIONS 27CFBO

Definition The one-year National Technical Certificates provide knowledge and skills that enable students to gain employment at entry level in the hotel and catering industry. They are designed for students who seek immediate employment in the industry. The programme covers a spectrum of courses. The emphasis is on technical skills and quality delivery of customer service. This is supported by practical knowledge of food production and food and beverage service. Practical training is strongly supported by a well equipped training kitchen as well as a commercial kitchen at the Polytechnic Hotel School. In addition, the students are expected to complete 42 credit hours of internship in a hospitality enterprise. This provides them with hands-on training in a real life situation and thus prepares them adequately for employment as junior cooks, bar tenders, or food and beverage servers. CURRICULUM YEAR 1 Semester 1 Course Code IHT110S FPT110S SSF1100 FBS110S CSH110S Semester 2 HFB120S

Course Title Introduction to Hospitality and Tourism Industry Food Production Theory and Practice Safety, Security and First Aid Food and Beverage Service Customer Service in hospitality Industry Hotel Practice (Industry Attachment) (Food and Beverage Operations)

Prerequisites None None None None None

Food Production

234

NATIONAL TECHNICAL CERTIFICATE: ROOMS DIVISION OPERATIONS

27CRDO

Definition National Technical Certificate in Rooms Division Operations: The programme covers a spectrum of courses. The emphasis is on technical skills and quality delivery of customer service. This is supported by practical knowledge of House Keeping and Laundry Service, Front Office Operations and Hotel Information Systems. Practical training is strongly supported by the Polytechnic Hotel School with accommodation facilities, a front office equipped with modern reservation systems, a laundry and conference facilities. The Hotel School is also equipped with a computer laboratory offering students hotel reservations training programs. In addition, the students are expected to complete 42 credit hours of internship in a commercial hospitality enterprise. This provides them with hands-on training in a real life situation and thus prepares them adequately for employment as front office, house keeping and customer service personnel. CURRICULUM YEAR 1 Semester 1 Course Code IHT110S HKL110S SSF1100 FOO220S BIS311S CSH110S Semester 2 HRD120S

Course Title Introduction to Hospitality and Tourism Industry House Keeping and Laundry Safety, Security and First Aid Front Office Operations Basic Hotel Information Systems Customer Service in the Hospitality Industry Hotel Practice (Industry Attachment) (Rooms Division Operations)

Prerequisite None None None None None None Food Production

235

BACHELOR OF HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT

27BHMN

Definition The programme comprises of a series of courses leading to specific competencies and has multiple exit points that include: National Certificate in either Food and Beverage Operations or Rooms Division Operations National Diploma in Hospitality Management Bachelor of Hospitality Management. The programme includes all courses covered in the first semester of the National Technical Certificates depending on the option a student may select. At this level apart from emphasis on technical skills and quality delivery of customer service, there is also an emphasis on written and verbal communication skills, basic computer and accounting skills. The students are therefore expected to take additional courses in English language, a foreign language, Business Accounting, and Computer Skills. In addition, the student must complete 11.2 credit hours of hotel practice at the commercial sector of the Hotel School. The hotel practice exposes students to real life situations and thus prepares them for employment should they wish to exit at this level. The major outcomes of the National Certificates are the same as those of the national technical certificates. The students are however expected to demonstrate adequate communication skills in handling everyday on the job situations when interacting with visitors; have a fair accounting ability, and show capacity to multi-task. The National Diploma qualification builds on the National Certificate in Food and Beverage Operations and National Certificate in Rooms Division. In the second year of their study, in the third semester the students are expected to complete all major courses within the two options; i.e. if a student has achieved a National Certificate in Food and Beverage Operations s/he must complete the major courses in Rooms Division Operations. At the Bachelors level, the students are exposed to higher analytical skills and knowledge within the management domain. Focus is on service organisation. Courses such as Strategic Management, Hospitality Operations Management, Human Resources Management, Strategic Marketing, Developing and Managing Small Properties, Financial Management and Research provide students in their final year with an opportunity to examine and be challenged by theories and practices impacting on middle to high-level managers. The programme is aimed at equipping students with the necessary advanced knowledge, expertise and strategic skills necessary for upper-level managerial jobs, such as hotel general managers and divisional managers. The students may also opt to develop and run their own hospitality businesses. CURRICULUM YEAR 1 (FOOD AND BEVERAGE OPERATIONS) Semester 1 Course Code Course Title IHT110S Introduction to Hospitality and Tourism Industry FPT110S Food Production Theory and Practice FBS110S Food and Beverage Service CSH110S Customer Service in Hospitality Industry LPB0320 Language in Practice B

Prerequisite None None None None Language in Practice A

236

Plus any ONE of the following languages: GER110S Basic German 1A BAF111S Basic French 1A BAP111S Basic Portuguese 1A BAS111S Basic Spanish 1A Semester 2 HFB120S Course Work: CSK0420 HTA110S RGB111N Hotel Practice (PON) (Food and Beverage Operations) Communication Skills Introduction to Hospitality and Tourism Accounting Computer Usage

None None None None Food Production

Language in Practice B None None Basic German 1A Basic French 1A Basic Portuguese 1A Basic Spanish 1A

Plus any ONE of the following languages: GER120S Basic German 1B BAF112S Basic French 1B BAP112S Basic Portuguese 1B BAS112S Basic Spanish 1B YEAR 1 (ROOMS DIVISION OPERATIONS) Semester 1 Course Code Course Title IHT110S Introduction to Hospitality and Tourism Industry HKL110S House Keeping and Laundry FOO220S Front Office Operations BIS311S Basic Hotel Information Systems CSH110S Customer Service in the Hospitality Industry LPB0320 Language in Practice B Plus any ONE of the following languages GER110S Basic German 1A BAF111S Basic French 1A BAP111S Basic Portuguese 1A BAS111S Basic Spanish 1A Semester 2 HRD120S CSK0420 HTA110S RGB111N Hotel Practice (PON) (Rooms Division Operations) Communication Skills Introduction to Hospitality and Tourism Accounting Computer Usage

Prerequisite None None None None None Language in Practice A None None None None Food Production Language in Practice B None None Basic German 1A Basic French 1A Basic Portuguese 1A Basic Spanish 1A

Plus any ONE of the following languages: GER120S Basic German 1B BAF112S Basic French 1B BAP112S Basic Portuguese 1B BAS112S Basic Spanish 1B 237

YEAR 2 Semester 3: HKL110S FOO220S BIS311S MAR110S EMN201S PFW0520 Semester 3: FPT110S FBS110S MAR110S EMN201S PFW0520

For those with National Certificate in Food and Beverage Operations House Keeping and Laundry None Front Office Operations None Basic Hotel Information Systems None Marketing 1 (Hotel and Tourism) None Events Management None Professional Writing Communication Skills For those with National Certificate in Rooms Division Operations Food Production Theory and Practice None Food and Beverage Service None Marketing 1 (Hotel and Tourism) None Events Management None Professional Writing Communication Skills

Semester 4: Common Core Courses One of the following: HFB120S Hotel Practice (PON) (Food and Beverage Operations) OR HRD120S Hotel Practice (PON) (Rooms Division Operations)

Pass in all major courses (exceptions may be allowed if students have failed one course only) Pass in all major courses (exceptions may be allowed if students have failed one course only) None Introduction to Hospitality and Tourism Accounting

Course Work HRM110S FCT2400 YEAR 3 Semester 5 Code RDM2400 FBM3500 HTL310S SMS310S PFC0620 SSF1100 Semester 6 HMP320S

Human Resource Management 1 (Hotel & Tourism) Financial Control 1

Course Title Rooms Division Management Food and Beverage Management Hospitality and Tourism Law Supervisory and Management Skills Professional Communication Safety, Security and First Aid Hotel Management Practice (Industrial Attachment)

Prerequisite None None None None Communication Skills None

Pass in all major courses (exceptions may be allowed if students have failed one course only)

238

YEAR 4 (Tuition for the fourth year will be offered through the Distance Education mode only.) Semester 7 Code Course Title Prerequisite RME410S Research Methodology None HOM410S Hospitality Operations Management Rooms Division Management/Food & Beverage Management SMH410S Strategic Management in Hospitality None and Tourism MHR410S Managing Human Resources in Human Resource Management 1 Hospitality & Tourism Organisations (Hospitality and Tourism) Semester 8 FMH420S Financial Management for Hospitality Financial Control 1 and Tourism DMH420S Developing and Managing Small Rooms Division Management & Hospitality Property Food and Beverage Management & Strategic Mgt. In Hospitality and Tourism & Mgt. Human Resources in Hospitality and Tourism SHT420S Strategic Marketing for Hospitality Marketing 1 (Hotel & Tourism) and Tourism HRP420S Hospitality Research Project Research Methodology

239

BACHELOR OF TRAVEL AND TOURISM MANAGEMENT

27BTTM

Definition The Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management programme is designed to prepare graduates for self-employment or professional careers in public and private sector organisations concerned with tourism. The core courses provide the knowledge and basic skills required in the broad business environment, while the management stream extends and reinforces these foundations as they apply in the operation of small and medium sized establishments. The tourism stream provides a more industry-specific focus for the content provided in the business subjects, and uses an interdisciplinary approach, which views tourism as a form of human behaviour as well as a business interest. The programme is intended to provide students with a holistic understanding of the elements of travel and tourism within the social, economic and cultural fabric of society, appreciation of the relationships among the various elements of the industry, as well as the ability to apply appropriate evaluative and management strategies to situations involving travel and tourism. Students on both the Diploma and Degree programmes follow the same course of study in the first three years. Admission Requirements Prospective students must be able to express a special interest in tourism development. The Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management Degree is a four-year academic programme, with the following exit points: National Certificate in Travel and Tourism Operation National Diploma in Travel and Tourism Management Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management No specific skills other than those at grade 12 are required, but a D in English at Ordinary level is recommended. Knowledge of subjects such as History, Geography, Accounting and Mathematics would help in the programme. Candidates may also be admitted to this programme if they meet the General Admission Requirements (Please refer to the General Admission Requirements in the Prospectus). Holders of the current National Diploma in Travel and Tourism will be admitted to the Bachelor Degree Programme. However, such students are required to do Professional Communication if they have not done so before completion of the Bachelor programme. Assessment Strategies The methods of assessment selected are a combination of individual and group assessment modes and are aimed at both continuous and terminal assessment. They are structured to facilitate individual inquiry, group dynamics and team-building, analytical discussion and applied knowledge To these ends, this Programme uses several types of assessment. These include: Formative assessment: Measures e.g. project work, presentation, case-studies, practical exercises and laboratory work which provide information that will indicate to the individual student his/her progress to date. Summative assessment: Measures students performance or level of achievement at the end of a sequence of study. Most commonly, this will take the form of the end of term and terminal examinations.

240

Increasingly, both formative and summative assessments are being administered in an integrated format. This allows for the strengthening of linkages between courses, as well as minimising unnecessary duplication of workload for the individual student. The semester mark is determined by continuous evaluation of a students achievement by means of tests and/or assignments/seminars/practicals/tutorials. Each course is evaluated on its own at the end of the course as stipulated in the syllabus. The evaluation will be either theoretical or practical or a combination thereof. In order for students to qualify for In-Service Training (Tourism Practice) all courses of the five semesters must be passed, except that a student will be allowed to register for In-service training if s/he has failed only one course. For courses that have an examination component, a sub-minimum of 50 per cent semester mark should be obtained to gain exam entrance. During the third year (final year of the Diploma Programme) practical and in-service training count for 60 per cent of the final mark and theory counts for 40 per cent of the final mark. In-service Training (5 months): The programme includes a mandatory period of industry-based work experience, which contributes to the continuous process of the personal development of the student and represents a key aim of the course. In-service Training periods will be formally structured and evaluated on a continuous assessment basis and will contribute towards qualifications and the award of the Diploma in Travel and Tourism Management. In-service Training and Applied Projects are assessed through continuous evaluation. The In-service training is executed in industry (off campus), following the Polytechnic In-service training regulations. All Applied Projects and the Tourism Project are executed both on and off campus, under the supervision of the Hospitality and Tourism Department staff and mainly focusing on observation, data collection, processing, analysis, interpretation and write up (Guidelines in reference to the DACUM recommendations). Notification A prescribed uniform is compulsory for all Hospitality and Tourism students and must be worn for the duration of their studies. The prescribed uniform will be supplied at a fee of N$ 2400.00 that is payable directly after registration. A detailed description of the uniform requirements can be obtained from the Department of Hospitality and Tourism.

241

BACHELOR OF TRAVEL AND TOURISM MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM YEAR 1 Semester 1 Course Code Course Title TOG111S Tour Guiding 1 IHT110S Introduction to Hospitality & Tourism Industry LPB0320 Language in Practice B Plus any ONE of the following languages: GER110S Basic German 1A BAF111S Basic French 1A BAP111S Basic Portuguese 1A BAS111S Basic Spanish 1A Semester 2 RGB111N Computer Usage TOG211S Tour Guiding 2 EDT120S Economic Development of the Tourism Industry HTA110S Introduction to Hospitality and Tourism Accounting CSK0420 Communication Skills Plus any ONE of the following languages: GER120S Basic German 1B BAF112S Basic French 1B BAP112S Basic Portuguese 1B BAS112S Basic Spanish 1B YEAR 2 Semester 3 MAR110S EMN201S ENT201S PRT201S PFW0520

27BTTM

Prerequisite None None Language in Practice A None None None None None Tour Guiding 1 None None Language in Practice B Basic German 1A Basic French 1A Basic Portuguese 1A Basic Spanish 1A

Marketing 1 (Hotel & Tourism) Event Management Entrepreneurship Public Relations for Tourism Professional Writing

None None None Communication Skills Communication Skills None None Introduction to Hospitality & Tourism Accounting None None Communication Skills

Plus any ONE of the following: TOO210S Tourism Operations TTP111S Travel Theory & Practice 1 Semester 4 FCT2400 Financial Control 1 HRM110S UTO220S PFC0620 Human Resources Management 1 (Hospitality & Tourism) Urban Tourism Professional Communication

242

And any ONE of the following: TDM202S Tourism Destination Management 2 TTP211S Travel Theory & Practice 2 YEAR 3 Semester 5 SMS310S TLE310S HTL310S SSF1100

Tourism Operations Travel Theory & Practice 1

Supervisory Management Skills Tourism & Local Economic Development Hospitality & Tourism Law Safety, Security and First Aid

None None None None Tourism Destination Management 2 Travel Theory & Practice 2 Pass in all major courses (exceptions may be allowed if students have failed one course only)

And any ONE of the following: TDM310S Tourism Destination Management 3 TTP311S Travel Theory & Practice 3 Semester 6 TIS311S In-Service Training

YEAR 4 (Tuition for the fourth year will be offered through the Distance Education mode only.) Semester 7 RME410S Research Methodology SMH410S Strategic Management in Hospitality & Tourism TPP410S Tourism Policy & Planning MHR410S Managing Human Resources in Hospitality & Tourism Organisations Semester 8 EPM420S Ecotourism Planning & Management FMH420S Financial Management in Hospitality & Tourism SHT420S Strategic Marketing in Hospitality & Tourism TRP420S Tourism Research Project None None None Human Resources Management 1 (Hospitality & Tourism) None Financial Control 1 Marketing 1 (Hotel & Tourism) Research Methodology

243

DEPARTMENT OF LAND MANAGEMENT QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED Certificate in Land Surveying National Certificate in Land Use Planning National Certificate in Geo-Information Technology National Diploma in Land Use Planning National Diploma in Geo-Information Technology Bachelor of Technology in Land Management Bachelor in Geo-Information Technology Master in Integrated Land Management New Qualifications offered as of 2010 Certificate in Land Administration Diploma in Geomatics Diploma in Property Studies Diploma in Land Administration Bachelor of Science in Geomatics Bachelor of Property Studies Bachelor of Land Administration Old Qualifications to be phased out as of 2010 (The old qualifications will be completely phased out in 2014) National Certificate in Land Valuation and Estate Management National Certificate in Land Management and Registration National Diploma in Land Management and Registration National Diploma in Land Surveying Special Admission Requirements Candidates may be admitted to the Land Management programmes if they meet the General Polytechnic admission requirements of at least 25 aggregate points in 5 subjects, and comply with the following conditions: Must hold at least a Grade 12 certificate at NSSC (Ordinary) level with passes in English and Mathematics with minimum D symbols. Physics and Geography are highly recommended. Placement in Language in Practice B according to the English Proficiency Test. Students who only gain entry into Language in Practice A may also be admitted, but will be required to advance to Language in Practice B before their third year of study. Mature age applicants and applicants with foreign qualifications may be considrered for admission. Must be medically and physically fit for fieldwork, which forms an integral part of the programme. Must be able and be prepared to attend classes on full-time basis. Must meet the programme-specific requirements as listed in the subsequent description of the various programmes. Important Note: Meeting the above-mentioned qualifications does not automatically guarantee admission to the respective programmes. If the number of (formally) qualified applicants exceeds the (limited) number of available places for the new programme intake, the best applicant will be selected in a step-by-step procedure. On the basis of the data of the

244

formal application for a programme, a number of potential students will be selected for a preselection process which takes place just before the registration. Depending on the number of applicants and the requirements of the respective programme, this pre-selection may consider the respective final school results only or may (additionally) include a written pre-selection test or an interview. Applicants from abroad and Mature Age applicants will be selected based on a separate procedure. Assessment Depending on the respective contents and characteristics of the course, the performance of the students is assessed either by a semester mark plus an (end-of-semester) final examination mark or by continuous assessment. The semester mark is based on a minimum of two written tests which may be complemented by additional tests and/or other assessments such as assignments, practicals, projects etc. Unless specified otherwise, an average of 50 % must be achieved in the semester mark to be admitted to the final examination. The final examination at the end of the semester consists of a written examination of either two or three hours. Unless specified otherwise, the semester mark is weighted with 40 % and the final examination mark counts for 60 %. If a course is assessed on the basis of continuous assessment, the course mark of 100 % is based on a series of assessments which may include: test, assignments, projects, reports etc. In this case, no final examination is written. The assessment details for each course are specified in the respective Course Outline which is given and explained to the students at the beginning of the semester. PROPERTY STUDIES PROGRAMMES (Offered FULL-TIME only) Definition Real property is described as the earth, the land and all natural and man-made hereditaments (things capable of being inherited such as land and buildings) found permanently attached thereto. Real property marries the legal concept of ownership with physical description of real estate and can be further defined as that bundle of rights in property including possession, control, enjoyment, disposition and others that enhance the inheritable ownership of the land and everything permanently affixed to it. (Minnie Lush and David Sirota 2003). The primary aim of the National Diploma and Bachelor of Property Studies programmes is to train and produce graduates employable respectively at the technical and professional levels of the property industry. The graduates of the programme will be equipped with skills in advanced property valuation methods, facilities managerial competence of buildings and be capable of making sound and well-informed judgments regarding relevant legislation. It focuses on a comprehensive and analytical understanding of property valuation, property management, property investment and finance and develops the knowledge and skills to evaluate and manage real property. These programmes also aim at developing capacity and human resource need of Namibia in the real estate sector to facilitate the implementation of the Namibian Land Reform Programme. Graduates are employed as assistant valuers in central and local government property offices and a variety of private businesses. The degree programme offers graduates who have successfully completed their National Diploma studies in Land Valuation and Estate Management, or any other equivalent National

245

Diploma, the opportunity to pursue a degree qualification programme in the property profession at the Polytechnic of Namibia. QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED Diploma in Property Studies Bachelor of Property Studies Honours DIPLOMA IN PROPERTY STUDIES 27DPRS

Admission Requirements The applicant must have passed Grade 12 and must meet the general Polytechnics admission requirements of at least 25 aggregate points in five subjects and comply with the following additional requirements: Must have obtained good passes in English and Mathematics with minimum D symbols at NSSC (Ordinary) level. Candidates may be admitted into any level (module) of Language in Practice but would be required to advance to Communication Skills by Year 3 Semester 5 if they wish to complete the National Diploma in Property Studies. A pass in Geography with minimum D symbol is highly recommended. Proof of competence in basic computer usage (for exemption from taking Computer Usage). Mature age applicants and applicants with foreign qualifications may be considrered for admission. CURRICULUM Course Code Year 1 Semester 1 RGB111N MMS110S LPB0320 PEC111S Semester 2 BCS120S VAL120S PDM120S LEC120S Year 2 Semester 3 PPM610S CML111S UBE510S VAL210S ILP510S Course Title Computer Usage Mathematics & Statistics Language in Practice B Principles of Economics 1A Prerequisites None None Language in Practice A None

Building Construction & Services Valuation 1 Property Development & Marketing 1 Land Economics

None Principles of Economics 1A & Mathematics and Statistics None Principles of Economics 1A

Property Management Commercial Law 1A Urban Economics Valuation 2 Introduction to Land Use Planning and Management

Building Construction & Services None Principles of Economics 1A Valuation 1 None

246

Semester 4 PFN120S GES512S LLA520S IDB220S Year 3 Semester 5 REP610S PDM220S CSK0420 Semester 6 IVE320S

Property Finance 1 Geographic Information Systems 1 Law for Land Administration 1 Introduction to Databases 1B

None Computer Usage Commercial Law 1A Computer Usage

Real Estate Practice 1 Property Development & Marketing 2 Communication Skills (Diploma only) In-Service Training

Property Management, Property Finance 1 & Valuation 2 Property Development & Marketing 1 Language in Practice B

Real Estate Practice 1. Not allowed to repeat or attend classes Full Time) more than 1 course while doing InService Training. 27BPRS

BACHELOR OF PROPERTY STUDIES HONOURS

Admission Requirements The applicant must have passed Grade 12 and must meet the general Polytechnics admission requirements of at least 30 aggregate points over five subjects and comply with the following additional requirements: Must have obtained good passes in English and Mathematics (with minimum D symbols or better) at NSSC (Ordinary) level or IGCSE or Equivalent. A placement in Language in Practice B (LPB0320) according to the English placement test. A pass in Geography (with minimum D symbol or better) is highly recommended. Proof of competence in basic computer usage (for exemption from taking Computer Usage).

Applicants with foreign qualifications may be considrered for admission. Candidates with the National Diploma in Land Valuation and Estate Management from the Polytechnic with an average of at least 60% may apply for admission into the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours or may be admitted into the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours programme at the discretion of the Department. These category of applicants will be required to join the Bachelor of Properties Studies Honours in Year 3, Semester 6. These applicants, if admitted, will qualify to be awarded the Bachelor degree of Property Studies Honours after successful completion of the following courses: Building Economics Business Accounting 1A Computer Applications to Real Estate Property Investment Valuation Casework Research Methodology Land Administration

247

Project Planning & Management Research Project

Polytechnic students pursuing the existing National Diploma in Land Valuation and Estate Management (or the ND in Property Studies) may apply for the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours programme. Such a student will be required to have passed all courses up to Year 2 Semester 4 with a minimum average of 60 % and must have scored at least 60% in Valuation 2, Property Finance 1 and Property Management (Estate Management 1). Courses completed under the National Diploma will be credited, but students will be required to complete all outstanding courses as per the requirements of the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours qualification. Progression Rule Participants admitted into the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours programme would be required to have passed all courses up to Year 2, Semester 4 with a minimum average score of 60 % and must have scored at least 60 % in Valuation 2, Property Finance 1 and Property Management to be eligible to proceed to Semester 5 of the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours programme. Participants who are unable to achieve this requirement will be required to join the National Diploma in Property Studies in semester 5. In such a case the student will be required to register for Urban Economics in addition to Property Development and Marketing 2, Real Estate Practice 1 and Communication Skills in the Year 3, Semester 5. NB - Participants who meet this progression requirement and thus become eligible for the Bachelor of Property Studies will be required to notify the Faculty Officer in writing for the progression to be formalised. This also applies to participants who will be required to join the ND in Property Studies in semester 5 for failure to meet the progression requirement. Table of Credits Graduates with existing National Diploma qualification in Land Valuation and Estate Management who enrol in the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours may apply to be granted credit for courses completed as set out in the table below, but will be required to complete all outstanding courses to fulfill the requirements of the programme. Credit is allowed only for courses that substantially have the same content as courses which are part of the Bachelor of Property Studies Honours. Course completed (ND Land Valuation & Estate Management) Valuation 3 (VAL310S) Diploma Project (DPV310S) Estate Management 2 (EMM220S) Property Finance 2 (PFN310S) In-Service Training (IVE320S) Communication Skills (CSK0420) / English Communication Module 4 (ECM0400) Course credited (Bachelor of Property Studies Honours) Valuation 3 Real Estate Practice 2 Facilities Management Property Finance 2 In-Service Training Communication Skills

248

BACHELOR OF PROPERTY STUDIES HONOURS CURRICULUM Course Code Year 1 Semester 1 RGB111N MMS110S LPB0320 PEC111S IGD411S Semester 2 BCS120S VAL120S ISM110S PDM120S LEC120S Year 2 Semester 3 PPM610S CML111S GES512S VAL210S ILP510S Semester 4 PFN120S LTS520S LTX220S PEC112S IDB220S LLA520S Course Title Computer Usage Mathematics & Statistics Language in Practice B Principles of Economics 1A Introduction to Geospatial Data Building Construction & Services Valuation 1 Introduction to Survey and Mapping Property Development & Marketing 1 Land Economics Prerequisites None None Language in Practice A None None

27BPRS

None Principles of Economics 1A & Mathematics and Statistics Introduction to Geospatial Data None Principles of Economics 1A

Property Management Commercial Law 1A Geographic Information Systems 1 Valuation 2 Introduction to Land Use Planning and Management Property Finance 1 Land Tenure Systems Land Taxation Principles of Economics 1B Introduction to Databases 1B Law for Land Administration 1

Building Construction & Services None Computer Usage Valuation 1 None

None None None None Computer Usage Commercial Law 1A

Year 3 Semester 5 Compulsory Courses PDM220S Property Development & Marketing 2 UBE510S Urban Economics LIS610S Land Information Systems Plus any ONE of the following courses: OMP310S Organisational Management and Practice ENT321S Entrepreneurship

Property Development & Marketing 1 Principles of Economics 1A Geographic Information Systems 1 & Introduction to Databases 1B None None

249

Semester 6 BEC620S BAC1100 FCM820S CAR820S PPI820S VAC520S Year 4 Semester 7 VAL310S RME410S PFN310S LAD410S PPM411S REP810S

Building Economics Business Accounting 1A Facilities Management Computer Applications to Real Estate Property Investment Valuation Casework

Principles of Economics 1B & Building Construction & Services None Property Management Geographic Information Systems 1 & Land Information Systems Property Finance 1 None

Valuation 3 Research Methodology Property Finance 2 Land Administration Project Planning & Management Real Estate Practice 2

Valuation 2 None Property Finance 1 Land Tenure Systems None Facilities Management, Co-requisite: Property Finance 2 & Valuation 3 Co-requisite: Research Project Real Estate Practice 2 Language in Practice B

Semester 8 ISB720S RPB820S CSK0420

In-Service Training (7 weeks) Research Project (8 weeks) Communication Skills

250

NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LAND VALUATION AND ESTATE MANAGEMENT (Phasing out from 2010 till 2014) CURRICULUM Course Code Course Title Year 1 (Not available from 2010) Semester 1 RGB111N Computer Usage MMS110S Mathematics & Statistics LMM110S Land Management 1 LTS110S Land Tenure Systems 1 LPB0320 Language in Practice B PEC111S Principles of Economics 1A LRP120S Law Relating to Real Property Semester 2 GIS110S BCS120S VAL120S PDM120S LIS 120S LEC120S Geoinformatics 1 Building Construction & Services Valuation 1 Property Development & Marketing 1 Land Information Systems 1 Land Economics Prerequisites None None None None Language in Practice A None None

27DVEM

Mathematics & Statistics & Computer Usage None Principles of Economics 1A & Mathematics and Statistics None Computer Usage Principles of Economics 1A & Land Management 1

Year 2 (Not available from 2011) Semester 3 LMM210S Land Management 2 EMM210S Estate Management 1 LUP120S Land Use Planning 1 VAL210S Valuation 2 LIS211S Land Information Systems 2 PDM210S Property Development and Marketing 2 Semester 4 EMM220S LRR120S PEC 112S ISS120S PFN120S LTX220S Estate Management 2 Land Reform and Resettlement Principles of Economics 1B Infrastructure and Services Property Finance 1 Land Taxation

Land Management 1 Building Construction & Services None Valuation 1 Land Information Systems 1 Property Development and Marketing 1 Estate Management 1 None Principles of Economics 1A None None None

Year 3 (Not available from 2012) Semester 5 OMP310S Organizational Management & Professional Practice ENT321S Entrepreneurship VAL310S Valuation 3 PFN310S Property Finance 2

None None Valuation 2 Property Finance 1

251

DPV310S

Diploma Project

All courses of the first four semesters, unless only one course has been failed for which the student obtained admission to the examination Diploma Project Language in Practice B

Semester 6 IVE320S CSK0420

In-Service Training Communication Skills

Transitional Arrangements For Students Transitional arrangements for courses which have been removed from the programme are proposed as follows in the transitional table below. NEW COURSES Commercial Law 1A Introduction to Land Use Planning and Management Land Tenure Systems Introduction to Databases 1B Land Information Systems Urban Economics Geographic Information Systems 1 Land Tenure Systems Property Management Facilities Management Real EstatePractice 1 & 2 OLD COURSES Law Relating to Real Property Land Use Planning 1 Land Tenure Systems 1 Land Information Systems 1 Land Information Systems 2 Land Management 2 Geoinfomatics 1 Land Reform and Resettlement Estate Management 1 Estate Management 2 Diploma Project

Students who failed Land Management 1 (LMM110S) in 2009 must switch to the new National Diploma in Property Studies Curriculum.

252

LAND ADMINISTRATION PROGRAMMES (Offered FULL-TIME only) QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED Certificate in Land Administration Diploma in Land Administration Bachelor of Land Administration CERTIFICATE IN LAND ADMINISTRATION 27CLAD

Admission Requirements Candidates may be admitted to the programme if they meet the General Polytechnic admission requirements of at least 25 aggregate points over five subjects with an ICGSE pass in Mathematics and an ICGSE C Grade in English or students must write an English proficiency test and test into Language in Practice B (LPB0320). Mature age applicants and applicants with foreign qualifications may be considered for admission to this programme. CURRICULUM Course Code YEAR 1 Semester 1 RGB111N MMS110S LPB0320 IGD411S CML111S Semester 2 ISM110S LTS520S LLA520S DRL120S IGE420S Course Title Computer Usage Mathematics and Statistics for LM Language in Practice B Introduction to Geo-Spatial Data Commercial Law 1A Introduction to Survey and Mapping Land Tenure Systems Law for Land Administration 1 Deeds Registration Law 1 Introduction to Geography Prerequisite None None Language in Practice A None None Introduction to Geo-Spatial Data None Commercial Law 1A None None

Transition Arrangements Current students registered for the ND Land Management and Registration who did not successfully complete their first year of studies but choose to migrate to the Certificate in Land Administration will be granted credit for courses completed as set out below, but will be required to complete all outstanding courses to fulfill the requirements of this qualification. However, if the student continues to study beyond the Certificate in Land Administration, credits for courses completed under ND: Land Administration will be granted accordingly. Students who want to transfer from the Certificate to the Bachelor of Land Administration must have passed all certificate courses and apply for entry into the Bachelor of Land Administration. Courses completed under the Certificate will be credited but students will be required to complete all outstanding courses as per the requirements of the Bachelor of Land Administration qualification.

253

Credit Recognition Course Completed (NC and ND Land Management and Registration) Land Tenure Systems 1 Land Registation and Tenure Systems Land Reform and Resettlement Law for Land Managers 1A Law for Land Managers 1B Course Credited (NC Land Administration) Land Tenure Systems Land Tenure Systems Land Tenure Systems Commercial Law 1A Law for Land Administration 1 27DLMR

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: LAND MANAGEMENT AND REGISTRATION (Phasing out from 2010 till 2014) CURRICULUM Course Code Course Title YEAR 1 (Not available from 2010) Semester 1 RGB111N Computer Usage MMS110S Mathematics and Statistics for LM LMM110S Land Management 1 LTS110S Land Tenure Systems 1 LLM110S Law for Land Managers 1A LUP120S Land Use Planning 1 LPB0320 Language in Practice B Semester 2 GIS110S LRT110S LTS520S DRL120S LIS120S LLM120S GRF110S Geoinformatics 1 Land Registration and Tenure Land Tenure Systems Deeds Registration Law 1 Land Information Systems 1 Law for Land Managers 1B Generic Registration for Flexible Land Tenure Prerequisite None None None None None None Language in Practice A

Mathematics and Statistics & Computer Usage None None None Computer Usage Law for Land Managers 1A None

Year 2 (Not available from 2011) Semester 3 LTM210S Land Tenure Management 2A DRL210S Deeds Registration Law 2A LIS211S Land Information Systems 2 LMV210S Land Markets and Valuation LLM210S Law for Land Managers 2 UPD120S Urban Planning and Development Semester 4 ADR210S Adjudication and Dispute Resolution LTM220S Land Tenure Management 2B LIS220S Land Information Systems 3

Land Management 1 Deeds Registration 1 Land Information Systems 1 None None Land Management 1 & Land Tenure Systems 1 None Land Management 1 Land Information Systems 2

254

LRR120S LTX220S DRL220S

Land Reform and Resettlement Land Taxation Deeds Registration Law 2B

Year 3 (Not available from 2012) Semester 5 LTM310S Land Tenure Management 3 OMP310S Organisational Mgt. and Practice ENT321S Entrepreneurship DPL310S Diploma Project (LMR)

None None Deeds Registration Law 2A & Law for Land Management 2 Land Tenure Management 2A & 2B None None All courses of the first four semesters,unless only one course has been failed for which the student obtained admission to the examination. Language in Practice B Diploma Project (LMR)

CSK0420

Communication Skills

Semester 6 IMR320S In-Service Training (LMR)

Transition Arrangements The courses in the old curriculum that are to be discontinued can be replaced by the following courses. Old Course Land Tenure Systems 1 Land Registration and Tenure Systems Land Reform and Resettlement Law for Land Managers 1A Law for Land Managers 1B Land Use Planning 1 New Course Land Tenure Systems Land Tenure Systems Land Tenure Systems Commercial Law 1A Law for Land Administration1 Introduction to Land Use Planning and Management

255

DIPLOMA IN LAND ADMINISTRATION

27DLAD

Admission Requirements Candidates may be admitted to the programme if they meet the general Polytechnic admission requirements of at least 25 aggregate points over five subjects with an IGCSE pass in Mathematics and an ICGSE C Grade in English or students must write an English proficiency test and test into Language in Practice B (LPB0320). Mature age applicants and applicants with foreign qualifications may be considrered for admission. CURRICULUM Course Code Year 1 Semester 1 RGB111N MMS110S LPB0320 IGD411S CML111S ILP510S Semester 2 IDB220S IGE420S ISM110S LTS520S LLA520S DRL120S Year 2 Semester 3 LMV210S GES512S LLA610S RLT610S DRL610S CSK0420 Semester 4 GES612S URT620S DRL720S CMT620S LAP720S Course Title Computer Usage Mathematics and Statistics for LM Language in Practice B Introduction to Geo-Spatial Data Commercial Law 1A Introduction to Land Use Planning and Mgt Introduction to Databases 1B Introduction to Geography Introduction to Survey and Mapping Land Tenure Systems Law for Land Administration 1 Deeds Registration Law 1 Prerequisite None None Language in Practice A None None None Computer Usage None Introduction to Geo-Spatial Data None Commercial Law None

Land Markets and Valuation Geographic Information Systems 1 Law for Land Administration 2 Rural Land Tenure Management Deeds Registration Law 2 Communication Skills Geographic Information Systems 2 Urban Land Tenure Management Deeds Registration Law 3 Conflict Management Land Administration Project

None Co-requisite: Computer Usage Law for Land Admin. 1 Land Tenure Systems Deeds Registration Law 1 Language in Practice B Geo. Info. Systems 1, Intro. to Geospatial Data Land Tenure Systems Deeds Registration Law 2, Law for Land Admin. 2 Communication Skills Completion of all courses from semesters 1, 2 and 3.

256

Year 3 Semester 5 IMR320S

In-Service Training

Completion of all courses from semesters 1, 2, 3 and 4.

Transition Arrangements Current students registered for the ND Land Management and Registration who did not successfully complete their first year studies but choose to migrate to the Certificate in Land Administration will be granted credit for courses completed as set out below, but will be required to complete all outstanding courses to fulfil the requirements of this qualification. Current students registered for the ND Land Management and Registration who did not successfully complete their studies but choose to migrate to the Diploma in Land Administration will be granted credit for courses completed as set out below, but will be required to complete all outstanding courses to fulfill the requirements of this qualification. Students who want to transfer from the Diploma to the Bachelor in Land Administration may apply for entry into the Bachelor in Land Administration. Courses completed under the Diploma will be credited but students will be required to complete all outstanding courses as per the requirements of the Bachelor in Land Administration qualification. Credit Recognition Course completed (NC and ND Land Management and Registration Land Management 1 Land Tenure Systems 1 Land Registration and Tenure Systems Land Reform and Resettlement Law for Land Managers 1A Law for Land Managers 1B Law for Land Managers 2 Land Tenure Management 2A Land Tenure Management 2B Urban Planing and Development Adjudication and Dispute Resolution Course credited (ND Land Administration) None Land Tenure Systems Land Tenure Systems Land Tenure Systems Commercial Law 1A Law for Land Administration 1 Law for Land Administration 2 Urban Land Tenure Management Rural Land Tenure Management Introduction to Land Use Planning and Management Conflict Management

257

BACHELOR OF LAND ADMINISTRATION

27BLAD

Admission Requirements Candidates may be admitted to the programme if they meet the general Polytechnic admission requirements of at least 30 aggregate points over five subjects with a C in Mathematics (or 4 at HGCSE/NSSC H), and an A in English (or 4 at HGCSE/NSSC H) or students must write an English proficiency test and test into Communication Skills (CSK0420), B in Geography (or 4 at HGCSE/NSSC H), Pass or proof of competency in Basic Computer Usage OR Pass in the following NC and ND Courses: Computer Usage Skills, Language in Practice B, Maths and Statistics and Introduction to Geography. Mature age applicants and applicants with foreign qualifications may be considrered for admission. CURRICULUM Course Code Course Title YEAR 1 Semester 1 PEC111S Principles of Economics 1A CSK0420 Communication Skills IGD411S Introduction to Geo-Spatial Data CML111S Commercial Law 1A ILP510S Introduction to Land Use Planning and Management GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 Semester 2 IDB220S PEC112S ISM110S LTS520S LLA520S DRL120S YEAR 2 Semester 3 LMV210S LLA610S RLT610S DRL610S LIS610S UBE510S Introduction to Databases 1B Principles of Economics 1B Introduction to Survey and Mapping Land Tenure Systems Law for Land Administration 1 Deeds Registration Law 1 Prerequisite None Language in Practice B None None None Computer Usage/ Admission to B LA Computer Usage/ Admission to B LA None Introduction to Geo-Spatial Data None Commercial Law 1A None

Land Markets and Valuation Law for Land Administration 2 Rural Land Tenure Management Deeds Registration Law 2 Land Information Systems Urban Economics

None Law for Land Administration 1 Land Tenure Systems Deeds Registration Law 1 GIS 1, Intro to Databases 1B Principles of Economics 1A Geographic Information Systems 1, Introduction to Geospatial Data Land Tenure Systems Deeds Registration Law 2, Law for Land Administration 2 Communication Skills Land Tenure Systems None

Semester 4 GES612S Geographic Information Systems 2 URT620S DRL720S CMT620S STL620S OMP310S Urban Land Tenure Management Deeds Registration Law 3 Conflict Management Sectional Title Legislation Organizational Management and Practice

258

YEAR 3 Semester 5 RME410S Research Methodology LPI410S Land Policies and Institutions LAD410S RDP411S Land Administration Regional Development Planning

None Urban Economics, Urban Land Tenure Mgt, Rural Land Tenure Mgt Urban Economics, Urban Land Tenure Mgt, Rural Land Tenure Mgt Urban Economics, Urban Land Tenure Mgt, Rural Land Tenure Mgt Research Methodology, Land Policies and Institutions, Land Admin, Regional Dev Planning GIS 2, Land Policies and Institutions GIS 2, Land Policies and Institutions Land Administration GIS 2, Land Policies and stitutions Land Administration

Semester 6 RPA720S Research Project ISL720S GSI720S OIL420S Information Systems Law Governance and SI management Optimisation of the Integrated Land & Management Process

In-Service Training 1* In-Service Training 2 In-Service Training 3

All courses for year one All courses for year two All courses for year three

* The in-service training may be started after the completion of all course work for a period of nine weeks. The student may also choose to embark on in-service training for three periods of at least three weeks during the annual summer holiday period after completion of each year of study. Transition Arrangements Students who want to transfer from the ND Land Administration to the Bachelor of Land Administration may apply for entry into the Bachelor of Land Administration. Pass in the following NC and ND Courses: Computer Usage Skills, Language in Practice B, Maths and Statistics and Introduction to Geography required. Courses completed under the ND will be credited but students will be required to complete all outstanding courses as per the requirements of the Bachelor of Land Administration qualification. Students who want to transfer from the ND Land Management and Registration to the Bachelor in Land Administration may apply for entry into the Bachelor of Land Administration. Pass in the following NC and ND Courses: Computer Usage Skills, Language in Practice B, Maths and Statisticss and Introduction to Geography required. Courses completed under the ND will be credited but students will be required to complete all outstanding courses as per the requirements of the Bachelor of Land Administration qualification.

259

Course Completed (NC and ND Land Mangement and Registration) Land Management 1 Land Tenure Systems 1 Land Registration and Tenure Systems Land Reform and Resettlement Law for Land Managers 1A Law for Land Managers 1 Law for Land Managers 2 Land Tenure Management 2A Land Tenure Management 2B Land Use Planning 1, Urband Planning and Development Land Management 2 Adjudication and Dispute Resolution

Course Credited (Bachelor of Land Administration) None Land Tenure Systems Land Tenure Systems Land Tenure Systems Commerical Law 1A Law for Land Administration 1 Law for Land Administration 2 Urban Land Tenure Management 1 Rural Land Tenure Management 1 Introduction to Land Use Planning and Management Urban Economics Conflict Management

260

LAND USE PLANNING PROGRAMMES (Offered FULL-TIME only) QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED National Certificate: Land Use Planning National Diploma: Land Use Planning Bachelor of Technology: Land Management Definition Land use planning is the statutory activity of directing and controlling all land use changes in an administrative area (Municipality, District, Region, Province) by segmenting the area into zones and designating a planning instrument to each zone. Land Use Zoning (LUZ) is the American variety of Land Use Planning (LUP). Town & Country Planning is the British equivalent also used in several southern African countries. Regional Planning, Town & Regional Planning and Physical Planning are sub sets of LUP in other countries. By definition Land Use Planning is the art and science of assigning different parcels of land to different and competing uses, so that equity, compatibility, economy and aesthetics are achieved. Planning however is one thing and implementation is another. The broader concept of creating a plan as well as ensuring that the plan is implemented is referred to as Land Use Management. NATIONAL CERTIFICATE IN LAND USE PLANNING 27CLUP

Admission Requirements Candidates may be admitted to the programme if they meet the general Polytechnic admission requirements of at least 25 aggregate points over five subjects with an ICGSE D Grade in Mathematics and English or students must write an English Proficiency Test and test into Communication Skills (CSK0420). Mature age applicants and applicants with foreign qualifications may be considrered for admission. CURRICULUM Year 1 Semester 1 Course Code Course Title Pre-requisite RGB111N Computer Usage None MMS110S Mathematics and Statistics None ISM110S Introduction to Survey and Mapping Co-requisite: Introduction to Geospatial Data IGD411S Introduction to Geospatial Data None BEC110S Basic Ecology None ILP510S Introduction to Land Use Planning None and Management LPB0320 Language in Practice B Language in Practice A Year 1 Semester 2 LTS520S TTS511S NRT120S CBL120S

Land Tenure Systems Tools and Techniques Natural Resource Management 1 Community Based Land Use Management 1 261

None None Basic Ecology None

ISS120S LEE210S

Infrastructure and Services Local Livelihoods and Economic Development

None Co-requisite: Land Tenure Systems

Transition Arrangements Students who want to transfer from the NC to the ND in Land Use Planning must have passed all certificate courses. In the event of a student not being able to successfully pass a course as per the 2009 Curriculum he/she will be given up and until a fourth examination opportunity (special examination) to do so. Should a student then have failed to successfully complete a course, the student will have to take-up the proposed replacement course (Curriculum) as indicated in the table below: Old Course Land Management 1 Land Tenure Systems 1 Land Use Planning New Course Introduction to Survey and Mapping Land Tenure Systems Introduction to Land Use Planning and Management 27DLUP

NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LAND USE PLANNING

Admission Requirements Candidates may be admitted to the programme if they meet the general Polytechnic admission requirements of at least 25 aggregate points over five subjects with an ICGSE D Grade in Mathematics and English or students must write an English proficiency test and test into Communication Skills (CSK0420). Mature age applicants and applicants with foreign qualifications may be considrered for admission. CURRICULUM Year 1 Semester 1 Course Code Course Title Prerequisite RGB111N Computer Usage None MMS110S Mathematics and Statistics None CBL120S Community Based Land Use None Management 1 IGD411S Introduction to Geospatial Data None BEC110S Basic Ecology None ILP510S Introduction to Land Use Planning None and Management LPB0320 Language in Practice B Language in Practice A Year 1 Semester 2 LTS520S TTS511S NRT120S ISS120S LEE210S ISM110S

Land Tenure Systems Tools and Techniques Natural Resource Management 1 Infrastructure and Services Local Livelihoods and Economic Development Introduction to Survey and Mapping

None None Basic Ecology None Co-requisite: Land Tenure Systems Co-requisite: Introduction to Geospatial Data

262

Year 2 Semester 3 GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 RES110S LMV210S LUP210S PTH210S NRT210S Year 2, Semeter 4 PTH220S NRT220S LUP220S UPD120S LIF220S LDR210S Remote Sensing 1 Land Markets and Valuation Land Use Planning 2 Planning Theory 1 Natural Resource Management 2

Computer Usage & Introduction to Geospatial Data Introduction to Geospatial Data None Introduction to Land Use Planning and Management Co-requisite: Land Use Planning 2 Natural Resource Management 1 & Mathematics and Statistics

Planning Theory 2 Natural Resource Management 3 Land Use Planning 3 Urban Planning and Development Legal and Institutional Framework Layout Drafting

Planning Theory 1 Natural Resource Management 2 Land Use Planning 2 Land Tenure Systems & Introduction to Land Use Planning and Management None Co-requisite: Planning Theory 2

Year 3 Semester 5 ENT321S Entrepreneurship CSK0420 Communication Skills DPL320S Diploma Project

Year 3 Semester 6 ILU310S In-service Training

None Language in Practice B All courses of the first four semesters, unless only one course has been failed for which the student obtained admission to the exam. Diploma Project

Transition Arrangements Students who want to transfer from the NC to the ND in Land Use Planning must have passed all certificate courses. In the event of a student not being able to successfully pass a course as per the 2009 Curriculum he/she will be given up and until a fourth examination opportunity (special examination) to do so. Should a student then failed to successfully complete a course the student will have to take-up the proposed replacement course (Curriculum) as indicated in the table below. Old Course Land Management 1 Land Tenure Systems 1 Land Use Planning 1 Geoinformatics 1 Land Reform and Resettlement New Course Introduction to Survey and Mapping Land Tenure Systems Introduction to Land Use Planning and Management Geographic Information Systems 1 Land Tenure Systems

263

Land Management 2 Geoinformatics 2

Land Markets and Valuation Remote Sensing 1 27BLMN

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN LAND MANAGEMENT (Offered FULL-TIME only)

For decades the central social and political issue in Southern Africa has been access to land. The recent democratisation in Namibia and RSA and in other Southern African countries has resulted in new constitutional provisions, new laws and new policies on land. Consequently land managing institutions face an immense task to implement land reform. At the same time the new democracies in Southern Africa lack a good cadre in all segments of society and in particular in Land Management. The Bachelor of Technology in Land Management programme responds to the particular demand to educate and train staff to: Supervise operations in Land Management organisations. Lead (multidisciplinary) Land Management projects. Advise land officials and (small) local authorities in the regions on Land Management matters. Integrate the different Land Management disciplines in a Land Management system. The Bachelor of Technology in Land Management also aims at preparing graduates for further education at professional/academic level. Admission Requirements Candidates may be admitted to the programme if they meet the following requirements: A National Diploma in Land Surveying, or a National Diploma in Land Use Planning; or Other relevant National Diplomas (3 years) with additional bridging requirements to demonstrate competency in specific courses. One year of relevant working experience is recommended. Due to the limited number of places in this programme, a selection of the best applicants may have to be done through a pre-selection process- The pre-selection will be based on the marks in the respective National Diploma and / or a pre-selection test and / or an interview. Relevant National Diplomas considered for admission to the Bachelor of Technology in Land Management. For these diplomas specific bridging courses will be required to meet the competency requirements for the Bachelor of Technology: ND in Land Management ND in Natural Resource Management (Agriculture or Nature Conservation) ND in Land Surveying ND in Urban/Rural Planning ND in Land Use Planning

NOTE: Decision on the relevance of the ND and the bridging courses that will be required, is at the discretion of the Land Management Department in consultation with the Registrars Office.

264

Specific competency requirements: Knowledge/skills at National Diploma Land Use Planning level/equivalent to Semesters 3 + 4 of the second year of the National Diploma in Land Use Planning. OR Knowledge/skills at National Diploma Land Surveying level/equivalent to Semesters 3 + 4 of the second year of the National Diploma in Land Surveying. YEAR 4 Semester 7 Course Code Course Title Compulsory courses LPI410S Land Policies and Institutions ESI410S LAD410S RME410S Economic and Social Land Issues Land Administration Research Methodology

Prerequisite Land Management 1 & Land Tenure Systems 1 Land Management 2 Land Tenure Systems 1 None

Plus any ONE of the following combinations GIS410S LIS411S OR LUR410S LUU410S Year 4 Semester 8 OIL420S OOM420S LMR420S Optimisation of the Integrated Management Process Organisation and Operation Management Land Management Research Project Geoinformatics 4 Land Information Systems 4 Land Use Planning 4 (Rural) Land Use Planning 4 (Urban) Geoinformatics 2 & Land Information Systems 3 Geoinformatics 2 & Land Information Systems 3 Land Use Planning 3 & Natural Resources Management 3 Land Use Planning 3 & Natural Resources Management 3

Process Land Policies and Institutions & Land Administration None Research Methodology

265

GEOMATICS PROGRAMME (Offered FULL TIME only) Definition The main goal of the Geomatics programme is to prepare students for a career as Geomatics Professionals, with high level specialist knowledge and skills in the acquisition, processing, presentation, and management of geospatial data. Graduates from this programme should be employable in environments ranging from traditional cadastral and engineering surveying, to mining surveying, GIS, digital cartography, drafting, land registration, etc. The programme also aims at developing capacity to fulfil the surveying and registration needs for implementation of the Namibian Land Reform Programme. This includes aspect of planning, surveying and registration of rural, communal and urban land. QUALIFICATIONS OFFERED Certificate in Land Surveying National Diploma in Geomatics Bachelor of Science in Geomatics Main Features And Structure Of The Geomatics Programme Most students will register for the National Diploma in Geomatics in Year 1, and may be allowed to transfer to the B.Sc in Geomatics in Year 2, if they meet the admission requirements for the B.Sc programme. These students will take a minimum period of four years to complete the B.Sc in Geomatics. Exceptional candidates may apply for exemption from the bridging courses, which will allow them to complete the B.Sc in Geomatics in a minimum period of three years. The progression rules for transfer from the National Diploma to the B.Sc in Geomatics, are as follows: If the first year courses Computer Usage, Introduction to Mathematics Module 2, Introduction to Physics, and Language in Practice B are passed, students can register for the B.Sc in Geomatics programme in Year 2. Students who pass all the above courses except Introduction to Physics and Introduction to Mathematics Module 2, will be allowed to continue with the National Diploma, but not the B.Sc programme.

Students who do not meet the full admission requirements for the B.Sc programme, should be able to complete the National Diploma in Geomatics programme in a minimum period of three years.

266

CERTIFICATE IN LAND SURVEYING

27CLAS

Admission Requirements The Certificate in Land Surveying is an exit level qualification for the National Diploma in Geomatics, and the admission requirements for both qualifications are therefore the same (refer to the admission requirements for the National Diploma in Geomatics). CURRICULUM Course Code Course Title Year 1 Semester 1 IGD411S Introduction to Geospatial Data LPB0320 RGB111N ITM011S Language in Practice B Computer Usage Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 Prerequisites Admission to the National Diploma Geomatics programme English Placement Test Admission to the National Diploma Geomatics programme D in IGCSE (or NSSC O) or 4 HIGCSE (NSSC H) Mathematics

Semester 2 LTS520S Land Tenure Systems BSV121S SUP520S SDR420S CAS120S Basic Surveying Surveying Project Survey Drafting Cadastral Surveying 1

Admission to the National Diploma Geomatics programme Introduction to Mathematics Mod.1 Co-requisite: Basic Surveying Computer Usage & Basic Surveying (co-requisite) Basic Surveying (co-requisite)

267

NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN GEOMATICS

27DGEM

Admission Requirements Candidates may be admitted into the first year of the National Diploma Geomatics programme, if they meet the general Polytechnic admission requirements, and comply with the following additional requirements: Candidates must score a combined total of at least 25 points on the Engineering Evaluation Scale, counting up to five subjects that must include Mathematics and English, in NSSC Higher or Ordinary, or a combination of the two examinations, provided that no symbol for the subjects Mathematics and English may be lower than a D on NSSC Ordinary; OR Mature Age Students may be admitted in terms of the Mature Age Entry Scheme, subject to a pass in the Engineering Proficiency Tests (Mathematics), as well as gaining entry into English Language in Practice A. AND Must be medically and physically fit for fieldwork, which forms an integral part of the programme.

Note: A pass in the Grade 12 courses Physical Science and/or Geography, or related courses, is highly recommended, and preference may be given to candidates who have passed these subjects additional to the above admission requirements. CURRICULUM Year 1 Semester 1 Course Code Course Title IGD411S LPB0320 RGB111N ITM011S ILP510S Introduction to Geospatial Data Language in Practice B Computer Usage Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 Introduction to Land Use Planning & Management Prerequisites Admission to the National Diploma Geomatics programme Language in Practice Admission to the National Diploma Geomatics programme D in IGCSE (or NSSC O) or 4 HIGCSE (NSSC H) Mathematics Admission to the National Diploma Geomatics programme Admission to the National Diploma Geomatics programme Introduction to Mathematics Mod.1 Co-requisite: Basic Surveying Computer Usage, Basic Surveying (co-requisite) Basic Surveying (co-requisite)

Semester 2 LTS520S Land Tenure Systems BSV121S SUP520S SDR420S CAS120S Basic Surveying Surveying Project Survey Drafting Cadastral Surveying 1

Year 2 Semester 3 GES110S Geoinformatics 1

Computer Usage, Introduction to Geospatial Data (co-requisite)

268

CAD510S RES110S ENS210S SUR610S

Computer Aided Drafting Remote Sensing 1 Engineering Surveying Surveying 2 (Advanced Surveying)

Computer Usage, Intro to Geospatial Data (co-requisite) Computer Usage, Intro to Geospatial Data (co-requisite) Basic Surveying Basic Surveying Land Tenure Systems Surveying 2, Sectional Title Legislation (co-requisite) Surveying 2 & Engineering Surveying Surveying 2 & Engineering Surveying Geoinformatics 1 & Introduction to Geospatial Data Computer Usage

Semester 4 STL620S Sectional Title Legislation STP620S Sectional Title Survey Project SUR620S DTM620S DCV221S IDB220S Surveying 3 (Precision Surveying) Digital Terrain Modelling Digital Cartography Introduction to Databases 1B

Year 3 Semester 5 CSK0420 Communication Skills LIS610S Land Information Systems MSV610S CAS210S Mine Surveying Cadastral Surveying 2

Language in Practice B Geoinformatics 1 & Introduction to Databases 1B Basic Surveying & Survey Drafting Basic Surveying & Cadastral Surveying 1 Digital Terrain Modelling, Surveying 3, Engineering Surveying, Cadastral Surveying 2. Not allowed to repeat or attend classes Full Time for more than 1 course while doing In-Service Training.

Semester 6 IDG620S In-service Training

269

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOMATICS

27BGEM

Admission Requirements Candidates may be admitted into the 3-year B.Sc in Geomatics programme, if they meet the general Polytechnic admission requirements, and comply with the following additional requirements: A Grade 12 Certificate (or equivalent), with a combined total of at least 30 points on the Engineering Evaluation Scale, counting up to five subjects that must include Mathematics, Physical Science and English, in NSSC Higher or Ordinary, or a combination of the two examinations, provided that no symbol for the subjects Mathematics and Physical Science may be lower than an A on NSSC Ordinary (or a 3-symbol at HIGCSE/NSSC Higher); AND 3-Symbol in English Second Language at HIGCSE or NSSC-Higher Level OR 4-symbol in English First Language at HIGCSE or NSSC Higher OR Placement into the course Communications Skills through the English Placement Test; AND A pass or proof of competency in Basic Computer Usage (or equivalent); AND Must be medically and physically fit for fieldwork, which forms an integral part of the programme.

ADMISSION TO THE EXTENDED B.SC. IN GEOMATICS PROGRAMME Candidates who do not meet the above admission requirements may be admitted into the first year of the National Diploma in Geomatics and be transferred to the B.Sc. in Geomatics programme in Year 2, if they comply with Progression Rule as described below. The admission requirements for the National Diploma programme are as follows: Candidates must score a combined total of at least 25 points on the Engineering Evaluation Scale, counting up to five subjects that must include Mathematics, Physical Science and English, in NSSC Higher or Ordinary, or a combination of the two examinations, provided that no symbol for the subjects Mathematics, Physical Science and English may be lower than a D on NSSC Ordinary; OR Mature Age Students may be admitted in terms of the Mature Age Entry Scheme, subject to a pass in the Engineering Proficiency Tests (Mathematics & Physics), as well as gaining entry into English Language in Practice A. AND Must be medically and physically fit for fieldwork, which forms an integral part of the programme.

NOTE: Candidates who did not do Physical Science in Grade 12 or who got less than a D-Symbol (NSSC Ordinary) in Physical Science may be admitted into the National Diploma in Geomatics, but will not be allowed to register for the first year course Introduction to Physics, and will also not be allowed to transfer to the B.Sc in Geomatics programme in Year 2. Progression Rule for Admission to the B.Sc in Geomatics Programme: Students who registered for the National Diploma in Geomatics in Year 1, may be allowed to transfer to the B.Sc in Geomatics programme in Year 2, if they pass the first year courses Computer Usage, Language in Practice B, Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 and Introduction to Physics

270

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOMATICS CURRICULUM Year 1 Semester 1 Course Code Course Title IGD411S Introduction to Geospatial Data GES110S CAD510S RES511S ILP510S MAT111S Geoinformatics 1 Computer Aided Drafting Remote Sensing 1 Introduction to Land Use Planning & Management Mathematics 1

27BSGE

Prerequisites Admission to the National Diploma Geomatics programme Computer Usage &Introduction to Geospatial Data (co-requisite) Computer Usage & Intro to Geospatial Data (co-requisite) Computer Usage & Intro to Geospatial Data (co-requisite) Admission to the National Diploma Geomatics Programme Intro. to Mathematics Module 2 Admission to the National Diploma Geomatics programme Intro. to Mathematics Module 1 Co-requisite: Basic Surveying Computer Usage & Basic Surveying (co-requisite) Basic Surveying (co-requisite) Language in Practice B Computer Usage

Semester 2 LTS520S Land Tenure Systems BSV121S SUP520S SUD420S CAS120S CSK0420 IDB220S Basic Surveying Surveying Project Survey Drafting Cadastral Surveying 1 Communication Skills Introduction to Databases 1B

Year 2 Semester 3 LIS610S Land Information Systems MSV610S Mine Surveying CAS210S Cadastral Surveying 2 ENS210S SUR610S GTE710S Engineering Surveying Surveying 2 (Advanced Surveying) Geomatics Theory of Errors

GIS1, Introduction to Databases 1B Basic Surveying, Survey Drafting Basic Surveying & Cadastral Surveying 1 Basic Surveying Basic Surveying Mathematics 1 & Surveying 2 Land Tenure Systems Surveying 2 & Sectional Title Legislation (co-requisite) Surveying 2 & Engineering Surveying Surveying 2 & Engineering Surveying Geoinformatics 1 & Introduction to Geospatial Data Intro to Mathematics Module 2, Introduction to Databases 1B Geoinformatics 1

Semester 4 STL620S Sectional Title Legislation STP620S Sectional Title Survey Project SUR620S DTM620S DCV221S APR110S GIS220S Surveying 3 (Precision Surveying) Digital Terrain Modelling Digital Cartography Applied Computer Programming 1 Geoinformatics 2

271

Year 3 Semester 5 OPM310S Organisational Management & Practice None RES610S Remote Sensing 2 Remote Sensing 1 & Geoinformatics 2 GES210S Geoinformatics 3 Geoinformatics 2 CLF220S Cadastral Legislative Framework Cadastral Surveying 2 DPG710S Digital Photogrammetry Surveying 2 & Geomatics Theory of Errors SUR710S Surveying 4 Surveying 2, Geomatics Theory of Errors & Remote Sensing 2 (co-requisite) Semester 6 ISG620S In-Service Training Digital Terrain Modelling, Surveying 4, Engineering Surveying, Cadastral Surveying 2, Geoinformatics 2. Not allowed to repeat or attend classes Full Time for more than 1 course while doing In-Service Training Digital Terrain Modelling, Surveying 4, Cadastral Surveying 2. Not allowed to repeat or attend classes Full Time for more than 1 course while doing the Bachelor Project.

BPG720S

Bachelor Project

272

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOMATICS (Extended programme) CURRICULUM Year 1 Semester 1 Course Code Course Title IGD411S LPB0320 RGB111N ITM011S ILP510S Introduction to Geospatial Data Language in Practice B Computer Usage Introduction to Mathematics Module 1 Introduction to Land Use Planning & Management

27BSGE

Prerequisites Admission to the National Diploma Geomatics programme Language in Practice A Admission to the National Diploma Geomatics programme D in IGCSE (or NSSC O) or 4 HIGCSE (NSSC H) Mathematics Admission to the National Diploma Geomatics programme Admission to the National Diploma Geomatics programme Intro. to Mathematics Module 1 Co-requisite: Basic Surveying Computer Usage & Basic Surveying (co-requisite) Basic Surveying (co-requisite) Intro. to Mathematics Module 1 D in IGCSE (or NSSC O) or 4 HIGCSE (NSSC H) Physical Science

Semester 2 LTS520S Land Tenure Systems BSV121S SUP520S SDR420S CAS120S ITM021S ITS022S Basic Surveying Surveying Project Survey Drafting Cadastral Surveying 1 Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 Introduction to Physics

Year 2 Semester 3 GES110S Geoinformatics 1 CAD510S RES511S ENS210S SUR610S MAT111S Computer Aided Drafting Remote Sensing 1 Engineering Surveying Surveying 2 (Advanced Surveying) Mathematics 1

Computer Usage & Introduction to Geospatial Data (co-requisite) Computer Usage & Introduction to Geospatial Data Computer Usage & Introduction to Geospatial Data Basic Surveying Basic Surveying Intro. to Mathematics Module 2 Land Tenure Systems Surveying 2 & Sectional Title Legislation (co-requisite) Surveying 2 & Engineering Surveying Surveying 2 & Engineering Surveying Computer Usage

Semester 4 STL620S Sectional Title Legislation STP620S Sectional Title Survey Project SUR620S DTM620S IDB220S Surveying 3 (Precision Surveying) Digital Terrain Modelling Introduction to Databases 1B

273

Year 3 Semester 5 LIS610S Land Information Systems MSV610S Mine Surveying CAS210S Cadastral Surveying 2 APR110S GTE710S Applied Computer Programming 1 Geomatics Theory of Errors

GIS1, Introduction to Databases 1B Basic Surveying &Survey Drafting Basic Surveying & Cadastral Surveying 1 Introduction to Mathematics Module 2 & Introduction to Databases 1B Mathematics 1, Surveying 2 Language in Practice B Geoinformatics 1 & Introduction to Geospatial Data Geoinformatics 1 None

Semester 6 CSK0420 Communication Skills DCV512S Digital Cartography GES220S OPM310S Geoinformatics 2 Organizational Management & Practice

Year 4 Semester 7 RES611S Remote Sensing 2 GES210S SUR710S CLF220S DPG710S Geoinformatics 3 Surveying 4

Cadastral Legislative Framework Digital Photogrammetry

Remote Sensing 1 & Geoinformatics 2 Geoinformatics 2 Surveying 2, Geomatics Theory of Error & Remote Sensing 2 (co-requisite) Cadastral Surveying 2 Surveying 2 & Geomatics Theory of Errors Digital Terrain Modelling, Surveying 4, Engineering Surveying, Cadastral Surveying 2, Geoinformatics 2. Not allowed to repeat or attend classes Full Time for more than 1 course while doing In-Service Training Digital Terrain Modelling, Surveying 4, Cadastral Surveying 2. Not allowed to repeat or attend classes Full Time for more than 1 course while doing the Bachelor Project.

Semester 8 ISG620S In-service Training

BPG720S

Bachelor Project

Transition Arrangements Current students registered for the National Diploma in Land Surveying, or graduates with a National Diploma in Land Surveying (or similar qualification), may be admitted into the B.Sc. Geomatics programme, subject to the admission requirement of the B.Sc. Geomatics programme. These students will be granted credit for the courses completed as set out below, but will be required to complete all outstanding courses to fulfil the requirements of the B.Sc. in Geomatics.

274

Credit will be granted for courses completed under the old National Diploma Land Surveying, as follows: New Course (B.Sc. in Geomatics) Computer Usage Geographic Information Systems 1 (GIS1) Basic Surveying Introduction to Geospatial Data Equivalent Course (National Diploma in Land Surveying Computer Usage Geoinformatics 1 Basic Surveying Geoinformatics 1

Introduction to Land Use Planning & Land Use Planning 1 Management Land Tenure Systems Land Tenure Systems Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) Surveying Drafting Digital Cartography Cadastral Surveying 1 Engineering Surveying Surveying 2 (Advanced Surveying) Communication Skills Sectional Title Legislation Sectional Title Survey Project Cadastral Surveying 2 Cadastral Legislative Framework Land Tenure Systems 1 Land Tenure Systems 2 Large Scale Mapping Large Scale Mapping & Basic Surveying Digital Cartography and Visualisation Cadastral Surveying 1 Engineering Surveying Advanced Surveying 1 Communication Skills Sectional Title Surveying Sectional Title Surveying Cadastral Surveying 2 Cadastral Legislative Framework

For admission or transfer to the B.Sc Geomatics programme, former or current National Diploma Land Surveying students need at least a 3-symbol for Mathematics and Physical Science at HIGCSE/NSSC Higher level (or an A-symbol at IGCSE/NSSC-O level) and a pass in the course English Language in Practice B (or Placement into the course Communication Skills). Candidates who do not meet these admission requirements, could improve their Grade 12 marks for Mathematics and Physical Science through various private distance education institutions (e.g. TUCSIN or NAMCOL), and may be admitted into the B.Sc. programme once they meet the above requirements. Exceptional students with a mark of at least 70 % for the National Diploma courses Mathematics & Statistics for Land Management, Basic Surveying and Adjustment of Observations, may be admitted into the B.Sc. in Geomatics programme at the discretion of the Department.

275

Considering the credits granted for the courses indicated above, a typical student with a National Diploma in Land Surveying, admitted into the new B.Sc. Geomatics, will have to complete the following courses to qualify for the B.Sc. in Geomatics: Year 1 Remote Sensing 1 Mathematics 1 Organisational Management & Practice Introduction to Databases 1B Land Information Systems Applied Programming 1 Surveying 3 (Precision Surveying) Digital Terrain Modelling Geographic Information Systems 2 (GIS2) Year 2 Mine Surveying Geomatics Theory of Errors Remote Sensing 2 Geographic Information Systems 3 (GIS3) Surveying 4 (Adv. Spatial Data Acquisition) Digital Photogrammetry Bachelor Project (Geomatics) As indicated in above, it would be possible for students who already have a National Diploma in Land Surveying, to upgrade to a B.Sc Geomatics in a minimum period of two years (excluding Bridging, e.g. improving Grade 12 marks for Mathematics and Physical Science to allow Admission to the B.Sc programme). Implementation and Transition Arrangments The current National Diploma in Land Surveying will be out-phased until the end of 2011. Current first-, second- and third-year Land Surveying students will be allowed until 2011 to complete the current National Diploma in Land Surveying. The current first year of the National Diploma in Land Surveying, will be offered for the last time in 2009. As from 2010, new students will register for the first year of the new National Diploma in Geomatics programme. The current second year of the National Diploma in Land Surveying, will be offered for the last time 2010. The current third year of the National Diploma in Land Surveying, will be offered for the last time in 2011. Existing students who do not complete all courses within the above out-phasing period may be allowed to follow the following alternative (new) courses, in order to complete their National Diploma in Land Surveying. Old Course (27DLAS) Basic Surveying Large Scale Mapping Surveying Project Advanced Surveying 1 Sectional Title Surveying Digital Cartography and Visualisation New Course (B.Sc Geomatics) Basic Surveying (Amended) Computer Aided Drafting AND Survey Drafting Survey Project Surveying 2 Sectional Title Surveying AND Sectional Title Legislation Digital Cartography

276

Land Tenure Systems 1 Land Tenure Systems 2 Land Use Planning 1 Geoinformatics 1 Geoinformatics 2 Land Information Systems 1 Land Information Systems 2 Land Information Systems 3

Adjustment of Observations

Advanced Surveying 2

Land Tenure Systems Land Tenure Systems Introduction to Land Use Planning and Management Geographic Information Systems 1 Remote Sensing 1 Introduction to Databases 1B Land Information Systems After 2010, no substitute for this course will be available. Current students who fail this course in 2010, may be accommodated on an ad hoc basis (e.g. by offering a special block course to them). This course is similar to the course Geomatics Theory of Errors, but the latter course is offered at a higher level. Repeaters of the course Adjustment of Observations will be allowed to attend the classes of Geomatics Theory of Errors, but will write a special examination at a lower level (similar to the course Adjustment of Observations). Surveying 3 AND Digital Terrain Modelling AND a special Diploma Project (similar to the Bachelor Project, but with only 14 credits at NQF Level 6)

All other courses from the current Land Surveying programme, which are not listed above, will still be available under the new Geomatics or other programmes.

277

NATIONAL DIPLOMA IN LAND SURVEYING (Old Programme - Phasing out 2010) CURRICULUM Year 1: (Offered for the last time in 2009) Semester 1 (Core Courses) Course Code Course Title RGB111N Computer Usage MMS110S Mathematics and Statistics LMM110S Land Management 1 LTS110S Land Tenure Systems 1 BEC110S Basic Ecology LUP120S Land Use Planning 1 LPB0320 Language in Practice B Semester 2 GIS110S Geoinformatics 1 LIS610S BSV121S LSM120S CAS120S SUP120S Land Information Systems Basic Surveying Large Scale Mapping Cadastral Surveying 1 Surveying Project

27DLAS

Prerequisite None None None None None None Language in Practice A Mathematics and Statistics & Computer Usage Computer Usage Mathematics and Statistics, Computer Usage Mathematics and Statistics Co-requisites: Basic Surveying, Cadastral, Surveying 1, Large Scale Mapping

Year 2 (Offered for the last time in 2010) Semester 3 ENS210S Engineering Surveying ADO210S LIS211S CAS210S LMM210S AVS210S Semester 4 CLF220S GIS220S LIS220S LTS210S STS220S DCV220S Adjustment of Observations Land Information Systems 2 Cadastral Surveying 2 Land Management 2 Advanced Surveying 1

Basic Surveying & Large Scale Mapping Basic Surveying Land Information Systems 1 & Geoinformatics 1 Basic Surveying & Cadastral Surveying 1 Land Management 1 Basic Surveying & Surveying Project None Geoinformatics 1 Land Information Systems 2 Land Tenure Systems 1 Large Scale Mapping & Basic Surveying Land Information Systems 2 & Large Scale Mapping

Cadastral Legislative Framework Geoinformatics 2 Land Information Systems 3 Land Tenure Systems 2 Sectional Title Surveying Digital Cartography & Visualisation

278

Year 3 (Offered for the last time in 2011) Semester 5 ENT321S Entrepreneurship CSK0420 Communication Skills AVS310S Advanced Surveying 2

None Language in Practice B Engineering Surveying, Advanced Surveying 1, Adjustment of Observations & Cadastral Surveying 2 Advanced Surveying 2 07BGIT

Semester 6 ICS320S In-Service Training (Land Surveying)

BACHELOR OF GEO-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (Offered FULL-TIME only)

Definition A Geographic Information System (GIS) can be defined as a computerised system that facilitates the phases of spatial data entry, storage, maintenance, analysis and dissemination. It can be viewed also in general terms as an information technology that is used to acquire, manage, interpret, integrate, display, analyse, or otherwise use spatial data to produce spatial products such as maps [both digital and analogue]. Where as GIS is defined as above, Geoinformatics is viewed as the scientific field that attempts to understand and integrate different disciplines studying the methods and techniques of handling spatial information. The discipline that provides the background for the production of necessary tools required for spatial data handling is called Spatial Information Theory. Geoinformatics (or Geomatics as the Canadians like to call it) has evolved from just a concept to a recognized study and professional field. The overall aim of the programme is to provide the academic training of skilful and competent labour force for the growing GIS industry in Namibia. The programme aims at providing participants with the practical and theoretical skills necessary to successfully design, implement and apply geo-information technologies that can be use as decision supporting tools for spatial problems. The focus of the programme will be the development of essential practical skills along side training in fundamental spatial concepts and theory. Duration The Bachelor of Geo-information Technology is a 3 years educational programme with the following exit levels: Year 1: National Certificate in Geographic Information Systems Year 2: National Diploma in Geo-information Technology Year 3: Bachelor Degree in Geo-information Technology. Admission Requirements Candidates may be admitted directly into the first year of the BGIT programme if they meet the general Polytechnic admission requirements of a Grade 12 certificate at NSSC (O) level with at least 25 aggregate points, and comply with the following additional requirements: A pass with at least a C symbol in Mathematics at NSSC (O) level or (NSSC (H) 4). A pass with at least a C symbol in English at NSSC (O) level, and placement into the new Communication Skills according to the English Placement Test.

279

Students who only gain entry into Module 2 or 3 (or its equivalence) may also be admitted, but will be required to advance to the Communication Skills (or its equivalence) by the end of their 2nd year of study, if they wish to complete the National Diploma or Bachelor Degree in GIT. A pass with at least a C symbol in Geography OR Physics at NSSC (O) level. Proof of competency in basic computer usage. Students who meet the general admission requirements but not the above specific requirements could enter the bridging programme [year zero] to make up the additional requirements. The following courses need to be passed. Mathematics: Students who passed Mathematics at NSSC (O) level with less than a C symbol need to pass the bridging course Mathematics and Statistics 1 for LM. Geography or Physics: Students who did not pass Geography or Physics at NSSC (O) level with at least a C symbol, need to pass the bridging course Introduction to Physics and Introduction to Geospatial Data. (Note: All students have to pass the Introduction to Geospatial Data course, either in Year 0 (for bridging students) or Year 1 (students who gain entry directly into the first year of the programme). Without proof of competency in basic computer usage, the course Computer Usage must be passed. Mature age will not be considered for admission to this programme.

Progression Rule For The Bachelor of Geo-Information Technology A student has to pass all the courses for the National Diploma in GIT, plus the additional Bachelor courses of Year 2, before he/she will proceed to the Bachelor GIT. Students who want to progress from certificate to diploma must be able to pass all the courses at certificate level plus the additional diploma courses of year 1. Course Assessment Strategies This programme will have different assessment strategies in line with the learning outcomes of a particular course. Except for In-service Training, Diploma Project, the Final Research project and those other courses specifically prescribed in the curriculum to be assessed in continuous evaluation, all the other courses will be assessed on the basis of a semester mark and examination mark. The semester mark is achieved through continuous assessments cumulatively contributing 40 % of the final mark. The examination mark is achieved through regular end of semester examination, which accounts for the remaining 60% of the final mark. To gain admission to the semester examination, a candidate must have attained at least 50% as semester mark in a given course. In-Service Training, the Diploma Project, final assignment and other courses (see syllabi) will be assessed according to the Polytechnics continuous assessment policy. The assessments are designed to make sure that the learning outcomes of a particular course are attainable. As for In-Service-Training, performance of the student will be continuously evaluated by the internal supervisor or lecturer during the entire period in consultation with the industrial supervisor. The oral presentation and the written reports will be evaluated by a panel that will include the program coordinator, the internal supervisor and an appointed moderator. The student will be required to submit to the internal supervisor a monthly portfolio of evidence of all tasks that s/he would have been involved in during the entire period.

280

BACHELOR OF GEO-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (NEW PROGRAMME 2011)

07BGIT

Implementation and Transition Arrangements The revised Bachelor of Geoinformation Technology programme (BGIT) will be implemented in the academic year of 2011 and will be effective for all newly registered students. The existing BGIT curriculum will phase-out latest in 2014. All currently registered full-time and part-time NPC students (National Planning Commission) can follow all courses of the approved BGIT programme or choose to transit to the newly revised programme. The following transitional arrangements have been made: Students who fail more than 50% of all offered 1st year courses in 2010 will have to transit to the newly revised programme in 2011; Students who pass more than 50% of all offered 1st year courses in 2010 can continue with the old programme or opt to follow the revised programme from 2011 onwards; Students who have successfully passed all 2nd year courses in 2010 can follow the old programme in their 3rd year or opt to follow the revised programme from 2011 onwards; Students who failed their 3rd year in 2010 can follow the old programme until latest 2014 or transit to the revised programme if they wish; After 2014 all students will need to follow the revised programme. The School of Information Technology (SIT) has replaced the course Introduction to Systems Administration (ISA110S) with the course Operating Systems and Networks (ONS120S) which has approximately 80% equivalence with ISA110S. The course Database Systems Administration 1 (DSA410S) will phase-out and be offered for the last time in 2011. From then on, only the new course Database Administration (DSA320S) will be offered, which has effectively replaced DSA410S already. The new course DSA320S has the prerequisites Introduction to Databases 1B (IDB120S) and Database Programming (DBP220S) which are now included in the curriculum. In the event of a student not being able to successfully pass DSA410S in 2011 he/she will be given up to a 2nd opportunity (special examination) to do so. From 2012 onwards all students following the old programme will need to register for DBP220S and DSA320S. Students following the old programme will register for In-Service-Training (IGI310S) in semester five and the Individual Final Assignment/Bachelor Project (PGI320S) in semester six as laid out in the approved curriculum. From 2014 onwards IGI310S as well as PGI320S will be replaced by the course GIT in Practice (WIL). All other courses from the current Bachelor Programme in Geoinformation Technology, which are not listed in the replacement table below, will still be available until 2014: Old Course
Computer Usag (RGB111N) Introduction to Physics (ITS0220S) Introduction to Systems Administration (ISA110S) Database Systems Administration 1 (DSA410S) Database Administration (DSA 320S)

Semester
Bridging Bridging 3 4 Elective

Replacement Course
Computer User Skills (CUS411S Basic Science (BSC410S) Operating Systems and Networks (ONS120S) Database Programming (DBP220S)

Semester
1 1 3 4 6

281

Old courses will not be credited for new courses. Students who transit to the revised programme in 2011 or at a later stage will need to register for the following additional courses: New course Semester Introduction to Land Use Planning & Management (ILP510S) 1 Tools and Techniques (TTS511S ) 1 Information Competence (ICT521S) 2 Contemporary Issues (CIS610S) 5 GIT in Practice (WIL) 6 up to and including Semester 4 BACHELOR OF GEO-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (NEW PROGRAMME 2011) CURRICULUM Course Code Course Title Prerequisite Bridging Year Semester 1 Year 1, Semester 1 IGD411S Introduction to Geospatial Data None ILP510S Introduction to Land Use Planning & Management None TTS511S Tools and Techniques None ITM111S Introduction to Mathematics None CUS411S Computer User Skills None LIP411S Language in Practice None BSC410S Basic Science None Semester 2 GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 ISM110S DCV512S LPB0320 ISW120S ICT521S Introduction to Survey and Mapping Digital Cartography Language in Practice B Introduction to Software Engineering Information Competence Introduction to Geospatial Data, Computer User Skills Introduction to Geospatial Data Introduction to Geospatial Data Language in Practice None None Computer User Skills Geographic Information Systems 1, Co-requisite Introduction to Data-bases 1B Computer User Skills Computer User Skills Introduction to Software Engineering Introduction to Geospatial Data, Basic Science Prerequisite None None None None All courses 07BGIT

Year 2, Semester 3 BWC511S Basic Web Cartography LIS611S Land Information Systems IDB220S ONS120S SED120S RES511S Introduction to Databases 1B Operating Systems and Networks Software Analysis and Design Remote Sensing 1

282

Semester 4 DBP220S Database Programming GIM612S Geoinformation Management 1 GES612S WDF220S APR110S RES612S Geographic Information Systems 2 Web Development Fundamentals Applied Computer Programming Remote Sensing 2

Introduction to Databases 1B Geographic Information Systems 1, Remote Sensing 1 Geographic Information Systems 1 Computer User Skills Introduction to Mathematics, Computer User Skills Remote Sensing 1, Geographic Information Systems 1

Year 3 Semester 5 GIP710S GIS Programming

GIM711S GDB611S GDG611S GES711S CSK0420

Geoinformation Management 2 Geodatabases Geodemographics Geographic Information Systems 3 Communication Skills

Applied Computer Programming, Geographic Information Systems 2, Software Analysis and Design Geoinformation Management 1 Introduction to Databases 1B, Geographic Information Systems 2 Geographic Information Systems 2 Geographic Information Systems 2 Language in Practice B Geographic Information Systems 2, Remote Sensing 2 None All courses up to and including Semester 4 Introduction to Databases 1B, Database Programming Basic Web Cartography, Web Development Fundamentals, Geographic Information Systems

Semester 6 GSA712S Geostatistical Analysis CIS610S GIP712S Elective DSA320S AWG712S Contemporary Issues GIT in Practice (WIL) Database Administration Advanced WebGIS

283

BACHELOR OF GEO-INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (OLD PROGRAMME) (Phasing out at end of 2014) CURRICULUM Course Code Course Title Bridging Year Semester 1 IGD411S Introduction to Geospatial Data MMS11S Mathematics and Statistics LIP411S Language in Practice RGB111N Computer Usage Semester 2 ITS0220S Introduction to Physics GES512S Geographic Information Systems 1 LPB0320 Language in Practice B Year 1 Semester 1 BWC511S IGD411S GES512S RES511S IDB220S Prerequisite None None None None None None Language in Practice

27BGIT

Basic Web Cartography Introduction to Geospatial Data Geographic Information Systems 1 Remote Sensing 1 Introduction to Databases 1B

Computer Usage None Computer Usage, co-requisite (LGD) Co-requisite: Introduction to Geospatial Data Computer Usage Geographic Information Systems 1 Geographic Information Systems 1 & Computer Usage Mathematics and Statistics Computer Usage Computer Usage

Semester 2 DCV512S Digital Cartography GES611S Geographic Information Systems 2 ISM110S ISW120S WDF220S Introduction to Survey and Mapping Introduction to Software Engineering Web Development Fundamentals

Year 2 Semester 3 GES711S Geographic Information Systems 3 LIS610S Land Information Systems RES611S SED210S ONS120S Remote Sensing 2 Software Analysis and Design Operting Systems and Networks

Geographic Information Systems 2 Geographic Information Systems 2 & Introduction to Databases 1B Remote Sensing 1 & Geographic Information Systems 1 Introduction to Software Engineering Computer Usage Geographic Information Systems 3 Geographic Information Systems 3 & Remote Sensing 1 Introduction to Databases 1B Geographic Information Systems 2 & Remote Sensing 2

Semester 4 GDG621S Geodemographics GIM620S Geoinformation Management 1 DSA410S GSA620S Database System Administration 1 Geo-Statistical Analysis

284

CSK0420 APR110S

Communication Skills Applied Computer Programming 1

Year 3 Semester 5 IGI610S In-Service Training (BGIT)

Language in Practice B Software Analysis and Design (Engineering) Remote Sensing 2, Land Information Systems & Geographic Information Systems 3

Following courses are followed by Bachelor of Geo-Information Technology students GIP710S GIM710S AGD710S GIS Programming Geoinformation Management 2 Advanced Geodatabases Land Information Systems, Geoinformation Management 1 Geographic Information Systems 3, Land Information Systems & Introduction to Databases 1B

Semester 6 AWG720S Advanced Web GIS PCT121S PGI720S Principles of Critical Thinking Project (BGIT)

Geographic Information Systems 2, Basic Web Cartography & Web Development Fundamentals Communication Skills All courses included up to semester 5

285

CENTRE FOR OPEN AND LIFELONG LEARNING Assistant Registrar Coordinator: Courseware Development Instructional Designer : : : Delvaline Mwes, B.Sc. (UJ), HED (PG), B.Ed, M.Ed. (UNAM), Ph.D. (Stellenbosch) Georgina Frhlich, B.Sc., Dip. Ed. (New England), M.Ed. (UNISA) Leena Kangandji, B.Sc.Computer Science and Statistics (UNAM), MA: Open, Distance and Flexible Learning (Univ. of London) Judith Britz, B.A. HED (PG) (UNAM) Vacant Yvonne Tjizumaue, ND: Commerce (PoN) Johnson Mutirua, Certificate: Education for Development (NAMCOL) Gillian Barker, ND: Human Resources Management (PoN) Brenda Kaumbangere Henrietha Beukes Usiel Tjiho, Diploma: Stores Management & Stock Control (Cambridge Tutorial College) Macdonald Handura, ICDL (NAMCOL) Gwendoline Steenkamp, B.Tech. Policing (Tshwane Univ. of Technology), Dip. Police Management and Leadership (Finnish Police College), Certificate in Conduct Outcomes-based Assessment (AssessmentCollege of South Africa) Ulrich Hummel, BETD (WCE), Dip.Ed.(UNAM), B.Tech (Tshwane Univ. of Technology) Julia Matengu, HED (VISTA Univ.), Dip. in Agriculture (Ogongo Agric. College), ICDL (NAMCOL) Christopher Madyaao, HED (UNAM), Certificate for Distance Education Practitioners (UNISA) Menason Katjirua, HED, Advance Dip. in Education (UNAM) Elvire Laher, Dip: Adult Education and Community Development (UNAM), Certificate for Distance Education Practitioners (UNISA) Estelle Cloete, Diploma in Business Management (Business Management Training College, South Africa), Certificate in Management Principles for First Line Managers (UNISA)

Coordinator: Student Support

Coordinator: Administrative Support : Student Support Officers :

Senior Store and Dispatch Officer : Store and Dispatch Clerk Regional Coordinators : :

Secretary

286

Telephone Number Fax Number E-mail Address (enquiries) E-mail Address (assignments) Website

: : : : :

+264 61-207 2081 +264 61-207 2208 collenquiries@polytechnic.edu.na collassignments@polytechnic.edu.na www.polytechnic.edu.na/centres/coll/coll.php

VISION STATEMENT Through pedagogic innovation, the Centre for Open and Lifelong Learning (COLL) seeks to be internationally recognised and distinguished for the design and delivery of supported open and distance learning. DISTANCE EDUCATION: QUALIFICATIONS The following qualifications are offered on the distance education mode of study: Certificate in Public Management Bachelor of Public Management Bachelor of Public Management Honours National Diploma in Police Science National Certificate in Accounting and Finance National Diploma in Accounting and Finance Bachelor of Technology in Accounting and Finance National Certificate in Business Studies National Diploma in Business Administration Bachelor of Business Administration National Diploma in Marketing Bachelor of Marketing Diploma in Human Resources Management Bachelor of Human Resources Management Bachelor of Human Resources Management Honours National Certificate in Office Management and Technology National Diploma in Office Management and Technology Bachelor of Technology in Economics Certificate in Transport Management Diploma in Transport Management Bachelor of Transport Management Bachelor of English Bachelor of English Honours Bachelor of Communication Bachelor of Hospitality Management Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management Bachelor of Technology: Nature Conservation Certificate in Community-Based Natural Resource Management Certificate in Namibian Environmental Education In order to provide an effective and efficient student support service, the Centre for Open and Lifelong Learning (COLL) employs full-time academic staff, drawn from the academic schools and departments at the Polytechnic, on a part-time basis to offer tutorials and develop quality assured instructional materials which are delivered through print-based, multi-media and eLearning methods. The COLL also provide a range of administrative and academic support services to distance education students through Regional Centres established across the country.

287

DE1 DE2 (a)

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Refer to Rule GI2, the general admission regulations and requirements. CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE CENTRE FOR OPEN AND LIFELONG LEARNING All written enquiries in connection with your studies at the COLL should be addressed to: Centre for Open and Lifelong Learning Polytechnic of Namibia Private Bag 13388 Windhoek NAMIBIA Always provide the following particulars in all correspondence: Student number (if registered already) Identity number Date of birth Initials and surname Study Programme

(b) (c)

(d)

(e) (f) (g) DE3 (a)

No responsibility is accepted for correspondence that is not directed to the abovementioned address. Enquiries/Letters concerning academic matters, such as problems with the use of textbooks, tutorial letters and instructional material must be directed to the Coordinator: Student Support, Ms. Judith Britz Tel: +264 61-207 2203, e-mail: jbritz@polytechnic. edu.na. Appointments in this regard can also be made directly. Administrative enquiries with regard to registration, assignments and instructional material may be directed to the Coordinator: Administrative Support, the Student Support Officers or the Senior Stores and Dispatch Officer, who may be contacted through telephone: +264 61-207 2259/2071/2561/2558/2801/2802/2235/2567 or email: collenquiries@polytechnic.edu.na while assignments may be submitted electronically to collassignments@polytechnic.edu.na (Refer to DE12 (j)). Correspondence in connection with the library must be directed to the Chief Librarian: +264 61-207 2092 Correspondence in connection with finances must be directed to +264 61-207 2266 Correspondence in connection with examinations must be directed to +264 61-207 2027/2106 REGIONAL CENTRES Students living in the vicinity of Regional Centres are advised to consult the Regional Coordinator in charge, should there be any administrative enquiries, e.g. application, registration, course amendments, fees, instructional material, submission of assignments, examination, face-to-face tutorials, etc. The following Regional Centres are in operation:
Gobabis P.O.Box 1043 Tel: +264 62-564071 P.O.Box 281 Tel: +264 66-252388 Fax: +264 62-564183 email: gsteenkamp@polytechnic.edu. na : edekoker@polytechnic.edu.na Fax: +264 66-252202 email: cmadyaao@polytechnic.edu.na : stsimataa@polytechnic.edu.na

(b)

Katima Mulilo

288

Keetmanshoop

P.O.Box 1780 Tel: +264 63-221033 P.O.Box 3335 Tel: +264 65-231276 P.O.Box 122 Tel: +264 65-272965 P.O.Box 607 Tel: +264 67-301149 P.O.Box 2406 Tel: +264 66-255545 P.O.Box 463 Tel: +264 67-220483 P.O.Box 8011, Narraville Tel: +264 64-203603

Fax: +264 063-222051 email:astuurmann@polytechnic.edu.na Fax: +264 65-231277 email: jmatengu@polytechnic.edu.na : snaanda@polytechnic.edu.na Fax: +264 65-272967 email: emubonda@polytechnic.edu.na : ttjikulya@polytechnic.edu.na Fax: +264 67-301290 email: uhummel@polytechnic.edu.na :jhunibes@polytechnic.edu.na Fax: +264 66-255386 email: dhaufiku@polytechnic.edu.na : rmunango@polytechnic.edu.na Fax: +264 67-220647 email: mkatjirua@polytechnic.edu.na : rcloete@polytechnic.edu.na Fax: +264 64-209715 email: elaher@polytechnic.edu.na aswartz@polytechnic.edu.na

Ongwediva

Opuwo

Otjiwarongo

Rundu

Tsumeb

Walvis Bay

DE4 (a)

OFFICE HOURS COLL Office Hours COLL offices are open from Monday to Friday, from 07:30 to 13:00 and from 14:00 to 16:30. Office hours of the Regional Centres are as follows: Monday to Thursday: 09:30 - 14:00 and 15:00 - 18:30 Friday : 08:00 - 12:00 and 13:00 -17:00 Saturday: 09:00 - 13:00 Except for Opuwo and Rundu: Monday to Friday: 07:30 - 13:00 and 14:00 - 16:30

(b)

DE5

APPLICATION AND REGISTRATION PROCEDURES Refer to Rule GI2 of the Polytechnic Prospectus for Admission Criteria. Special admission requirements for certain programmes are spelt out in Departmental regulations. Such special requirements should be met in addition to the normal admission requirements. All prospective students must apply for admission to the Polytechnic of Namibia on the prescribed application form. Application forms are available on request from the Office of the Registrar and from Regional Centres. Application forms are also available on the Polytechnic website: http://www.polytechnic.edu.na. All applications must be accompanied by the relevant fees. The closing date for all applications is the last working day in September preceding the year in which admission is sought. Applicants will be notified as soon as possible after the closing date whether their application for admission have been successful or not. Registration dates are published in the

289

Polytechnic Prospectus, appear on the Polytechnic website: http://www.polytechnic. edu.na and are advertised in the media. These dates are applicable to all categories of students. (a) By signing the registration form, the student inter alia declares that s/he is familiar with the contents of this Prospectus and the regulations for his/her degree/diploma/certificate, and that s/he undertakes to strictly obey all rules and regulations of the Polytechnic. Students who register in person: Students who live in or in the vicinity of Windhoek, or one of the Regional Centres may personally hand in their applications for registration at the respective offices. If a student registers IN PERSON, s/he will receive all available instructional material upon payment of the initial installment of fees. Students who register by mail: Students who register by mail must ensure that their applications for registration are in order (see closing date for registration). THE COMPLETED REGISTRATION FORM TOGETHER WITH THE INITIAL PRESCRIBED INSTALLMENT MUST BE RECEIVED BEFORE THE CLOSING DATE (see Fees), as well as documents required for admission to the particular qualification (see Documents to be produced). The above should be sent to: The Faculty Officer Polytechnic of Namibia Private Bag 13388 Windhoek, NAMIBIA (ii) In the case of previously registered students, the student retains the existing student number allocated to him/her the first time s/he registered. THIS NUMBER MUST BE INDICATED ON HIS/HER REGISTRATION FORM. A new number will not be issued. Students must indicate the proposed qualification on the registration form. If this qualification is not indicated, the registration form will be regarded as incomplete, leading to possible disqualification of registration. Instructional material will be posted via Regional Centres where applicable. If instructional material is not received within two weeks of application for registration and if no further communication is received from the COLL, the local post office and Regional Centres must be contacted before the COLL is contacted. Upon issuing/receiving of instructional material, students are responsible to verify and ensure that they received the correct instructional material for the course(s) they registered for. Assignments based on wrong instructional material and tutorial letters will not be accepted for marking. Duplicate instructional material will be issued to distance education students at the following costs: Study guide - N$245.00 First tutorial letter with assignments - N$35.00 CD/DVD - N$35.00 The above-mentioned amounts are subject to change.

(b)

(c) (i)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

290

DE6 (a)

REGISTRATION AND RE-REGISTRATION Any person who wishes to be registered as a student at the Polytechnic for a particular academic year must complete the official registration form and sign it (by which s/he subjects him/herself to the regulations of the Polytechnic), must pay the prescribed fees and, except if already produced, must produce documentary proof that all admission requirements have been met for the study of the qualification for which a student wishes to register. In exceptional cases, the Polytechnic may grant permission that documentary proof may be handed in not later than 31 May each year, failing which a students registration will immediately be cancelled, and s/he will forfeit his/her tuition fees in accordance with the stipulations of the paragraph under Fees in the Prospectus. The relevant sections under General Information are applicable for further information, including the closing dates and the basic requirements for registration. The Polytechnic may set a final registration date for a specific academic year after which a student may no longer register, and may refuse any application for registration if the students completed registration form, the prescribed fees and/or the required documentary proof in support of his/her application do not reach the Polytechnic before the fixed closing date. A student who was previously registered at another tertiary institution and did not obtain a degree, diploma or a certificate at the end of his/her last year of registration, must (if a decision can be made based on the information on his application forms) submit a satisfactory certificate of conduct and an original report of his/her complete academic record, issued by the Registrar of the previous institution, during his/her first year of registration not later than 31 May each year, failing which his/her registration will be cancelled immediately. Re-registration may be refused in the case of a student whose academic progress does not satisfy Senate/the relevant Board of Studies. In cases where permission for re-registration is granted, it will be done only on conditions as determined by the Polytechnic. Students who find themselves unable to continue with their studies are required to cancel such courses. If courses are not cancelled, it will be viewed as a failure on the side of the student to make satisfactory academic progress. Cancellation forms are available from the COLL and the Regional Centres. The closing date for all cancellations is the last working day in April for 1st semester courses and the last working day in September for 2nd semester courses. The relevant sections under Termination of Studies, Rule AC1.4 and REFUNDS Rules F.7.1.1 F.7.1.9 are applicable for further information, including the closing dates and the basic requirements for cancellation of courses/ termination of studies. DOCUMENTS TO BE PRODUCED When students register for the first time, the following original documents must be handed in together with the students application for registration: (a) original certificate of the relevant admission qualification; (b) original Namibian identity document; (c) original marriage certificate in case of married women.

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

DE7

291

If the student was previously registered at any other tertiary institution, and s/he has suspended his/her studies before the completion of the degree or diploma for which s/he was registered, s/he must produce the following documents together with his/her application for registration: (a) original certificate of conduct; (b) original report of full academic record. The above documentation must be issued by the institution where the qualification was obtained. All qualifications must be certified before submission to the Polytechnic. DE8 (a) CHANGING REGISTRATION Students who wish to cancel their studies at the Polytechnic must complete the prescribed form (Refer to DE6 (e)). Students are referred to the section on fees in connection with the repayment of money. Note that the closing date for course amendments is the last working day in February (1st semester and year courses) and the last working day in July (2nd semester courses) each year. This date also applies to applications for course exemptions. Cancellations can, however, still be done after this date (Refer to DE6 (e)). Late Registration, course amendments and change of mode of study, i.e. change from full-time/part-time to the distance education mode of study is subject to the availability of instructional material and the time available to submit assignments as indicated on the approved assignment schedule. In the case of a change of address and/or examination centre, students are requested to communicate the change of address and/or Examination Centre to COLL in writing as soon as the relevant change happens. Forms for Notification of Change of Address and/or Examination Centre are available from COLL and the Regional Centres. METHOD OF INSTRUCTION Distance education is a unique method of instruction and study. It is unique in the sense that instruction and learning take place with the instructor/tutor and the students in different places for most of the time. In the COLL the main medium of instruction is the printed word supplemented with multi-media and eLearning, which enable students to study at home. It is therefore possible for students to study when and where they wish and they can link their academic studies with their practical work. The instructional material for each course will be supplied to students when they pay their tuition fees upon registration. The main form of material is the printed study guide, consisting of a number of units with activities for the students to complete to assess their own understanding of the course. Usually prescribed or supplementary reading is recommended. The supplementary reading material may be a reader, which will be supplied with the printed study guide, or a prescribed textbook, which should be bought. Each course also includes assignments which must be completed on time and send to the COLL for tutor-marking. The marks gained for an assignment form part of the final assessment for the course. Each assignment also receives tutorial comments which is sent back to students to assist them in their studies. The COLL is aware of the difficult circumstances in which many of its students have to study, and therefore provides assistance to enable students to derive full benefit from their studies. Tutors are assigned for each course to help students with academic problems they may have. Students may consult the tutor by letter, by phone at certain specified times, email or by a pre-arranged visit. 292

(b)

(c)

(d)

DE9

DE10 STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES The COLL provides the following support services: (a) Marker-tutoring Assignments coming from students are used as a teaching tool and marker-tutors therefore do not just mark in a conventional sense, but also give the necessary advice and encouragement on how students may improve and make progress toward being successful at the end of a semester. Telephone/email-tutoring Marker-tutors are available for tutoring and academic advice through telephone- and email correspondence. Students will be provided with a list of their tutors telephone numbers and email addresses upon registration. Students are advised to please make use of this service. Face-to-face tutorials/Saturday tutorials These tutorials are organised in Windhoek and at the various Regional Centres on Saturdays. Notice of such tutorials will be provided to students by the: Coordinator: Student Support (COLL); and the Regional Coordinator. Students should make every effort to attend these tutorials. Vacation Schools Vacation schools are offered two times a year, during April and August in Windhoek. Notice of such vacation schools will be sent to students from time to time. Although attendance at vacation schools is usually optional, students are strongly advised to make use of this service. It is a valuable opportunity for students to benefit, not only for academic purposes, but also to make use of library facilities and to meet their tutors and fellow students. Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for the NEEC, B.Tech: Nature Conservation, Bachelor of Communication, Bachelor of English, Bachelor: Hospitality Management, Travel and Tourism Management, Advanced Industrial Relations, Advanced Organisational Development and Change, Advanced Management of Training, Compensation Management, Strategic Human Resources Management, Research Methodology, Research Project, Information Administration, Speech and Deportment, Computerised Accounting, Basic German, Basic Portuguese, Entrepreneurship, E-Marketing and Web Management, Marketing Research & Market Intelligence. Business Stimulation is also compulsory for all students registered for Entrepreneurship. Please refer to the first tutorial letter on these courses for more detail. Students registered for these courses may not cancel their registration after 28 February and 28 July of each year. Radio tutorials Radio tutorials are broadcast on National Radio, to supplement print-based instructional material and face-to-face sessions with 10 minute radio programmes. Schedules for radio tutorials are available on COLLs website: www.polytechnic.edu.na/centres/coll/ coll/php Multi-media and eLearning The instructional material for some courses are also supplemented with CDs and /or DVD tutorials while a number of courses are offered through the eLearning mode of study. Reference to these additional media will be announced in the first tutorial letter. 293

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

Library services The Polytechnics library services are available free of charge to all registered students. Membership of the library is subject to the Library Regulations. The library will lend recommended books and other supplementary reading matter to students. Prescribed textbooks must, however, be bought by the student, and will NOT be provided by the library. A student who does not return library material on the due date will not be allowed admission to the examinations, to re-register, and will not receive his/her examination results before the outstanding library material has been returned to the Polytechnic. Limited stocks of library books are available from Regional Centres. The student must also consult his/her nearest Regional Centre in this regard. The Polytechnic Library has a number of very useful resources and services which are accessible through the website: http://www.polytechnic.edu.na/library/library.php A Resource Guide on all the various library services available to distance education students will be issued upon registration. Online examination papers: Past examination papers are available from the Librarys web page, but only on campus. They are also accessible via CD-ROM from the Regional Centres and via email from the Subject Librarians subjectlibrarian@polytechnic.edu. na. Subject Librarians will only send past papers to distance education students who have supplied their student numbers. If there is anything students do not understand, or which they need to have explained, they should not hesitate to consult their Tutor, Coordinator: Administrative Support, Coordinator Student Support, Regional Coordinator, or the Assistant Registrar of COLL; either by telephone, fax, email, a letter, or by a personal visit arranged beforehand.

DE11 PRESCRIBED TEXTBOOKS AND STUDY MATERIAL Particulars concerning the prescribed textbook(s), which the student must buy, will be made available upon registration by means of a first tutorial letter, which is part of the study material of a particular course. Prescribed textbooks are available at the Regional Centres for reference purposes. Some of these textbooks are also available at the following Namibian Open Learning Network Trust (NOLNeT) Centres (Regional Centres that serve NAMCOL, NIED, Polytechnic and UNAM students): Mariental Teachers Resource Centre; Eenhana Multi Media Centre and Community Library; and the Oranjemund NAMDEB Technical College. Full particulars concerning the prescribed textbooks are contained in the first tutorial letter. Students are strongly advised to order their books from the bookshop in good time, as this will prevent many unnecessary delays and disappointments. COLL does not sell prescribed textbooks and cannot order these for the students. Books are prescribed for most courses and can be ordered directly from the distributors or via the Regional Centres. All books can be purchased from the book supplier, Book Den at Wernhill, in Windhoek, Telephone: +264 61-239976. DE12 ASSIGNMENTS Students are required to qualify for examination admission on the basis of satisfactory answers to assignments. Particulars of the assignments, contribution of the assignment mark towards the final mark of a particular course and the minimum requirements for examination admission appear in the first tutorial letter.

294

The due dates for submitting assignments must be strictly adhered to and are stipulated in the Information Manual for Distance Education Students. If students receive the instructional material too late for submitting a particular assignment on time, they must immediately discuss the matter with the Regional Centre or the Coordinator: Administrative Support in Windhoek. Rules for students on submission of assignments (a) Keep to the due dates. Assignments that are submitted after the due date will be returned unmarked. It remains your responsibility to see to it that your assignment reaches COLL in time. (b) Medical and humanitarian reasons are the only reasons accepted for the late submission of assignments. Late submission of assignments will only be approved till 7 days (including public holidays and weekends) after the due date of an assignment. Valid documentary proof must be attached as part of the assignment before any late submission will be considered. Late submission without valid documentary proof attached to the assignment will be returned unmarked and may not be resubmitted for marking. Travelling and attendance of workshops, job related activities and conferences may not be used as an excuse for the late submission of assignments. (c) Assignments already submitted but not passed/returned unmarked may not be resubmitted. (d) The formal requirements for essays as set out in tutorial letters must be strictly adhered to. If your assignment does not comply with these requirements, you might lose marks. (e) Assignments based on wrong instructional material and tutorial letters will not be accepted for marking. (f) Remember to give the assignment the same number as the one appearing in the tutorial letter. For example, if you do assignment 02, you should number 02 and not 01. DO NOT enclose more than one assignment in the same assignment book/ CD/ document sent as an attachment via e-mail. (g) Indicate your student number, course name and course code, e.g. Introduction to Mathematics, ITM111S, and the assignment number on the assignment cover page before submission of an assignment. (h) Ensure that all information as requested on the assignment cover is completed and correct. Incorrect or incomplete information will prevent it from being accepted for marking. (i) Students tutor-marked assignments will be returned to them in window envelopes and therefore their names, addresses and postal codes must be completed clearly and correctly on the assignment cover. If this information is missing, tutor-marked assignments will not be returned to students. (j) Students may send assignments via e-mail. Students should download the Electronic Assignment Book available in MsWord format from http://www.polytechnic.edu. na/centres/docs/coll/coll_assbook.doc to complete assignments. Ensure that all information as requested on the assignment cover is completed and correct. Incorrect or incomplete information will prevent it from being accepted for marking. After completion of the assignment, email the Electronic Assignment Book as an attachment to: collassignments@polytechnic.edu.na (k) Completed assignments must never be emailed/mailed/submitted to the relevant Tutor, Student Support Officer or the Store and Dispatch Officer. (l) Always supply sufficient stamps when posting your assignments. Students who use express post for mailing their assignments must pay the costs attached to this service themselves. The Polytechnic of Namibia will not pay penalties for assignments with insufficient postage. Such assignments will be returned unmarked to the students.

295

(m) (n) (o)

(p) (q)

Posted/couriered assignments received after the due date of the assignment will be returned unmarked. Warning: Any loose pages increase the possibility for loosing assignment marks. Students living in the vicinity of Windhoek and who prefer to submit their assignments personally, must hand them in at the COLL assignment box. Students living in the vicinity of Regional Centres, should preferably submit their assignments at these Centres. Students are encouraged to form study groups to discuss their studies, but identical assignments by different members of a study group are not acceptable. Copying assignments constitutes a transgression of the Student Regulations of the Polytechnic of Namibia. Students found guilty of copying assignments will be awarded 0% for such an assignment. Upon submission of assignments, students have to acknowledge by means of complete referencing, all sources used and/or quoted. Students found guilty of plagiarism will be penalised and may be awarded 0%. A student, who has strong reasons to believe that an assignment mark may be incorrect, may apply that such mark be re-checked, regardless of the mark obtained. An application for a re-check must be directed to the Assistant Registrar: COLL on or before the last working day of May for the examinations taking place in the June session and on or before the last working day of October for the examinations taking place in the November session. Applications must be accompanied by a full motivation explaining why a re-check is sought. Such a re-check shall not necessarily lead to a re-mark of the assignment, unless so determined by the Tutor conducting the re-check. Applications for re-check based on requests to be condoned for admission to the examination will not be considered.

DE13 EXAMINATIONS A student is responsible for the arrangements and cost of his journey to the examination centre, as well as his accommodation at that centre. 1. In order to be admitted to the examination of a course, a student must obtain a semester/ year mark of at least 50%. 2. In order to pass a course, a student has to comply with the following criteria: (a) an examination mark with a sub-minimum of 40% must be achieved in cases where the examination comprises only one paper, and 35% each in cases where the examination consists of two or more papers, provided that the combined paper sub-minimum is 40%; (b) a final mark (calculated from semester/year mark and examination mark with the prescribed weighting ratio) of 50% has to be obtained in the course; (c) The semester/year mark and examination mark shall be used jointly to determine the final mark in the ratio of 30% (semester/year-mark) to 70% (examination mark), unless explicitly otherwise determined by Senate. The final examination timetable, in the form of an admission letter will be mailed to every student in May and October each year. It will, inter alia, contain the following information: (a) a list of courses in which the student obtained examination admission, with a corresponding list of final examination dates; (b) a list of courses in which the student has not obtained examination admission; (c) particulars regarding the examination centre and session; and (d) further general examination instructions will be mailed to students at the same time.

3.

296

4. 5.

Refer to AC4.4.6, Retention Rule of Semester Mark. NOTE: (a) Candidates who have not received their examination admission letter before each examination must immediately contact the Examination Department at telephone +264 61-207 2027 / 2106. (b) Students will not be permitted to write examination unless they have the following documentation in their possession at each session: - Proof of identity - Student card or proof of registration - Examination admission letter (c) Students are responsible for ensuring that they attend the correct examination session and receive the correct examination question paper.

DE14 EXAMINATION CENTRES (a) It is essential that the number of examination centres be limited as far as possible and therefore there must be at least five registered students before a centre will be established in an area. The Polytechnic reserves the right to approve or reject any application for the establishment of a special examination centre at any one place. Polytechnic regional students may sit for their examinations at the Polytechnic Regional Centres, Mariental Teachers Resource Centre, Luderitz Community Library, Oranjemund NAMDEB Technical College, Karasburg Teachers Resource Centre and in Rosh Pinah. (b) The Polytechnic takes no responsibility for the delay in mail delivery of examination timetables or receipt of any other information owing to a change in address or the inaccessibility of an address of any student. It is always the responsibility of the student to notify the Polytechnic of Namibia of any change in his/her postal address and to verify if such changes are effected correctly (See Changing Registration).

DE15 EXAMINATION NUMBERS AND SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS (a) The candidate uses his/her student number as his/her examination number. (b) A candidate may be requested to furnish proof of identity at all times. For this purpose candidates must show both their student card and an identity document on which a photograph of him/herself appears. (c) The duration of every paper will be indicated on the timetable. (d) Candidates and invigilators will be notified of any special arrangements in advance. (e) Cellular phones and smoking are not allowed in the examination rooms. DE16 EXAMINATION ADMISSION In a course offered, no student will be admitted to the examination unless s/he has met the following requirements for the particular academic year: (a) S/he must have been registered for instruction or additional examination opportunities in that course offered or, with the permission of Council, by another institution recognised by Council for this purpose; (b) S/he must have satisfactorily completed a minimum of a semesters/years work such as prescribed by Senate before a set date. The minimum requirements, which a student must meet for admission to the examination in a particular course, appear in the instructional material for the particular course and are spelt out in Departmental regulations.

297

DE17 EXAMINATION RESULTS (a) The results of the June/July examinations are expected to be announced in mid July, while the results of the October/November examinations are expected to be announced by mid December each year. Every candidate will be furnished with his/her examination results as soon as possible thereafter. (b) No results will be announced by telephone or telegram. (c) No results will be mailed to a student before s/he has returned all books that s/he has borrowed from the library. (d) No results will be sent to students who have not settled their accounts in full. (e) A student who has, in his/her opinion, met all the requirements for a certificate/diploma/ degree and has not received confirmation thereof by mid February or mid August each year, should contact the Examinations Department. (f) The student must provide the Examinations Department with the required documents for certification as soon as possible after the final examination. DE18 FAILURE TO PAY In the event of fees not being paid as per schedule, a student will not: (a) receive examination results; (b) be allowed access into examinations unless special arrangements have been made; (d) be permitted to re-register; (e) be allowed to graduate. DE19 STUDY PROGRAMMES OFFERED ON THE DISTANCE EDUCATION MODE: ADMISSION Refer to the General Admission Criteria (GI2) DE20 IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR STUDENTS REGISTERING FOR RESEARCH PROJECT/ DISSERTATION (RPB412S/HRP420S/TRP420S/DIS412S) (a) Students registering for the Research Project/Dissertation on the distance education mode of study, should register their Research Topics upon registration with the Coordinator: Student Support, Ms. Judith Britz if based in Windhoek or with the Regional Coordinator if based at any of the Regional Centres. The registration of your Research Topic is very important to ensure timely allocation of your Research Supervisor. It remains your responsibility to ensure that your Research Topic is submitted to COLL upon registration. Failure to do so will result in your Supervisor being appointed late. Please note that no extension for the submission of your Research Project/ Dissertation will be granted if you failed to submit your Research Topic to COLL. Also refer to Rule AC4.4: Completion and Submission of Undergraduate Research Projects/Dissertation for Examination.

(b) (c) (d) (e)

DE21 EXEMPTION ARRANGEMENTS Students may be exempted from the following institutional core courses based on their Grade 12 NSSC Grades in relevant subjects.

298

INSTITUTIONAL CORE COURSE Basic Mathematics Basic Science Computer User Skills Language in Practice

SCHOOL SUBJECT(S) Mathematics Biology and Physical Science Computer Studies English Language

GRADE Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or 4 (Higher Level) Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or 4 (Higher Level) Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or 4 (Higher Level) Minimum B (Ordinary Level) or 4 (Higher Level)

299

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION OF NEW PROGRAMME 2010 The Department introduced a new Bachelor Degree in 2010. The old B.Tech programme is phased out with effect from 2010 which means that the first year of the old B.Tech programme was no longer offered in 2010, while the second year is no longer offerred in 2011. Special Academic Regulations Progression Rule: There was a complete switch to the new curriculum as from 2010 for only the new intakes [first year students], and from there onward the rest of the new Bachelor curriculum is systematically phased in while the old B.Tech programme is systematically phased out, with year 2012 being the final date for the award of the B.Tech degree. Admission Requirements 1. Students who have completed the National Certificate in Public Management or Public Administration will continue with the old B.Tech Programme until 2012. 2. Students who have completed the National Certificate in Public Administration at the Polytechnic of Namibia can enrol for the Bachelor degree in Public Management provided that they have completed the following courses: 1. Principles of Information Systems 1A PIS121D OR Computer User Skills 2. Principles of Information Systems 1B PIS122D OR Computer User Skills 3. Basic Business Statistics 1A 4. Basic Business Statistics 1B General Transition Rules The general transition rules are as follows: 1. All new enrolments as from 2010 commenced with the new curriculum. 2. First year students in 2009 who failed (i.e.less than 50% of credits obtained) had to switch to the new curriculum in 2010. 3. First year students in 2009 who have passed may continue with the old curriculum, but if students failed any of the subjects/courses in the old curriculum, such failed subjects/courses in the old curriculum were only offered on new syllabi and students had to complete the new courses. 4. Second year students in 2010 who failed (i.e. less than 50% of credits obtained) must switch to the new curriculum in 2011. 5. Second year students in 2010 who have passed may continue with the old curriculum, but if students should fail any of the subjects/courses in the old curriculum in 2010, such failed subjects/courses in the old curriculum will only be offered on new syllabi and students must complete the new courses. 6. The last date for completion of the old curriculum is 2012, after which the students in the old curriculum must automatically switch to the new curriculum and make up all outstanding courses/subjects from the new curriculum. 7. Students who do not progress every year must switch to the new curriculum and make up all outstanding courses/subjects from the new curriculum. 8. There is no retention of semester marks for subjects/courses where the syllabi have changed.

300

BACHELOR OF PUBLIC MANAGEMENT(NEW) (Phased in 2010) CURRICULUM

24BPMA

First Year - Certificate in Public Management (Phased in 2010) Semester 1 Course Title Course Code Prerequisites Introduction to Public Management IPM111S None Language in Practice B LPB0320 Language in Practice Basic Mathematics BMS411S None Introduction to Sociology ISO0100 None Computer User Skills CUS411S None Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None And any ONE of the following: Introduction to Psychology of PHR511S None Human Resources Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None Semester 2 Public Management in Namibia Introduction to Political Science Communication Skills Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) Principles of Economics 1B Language in Practice B (if not yet taken) Basic Mathematics (if not yet taken) And any ONE of the following: Introduction to Human Resources Management Business Accounting 1B PMN112S IPS0100 CSK0420 CUS411S PEC112S LPB0320 BMS411S IHR512S BAC1200 Introduction to Public Management None Language in Practice B None None Language in Practice None None None

Second Year - Bachelor Degree in Public Management (Phased in 2011) Semester 3 Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills Regional & Local Government RLG211S Introduction to Public Management Management Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Basic Mathematics or Gr 12 Symbol B or better. Governance and Politics in Africa GPA411S Introduction to Political Science Public Human Resources Management PHR211S Introduction to Public Management And any ONE of the following: Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A & 1B Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A Semester 4 Regional & Local Government in Namibia Basic Business Statistics 1B Public Financial Management Business Ethics & Leadership And any ONE of the following: Intermediate Macroeconomics Business Accounting 2B RLG212S BBS112S PFM212S BEL112S IME212S BAC212S Regional & Local Government Management Basic Business Statistics 1A Public Management in Namibia None Principles of Economics 1B Business Accounting 1A &1B

301

Third Year - Bachelor Degree in Public Management (Phasing in 2012) Semester 5 Public Policy Analysis PPA711S Public Management in Namibia Law for Public Managers 1A LPM111S None Development Management DMA111S Introduction to Public Management International Relations & Organisations IRO311S None And any ONE of the following: Financial Management 1A NFM111S Business Accounting 2A & 2B Urban Development & Management UDP711S Regional and Local Government Management Applied Economic Policy Analysis AEP311S Intermediate Microeconomics & Macroeconomics Semester 6 Law for Public Managers 1B Public Sector Organisational Behaviour Comparative Local Government Management Innovation, Creativity and Entrepreneurship And any ONE of the following: International Trade Disaster Managemnt Public Sector Accounting LPM112S POB712S CLG112S ICE712S ITT312S DSM712S PSA712S None Public Management in Namibia Regional & Local Government in Namibia None Principles of Economics 1A None Business Accounting 2B 24BPMA

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: PUBLIC MANAGEMENT

First Year - Certificate in Public Management (Not available from 2010) Semester 1 Course Title Course Code Prerequisites Introduction to Public Management IPM111S None Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None Basic Mathematics BMS1100 None Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics (Busines & Management) / Basic Mathematics or Grade 12 symbol B or better Introduction to Sociology ISO0100 None Language in Practice B LPB0320 English Proficiency Test And any ONE of the following: Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources IPH111S None NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Basic Mathematics if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics or equivalent. Semester 2 Public Management in Namibia Principles of Economics 1B Basic Mathematics (if not yet taken) Basic Business Statistics 1B Introduction to Political Science Communication Skills PMN112S PEC112S BMS1100 BBS112S IPS0100 CSK0420 302 Introduction to Public Management None None Basic Business Statistics 1A None Language in Practice B

And any ONE of the following: Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None Introduction to Human Resources Management HRM122S None NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Basic Mathematics if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics or equivalent. Second Year (Not available in 2011) Semester 3 Principles of Information Systems 1A Public Human Resources Management Regional & Local Government Professional Writing And any ONE of the following: Intermediate Microeconomics Business Accounting 2A Organisational Behaviour Semester 4 Principles of Information Systems 1B Public Financial Management Regional & Local Government in Namibia Professional Communication And any ONE of the following: Intermediate Macroeconomics Business Accounting 2B Organisational Management

PIS121D PHR211S RLG211S PFW0520 IME211S BAC211S ORB 211S

None Introduction to Public Management Introduction to Public Management Communication Skills Principles of Economics 1A Business Accounting 1A & 1B Intro to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management Public Management in Namibia Regional & Local Government Communication Skills Principles of Economics 1B Business Accounting 1A&1B Intro to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management
Principles of Information Systems 1A

PIS122D PFM212S RLG212S PFC0620 IME212S BAC212S ORM212S

Third Year - National Diploma in Public Management ( Not available in 2012) Semester 5 Public Policy PBP311S Public Management in Namibia Law for Public Managers 1A LPM111S None Development Management DMA111S Introduction to Public Management International Relations & Organisations And any ONE of the following: Applied Economic Policy Analysis Financial Management 1A Human Resources Staffing Semester 6 Organisational Theories Law for Public Managers 1B Comparative Local Government And any ONE of the following: International Trade Financial Management 1B Employee Health & Safety IRO311S AEP311S NFM111S HRS311S OTP112S LPM112S CLG112S ITT312S NFM112S EHS312S None Intermediate Microeconomics & Macroeconomics Business Accounting 2A & 2B Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management Introduction to Public Management None Regional & Local Government Principles of Economics 1A Business Accounting 2A & 2B Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management

303

Fourth Year - Bachelor of Technology (with Development Management Specialisation) ( Not available in 2013) Semester 7 Comparative Public Management CPM411S Public Management in Namibia Project Planning and Management PPM411S None Research Methodology RMA411S None Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology (if not yet taken) And any TWO of the following: Economics of Namibia and SACU Countries 4A ECN411S None Regional Development Planning RDP411S Regional and Local Government Management of Public Enterprises MPE411S Public Management in Namibia Governance and Politics in Africa GPA411S Introduction to Political Science Semester 8 Ethics and Accountability ETA412S None Research Methodology RMA411S None (if not yet taken) Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology And any THREE of the following: Economics of Namibia and SACU Countries 4B ECN412S None Advanced Development Management ADM412S Development Management Community Development Management CDM422S Regional and Local Government Public Private Partnership Management PPM412S Public Management in Namibia NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for Research Methodology/Research Project NOTE: Students who wish to register for Advanced Development Management must take note that the prerequisite for the course is Development Management. However, students may register concurrently for Development Management and the B.Tech level courses. Fourth Year - Bachelor of Technology (with Regional and Local Government Specialisation) (Not available in 2013) Semester 7 Comparative Public Management CPM411S Public Management in Namibia Project Planning and Management PPM411S None Research Methodology RMA411S None Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology (if not yet taken) And any TWO of the following: Regional and Local Government Finance LGP411S Regional and Local Government Regional Development Planning RDP411S Regional and Local Government Governance & Politics in Africa GPA411S Introduction to Political Science NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for Research Methodology/Research Project

304

Semester 8 Ethics and Accountability ETA412S None Research Methodology RMA411S None (if not yet taken) Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology And any THREE of the following: Regional and Local Government Personnel LGP412S Regional and Local Government Community Development Management CDM422S Regional and Local Government Environmental Management EMA412S None Advanced Development Management ADM412S Development Management Public Private Partnership Management PPM412S Public Management in Namibia NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for Research Methodology/Research Project Additional Admission Requirements Students who have completed the National Diploma: Public Administration at the Polytechnic of Namibia or other recognised tertiary institution may register for the B.Tech: Public Management provided they also register for the following non-diploma courses. Students may register concurrently for both the B.Tech: Public Management courses and these nondiploma courses. Semester 7 (non-diploma courses) Regional and Local Government Computer User Skills Professional Communication Basic Business Statistics 1A RLG211S CUS411S PFC0620 BBS111S Introduction to Public Management None Communication Skills Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) / Basic Mathematics or Grade 12 symbol B or better None None Communication Skills Basic Business Statistics 1A None

Basic Mathematics Semester 8 (non-diploma courses) Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) Professional Communication (if not yet taken) Basic Business Statistics 1B Basic Mathematics (if not yet taken)

BMS411S CUS411S PFC0620 BBS112S BMS411S

305

DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND LEGAL STUDIES NATIONAL DIPLOMA: POLICE SCIENCE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 70DPOL

The current National Diploma Police Science is being phased out as from 2009. No new students were admitted to register for the National Diploma Police Science as from 2009; First year courses were offered for the last time in 2009, but only for students registered before 2009 who needed to register or repeat such courses; No retention of semester marks (third and fourth opportunity examinations) are available to students registered for first year courses in 2009; Second year courses were offered for the last time in 2010. No retention of semester marks (third and fourth opportunity examinations) are available to students registered for second year courses in 2010 The third year courses will be offered for the last time in 2011, with year 2012 being the last date for the award of the National Diploma. CURRICULUM

First Year - National Certificate: Police Science (Phased out end of 2009 Not available in 2010) Semester 1 Course Title Course Code Prerequisite Police Studies 1A PLS111S None Investigation of Crime 1A IVC111S None Criminal Law 1A CRL111S None Criminal Procedure Law 1A CPL111S None Public Law 1A PBL111S None Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B Semester 2 Police Studies 1B PLS112S Police Studies 1A Investigation of Crime 1B IVC112S Investigation of Crime 1A Criminal Law 1B CRL112S Criminal Law 1A Criminal Procedure Law 1B CPL112S Criminal Procedure Law 1A Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B (if not yet taken) Second Year - National Higher Certificate: Police Science (Phased out end of 2010 - Not available from 2011) Semester 3 Police Studies 2A PLS211S Police Studies 1B Investigation of Crime 2A IVC211S Investigation of Crime 1B Criminal Law 2A CRL211S Criminal Law 1B Law of Evidence 1A LOE211S None Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills Semester 4 Police Studies 2B Investigation of Crime 2B Criminal Law 2B Public Law 1B Professional Writing (If not yet taken) PLS212S IVC212S CRL212S PBL112S PFW0520 Police Studies 2A Investigation of Crime 2A Criminal Law 2A None Communication Skills

306

Third Year - National Diploma: Police Science (Phased out end of 2011 - Not available from 2012) Semester 5 Police Studies 3A PLS311S Police Studies 2B Investigation of Crime 3A IVC311S Investigation of Crime 2B Criminal Law 3A CRL311S Criminal Law 2B Professional Communication PFC0620 Communication Skills Semester 6 Police Studies 3B Investigation of Crime 3B Criminal Law 3B Professional Communication (if not yet taken) PLS312S IVC312S CRL312S PFC0620 Police Studies 3A Investigation of Crime 3A Criminal Law 3A Communication Skills

307

DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE 23BACF

Additional Admission Requirements: The prospective student must have passed Mathematics OR Accounting at Grade 12 or an equivalent level. CURRICULUM First Year - National Certificate in Accounting and Finance Semester 1 Course Title Course Code Prerequisites Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None Financial Accounting 1A FAC111S Grade12 Accounting/ Mathematics Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None Computer User Skills CUS411S None Commercial Law 1A CML111S None Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics or equivalent. Semester 2 Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None (if not yet taken) Quantitative Methods 1 QTM112S Introduction to Mathematics Financial Accounting 1B FAC112S Financial Accounting 1A Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) CUS411S None Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B (if not yet taken) NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics or equivalent. Second Year Semester 3 Financial Accounting 2A Quantitative Methods 2A Cost and Management Accounting 2A Company Law 1A Introduction to Business Management Semester 4 Financial Accounting 2B Quantitative Methods 2B Cost and Management Accounting 2B Company Law 1B Business Ethics & Leadership

FAC 211S QTM 211S CMA211S CLW111S BMA121S FAC 212S QTM212S CMA212S CLW112S BEL112S

Financial Accounting 1A & 1B Quantitative Methods 1 Financial Accounting 1A & 1B Commercial Law 1A & 1B None Financial Accounting 1A & 1B Quantitative Methods 1 Cost and Management Accounting 2A Company Law 1A None

308

Third Year - National Diploma in Accounting and Finance Semester 5 Financial Accounting 3A FAC311S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B Cost and Management Accounting 3A CMA311S Cost & Management Accounting 2A & 2B Taxation 3A TAX311S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B Auditing 3A AUD311S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B Computerised Accounting 1 CAC111S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for Computerised Accounting 1. Computerised Accounting 1 is offered as a year course on the distance education mode and is studied over two semesters. Semester 6 Financial Accounting 3B Cost and Management Accounting 3B Taxation 3B Auditing 3B FAC312S CMA312S TAX312S AUD312S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B Taxation 3A Auditing 3A

Cost & Management Accounting 2A & 2B

Fourth Year - Bachelor of Technology Additional Admission Requirements: Diploma in Accounting or equivalent Semester 7 Financial Accounting 4 FAC411S Financial Accounting 3A & 3B Accounting Information Systems 4 AIS811S Computer User Skills Management Accounting & Control 4A MAC411S Cost and Management Accounting 3A & 3B Managerial Finance 4A MAF411S Financial Accounting 2A & 2B Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B Research Methodology RMA411S None Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology (if not yet taken) NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for Research Methodology/Research Project Semester 8 Management Accounting & Control 4B Managerial Finance 4B MAC412S MAF412S Cost and Management Accounting 3A & 3B Financial Accounting 2A & 2B Quantitative Methods 2A & 2B Research Methodology None

Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology RMA411S (if not yet taken) Financial Accounting 4 FAC411S Financial Accounting 3A & 3B (if not yet taken) Accounting Information Systems 4 AIS811S Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for Research Methodology/Research Project

309

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT The department introduced this Bachelor qualifications for all its programmes in 2007. Old programmes were phased out with effect from 2007. The first year of old programmes were no longer offered in 2007 and the second year of old programmes were no longer offered in 2008. The third year were no longer offerred in 2009 and the fourth year were no longer offered in 2010. Students were required to transition to the new programmes as per the transition rules. Special Academic Regulations Progression Rule 1: There was a complete switch to the new curriculum as from 2007 for only the new intake [first year students], and from there onward the rest of the new Bachelor curricula were systematically phased in while the old B-Tech programmes were systematically phased out; with the year 2012 being the final date for the award of the B-Tech degree. Progression Rule 2: A student might not be allowed to take a higher level course(s) above his/her current level of study even if the course(s) in question have no prerequisite, and if such courses cannot be offered to the student on genuine academic grounds. Rules for the Award of the National Cerificate in Business Studies The new National Certificate in Business Studies shall be awarded to students only after successful completion and credit-passes for all common Business Management courses in the first year plus Computer User Skills and Principles of Economics 1A & 1B on the second year level. General Transition Rules The general transition rules for all programmes are as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. All new enrolments as from 2007 started with the new curricula. Second year students in 2007 who failed (i.e less than 50% of credits obtained) had to switch to the new curricula in 2008. Third year students in 2008 who failed (i.e. less than 50% of credits obtained) had to switch to the new curricula in 2009. Second year students in 2007 who have passed, continued with the old curricula, but if such students failed any of the subjects/courses in the old curricula , such failed subjects/courses in the old curricula were only offered on new syllabi and students had to complete the new courses. Third year students in 2008 who have passed, continued with the old curricula in 2009, but if such students failed any of the subjects/courses in the old curricula, such failed subjects/course in the old curricula were only offerred on new syllabi and students had to complete the new courses. Third and Fourth Year students in 2009 have to switch to the new curricula and must be advised accordingly as to which courses to make-up from the new curricula. The last date for completion of the old curricula is 2012, after which the students in the old curricula must automatically switch to the new curricula and make up all outstanding courses from the new curricula. 310

5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

Students who do not progress every year must switch to the new curricula and make up all outstanding courses from the new curricula. There is no retention of semester marks for courses of which the syllabi have changed. 21BBAD

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (Phased in 2007) Programme Transition Rules Course(s) Failed Equivalent (New)

The transition rule was applicable as from 2007 for the courses listed below: Business Management 1A & 1B Introduction to Business Management Human Resources Management 1A Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources Human Resources Management 1B Introduction to Human Resources Management Marketing 1A Intro. to Marketing & its Environment Marketing 1B Marketing Principles The transition rule was applicable as from 2008 for the courses listed below: Business Management 2A Business Operations Business Management 2B Business Finance The transition rule was applicable as from 2009 for the courses listed below: Business Management 3A Purchasing and Supply Management Business Management 3B Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Intro. Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship Small Business Management Small & Medium Enterprises Management The transition rule was applicable as from 2010 for the courses listed below: Business Management 4A Strategic Business Management: Planning & Control Business Management 4B Strategic Business Management: Analysis & Decision International Business Management 4A International Business Management: Planning International Business Management 4B International Business Management: Analysis Project Management Project Management Retail Business Management Retail Business Management Advanced Organisational Development Organisational Development and Change Advanced Organisational Management Advanced Organisational Development and Change

311

CURRICULUM First Year [National Certificate in Business Studies (Phased in 2007) Replaced National Certificate Business Administration that was phased out at the end of 2006] Semester 1 Course Title Course Code Prerequisite Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None (Business & Management) Intro. to Marketing & its Environment MAR121S None Intro. to Psychology of Human PHR511S None Resources Semester 2 Business Accounting 1B Business Ethics & Leadership Professional Writing Introduction to Human Resources Management Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) (if not yet taken) Marketing Principles BAC1200 BEL112S PRW0520 IHR512S ITM111S MAR122S None None Communication Skills None None None

NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics (or equivalent) Second Year (Phased 2008) Semester 3 Business Accounting 2A Basic Business Statistics 1A Business Operations Professional Communication Principles of Economics 1A Computer User Skills Semester 4 Business Accounting 2B Basic Business Statistics 1B Business Finance Principles of Economics 1B Computer User Skills (if not yet taken)

BAC211S BBS111S BSO221S PFC0620 PEC111S CUS411S BAC212S BBS112S BFS222S PEC112S CUS411S

Business Accounting 1A & 1B Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) None Communication Skills None None Business Accounting 1A & 1B Basic Business Statistics 1A None None None

Third Year - National Diploma Business Administration (Phased in 2009) Semester 5 Commercial Law 1A CML111S None Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: COB321S Introduction to Marketing & its Introduction Environment & Marketing Principles Entrepreneurship ENT321S None Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A Purchasing and Supply Management PSM321S Business Operations 312

NOTE: Vacation schools and Business Simulation sessions are compulsory for students enrolled for Entrepreneurship. Semester 6 Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management Commercial Law 1B Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis Intermediate Macroeconomics Small & Medium Enterprises Management BLM322S CML112S COB322S IME212S SME322S Business Operations Commercial Law 1A Introduction to Marketing & its Environment and Marketing Principles Principles of Economics 1B None

Fourth Year - Bachelor of Business Administration (Phased in 2010) Additional Admission Requirements: Diploma in Business Administration or equivalent OR Students with the Old National Diploma in Business Administration, and those with equivalent and non-equivalent National Diplomas enrolling for the final stage of the Bachelor degree in the Business Administration programme, must also register and pass all core courses as indicated below. However, the student can apply for recognition of prior learning (RPL), where applicable. National Diploma: Commerce: majored in Business Management up to 3rd year level and either Economics, Communication Science or Financial Accounting: are required to register and pass Small & Medium Enterprises Management 2nd Semester and Commercial Law 1A & 1B. National Diploma: Commerce: not majoring in Business Management up to 3rd year level: are required to register and pass Introduction to Business Management , Business Ethics & Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance, Purchasing and Supply Management, Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management , Small & Medium Enterprises Management and Commercial Law 1A & 1B. National Diploma: Information Administration/Office Management and Technology: are required to register and pass Introduction to Business Management , Business Ethics & Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance, Purchasing and Supply Management, Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Entrepreneurship, Small & Medium Enterprises Management, Intro. to Marketing & its Environment, Marketing Principles, Business Accounting 1A & 1B, Introduction to Mathematics and Basic Business Statistics 1A & 1B, Principles of Economics 1A & 1B; Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Introduction, Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis. National Diploma: Marketing, Human Resource Management, Personnel Management, Public Administration, Public Management and others: are required to register and pass Intro. to Marketing & its Environment, Intro. Psychology of Human Resources, Introducation to Human Resources Management, Small & Medium Enterprises Management , Introduction to Business Management , Business Ethics & Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance, Purchasing and Supply Management, Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Business Accounting 1A & 1B, Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Introduction, Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis, Principles of Economics 1A & 1B

313

(Individual assessment maybe called for) All other diplomas shall be treated on a case by case basis by the Head of Department. CURRICULUM Semester 7 International Business Management Planning Retail Business Management Strategic Business Management: Planning & Control Research Methodology Research Project (if not yet taken) Semester 8 International Business Management Analysis Project Management Strategic Business Management: Analysis & Decision IBM421S RBM421S SBM421S RMA411S RPB412S IBM422S PRM422S SBM422S Purchasing and Supply Management & Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management Introduction to Marketing & its Environment & Marketing Principles Purchasing and Supply Management & Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management None Research Methodology Purchasing and Supply Management & Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management None Purchasing and Supply Management & Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management None Research Methodology

Research Methodology (if not yet taken) RMA411S Research Project RPB412S

NOTE: Vacation School are compulsory for students enrolled for Research Methodology and Research Project. NATIONAL DIPLOMA: BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (Old Curriculum phased out 2007 2009) First Year - National Certificate Business Administration (Not available from 2007) Semester 1 Course Title Course Code Prerequisites Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None Business Management 1A BMA111S None Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None Principles of Information Systems 1A PIS121D None English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 English Proficiency Test Semester 2: Introduction to Mathematics (if not yet taken) Business Management 1B Business Accounting 1B Principles of Economics 1B Principles of Information Systems 1B English Communication Module 4 (if not yet taken) ITM111S BMA112S BAC1200 PEC112S PIS122D ECM0400 None None None None Principles of Information Systems 1A English Proficiency Test

314

NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics or equivalent. Second Year (Not available from 2008) Semester 3 Business Management 2A Basic Business Statistics 1A Marketing 1A English Communication Module 5 And any ONE of the following: Intermediate Microeconomics Business Accounting 2A Human Resources Management 1A Semester 4 Business Management 2B Basic Business Statistics 1B Marketing 1B English Communication Module 6 And any ONE of the following: Intermediate Macroeconomics Business Accounting 2B Human Resources Management 1B

BMA211S BBS111S MAR111S ECM0500 IME211S BAC211S HRM111S BMA212S BBS112S MAR112S ECM0600 IME212S BAC212S HRM112S

Business Management 1A & 1B Introduction to Mathematics None English Communication Module 4 Principles of Economics 1A Business Accounting 1A & 1B None Business Management 1A &1B Basic Business Stats. 1A None Eng Communication Module 5 Principles of Economics 1B Business Accounting 1A & 1B None

Third Year - National Diploma Business Administration (Not available from 2009) Semester 5 Business Management 3A BMA311S Business Management 2A & 2B Entrepreneurship ENT111S None Commercial Law 1A CML111S None And any TWO of the following: Applied Economic Policy Analysis AEP311S Intermediate Microeconomics & Macroeconomics Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A CBB111S Marketing 1A & 1B Financial Management 1A NFM111S Business Accounting 2A & 2B Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A (if not yet taken) Human Resources Management 1A HRM111S None (if not yet taken) Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A & 1B (if not yet taken) Semester 6 Business Management 3B Small Business Management Commercial Law 1B And any TWO of the following: International Trade Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B Financial Management 1B Intermediate Macroeconomics (if not yet taken) BMA312S SBM112S CML112S ITT312S CBB112S NFM112S IME212S Business Management 2A & 2B Entrepreneurship Commercial Law 1A Principles of Economics 1A Marketing 1A & 1B Business Accounting 2A & 2B Principles of Economics 1B

315

Human Resources Management 1B (if not yet taken) Business Accounting 2B (if not yet taken)

HRM112S BAC212S

None Business Accounting 1A & 1B 21BMRK

BACHELOR OF MARKETING (New Curriculum, phased in 2007)

Programme Transition Rules Course(s) Failed Equivalent (New) The transition rule was applicable as from 2007 for the courses listed below: Business Management 1A & 1B Introduction to Business Management Human Resources Management 1A Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources Human Resources Management 1B Introduction to Human Resources Management Marketing 1A Introduction to Marketing and its Environment Marketing 1B Marketing Principles The transition rule was applicable as from 2008 for the courses listed below Practice of Selling 1A & 1B Principles of Selling Practice of Sales Management 1A & 1B Sales Operations & Management Marketing 3A & 3B Services Marketing The transition rule was applicable as from 2009 for the courses listed below: Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Intro. Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B Consumer & Organisation Behaviour: Analysis Electronic Marketing E- Marketing & Web Management Marketing 2A & 2B Marketing & Product Management Marketing Communication Strategy 1A & 1B Marketing Communication Strategy Marketing Research Practice 1A & 1B Marketing Research & Market Intelligence Marketing 3A & 3B Services Marketing The transition rule was applicable as from 2010 for the courses listed below: Customer Care & Customer Management Customer Care Management Distribution Channel Management 1A & 1B Supply and Distribution Management Marketing 4A & 4B Strategic Marketing Management: Planning and Decision Making Marketing of Financial Services 1A & 1B Marketing of Financial Services Project Management Project Management Retail Business Management Retail Business Management First Year - National Certificate in Business Studies (Phased in 2007) (Replaced National Certificate Marketing and Sales that was phased out at the end of 2006) Semester 1 Course Title Business Accounting 1A Communication Skills Introduction to Business Management Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) Intro. to Marketing & its Environment Intro. to Psychology of Human Resources Course Code BAC1100 CSK0420 BMA121S ITM111S MAR121S PHR511S Prerequisite None Language in Practice B None None None None

316

Semester 2 Business Accounting 1B Business Ethics & Leadership Professional Writing Introduction to Human Resources Management Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) (if not yet taken) Marketing Principles

BAC1200 BEL112S PRW0520 IHR512S ITM111S MAR122S

None None Communication Skills None None None

NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics (or equivalent). Second Year (Phased in 2008) Semester 3 Basic Business Statistics 1A Computer User Skills Professional Communication Principles of Economics 1A Principles of Selling Services Marketing Semester 4 Basic Business Statistics 1B Business Finance Professional Communication (If not yet taken) Principles of Economics 1B Sales Operations & Management Computer User Skills (if not yet taken)

BBS111S CUS411S PFC0620 PEC111S POS221S SSM221S BBS112S BFS222S PFC0620 PEC112S SOM222S CUS411S

Introduction to Mathematics None Communication Skills None None Intro. to Marketing & its Environment Marketing Principles Basic Business Statistics 1A None Professional Writing None Marketing Principles None

Third Year - National Diploma Marketing (Phased in 2009) Semester 5 Commercial Law 1A CML111S None Consumer and Organisation Behaviour: COB321S Introduction to Marketing & its Introduction Environment & Marketing Principles E-Marketing & Web Management EWM321S Introduction to Marketing & its Environment & Marketing Principles Entrepreneurship ENT321S None Marketing Research & Market Intelligence MRI321S Introduction to Marketing & its Environment & Marketing Principles And any one of the following: Basic German 1A GER110S None Basic Portuguese 1A BAP111S None NOTE: Vacation school are compulsory for studetns enrolled for Basic German 1A, Basic Portuguese 1A, Entrepreneurship, Business Simulation sessions, Marketing Research and Market Intelligence, E-Marketing & Web Management.

317

Semester 6 Commercial Law 1B Consumer and Organisation Behaviour: Analysis Marketing Communication Strategy Marketing & Product Management Small & Medium Enterprises Management And any one of the following: Basic German 1B Basic Portuguese 1B

CML112S COB322S MCS322S MPM322S SME322S

Commercial Law 1A Introduction to Marketing & its Environment & Marketing Principles Introduction to Marketing & its Environment & Marketing Principles Introduction to Marketing & its Environment & Marketing Principles None

GER120S BAP112S

Basic German 1A Basic Portuguese 1A

NOTE: Vacation school are compulsory for studetns enrolled for Basic German 1B, Basic Portuguese 1B. Fourth Year - Bachelor of Marketing (Phased in 2010) Additional Entry Requirements for the fourth level: Fourth Year Bachelor of Marketing Holders of the Diplomas listed below may be admitted to the fourth level provided that they have completed the courses listed for each Diploma. National Diploma: Marketing [Old Curriculum] : Marketing Research & Market Intelligence E-Marketing & Web Management or equivalent National Diploma: Business Administration: Services Marketing or equivalent Principles of Selling or equivalent, Sales Operations & Management or equivalent, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Intro, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Analysis, Marketing Communication Strategy or equivalent, Marketing Research & Market Intelligence, E-Marketing & Web Management or equivalent, Marketing and Product Management or equivalent National Diploma: Human Resources Management: Small Medium Enterprises Management or equivalent, Marketing and Product Management, Sales Operations & Management or equivalent, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Marketing Research & Market Intelligence, E-Marketing & Web Management, Services Marketing or equivalent, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Introduction, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Analysis, Marketing Communication Strategy or equivalent Other National Diplomas: in the School of Business Management [e.g. Old Commerce Diploma]: Small Medium Enterprises Management or equivalent, Marketing and Product Management, Sales Operations & Management or equivalent, Commercial Law 1A & 1B, Marketing Research & Market Intelligence, E-Marketing & Web Management, Services Marketing or equivalent, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Introduction, Consumer & Organisational Behaviour: Analysis, Marketing Communication Strategy or equivalent

318

CURRICULUM Semester 7 International Marketing and Management 1A Strategic Marketing Management: Planning and Decision Making Research Methodology Research Project (if not yet taken) And any ONE of the following: Marketing of Financial Services Marketing For Tourism Retail Business Management Semester 8 International Marketing and Management 1B Customer Care Management Supply and Distribution Management Project Management Research Methodology (if not yet taken) Research Project IMM111S SMM421S RMA411S RPB412S MFS421S MFT411S RBM421S Services Marketing Marketing & Product Management None Research Methodology Services Marketing Services Marketing Introduction to Marketing & its Environment & Marketing Principles Services Marketing Introduction to Marketing & its Environment & Marketing Principles Introduction to Marketing & its Environment & Marketing Principles None None Research Methodology

IMM112S CCM422S SDM422S PRM422S RMA411S RPB412S

NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for Research Methodology and Research Project BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: MARKETING (OLD CURRICULUM) 21BMAR (Phased out in 2006) Rules of Combination The curriculum provides for elective courses from semester 3 onwards. The elective courses are purposefully structured to enable students to choose corresponding courses in the same cognate area in subsequent semesters and to explore areas of personal interest. Students are required, once an initial selection is made, to take the corresponding elective course (same cognate area) in the following semester.

319

NATIONAL CERTIFICATE: MARKETING AND SALES First Year (Phased out in 2007) Semester 1 Course Title Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) Business Accounting 1A English Communication Module 4 Marketing 1A Practice of Selling 1A Principles of Information Systems 1A Register for Modules 1 (PIS001M), 2 (PIS002M) and 3 (PIS003M) Semester 2 Business Accounting 1B English Communication Module 4 (If not yet taken) Marketing 1B Practice of Selling 1B Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) (if not yet taken) Principles of Information Systems 1B Register for Modules 4 (PIS004M), 5 (PIS005M), 6 (PIS006M) and 7 (PIS007M)

Course Code Prerequisite ITM111S None BAC1100 ECM0400 MAR111S POS111S PIS121S None English Proficiency Test None None None

BAC1200 ECM0400 MAR112S POS112S ITM111S PIS122S

None English Proficiency Test None None None Principles of Information Systems 1A

NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics (or equivalent). Second Year - National Higher Certificate Sales Management (Follows on first year Certificate) (Phased out in 2008) Semester 3 Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) English Comunication Module 5 ECM0500 English Communication Module 4 Marketing 2A MAR211S Marketing 1A & 1B Practice of Sales Management 1A PSM111S Practice of Selling 1A & 1B And any ONE of the following Business Management 1A BMA111S None Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None Semester 4 Basic Business Statistics 1B BBS112S Basic Business Statistics 1A English Communication Module 6 ECM0600 English Communication Module 5 Marketing 2B MAR212S Marketing 1A & 1B Practice of Sales Management 1B PSM112S Practice of Selling 1A & 1B One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the previous semester: Business Management 1B BMA112S None Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None 320

Third Year - National Diploma Marketing (Follows on second year Higher Certificate) (Phased out in 2009) Semester 5 Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1A CBB111S Marketing 1A & 1B Commercial Law 1A CML111S None Entrepreneurship ENT111S None Marketing 3A MAR311S Marketing 2A & 2B Marketing Communication Strategy 1A MCS111S Marketing 1A & 1B Semester 6 Consumer and Buyer Behaviour 1B Commercial Law 1B Marketing 3B Marketing Communication Strategy 1B Small Business Management CBB112S CML112S MAR312S MCS112S SBM112S Marketing 1A & 1B Commercial Law 1A Marketing 2A & 2B Marketing 1A & 1B Entrepreneurship

321

DEPARTMENT HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION OF NEW PROGRAMME 2011 The department of Human Resources Management introduced a new 3 year Bachelor of Human Resources Management qualification in 2011. The old 4 year Bachelor of Human Resources Management programme will be phased out systematically with effect from 2011 up to 2013. This means that the first year of the old programme will no longer be offered, rather the first year of the new 3 year Bachelor of Human Resources Management qualification will be offered in 2011. The new programme provides for first exit level of Diploma in Human Resources Management after 2 years. Bachelor Of Human Resources Management [Diploma In Human Resources Management (NQF Level 6) As first exit level] Qualifications The qualifications are designed to be at the following NQF Levels: Bachelor of Human Resources Management degree: Level 7 with a total weight of 390 credits. Diploma in Human Resources Management: Level 6 with total weight of 239 credits. Programme Outcomes: The programme will provide the opportunity for graduates to develop and demonstrate knowledge, qualities, skills and other attributes in different areas and at two levels as follows: On completing the Diploma programme students will be able to: Use the general/broad principles of human resources management to resolve real life challenges in human resources. Integrate the very broad principles and process of human resources management into effective practice of the basic HRM professional roles. Analyse and interpret human resources management related issues. Employ broad theoretical and practical knowledge and skills in capturing information necessary for problem solving in human resources management. Perform human resources management tasks using a wide choice of standard and nonstandard procedures, in routine and non-routine situations.

On completing the Bachelor of Human Resources Management programme, students will be able to: Demonstrate knowledge and insight into legislation, regulations and codes relating to human resources management practice. Evaluate human resources management actions and strategies for effective decision making. Take full responsibility and accountability for own actions and those of others in their teams in response to workplace demands. Devise effective and efficient ways to lead a human resources team or department in achieving set goals and objectives.

322

Apply human resources management professional practices/roles in complex, variable and specialised contexts. Achieve the generic graduate outcomes of problem-solving, critical thinking, responsible citizenship and good communication.

Credits Students who completed qualifications previously offered by the Department, e.g. National Diplomas in Human Resources and Personnel Management who seek admission into the Bachelor of Human Resources Management programme may be granted credits on a courseby-course basis as follows: Bachelor of Human Resources Management (new courses) Introduction to Business Management Professional Writing Computer Users Skills Human Resource Staffing Employee Health and Safety Industrial Relations Introduction to Education Training and Development Principles of Education Diploma in Human Resources and Personnel Management (old courses) Business Management 1A & 1B (Any) English Communication Module 5 Principles of Information Systems 1A & 1B Human Resources Management 3A/ Personnel Management 3 Human Resources Management 3B/ Personnel Management 3 Industrial Relations 1A and 1B Management of Training 1A Management of Training 1B

Students who graduate with the new 3 year Bachelor of Human Resources Management degree will be able to enrol for the new 1 year post graduate degree in Human Resources Management Honours. Requirements for Qualification Award The Bachelor of Human Resources Management will be awarded to students credited with a minimum of 390 NQF credits. In addition, students must meet the administrative and financial requirements as spelt out in the Polytechnic of Namibia Prospectus. Progression Rules Students may not be allowed to register for certain higher level courses without having attempted and/or passed certain lower level courses or having the necessary course requirements, even if these courses do not have prerequisites. For example, students will not be allowed to register for third year courses if they have not successfully completed all first year courses especially in their major which is Human Resources Management. Transition Arrangements The new programme takes effect from January 2011 and will be completely phased in by 2013. The existing four-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management degree programme will be phased out systematically with minimal disruption to existing students learning progression. The deadline for complete phasing out of the 4-year Bachelor degree in Human Resources Management is 2013.

323

The 1st year of the current 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management is offered for the last time in 2010. Students who registered for their first year in 2010 will have until 2013 to complete the existing programme. Students who fail any of the subjects/courses in the old curriculum will be provided with two opportunities to pass the failed courses. After first and second opportunities, such failed courses in the old programme will only be offered on the new syllabi effective from January 2011. Current 1st year students may also opt to transition to the new programme in 2011, if they so wish, but will be required to make up specific deficiencies in accordance with the detailed requirements for the new curriculum, including the completion of Institutional Core courses. All other students currently registered for the 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management (to be phased out), who opt to change registration to the new Bachelor of Human Resources Management, will be granted credits on a course-by-course basis and will be required to complete institutional core courses and other course requirements based on the new curriculum. Students will be advised accordingly as to which courses to make-up based on the new curriculum. The deadline for phasing out of the old 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management curriculum is 2013, after which students must automatically switch to the new programme and make up for all outstanding courses/subjects based on the requirements of the new curriculum. If a student, who is registered on the 4-year Bachelor of Human Resources Management degree (to be phased out), fails more than half the work load in any particular year his/ her registration will automatically be changed to the new programme. The switch will consider courses already taken and their equivalents. The specific and detailed requirements of the programme are indicated in the table below: CURRICULUM BACHELOR OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (NEW) Course Title Course code Year 1 (Phased in 2011) Semester 1 DIPLOMA IN HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S Introduction to Marketing and MAR121S its Environment Introduction to Business Management BMA121S Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources PHR511S Language in Practice LIP411S Computer User Skills CUS411S Semester 2 Marketing Principles Introduction to Human Resources Management Business Ethics & Leadership Language in Practice B Information Competence MAR122S IHR512S BEL112S LPB0320 ICT512S Prerequisite 07BHRM

None None None None None None None None None Language in Practice None

324

Basic Science Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) Year 2 (Phasing in 2012) Semester 3 Principles of Economics 1A Basic Business Statistics 1A Organisational Behaviour

BSC410S CUS411S

None None

PEC111S BBS111S OSB611S

Labour Law 1A Business Accounting 1A Communication Skills Information Competence (if not yet taken) Basic Sciene (if not yet taken) Semester 4 Basic Business Statistics 1B Organisational Management

LAL111S BAC1100 CSK0420 ICT512S BSC410S BBS112S OSM612S

None Introduction to Mathematics Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management None None Language in Practice B None None Basic Business Statistics 1A Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management Labour Law 1A None Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management Communication Skills

Labour Law 1B LAL112S Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 Performance Management & Productivity Measurement PMP612S

Profesional Writing

PFW0520

325

BACHELOR OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT Year 3 (Phasing in 2013) Semester 5 Business Operations Organisational Development and Change Introduction to Education Training and Development Entrepreneurship Human Resources Staffing Contemporary Issues Year 3 Semester 6 Employee Health and Safety Principles of Education Training and Development Industrial Relations Work Integrated Learning (HRM)

BSO221S ODC711S

None Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management None None Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management None

ETD711S ENT312S HRS711S CIS610S

EHS712S

Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management None Labour Law 1A & 1B None

PTD712S IRL712S WIL712S

Work Integrated Learning Structure and Management Work Integrated Learning (WIL) is the process of integrating work experiences with learning in a way traditional education cannot do. WIL shall be provided for in the 3rd year of the Bachelor of Human Resources Management programme. Only 3rd year students will be allowed to register for WIL. It provides students with opportunities to: Execute tasks associated with Human Resources Management rather than just reading them. It also allows students to assess their interests in human resources management. Network with professionals and build relationships that can assist students in future endeavours while providing a professional environment. Have access to hiring companies for full time positions after graduation once good working relationships have been established. Interact with people from diverse backgrounds and develop interpersonal skills that are not possible in a classroom environment.

WIL is important in improving the Polytechnic graduate characteristics to meet industry needs that are in line with the Polytechnic vision, strategic plan and the requirements of the Polytechnic Curriculum Model. It offers opportunity for innovation and creativity when students are afforded the opportunity to experiment what they learn in class in the work place, i.e. practice learnt competencies. Students can also learn new things in the work place which they bring to the classroom. Lecturers in turn are able to keep abreast with professional developments in the field of Human Resources Management as a result of this cooperation.

326

The cooperation with industry further provides opportunities for research and development needed for national economic development. Industry will benefit from these activities by getting market-related information and development. Knowledge is easily managed when the source of education and development interact with users i.e. industry. As such knowledge management is important for national competitiveness. BACHELOR OF HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (Phased in 2007 and phased out in 2010) 21BHUR Programme Transition Rules Course(s) Failed Equivalent (New)

The transition rule was applicable as from 2007 for the courses listed below Business Management 1A & 1B (Any) Introduction to Business Management Human Resources Management 1A Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources Human Resources Management 1B Introduction to Human Resources Management Marketing 1A Intro. to Marketing & its Environment Marketing 1B Marketing Principles The transition rule was applicable as from 2008 for the courses listed below Human Resources Management 2A Organisational Behaviour Human Resources Management 2B Organisational Management Business Management 2A Business Operations Business Management 2B Business Finance The transition rule was applicable as from 2009 for the courses listed below Human Resources Management 3A Human Resource Staffing Human Resources Management 3B Employee Health and Safety Industrial Relations 1A & 1B (Any) Industrial Relations Management of Training 1A Introduction to Education, Training & Development Management of Training 1B Principles of Education, Training & Development Small Business Management Small & Medium Enterprises Management Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship

327

The transition rule was applicable as from 2010 for the courses listed below: Advanced Industrial Relations 2A & 2B (Any) Advanced Industrial Relations Advanced Management of Training 4A & 4B (Any) Advanced Management of Training Human Resources Management 4A & 4B (Any) Strategic Human Resources Management CURRICULUM First Year - National Certificate Business Studies (Not available from 2011) Semester 1 Course Title Course Code Prerequisites Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None Intro. to Marketing & its Environment MAR121S None Intro. to Psychology of Human PHR511S None Resources Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None (Business & Management) Communication Skills CSK0420 English Proficiency Test NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics or equivalent. Semester 2 Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None Business Ethics & Leadership BEL112S None Marketing Principles MAR122S None Introduction to Human Resources IHR512S None Management Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None (if not yet taken) Professional Writing PFW0520 Communication Skills NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol on Ordinary level Mathematics or equivalent. Second Year - (Not available from 2012) Semester 3 Organisational Behaviour OSB611S Basic Business Statistics 1A Professional Communication Labour Law 1A Principles of Economics 1A Computer User Skills Semester 4 Organisational Management BBS111S PFC0620 LAL111S PEC111S CUS411S OSM612S

Intro. to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management Introduction to Mathematics Communication Skills None None None Intro. to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management

328

Basic Business Statistics 1B Professional Communication (if not yet taken) Labour Law 1B Principles of Economics 1B Computer User Skills (if not yet taken)

BBS112S PFC0620 LAL112S PEC112S CUS411S

Basic Business Statistics 1A Communication Skills Labour Law 1A None None

Third Year - National Diploma Human Resources Management (Not available from 2013) Semester 5 Entrepreneurship ENT321S None Business Operations BSO221S None Human Resource Staffing HRS311S Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management Introduction to Education,Training & ETD321S None Development Organisational Development & ODC311S Organisational Behaviour and Change Organisational Management NOTE: Vacation School and Business Simulation sessions are compulsory for students registered for Entrepreneurship. Semester 6 Business Finance Employee Health & Safety Industrial Relations Principles of Education, Training & Development Small & Medium Enterprises Management BSF222S EHS312S IRL322S PTD322S SME322S None Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management Labour Law 1A & 1B None None

Fourth Year - Bachelor of Human Resources Management (Not available from 2014) Additional Admission Requirements Students with the old National Diploma in HRM, Personnel Management and those with equivalent and non-equivalent National Diplomas enrolling for the final stage of the Bachelor degree in the Human Resources Management programme, must also register and pass all core courses as indicated below. However, the student can claim for recognition of prior learning (RPL) where applicable. Students who have completed the National Diplomas listed below can enrol for the Bachelor Human Resources Management provided that they register and pass the additional courses listed below, unless the course(s) were already passed or credit obtained for them: National Diploma in Human Resources Management/National Diploma: Personnel Management: Human Resource Staffing, Employee Health & Safety, Organisational Development & Change, Industrial Relations, Introduction to Education, Training & Development, Principles of Education,Training & Development, Labour Law. National Diploma: Business Administration: Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources, Introduction to Human Resources Management, Organisational Behaviour, Organisational Management, Human Resource Staffing, Employee Health & Safety, Industrial Relations, Labour Law 1A & 1B, Introduction to Education, Training & Development, Principles of Education, Training & Development. 329

National Diploma: Commerce: Introduction to Business Management , Business Ethics & Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance, Purchasing & Supply Management Business Logistics & Supply Chain Management , Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources, Introduction to Human Resources Management, Organisational Behaviour, Organisational Management, Human Resource Staffing, Employee Health & Safety, Industrial Relations, Labour Law 1A & 1B and Introduction to Education, Training & Development, Principles of Education, Training & Development. National Diploma: Public Administration or Public Management: Introduction to Business Management , Business Ethics & Leadership, Business Operations, Business Finance, Purchasing & Supply Management, Business Logistics & Supply Chain Management, Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources, Introduction to Human Resources Management, Organisational Behaviour, Organisational Management, Human Resource Staffing, Employee Health & Safety, Industrial Relations, Labour Law 1A & 1B, Introduction to Education, Training & Development, Principles of Education, Training & Development. Semester 7 Advanced Industrial Relations Advanced Management of Training Strategic Human Resources Management Research Methodology Research Project (if not yet taken) AIR421S AMT421S SHR421S RMA411S RPB412S Industrial Relations Introduction to Education, Training & Development and Principles of Education, Training & Development Human Resource Staffing and Employee Health & Safety None Research Methodology

NOTE: Vacation School are compulsory for students enrolled for Advanced Industrial Relations, Advanced Management of Training, Strategic Human Resources Management, Research Methodology and Research Project. Semester 8 Advanced Organisational Development & Change ADC412S Organisational Development & Change

Compensation Management CMA412S Human Resource Staffing Research Project RPB412S Research Methodology Research Methodology RMA411S None (if not yet taken) NOTE: Vacation School are compulsory for students enrolled for Advanced Organisational Development & Change, Compensation Management, Research Methodology and Research Project.

330

NATIONAL DIPLOMA: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (Phased out 2007 - 2009) First Year (Not available from 2007) Semester 1 Course Title Introduction to Mathematics Human Resources Management 1A Business Management 1A Business Accounting 1A Principles of Economics 1A English Communication Module 4

Course Code Prerequisites ITM111S None HRM111S None BMA111S None BAC1100 None PEC111S None ECM0400 English Proficiency Test

Semester 2 Introduction to Mathematics ITM111S None (if not yet taken) Human Resources Management 1B HRM112S None Business Management 1B BMA112S None Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None English Communication Module 4 ECM0400 English Proficiency Test (if not yet taken) NOTE: Candidates may apply for exemption from Introduction to Mathematics (Business & Management) if they have obtained at least a B symbol in Ordinary level Mathematics or equivalent. Second Year (Not available from 2008) Semester 3 Human Resources Management 2A Business Management 2A Management of Training 1A Labour Law 1A Principles of Information Systems 1A Semester 4 Human Resources Management 2B Business Management 2B Management of Training 1B Labour Law 1 B Principles of Information Systems 1B

HRM211S BMA211S MOT111S LAL111S PIS121D HRM212S BMA212S MOT112S LAL112S PIS122D

Human Resources Man. 1A & 1B Business Management 1A & 1B None None None Human Resources Man. 1A & 1B Business Management 1A & 1B None Labour Law 1A Principles of Inform. Systems 1A

Third Year - National Diploma Human Resources Management (Not available from 2009) Semester 5 Human Resources Management 3A HRM311S Human Resources Man. 2A & 2B Business Management 3A BMA311S Business Management 2A & 2B Industrial Relations 1A IRL111S None English Communication Module 5 ECM0500 English Comm. Module 4 Semester 6 Human Resources Management 3B Business Management 3B Industrial Relations 1B English Communication Module 6 HRM312S BMA312S IRL112S ECM0600 331 Human Resources Man. 2A & 2B Business Management 2A & 2B None English Comm. Module 5

DEPARTMENT OF OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY The department offers all courses on a part-time as well as a full-time basis except for Information Administration 4 and Administrative Office Management 4 which are only offered on a part-time basis. The courses Administrative Office Management 1, 2 and 3, Information Administration 1, 2 and 3 and Speech and Deportment are also offered on the distance education mode. Information Administration consists of practical and theoretical parts. A minimum of ten students should be registered for any specific course. Practicals Practicals are required for Information Administration. Students registered on the distance education mode for any of the courses in Information Administration are required to attend compulsory vacation schools during January, April, July and August of each year. Admission Requirements In addition to the general admission requirements of the Polytechnic of Namibia the following shall apply: Students who wish to register for Information Administration 1A on distance education mode should be able to type 20 words per minute. A pass in Language in Practice, which is a prerequisite for Language in Practice B, taught to first year students is also a requirement. Students who only gain entry into Language in Practice could also be admitted, but will be required to advance to Language in Practice B before their third year of study. Students with a C symbol in English at Ordinary level may be admitted prior to receiving the outcome of their English Proficiency Test, but they will also be required to advance to Language in Practice B before their third year of study. Mature age students with at least a Grade 10 certificate, or equivalent, or candidates with foreign qualifications, may be admitted in terms of the Polytechnics Mature Age Entry Scheme. Selection for mature age entry will be by means of appropriate written entrance tests, three years work experience, satisfactory references and passing of the Polytechnic English Proficiency test.

332

BACHELOR OF OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY (Phased in 2007)

25BOMT

Admission for Graduates with Equivalent Qualifications: Graduates of the phased-out National Diploma Executive Secretary, who wish to register for the degree, must have passed Information Administration 3A and 3B as well as Office Administration 3A and 3B before commencing with the degree. Students enrolling for the degree will also be required to register for Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management as these courses are pre-requisites for Organisational Behaviour and Organisational Management which are compulsory courses for the degree. Students with any equivalent diploma who want to register for the fourth level of the Bachelor of Office Management and Technology will be evaluated on an individual basis, in consultation with the Registrar, in order to obtain admission to the fourth level of the degree. Exit Levels The National Certificate: Office Management and Technology after successful completion of at least one year of study. The National Diploma: Office Management and Technology after successful completion of three years of study. The Bachelor Degree: Office Management and Technology after successful completion of four years of study. Transition Rules The transition from the existing to the new diploma will involve that, if not yet taken, students should register for Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources and Introduction to Human Resources Management. Business Accounting 1A & 1B and Business Accounting 2A & 2B which are pre-requisites for an elective at the Bachelors level. While completing these courses, students can register for some of the other courses offered in Semesters 7 and 8 for which they qualify. All students who comply with the pre-requisites will be able to register for the Bachelor of Office Management and Technology as from 2007. Special Progression Rules for Information Administration Progression from one Information Administration course to the next is allowed only in the event of a student having satisfied the pass requirement in a formal examination for these courses. All practical and theoretical papers of a course should be written in the same examination session. Pass Requirements Information Administration 1, 2, 3 and 4. A student passes the examination if s/he obtains an average final mark of 50 % or more, subject to the sub-minimum of 35 % per examination paper. The final mark consists of: 50 % of the semester mark and 50 % of the examination mark. Rules of Combination The curriculum provides for elective courses from semester 3 onwards. The elective courses are purposefully structured to enable students to choose corresponding courses in

333

the same cognate area in subsequent semesters and to explore areas of personal interest. Students are required, once an initial selection is made, to take the corresponding elective course (same cognate area) in the following semester. CURRICULUM First Year - National Certificate in Office Management and Technology Semester 1 Course Title Course Code Prerequisite Information Administration 1A IAD111S None Administrative Office Management 1A AOM121S None Speech and Deportment 1A SDP111S None Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B Semester 2 Information Administration 1B Administrative Office Management 1B Speech and Deportment 1B Business Ethics and Leadership Second Year Semester 3 Information Administration 2A Administrative Office Management 2A Introduction to Psychology of Human Resources Professional Writing And any ONE of the following: Business Accounting 1A Principles of Economics 1A Business Operations Semester 4: Information Administration 2B Administrative Office Management 2B Introduction to Human Resources Management Professional Communication IAD112S AOM122S SDP112S BEL112S Information Administration1A None None None

IAD211S AOM221S PHR511S PFW0520 BAC1100 PEC111S BSO221S IAD212S AOM222S IHR512S PFC0620

Information Administration 1A & 1B Administrative Office Management 1A & 1B None Communication Skills None None None Information Administration 2A Administrative Office Management 1A & 1B None Communication Skills

One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the previous semester: Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None Business Finance BFS222S None

334

Third Year - National Diploma in Office Management and Technology Semester 5: Administrative Office Management 3A AOM321S Administrative Office Management 2A & 2B Information Administration 3A IAD311S Information Administration 2A & 2B Public Relations 1A PRL311S None And any ONE of the following (if not yet taken): Commercial Law 1A CML111S None Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None Intermediate Microeconomics IME211S Principles of Economics 1A Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None Business Accounting 2A BAC211S Business Accounting 1A & 1B Business Operations BSO221S None Semester 6: Information Administration 3B Information Administration 3A Administrative Office Management 3B AOM322S Administrative Office Management 3A Public Relations 1B PRL312S Public Relations 1A One of the following corresponding courses based on electives chosen in the previous semester: (if not yet taken) Commercial Law 1B CML112S Commercial Law 1A Principles of Economics 1B PEC112S None Intermediate Macroeconomics IME212S Principles of Economics 1B Business Accounting 1B BAC1200 None Business Accounting 2B BAC212S Business Accounting 1A & 1B Business Finance BFS222S None NATIONAL DIPLOMA: INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION (Old curriculum phased out end of 2006) First Year Semester 1 Course Title Information Administration 1A Office Administration 1A Speech and Deportment 1A English Communication Module 4 And any ONE of the following: Business Management 1A Business Accounting 1A Principles of Economics 1A Legal Practice 1A 25DIAD IAD312S

Course Code IAD111S OAD111S SDP111S ECM0400 BMA111S BAC1100 PEC111S LPT111S

Prerequisite None None None English Communication Module 3 None None None None

335

Semester 2 Information Administration 1B Office Administration 1B Speech and Deportment 1B And any ONE of the following: Business Management 1B Business Accounting 1B Principles of Economics 1B Legal Practice 1B Second Year Semester 3 Information Administration 2A Office Administration 2A English Communication Module 5 And any ONE of the following: Business Management 1A Business Accounting 1A Principles of Economics 1A Intermediate Microeconomics Legal Practice 1A Business Management 2A Business Accounting 2A Commercial Law 1A Semester 4 Information Administration 2B Office Administration 2B English Communication Module 6 And any ONE of the following: Business Management 1B Business Accounting 1B Principles of Economics 1B Intermediate Macroeconomics Legal Practice 1B Business Management 2B Business Accounting 2B Commercial Law 1B Third Year Semester 5 Information Administration 3A Office Administration 3A Secretarial Public Relations 1A

IAD112S OAD112S SDP112S BMA112S BAC1200 PEC112S LPT112S

Information Admin 1A None None None None None Legal Practice 1A

IAD211S OAD211S ECM0500 BMA111S BAC1100 PEC111S IME211S LPT111S BMA211S BAC211S CML111S IAD212S OAD212S ECM0600 BMA112S BAC1200 PEC112S IME212S LPT112S BMA212S BAC212S CML112S

Information Administration 1A &1B Office Administration 1A & 1B English Communication Module 4 None None None Principles of Economics 1A None Business Management 1A & 1B Business Accounting 1A & 1B None Information Administratin 2A Office Administration 2A English Communication Module 5 None None None Priciples of Economics 1B Legal Practice 1A Business Management 1A & 1B Business Accounting 2A Commercial Law 1A

IAD311S OAD311S SPR311S

Information Administration 2B Office Administration 2A & 2B None

336

And any ONE of the following: Business Management 1A Business Accounting 1A Principles of Economics 1A Legal Practice 1A Business Management 2A Business Accounting 2A Commercial Law 1A Intermediate Microeconomics Applied Economic Policy Analysis Business Management 3A Semester 6: Information Administration 3B Office Administration 3B Secretarial Public Relations 1B And any ONE of the following: Business Management 1B Business Accounting 1B Principles of Economics 1B Legal Practice 1B Business Management 2B Business Accounting 2B Commercial Law 1B Intermediate Macroeconomics International Trade Business Management 3B

BMA111S BAC1100 PEC111S LPT111S BMA211S BAC211S CML111S IME211S AEP311S BMA311S

None None None None Business Management 1A & 1B Business Accounting 1A & 1B None Principles of Economics 1A Intermediate Micro & Macroeconomics Business Management 2A & 2B Information Administration 3A Office Admininistration 3A Secretarial Public Relations 1A None None None Legal Practice 1A

IAD312S OAD312S SPR312S BMA112S BAC1200 PEC112S LPT112S BMA212S BAC212S CML112S IME212S ITT312S BMA312S

Business Management 1A & 1B

Business Accounting 2A Commercial Law 1A Principles of Economics 1B Intermediate Micro & Macroeconomics Business Management 2A & 2B

337

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY: ECONOMICS 23BECO

Regulations Admission requirements Applicants holding diploma qualifications of this or of any other recognised tertiary institution and who wish to enroll into the programme will be admitted on merit and on a case by case basis, depending on the assessment of the applicants suitability as well as availability of facilities and resources. Prospective students wishing to enroll for the programme but without all the required courses shall be asked to do those courses that they are missing as arrears. Prospective secondary school students must have passed Mathematics with a D or better symbol at the Ordinary level. Applicants who score a B or better in Mathematics will not be required to do and pass Introduction to Mathematics, ITM 111S, first. Transition Rules Although there are no perceived transition problems, it is possible that some students who, for one reason or another, repeat courses, may find themselves adversely affected during the course of implementing this programme. Such students should consult the Head of Department who will advise them as best as he can in terms of transition rules. CURRICULUM First Year Semester 1 Course Title Course Code Prerequisites Principles of Economics 1A PEC111S None Mathematics for Social Sciences 1A MSS111S Introduction to Mathematics or a B or better symbol in Mathematics at the Ordinary level Computer User Skills CUS411S None Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics or a B or better symbol in Mathematics at Ordinary level Communication Skills CSK0420 Language in Practice B And any ONE of the following: Business Accounting 1A BAC1100 None Introduction to Business Management BMA121S None Semester 2 Principles of Economics 1B Mathematics for Social Sciences 1B Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) Basic Business Statistics 1B Professional Writing And any ONE of the following: Business Accounting 1B Business Ethics & Leadership PEC112S MSS112S CUS411S BBS112S PFW0520 BAC1200 BEL112S None Mathematics for Social Science 1A None Basic Business Statistics 1A Communication Skills None None

338

Second Year Semester 3 Intermediate Microeconomics Mathematics for Economists Money and Banking Professional Communication And any ONE of the following: Business Accounting 2A Business Operations Semester 4 Intermediate Macroeconomics Mathematical Economics Financial Intermediation &Institutional Investment Economics of Agriculture & Rural Development And any ONE of the following: Business Accounting 2B Business Finance Third Year Semester 5 Applied Economic Policy Analysis Applied Mathematical Economics Statistics for Economists Managerial Economics And any ONE of the following: Purchasing & Supply Management Economics of Growth & Development Semester 6 Public Finance & Taxation International Trade International Finance Econometrics And any ONE of the following: Business Logistics & Supply Chain Management Industrial Economics

IME211S MEC211S MAB211S PFC0620 BAC211S BSO221S IME212S MEC212S FII212S EAR212S BAC212S BSF222S

Principles of Economics 1A Mathematics for Social Sciences 1A & 1B Principles of Economics1B Communication Skills Business Accounting 1A & 1B None Principles of Economics 1B Mathematics for Social Sciences 1A & 1B None None Business Accounting 1A & 1B None

AEP311S AME311S SEC311S MEN311S PSM321S EGD311S PFT312S ITT312S IFN312S ECM312S BLM322S IEC312S

Intermediate Microeconomics & Macroeconomics Mathematics for Economists & Mathematical Economics Basic Business Statistics 1A & 1B Intermediate Microeconomics Business Operations Intermediate Macroeconomics Principles of Economics 1A & 1B Principles of Economics 1A Principles of Economics 1A Statistics for Economists Business Operations Intermediate Microeconomics

Fourth Year (Available on the Distance Education Mode as from 2012) Semester 7 Research Methodology RMA411S None Economics of Namibia &SACU ECN411S None Countries 4A Research Project (if not yet taken) RPB412S Research Methodology

339

And any THREE of the following: (These courses will be offered if and when resources permit and if there is a minimum required number of students enrolled for the course in question.) Project Planning & Management Transport Economics Mortgage Finance & Real Estate Investment History of Economic Thought Corporate Finance Analytical Economic History Planning Techniques Labour Economics Semester 8 Research Project Economics of Namibia & SACU Countries 4B Research Methodology (if not yet taken) PPM411S TEC411S MFI411S HET411S CFN411S AEH411S PLT411S LEC411S RPB412S ECN412S RMA411S None None None None None None None None Research Methodology & Econometrics None None

340

BACHELOR OF TRANSPORT MANAGEMENT

07BTRM

Description The Bachelor of Transport Management is a three-year degree programme that is aimed at equipping qualifying students with applied competencies in: understanding and interpretation of transport safety and traffic management transport economics management and regulatory principles The aim of this programme is to establish Transport Management qualifications at Bachelor degree level with exit points at Certificate and Diploma level for people in the Transport and Logistics industry that will enable them to perform their respective duties at various levels professionally. The students will be trained for a market dealing with all areas of Transport Management which includes Road Safety & Infrastructure Management, Transport Economics, Legal Framework and Transport Operations Management, as well as preparation for positions in the workplace. The Bachelor of Transport Management degree isdesigned to be at NQF Level 7 with 400 credits, including credits allocated to the 1st year Certificate and 2nd year Diploma exit levels. Admission Requirements In addition to the General Admission Requirements (Regulation G12.1) and Mature Age Entry Scheme (Regulation G12.2) as contained in the Prospectus of the Polytechnic of Namibia, students shall have a symbol D or better in English. They shall also write a special English test (not a placement test) which they should pass with at least 50 % to be admitted into the programme. Admission under the Mature Age Entry Scheme shall also consider Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL). Students who successfully completed the Transport Management bridging programme will also be eligible to enrol for this programme. Year 1 (Certificate with a minimum of 131 credits. Phased in 2011) Semester 1

Course Title

Self Development and Study Skills Language in Practice Introduction to Mathematics Computer User Skills Introduction to Road Traffic and Transport Legislation Principles of Transport Economics Basic Science Experiential Learning 1 (TRANSPORT) Semester 2 Language in Practice B Business Ethics and Leadership Information Competence Law of Evidence and Criminal Procedure Transport Economics & Procedures Principles of Road Safety & Infrastructure Management Experiential Learning 2 (TRANSPORT)

Course Code Prerequisite

SDS010S LIP411S ITM111S CUS411S IRT511S PTE511S BSC410S EXL511S LPB0320 BEL112S ICT512S LEC212S TEP512S PRI512S EXL512S None None None None None None None None Language in Practice None None None Principles of Transport Economics None None

341

Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) Basic Science (if not yet taken)

CUS411S BSC410S

None None

Year 2 [Diploma with a minimum of 265 credits (including credits allocated to the Certificate]. (Available on the Distance Education Mode as from 2012) Semester 3 Communication Skills Principles of Logistics Management Road Traffic & Transport Legislation Intermodal Transport Economics And any ONE of the following: Road Safety & Infrastructure Management Transport Operations Management Semester 4 Professional Writing Operational Logistics Management CSK0420 PLM611S RTL611S ITE611S RIM611S TOM611S Language in Practice B None None Transport Economics & Procedures Principles of Road Safety & Infrastructure Management Principles of Road Safety & Infrastructure Management Communication Skills Principles of Logistics Management Road Traffic & Transport Legislation Intermodal Transport Economics Road Safety & Infrastructure Management Transport Operations Management

PFW0520 OLM612S

Advanced Road Traffic & Transport ART612S Legislation Advanced Intermodal Transport Economics ATE612S And any ONE of the following: Practical Road Safety & Infrastructure PRI612S Management Practical Transport Operations Management PTO612S

Year 3 (Available on the Distance Eucation Mode as from 2013) Semester 5 Basic Business Statistics 1A BBS111S Introduction to Mathematics Project Planning & Management PPM411S None International and Regional Transport IRT711S Applied Intermodal Economics Transport Economics Work Integrated Learning 1 (TRANSPORT) WOL711S Completion and pass of all courses up to Semester 4. And any ONE of the following: Road Safety & Infrastructure Management RIT711S Practical Road Safety & Techniques Infrastructure Management Transport Operations Management TOT711S Practical Transport Techniques Operations Management Semester 6 Basic Business Statistics 1B Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management Contemporary Issues BBS112S BLM322S CIS610S Basic Business Statistics 1A Business Operations None

342

Advanced Transport Economics

ATE712S

Work Integrated Learning 2 (TRANSPORT) WOL712S And any ONE of the following: Applied Road Safety & Infrastructure ARM712S Management Applied Transport Operations Management ATO712S

International and Regional Transport Economics Completion and pass of all courses up to Semester 4. Road Safety & Infrastructure Management Techniques Transport Operations Management Techniques

343

DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES BACHELOR OF ENGLISH 25BAEN

Description The Bachelor of English degree is a 3-year contextualised programme that blends Language (English) and Literature in English. The degree programme lays special emphasis on work integrated learning or practice. Admission Requirements In addition to the General Admission Requirements (Regulation G12.1) and Mature Age Entry Scheme (Regulation G12.2) as contained in the Prospectus of the Polytechnic of Namibia, students shall have symbol D or better in English. They shall also write a special English test (not a placement test) which they should pass with at least 50% to be admitted into the programme. Admission under the Mature Age Entry Scheme shall also consider Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL). BACHELOR OF ENGLISH DEGREE REGULATIONS The programme shall be governed by the following regulations: The Bachelor of English shall be awarded to candidates who have obtained 399 NQF credits as per the required curriculum. 1. 2. 3. 4. The Bachelor of English degree shall begin in year 1 and shall consist of 24 courses from year 1 to year 3. In order to complete the Bachelor of English degree, a student shall pass 23 taught courses plus Work Integrated Learning (which shall extend over one semester). In addition, in order to complete the Bachelor of English degree, a student shall also be required to study and pass a Namibian national language. The Bachelor of English degree shall consist of core courses in Linguistics/ English Language and Literature, and, in addition to Work Integrated Learning, basic studies and electives in Mathematics, Information Technology, Communication, and the Social Sciences. CURRICULUM First Year Semester 1 Course Title Introduction to Linguistics Introduction to Literature Introduction to Sociology Computer User Skills Intercultural Communication Semester 2 Introduction to Phonetics &Phonology The Study of Prose Basic Mathematics Introduction to Political Science Computer User Skills (if not yet taken)

Course Code ILS111S ILT111S ISO0100 CUS411S ICC111S IPP112S TSP112S BMS411S IPS0100 CUS411S

Prerequisite None None None None None None None None None None

344

Second Year Semester 3 English Morphology Theory and Practice of Poetry Namibian Literature in English Rhetorical Theory & Criticism Basic Mathematics (if not yet taken) Semester 4 English Syntax Theory and Practice of Drama Literary Criticism Public Speaking & Argumentation International Relations & Organisations

EMP211S TPP211S NLE211S RTC211S BMS411S ESY212S TPD212S LCR212S PSA212S IRO311S

None None None None None None None None None None

Third Year (Available on the Distance Education mode as from 2012) Semester 5 Work Integrated Learning WIL311S None Semester 6 Psycholinguistics Semantics English as a Second Language African Literature Management Communication PCL312S SMT312S ESL312S AFL312S MCO312S None None None None None

345

DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION BACHELOR OF COMMUNICATION 25BACO

Description The Bachelor of Communication is a three-year degree programme that is aimed at equipping students with both theoretical knowledge and practical skills in communication management and administration. Holders of this degree will have communication skills that will enable them to effectively design, manage and evaluate communication processes that involve individuals, groups, organisations and the public. The degree programmes Work Integrated Learning component will provide students with the necessary experiential learning at the workplace. Admission Requirements In addition to the General Admission Requirements (Regulation G12.1) and Mature Age Entry Scheme (Regulation G12.2) as contained in the Prospectus of the Polytechnic of Namibia, students shall have symbol D or better in English. They shall also write a special English test (not a placement test) which they should pass with at least 50% to be admitted into the programme. Admission under the Mature Age Entry Scheme shall also consider Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL). Regulations The Department of Communication offers the 3-year Bachelor of Communication degree. The programme shall be governed by the following regulations: The Bachelor of Commmunication shall be awarded to candidates who have obtained at least 384 or 385 (depending on choice) NQF credits as per the curriculum requirements. 1. 2. 3. 4. The Bachelor of Communication degree shall begin in year 1 and shall consist of 24 courses from year 1 to year 3. In order to complete the Bachelor of Communication degree, a student shall pass 23 taught courses plus Work Integrated Learning, which shall extend over one semester. In addition, in order to complete the Bachelor of Communication degree, a student shall also be required to study and pass a Namibian national language. This shall be a noncredit bearing course. The Bachelor of Communication degree shall consist of core courses in Communication, and, in addition to Work Integrated Learning (Internship), other courses which include Basic Mathematics, Information and Communication Technology, and electives from the Social Sciences.

Assessment a. Courses will be examined at the end of the semester in which they are taught. b. Written papers will count for 40 % and continuous assessment (CASS) 60 % in each course. c. Continuous assessment (CASS) for each course may include a relevant small-scale project.

346

CURRICULUM First Year Semester 1 Course Title Introduction to Communication 1A Intercultural Communication Basic Mathematics Computer User Skills Principles of Economics 1A Semester 2 Introduction to Communication 1B Non Verbal Communication Organisational Communication Group Dynamics and Communication Gender Communication Basic Mathematics (if not yet taken) Computer User Skills (if not yet taken) Second Year Semester 3 Rhetorical Theory and Criticism Web Communication Introduction to Marketing and its Environment Plus ONE of the following Electives: Introduction to Public Management Introduction to Sociology Semester 4 Specialised Writing Public Speaking and Argumentation Public Relations: Theory and Practice Introduction to Political Science

Course Code ICO111S ICC111S BMS411S CUS411S PEC111S ICO112S NVC112S OCO112S GDC212S GCO212S BMS411S CUS411S

Prerequisite None None None None None None None None None None None None

RTC211S WCO211S MAR121S IPM111S ISO0100 SPW212S PSA212S PRT310S IPS0100

None None None None None None None None None

Third Year (Available on the Distance Education Mode as from 2012) Semester 5 Work Integrated Learning WIL311S None Semester 6 Legal and Ethical Issues in Communication Management Communication Persuasion and Propaganda Plus any TWO of the following Electives: Mediation Communication Rhetoric and Constitutional Discourse International Relations and Organisations LEC312S MCO312S PAP312S MCM312S RCD312S IRO311S None None None None None None

347

DEPARTMENT OF HOSPITALITY AND TOURISM MANAGEMENT BACHELOR OF HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT 27BHMN

Description The Bachelor of Hospitality Management is aimed at equipping students with necessary advanced knowledge, expertise and strategic skills necessary for upper-level managerial jobs, such as hotel general managers and divisional managers,. The students may also opt to develop and run their own hospitality businesses. Admission The programme is aimed at individuals who have completed a National Diploma in Hospitality Management. CURRICULUM Fourth Year Semester 7 Course Title Research Methodology Hospitality Research Project (if not yet taken) Hospitality Operations Management Strategic Management in Hospitality & Tourism Managing Human Resources in Hospitality and Tourism Organisations Semester 8 Financial Management in Hospitality & Tourism Developing and Managing Small Hospitality Property

Course Code Prerequisites RME410S None HRP420S Research Methodology HOM410S SMH410S MHR410S Rooms Division Management/ Food & Beverage Management None Human Resource Management 1 (Hospitality and Tourism)

FMH420S DMH420S

Financial Control I Rooms Division Management & Food and Beverage Management & Strategic Management in Hospitality & Tourism & Management. Human Resources in Hospitality & Tourism Marketing 1 (Hotel and Tourism)

Strategic Marketing in SHT420S Hospitality & Tourism Research Methodology RME410S None (if not yet taken) Hospitality Research Project HRP420S Research Methodology NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for all of the above courses.

348

BACHELOR OF TRAVEL AND TOURISM MANAGEMENT

27BTTM

The Bachelor of Travel and Tourism Management is aimed at providing students with a holistic understanding of the elements of travel and tourism within the social, economic and cultural fabric of society, appreciation of the relationships among the various elements of the industry, as well as the ability to apply appropriate evaluative and management strategies to situations involving travel and tourism. Admission The programme is aimed at individuals who have completed the National Diploma in Travel and Tourism Management. Fourth Year Semester 7 Course Title Research Methodology Tourism Research Project (if not yet taken) Strategic Management in Hospitality & Tourism Tourism Policy & Planning Managing Human Resources in Hospitality & Tourism Organisations CURRICULUM Course Code Prerequisites RME410S None TRP420S Research Methodology SMH410S TPP410S MHR410S None None Human Resource Man 1 (Hospitality and Tourism)

Semester 8 Ecotourism Planning & Management EPM420S None Financial Management in Hospitality & Tourism FMH420S Financial Control 1 Strategic Marketing in Hospitality and Tourism SHT420S Marketing 1 (Hotel & Tourism) Research Methodology RME410S None (if not yet taken) Tourism Research Project TRP420S Research Methodology NOTE: Vacation Schools are compulsory for students enrolled for all of the above courses.

349

DEPARTMENT OF NATURE CONSERVATION BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN NATURE CONSERVATION 27BNAT

The Bachelor of Technology: Nature Conservation study programme focuses on the attributes that will help equip high potential entry-level employees with relevant managerial and research skills. In particular, the programme concentrates on improved productivity and effective management of natural and human resources including finances. Admission The programme is aimed at individuals who have completed the National Diploma Natural Resources Management in Nature Conservation or related field, with at least one year practical experience. Tuition and Delivery Mode Tuition will be offered through the distance education mode and will extend over two academic years. There will be four compulsory courses, one co-requisite course (for students who have no previous training in this course), and three compulsory practicals. Practicals In view of the pre-requisite for practical sessions, students must register for Plant Studies IV (Module A), Resource Management IV (Module A), Conservation Management I and Research Methodology in the same year. Students must pass the practical evaluation at the end of such practical session with a minimum of 50%. Students are responsible for their own travel and accommodation costs. CURRICULUM Fourth Year Course Title Co-requisite Courses: Computer Usage (Nature Conservation) Compulsory Courses: Plant Studies IV (Module A) Resource Management IV (Module A) Conservation Management I Research Methodology Practical Component: Seminar Research Project Practical 1 Practical 2 Fifth Year Plant Studies IV*** (Module B) Financial Management I (Nature Conservation) Management Principles I** (Nature Conservation) Plus any ONE of the following: Resource Management IV*** (Module B) Community-Based Natural Resource Management Course Code Prerequisites RGB111N PSO411Z RMM451U CVM112Y REM531Z SEM171N PRO101N BTN001P BTN002P PSO421Y FMN451Z POM191R RMM461T CBR410Y None None None None None None None None None None

350

Practical Component: Practical 3 Practical 4 (Optional) *

BTM003P BTN004P

None None

Tuition for the fourth and the fifth year will be offered through the distance education mode only and will extend over two academic years. ** Students will receive lecture notes for Management I and will be credited with Management Principles I (Nature Conservation). ** * Oral Examination CERTIFICATE IN COMMUNITY-BASED NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 27CNRM This certificate focuses on the attributes that will equip high potential entry-level practitioners of community-based natural resource management with relevant managerial and research skills. The study programme concentrates on improved productivity and effective management of natural and human resources. Admission Requirements Any person may be admitted to this study programme if s/he is in possession of a diploma/ degree in the field of Natural Resources Management (Nature Conservation, Agriculture, Land Management and/or any other related field). Examination Requirements A year mark of 50 % is required for admission to examinations where applicable. All courses require a final mark of at least 50 % to pass. Tuition and Delivery Mode Tuition will be offered through the distance education mode and will extend over one academic year. The CBNRM course offered in the Bachelor of Technology (Nature Conservation) programme is the same as for this certificate and the course will run concurrently as one course. Practical Students must pass the practical evaluation at the end of the practical session with a minimum of 50 %. The practical session will be for more or less one week (face-to-face). Students are responsible for their own travel and accommodation costs. A fee is payable for meals, if provided by the institution. CURRICULUM Course Title Community Based-Natural Resource Management Practical 4 Research Project Course Code Prerequisites CBR410Y BTN004P PRO101N None None None

351

CERTIFICATE IN NAMIBIAN ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION

27NEEC

This certificate is an introductory Environmental Education (EE) study programme for adults who wish to know more about applying environmental education in their community or work. The NEEC is most valuable to people who are involved with EE and those who intend to become involved in EE. The NEEC is a competence-based study programme and therefore aims to help students develop practical, foundational and reflexive competencies. Admission Requirements There are no minimum qualifications needed to join the study programme, however participants must be proficient in spoken and written English. In addition, a pre-course assignment is a requirement along with the application. Preference for selection will be given to those people who have firm links with environmental education, either in a community or work context. Assessment Requirements Assessment will be continuous and outcomes-based. Students need to continually reflect on their participation and professional development. Assessment is done through a review of: Draft and final versions of written assignments; Group work and presentations; and A portfolio of work. Evidence of learning will be obtained from students assignments, participation in group settings and critical self-reflection. Tuition and Delivery Mode Tuition will be offered through the distance education mode and will extend over one academic year. Students need to attend four compulsory face-to-face contact sessions/vacation schools. Students are further encouraged to form study groups with fellow participants in the same region. Within study groups, students will do group activities and support each others learning. CURRICULUM Course Title Our Environment: Issues, risks and responses Developing, implementing and evaluating environmental education curriculum, programmes and resources Environmental education approaches: theory and practice Course Code OEM101Y DIE101Y EEA101Y Prerequisites None None None

352

LIBRARY SERVICES L1 General The Library is a social and emotionally engaging centre for learning and experience. Our vision is to provide resources that support learning, teaching, research and creative expression by providing timely and effective access to information and services to the broad Polytechnic community, resulting in the improvement of institutional outcomes. Library hours Days Monday - Friday Saturday Sunday Public Holidays External Study Area Monday - Sunday 05:00 - 00:00 NB: Hours of opening vary during different times of the year. Notices communicating this information are usually displayed at the Library entrance and on the website (http://www.polytechnic.edu.na/library/library.php). L3 Services The Library provides the following collections and services: Circulation Services: Maintains the day-to-day borrowing, returning and the renewals of library materials. It upholds and enforces the rules and procedures of the Library to ensure fair access to information resources and a conducive study environment. Contact: tel. 2072022/2621 or library@polytechnic.edu.na Reference Services: Answers general information queries, offers online catalogue training, conduct interlibrary loans and create access to full-text databases for off-campus access. The Reference Librarian can be located on Level 3 of the Library. Contact: library@polytechnic.edu.na Subject & Research The aim of this section is to support the teaching, Services: learning and research services of the Polytechnic, by providing library and information skills training (LIST) and subject-based information services. The LIST classes include how to search for, locate, retrieve, evaluate and ethically use information from various print and online sources. Classes are arranged between lecturers and the Subject Librarian of the School. Contact: subjectlibrarian@polytechnic.edu.na Acquisitions Services: Acquires printed and electronic information resources for teaching and research support, as well as for patron information needs. Suggest an item for purchase by accessing the online catalogue through iEnabler or leave a note in the Suggestion Box on Level 3. Contact: acquisitions@polytechnic.edu.na Semester 08:00 - 22:00 08:00 - 13:00 14:00 - 20:00 Closed Vacation 08:00 - 17:00 Closed Closed Closed

L2

353

Technical Services:

Study Collection: Group Study Areas: Study Carrels:

Multimedia Lab: Student Labs: Photocopy facilities: Inter-library Loans:

Namibiana Collection: Internet Caf: Online databases: Library Tours: User Education:

Providing and maintaining physical and online access to Library collections, through creating quality bibliographic records. Contact: library@polytechnic.edu.na Prescribed texts that can only be used for 2 hours in the Library. It is located on Level 4. Can be booked for 3 hours/day. Booking can be done at the Reference Desk on Level 4. Can be booked for a limited period by graduate students (4th year), post-graduate students and lecturers. Booking can be done at the Reference Desk on Level 4. Facilities to view CD-ROMs, DVDs and videos Where students can do their assignments. Located on Level 4. On Levels 2, 3 & 4. Enables access to resources in other libraries, which is not available in your own library. Contact the Reference Librarian for more information or send an e-mail to interlibraryloans@polytechnic.edu.na Publications about Namibia or published by Namibians. Only for Polytechnic students. Full-text journals and books. Can be booked at the User Services Librarian or Reference Librarian, Level 3. Learn how to search for, retrieve, evaluate and cite information from the library, online databases and the web by asking your lecturers to book or arrange classes with the Subject Librarian for your School.

L4

Library regulations

L4.1 Membership All registered students and staff of the Polytechnic are automatically members of the Library. All Polytechnic students will be requested to fill in a form with their biographical details before they can take out books. Registered students and staff of UNAM can also become members of the Library by producing their staff/student cards and by completing a Library registration form. UNAM students will have to pay a deposit with registration. This money will be refunded in part or in full depending on whether the student has outstanding fines or books with the Library. Persons not included in any of the above categories may become members of the Library, subject to the approval of the User Services Librarian. They are required to complete the Library registration form and upon acceptance pay the following applicable non-refundable annual fee: Library usage with no loan privilege = N$150.00 One book per visit = N$235.00 Two books per visit = N$400.00 Three books per visit = N$560.00

354

L4.2 Borrowing privileges Own student/staff cards and outside user cards must be produced whenever Library materials are borrowed. No items will be issued on another persons card. The following number of items may be borrowed simultaneously: Polytechnic Students 6 14 days Polytechnic Staff 10 30 days UNAM Students 3 14 days UNAM Staff 3 30 days Outside Users 1/2/3 14 days The loan period may be extended in person, telephonically (Tel. 2072022/2621) or via e-mail (library@polytechnic.edu.na), provided another user does not require the book. Issued library materials must either be returned or renewed before the end of each loan period. All items must be returned at the desk where it was issued from, i.e. Circulation, Multi Media or Study Collection. Newspapers are to be read in the Periodical Section and are not to be taken out. No borrower may lend library materials to or on behalf of any other person. Borrowers assume full responsibility for the use and return of library materials and have to pay the Polytechnic for any loss or damage. A fine, as determined from time to time, is payable in respect of items handed in late. The library reserves the right to recall library materials at any time. L5 Library Rules All borrowers are responsible for any materials checked out on their user cards. Students should report a lost student card as soon as possible so that their Library account can be blocked. Using another patrons user/membership card is prohibited and a serious offence. All Library materials should be returned / renewed before the end of the loan period, otherwise a fine is applicable and no further loans are permitted. Study Collection items are to be used inside the Library for a two hour period and are NOT to be taken out. An hourly fine (or part thereof) is applicable for late returns. Replacement valued, as determined by the Librarian, should be paid for any lost or damaged items. Students should make sure all Library items in their possession are issued before they exit through the Librarys security gates. Unauthorised removal of Library items shall result in strict disciplinary action and a large fine. Students found in possession of unauthorised or stolen Library material will be blocked from taking out Library material until a disciplinary hearing has taken place. NO person shall make noise or cause a disturbance in the Library and hold public meetings or demonstrations inside the Library. NO smoking, eating (including chewing gum) or drinking are permitted in the Library. ALL cellular phones MUST be switched OFF when entering the Library and shall not be used at any time inside the Library.

355

 L6

Any person not adhering to the abovementioned rules shall be fined. Rude or undisciplined behaviour towards staff and security, preventing them from performing their duties, will lead to a fine and/or disciplinary action. Library users MUST show their student/membership cards at the entrance, before they will be allowed to enter the Library. Departmental Resources Centres are for use by faculty ONLY and items from these centres may not be issued, lent or given to students.

Library Security Library items are protected against unauthorised removal by an electronic book detection system. When a Library item is removed illegally an alarm will sound, upon which the item must be returned to the security desk. Please note, leaving the Library building with unauthorised library materials (not issued) is regarded as a serious offence and will lead to a large spot fine and a disciplinary hearing. Further information Brochures are available in the Library for newcomers or any other persons wishing to acquaint themselves with Library services and procedures. Librarians are to be consulted whenever help is needed.

L7

356

COMPUTER SERVICES Mission As a unit, Computer Services provides a broad Information, Communication Technology service to the Polytechnic community. Some of the duties include: The operation of a central computer system providing information processing for the following departments: Students Records, Academic Administration, Finance, Personnel, Space Management, Asset Control, Library and the Transport section. Personal computers, peripherals, Network operation internet access and software support/ acquisition. Technical validation of purchases for information technology related equipment. Implementation of the latest information technology products. STAFF Director Executive Secretary Manager (Network) Manager (Data Centre) Manager (ITS systems) Manager (MIS & MIIR) Manager (PC Support) Webmaster Systems Administrators ICT Security Officer Network Administrators Institutional Researcher / Statistician Systems Developer Senior PC Support Officer (Main campus) PC Support Officers (Main campus) Mr. Laurent Evrard, M.Sc. (EPITA) Ms. Loise Kafita Mr. Calvin Mouton Mr. Gabriel Rukoro Mrs. Juanita Frans Ms. Elizabeth Ngololo, M.Sc. (Curtin) Mr. Breyten Mouton Ms. Olivia Louw Mr. Hafeni Ndakunda Mr. Mervin Mokhatu Mr. Lindrowsqy Katjimune Mr. Philander Muyunda Mr. Joel Eelu Mr. Reino Ihemba Vacant Mr. Franco Bandlow Mr. Mario Tripodi Ms. Maria Ausiku Mr. Ivan Isaacks Mr. George Negongo Mr. John Archer Mr. Paulo de Almeida Mr. Festus Shivute Mr. Trevor Izaks Mr. Derek Fredericks Mrs. Magreth Tjingaete Mr. Jeremy Harris Mr. Allastair Ellitson Mr. Lorean de Vries Ms. Pelinawa Sakeus Ms. Nelsia Zakaapi Ms. Abigail Ntlai

PC Support Officers (Library)

Senior PC Support Officer (Engineering) PC Support Officers (Engineering) Junior PC Support (Communication Dept.) PC Support Officer (CED) PC Support Officer (Science & Tech) Service Desk Trainee

Information technology situation at the Polytechnic The Polytechnic has always acquired the most reliable technology on the market. The central administrative system, called the ITS system, allows students and staff to register, to consult marks, financial statements, examination timetables among others, via any computer connected to the Internet.

357

Namibias first gigabit Ethernet network was implemented in 1998 at the Polytechnic. To date, more than 2 500 devices are connected to the network. Africas only full Tucows mirror at this time (including all the available modules) started its operations in 2000. It can be reached via the following URL: http://www.tucows.com. The Bureau of Computer Services is also hosting one of Africas largest public download server, which can be reached at http://download.polytechnic.edu.na. It contains very useful and popular Free / Libre Open Source Software (FLOSS) packages. As of October 2010, this server contains more than 10 Tb of applications, operating systems, entertainment software. Other sites of interest hosted at the Polytechnic: A mirror of the Massachussets Institute of Technologys OpenCourseWare program, located at http://ocw.polytechnic.edu.na A mirror of the Gutenberg project, with thousands of books freely available at http://download. polytechnic.edu.na/pub/gutenberg A free GIS software, GRASS, located at http://grass.polytechnic.edu.na A complete repository of Ubuntu Linux, located at http://download.polytechnic.edu.na/pub/ ubuntu Lots of other operating system, installation, patches and other programs, such as Fedora, RedHat, Suse, OpenSUSE, FreeBSD, Gentoo, Mozilla, OpenOffice, Apache, and many more. Many computer laboratories are reserved for IT classes. Each lab boosts, in average, about 25 PCs and all of them (150 of them as at August 2010) are linked to the campus network. The library is also well equipped and contains free access labs and an internet section. A centralised printing solution for all students is in place on campus since 2008. Internet / E-mail access is present through several internet links with a combined capacity of 23 Mbits / second each, thus giving redundancy. Internet access is open to students from the computer labs and from our wireless network, operational since 2007 and available for free for all Polytechnic students. Apple and Linux based computers are available in the Library for student use. However, social networking sites such as Facebook or Twitter can not be accessed during office hours. Two very helpful IT services are available free of charge to all registered students: Free web-based e-mail and student web. The web-based e-mail service is not only very similar to other web-based services, it also scans all mails against viruses, and it also filters most spam. The student web allows each student to access its student records, financial statement, examination timetable and other very useful information. For instructions on how to access these two services, log on to the site: http://students.polytechnic.edu.na from any computer connected to the Internet. Please take note that forgotten passwords shall be replaced subject to the payment of a fee. Student cards are provided by the card systems office on the lower ground of the Office Building. Please take note that previously registered students have to return their student cards during first semester registration before being issued with a new one. Failure to return the previously issued student card shall lead to the payment of the prescribed replacement fee.

358

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF STUDENTS GENERAL INFORMATION AND STUDENT SERVICES The Office of the Dean of Students provides quality students services and programmes to the diverse Polytechnic student population. The quality of services and programmes are studentcentered which provide a healthy environment to learning. These services include Health Services, Social Services, Counseling and HIV/AIDS Coordination, Job placement Services, Accommodation, Sport and Culture, and Hostel and Kitchen Services. Furthermore, the Office of the Dean of Students provides leadership and supervisory support to both the Academic and Residential Sections of the Polytechnic. The aim is to promote services and programmes relevant to students development throughout their academic studies, and, above all, to facilitate and encourage student extra-curricular activities, appreciation of cultural differences, and academic excellence. STUDENTS SERVICES 1. Polytechnic Health Services: The Polytechnic Health Services provide primary health care and ensures a good quality of life for students. It focuses on the prevention of illness, promotion of a healthy life style and general hygiene. It provides the following health development workshops: (1) Family planning (2) Sexually Transmitted Infections (STIs). It also provides the following health development programme: (a) First Aid Training. The Polytechnic Health Services is adjacent to Shangri-la student hostel. It opens from 7:30 a.m. to 16:30 p.m. Monday to Friday. The nurse is on stand-by over the weekends for emergencies. The Health Services unit has a full-time nurse. Social Welfare Services: The Social Welfare Services focuses on social problems and promotes good mental health for students. It provides the following social welfare development workshops: (1) Violence against women and children (2) Alcohol and substance abuse (3) Relationships and date rape (4) Stress management and (5) Self-esteem. It also provides the social welfare programme: (a) New student orientation. Student Counseling and HIV/AIDS Coordination Services: The Student Counseling and the HIV/AIDS Coordination Services provides academic and HIV/AIDS counseling. It incorporates counseling as a helping relationship and as a means of psychological interventions. It provides both individual and group counseling. It provides the following academic development workshops: (1) Study skills and (2) Student leadership. It also provides the following academic development programmes: (a) HIV/AIDS Awareness Campaign (b) HIV/AIDS peer counseling training. Counseling is therefore provided to facilitate positive growth and development amongst students. Job Placement Services: This section provides students with career guidance. It incorporates counseling as helping relationship and counseling as the means of psychological intervention. Job placement service provides the following career guidance development workshop: (1) CV Writing. It also provides the following career guidance programmes: (a) Career fair (b) Mock interviews Accommodation, Sport and Culture Hostel accommodation provides quality living quarters. There are three (3) hostels with a capacity of 404 beds. There are two (2) female hostels and one (1) male hostel. The three

2.

3.

4.

5.

359

(3) Hostel Superintendents are assisted by ten (10) Housing Committee (HC) members. Sport activities provide students with a well balance and stimulating extra-curricular environment. It provides a platform for students to participate in a variety of sports. Students are encouraged to explore their sport talents. The trophy award ceremony recognises both sport and cultural achievements. Cultural activities provide students with a platform to express their cultural heritage. Extra-curricular activities are vital to each students education. The cultural festival is a week long event of fun an entertainment, which culminates in the crowning of Miss and Mr. Polytechnic. 6. Hostel and Kitchen Service This section provides students with a wide range of nutritional meals served at breakfast, lunch and dinner. Menus are planned in conjunction with the menu committee. This section also ensures a clean living environment, maintenance of hostel and kitchen facilities. Each residential hall is supervised by a superintendent. The HC members are elected by students each year to assist the superintendents with the overall operation of the residential services and the general well-being of students. The Polytechnic has three residential halls. The ladies residences are Monresa and Hpker and, the mens hostel is Shangri-La. Total accommodation of about 404 is provided. 7. Meals Residential students eat in the same dining hall which is supervised, managed and maintained by the Hostel Manager. The latter is also responsible for the overall food services and kitchen operation. The dining hall is well furnished. The kitchen is well equipped with competent kitchen staff who prepare food on a daily basis. Student Representative Council (SRC) The SRC is the highest students representative body elected annually by students in accordance with the SRC Constitution. The aim of the SRC is to represent all sections of the student community, including fulltime, part-time, and distance education students. Representation is one of the most important functions of the SRC. Students are represented on a number of Committees, such as Polytechnic Council, Senate, and the Boards of Studies. Since the SRC is entrusted with issues and activities to represent students, their programme reflects a healthy balance of recreational and academic activities.

8.

360

SR:

STUDENT REGULATIONS

NOTE: The final interpretation of these Regulations shall be vested in the Council. SR1. RULES AND CONDUCT

SR1.1 Subordination to the rules On signing the registration form, a student binds himself/herself to obey all the legal provisions and rules of the Polytechnic, and it is the students duty to become acquainted with such legal provisions and rules. Ignorance of such legal provisions shall not establish a defense. In this regard, The Polytechnic Act, the Statutes, all the Calendars and Prospectuses, the rules and prescriptions of Council, Senate, Boards of Studies, Departments, the Rectors pronouncements or those of any other authorised official or body are important. SR1.2 Conduct Students shall: 1.2.1 pursue the mission of the Polytechnic; 1.2.2 be primarily dedicated to their studies; 1.2.3 refrain from acts of misconduct, as defined in the Student Disciplinary Regulations; 1.2.4 refrain from any conduct or action which results or may result in the inconvenience of any other students in their studies or being prejudiced in any other way; 1.2.5 refrain from undisciplined or improper behaviour towards personnel members; 1.2.6 immediately notify the Registrar in writing of any change of address (any letter, communication, parcel, etc. directed to students at their latest recorded addresses shall be deemed to have been received by the students); 1.2.7 comply with the rules regarding dress code; 1.2.8 be subject to the traffic and parking rules of the Polytechnic; 1.2.9 refrain from smoking, eating and drinking during lectures, practical classes, examinations, tests or in any place where smoking is prohibited. SR2 STUDENT ACTIVITIES

SR2.1 Orientation Programme 2.1.1 An orientation programme, specifically aimed at new students takes place at the beginning of the academic year. 2.1.2 All students registered at the Polytechnic for the first time, are required to participate in this programme. SR2.2 Sports and Culture 2.2.1 In order to promote the total development of students, the Polytechnic facilitates sports and cultural facilities. 2.2.2 The Dean of Students is responsible for exercising control over and co-ordinating and promoting sports and culture at the Polytechnic as determined in the relevant Regulations. SR2.3 Religious or party-political associations 2.3.1 The Students Representative Council or any association or club at the Polytechnic shall give no official or financial support - directly or indirectly - to any political party or external religious organisation.

361

2.3.2 2.3.3

Student association or club shall be an association or club as constituted in terms of section 4(2) of the Students Representative Council constitution. No offices of political parties or external religious organisations shall be permitted on campus. Subject to the provisions of paragraph SR 2.4, no political-party meetings shall be held on campus; a political-party meeting in terms of this provision shall be deemed to be any public meeting under the auspices of a political party.

SR2.4 Outside persons as speakers on campus 2.4.1 Any recognised students association or club wishing to invite external persons to speak on campus, shall notify the Students Representative Council thereof at least one week prior to the invitation. The SRC shall thereupon, in due time prior to the speakers address, notify the Dean of Students. 2.4.2 The provision in SR2.4.1 shall apply mutatis mutandis in the event that the Students Representative Council wishes to invite external persons to speak on campus. 2.4.3 The Dean of Students or the Rector or any person or body appointed by the Rector has the right to interdict the function in the event that it would unduly interfere with the normal functioning of the Polytechnic. SR2.5 The use of notice boards, conducting of meetings and functions and distribution of publications 2.5.1 Individual students or student associations and clubs may use notice boards and conduct meetings or gatherings on the premises of the Polytechnic only with the approval of the Student Representative Council, the Dean of Students, the Officer for Accommodation, Sport, and Culture. 2.5.2 After the necessary permission has been obtained in terms of the above paragraph a student may affix such document, poster or publication only on designated notice boards and may not write, scratch or paint in any way on walls, pillars or any other parts of the campus buildings or structures. 2.5.3 No students, club or association may, without the SRCs permission, publish, affix, display or distribute any document, poster or publication of any official nature whatsoever on the premises of the Polytechnic, or, using the name of the Polytechnic, publish, affix, display or distribute it elsewhere, or contribute towards doing so. 2.5.4 No room or other terrain of the Polytechnic may be used for meetings or functions without prior permission from the responsible person or institution. SR2.6 Journeys, educational tours, and camps Journeys, educational tours, and camps for which arrangements are made in the name of the Polytechnic, may only be organised with the permission of the Dean of Students or respective Dean of School and for this purpose the procedures contained in the Tour Regulations must be complied with. SR2.7 Students Representative Council 2.7.1 The Students Representative Council is elected annually by the students of the Polytechnic as determined by the SRC Constitution. 2.7.2 The SRC, within the framework of its powers, and in collaboration with the Dean of Students, is entrusted with matters concerning students. 2.7.3 In the absence of a constituted SRC, or when the SRC, in the opinion of the Rector, does not act in the interest of students, the SRCs functions may be carried out by the Rector or any person or body appointed by the Rector.

362

SR3

PERSONAL

SR3.1 Dress Students shall be dressed appropriately and neatly at lectures, and official gatherings on and off campus. SR3.2 Personal care A student is responsible for the maintenance of a high standard of personal hygiene and care. SR3.3 Pregnancy and parenthood 3.3.1 No pregnant student is allowed to stay in the Polytechnic hostel from the 13th week of pregnancy. 3.3.2 The Polytechnic will not be held liable for any pregnant student. Note: Any complication and risk during the pregnancy. Due to insufficient facilities the Polytechnic cannot accommodate child birth and premature labour. Pregnant students must provide a medical certificate regarding their pregnancy status. No children of students may reside in a Polytechnic hostel. MISCELLANEOUS

3.3.3 SR4

SR4.1 Contagious diseases If a student has suffered from a contagious disease or has been in contact with such a disease, a medical certificate, stating that the student may be at the Polytechnic without any danger of contaminating others, must be submitted to the Registrar. SDR. SDR1 1.1 STUDENTS DISCIPLINARY REGULATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS On signing the registration form of the Polytechnic, students undertake to acquaint themselves with all relevant regulations, rules, prescriptions and legal provisions of the Polytechnic. Ignorance of any such provision shall not be advanced as a defense on a charge of misconduct. Words indicating the singular may also implicate the plural. A student shall not formally be charged with misconduct before a written and signed statement containing a charge, complaint or allegation against the student has been handed to the accused. The initiator who laid a charge may institute or have instituted a preliminary investigation into a charge, complaint or allegation which has been presented to such a person or into a students conduct which has been such that it could possibly amount to misconduct. In the preliminary investigation, consultations may be held, or information obtained, from any person, including the student against whom the charge, accusation or allegation has been instituted. The Rector or his/her appointee may, if in the best interest of the Polytechnic, suspend a student against whom a charge, accusation or allegation has been instituted for a determined period by, i.e. prohibit the student from: Entering any premises or hostel of the Polytechnic, or any part thereof; Exercising any rights or privileges a registered student enjoys.

1.2 1.3 1.4

1.5 1.5.1 1.5.2

363

1.6 1.7

1.8

The Rector, or his/her appointee, may at any time cancel a suspension; provided that notwithstanding such cancellation, the hearing of the charge of misconduct may be continued. When the chairperson of a disciplinary committee, (before that disciplinary committee has reached a ruling on the charge against a student), is of the opinion that the relevant charge should rather be heard by a committee on another level, the hearing may be suspended and referred to the Rector for a ruling. The Rector may rule that the disciplinary committee shall continue with the hearing or that it shall be referred to another disciplinary committee. This other disciplinary committee will conduct a complete hearing. If a disciplinary committee, Council, the Rector or a person appointed by the Rector, temporarily or permanently deprives a student of any rights or privileges which students enjoy, or suspends the student temporarily or expels the student, such a student shall forfeit all rights to repayment, reduction or remission of fees paid by or payable to the Polytechnic. DEFINITION OF MISCONDUCT A student is guilty of misconduct when such conduct is prejudicial or could be prejudicial to the good name of the Polytechnic, or the maintenance of order and discipline at the Polytechnic or the proper execution of work at the Polytechnic, inter alia, if such a student: Infringes any act, regulation, rule, or prescription of the Polytechnic, or makes an attempt to do so; Refuses to comply with any rightful instruction or request by any lecturer or official of the Polytechnic or acts in contradiction to such instructions or requests; Wrongfully and in a blameworthy manner usurps, uses, damages, destroys or alienates any property of the Polytechnic, a personnel member or a fellow student or applies or handles it in such a way that it is prejudicial or could be prejudicial to the Polytechnic, a personnel member or fellow student; Is on any Polytechnic premises whilst under the influence of liquor or drugs (dependence-producing drugs), or without written permission from the Rector or authorised representative: Brings alcoholic beverages or drugs onto the premises of the Polytechnic, consumes them or has them in their possession; or serves or consumes alcoholic beverages or drugs on campus during a gathering of a student association or student body of the Polytechnic or during Polytechnic journeys, educational tours, camps, and assignments. NOTE: Proof of being under the influence of alcohol will be determined by the use of an appropriate breath analyser, (maximum limit is 0,08 ml of alcohol per 100 ml blood). Proof of under the influence of drugs will be determined by utilizing an appropriate blood test. Refusal to undergo such a breath analyser test or blood sampling as well as refusing to be searched properly by the appropriate authorities are serious offences.

SDR2

2.1 2.2 2.3

2.4

2.5 2.6

Intimidates whether by word or deed fellow students and staff on or off the campus. Behaves in a violent, riotous, obscene or improper manner on or in any premises of the Polytechnic or elsewhere during a gathering by or of the student body of the Polytechnic or a portion/group thereof.

364

2.7 2.8 2.9

2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14 2.15 2.16 2.17 2.18 2.19 SDR3 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4

Behaves in an insulting, obscene or improper manner towards a fellow student or personnel member of the Polytechnic, a management body or office of the Polytechnic or a member of such a body or office-holder of such office; Knowingly makes false or incorrect statements to any personnel member of the Polytechnic; or purposefully spreads false information about the Polytechnic to any person; Is guilty of misconduct which is the cause of or can reasonably be the cause of any one of the following instances, either where such cause was foreseen or could have been foreseen as a reasonable possibility at the time of the poor conduct: (a) Implicating the good name of the Polytechnic to the disadvantage of the Polytechnic (b) Prejudicing or endangering the maintenance of order, discipline and safety at the Polytechnic (c) Prejudicing or endangering the smooth course of tuition, research, administration or general activities at the Polytechnic (d) Divulging confidential Polytechnic information. (e) Dishonoring the National Symbols of the country. Organising or participating in student action, which interferes with or could interfere with the academic work of fellow students, or with the functioning of the Polytechnic; Bringing, possessing or handling a fire-arm or any other dangerous weapons, explosives or fuel which is not reasonably required for the operation of a machine, on campus; Assisting or encouraging other students to commit an offence; Injuring the dignity of or physically assaulting, or mentally wronging or humiliating any personnel member or fellow student; Failing to comply with any hostel rule; Let any person sleep over in their hostel rooms after 10.00 pm during weekdays or after midnight during weekends. Is dishonest or attempts to be dishonest in any test, assignment or examination. Gives flat/room keys to any other person. Removes furniture without the permission of his/her superintendent. Commits plagiarism. CLASSIFICATION OF MISCONDUCT Depending on the seriousness or degree of misconduct, misconduct by students is divided into the following categories: Academic related misconduct: the Students Disciplinary Committee: Academic, hears misconduct of an academic nature, having a bearing on the studies of a student. Non-academic related misconduct (serious cases): the Student Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic, hears cases of serious misconduct.. Non-academic related misconduct (less serious cases): the Hostel Disciplinary - or the SRC Disciplinary Committee shall hear cases of misconduct of less serious nature. Non-Academic related misconduct (specific to club/house/society/cultural): the Disciplinary committee of the club, houses and culture societies or association concerned shall be competent to hear less serious charges related to their specific situation. NOTIFICATION A student charged with any form of misconduct shall be notified of such complaints in writing at least seven days before the hearing by the relevant disciplinary committee; provided that any such student may waive this period. Any such notice shall contain the charge in full as well as stipulating the particular disciplinary committee which will hear the charge, and the time and place of the hearing. 365

SDR4 4.1 4.2

4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6

Written notice of a charge shall be regarded as being properly served if it was posted or delivered by hand to the student concerned to the address provided on the registration form. In case of serious charges or where the student is a minor, a copy of the charge shall be sent to the parents of the student concerned per registered post at the address provided by the student on the registration form. Any notice sent or delivered in the manner prescribed in these Regulations shall be considered as having been received by the person to whom it was addressed. Preference will be given to hand delivering such notices. When students neglect or refuse to attend a hearing they can be heard in absentia and the proceedings shall not be invalid as a result of the absence of the accused person. DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEES AND THEIR FUNCTIONS Students Disciplinary Committee: Academic The chairperson of the committee may apply one or more of the following disciplinary measures against a student who has been found guilty of serious misconduct: (a) The revocation of a qualification obtained by improper methods (b) The suspension as a student for a period determined by the chairperson (c) The cancellation of examination results (d) The refusal of registration for examination for a specified period (e) A warning (f) Any other measures which the chairperson deems appropriate; Provided that no such disciplinary measures shall be put into operation against a student or if such a student is a minor, the parents or guardian have been notified in writing of the alleged contravention and the student has been afforded a proper opportunity to make a written statement and to appear personally before the Students Disciplinary Committee: Academic. Students Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic When the Students Disciplinary Committee: Non - Academic finds a student guilty of misconduct, one or more of the following penalties may be imposed by the chairperson: (a) Suspension from the Polytechnic or a hostel for a period not exceeding the present academic period and one further academic year (b) Imposition of a fine, the student will pay or the amount of nights the person stayed over (c) Demanding of any such financial amount as may be necessary to compensate for any damage, loss or expense caused by the action of the accused (d) Cancellation of privileges of the student as a member of the Polytechnic for not more than one year (e) Imposition of a specific task (f) Warning and/or reprimand (g) Recommendation to the Rector that the student be suspended from the Polytechnic or a hostel for a period exceeding the period stated in paragraphs (a) and (d) (h) Any other penalty, which the Student Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic thinks fit in the specific circumstances. The accused will be informed before any hearing regarding the procedure of the Students Disciplinary Committee: Academic and the Students Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic, as well as appeal procedures.

SDR5 5.1

5.2

5.3

366

5.4

Division of functions Except where the context otherwise indicates, the Registrar shall deal with matters of the Students Disciplinary Committee: Academic and the Dean of Students shall deal with matters of the Students Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic. Procedure of disciplinary hearings The parties involved will be: The accused The representative of the accused The chairperson (who will make the judgment) Advisors to the chairperson The initiator (who will investigate and present the charge) Witnesses If the Registrar/Dean of Students is of the opinion that there are reasonable grounds for a charge of misconduct against a student and that the conduct of the student concerned is apparently of a serious nature, a written charge shall be formulated and a hearing shall be convened by the Students Disciplinary Committee: Academic, when the charge has a bearing on the studies of the student, or when the charge does not have a bearing on the students studies, a hearing by the Students Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic. The disciplinary committee concerned shall hear a student to whom proper notice has been given of the charge in accordance with section SDR4 of these Regulations at the time and place as mentioned in the notification. At the commencement of the hearing the charge shall be put to the student who shall have the opportunity to plead to the charge, provided that such a student shall also have the right to hand in a written statement in explanation of this plea. Representation The accused may appoint a representative to assist him/her during the proceedings, providing the representative is a registered student and this representative should preferably be a SRC member. The Registrar/Dean of Students may not institute the case against the student, but a personnel member must be appointed to do so on behalf of the Polytechnic. The Rector must identify an alternative chairperson if the Registrar/Dean of Students is involved in the case or institutes the case. Procedure during hearing The procedure to be followed during a specific hearing shall be in accordance with general disciplinary hearing principles providing the provisions of these Regulations, and although the formal rules of the Law of Evidence are not applicable to the hearing, the accused shall inter alia have the right to: (a) Give evidence (b) Call witnesses or have witnesses called (also by the representative) (c) Cross-examine the witnesses who have testified against the student or have them cross-examined (d) Cross-examine own witnesses or have them cross-examined (e) After all evidence has been given, argue the case or have it argued by the representative (f) After conviction presents evidence in mitigation of punishment; If an accused student admits guilt in respect of the charge, the chairperson of the disciplinary committee may decide whether or not evidence regarding the charge is required.

5.5 5.5.1

5.5.2

5.5.3 5.5.4

5.6 5.6.1 5.6.2

5.7 5.7.1

367

5.7.2

5.7.3 5.7.4

5.7.5

The person (initiator) who cites the case against the accused inter alia may: (a) Examine the person or persons who testify against the accused (b) Cross-examine the accused that has testified, as well as any person or persons who have testified for the accused (c) Argue the case after all evidence has been given but before the accused or the representative was afforded the opportunity to argue the case. The chairperson of a disciplinary committee will be the only one making the final judgment, although he/she may be assisted with advice by the other committee members, as provided for in this document. The Registrar/Dean of Students shall appoint a staff member to keep a record of the proceedings at the hearing and of all evidence given there by means of a tape recording and/or in writing. Such person shall not be a member of the disciplinary committee. The minutes of the proceedings shall be kept safely for at least two years. Unless the Chairperson of the relevant disciplinary committee determines otherwise, the hearing shall take place in camera and the proceedings of that disciplinary committee shall not be published. Appeal The Students Appeal Committee: Non-Academic, compiled as stipulated in the statutes of the Polytechnic, shall hear the appeal cases of the students against findings of the Students Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic and conclude the case on behalf of Council whilst appeal cases of academic nature will be referred to the Council Appeal Committee. A student may appeal against the conviction and/or penalty. A student shall give the chairperson written notice of appeal not later than five (5) calendar days after being notified in writing of the decision of the disciplinary committee against which committees decision appeal is made. In the notice of appeal, the grounds for the appeal shall be fully stated. The student may appoint a representative to assist him/her in the formulation of grounds for appeal. (See SDR5.6.1) On receiving the notice of appeal, the chairperson shall forward it immediately to the Rector who shall submit it to the Students Appeal Committee: Non-Academic or Council Appeal Committee. On considering the appeal, the Students Appeal Committee: Non-Academic or Council Appeal Committee may decide which procedure it thinks most fit in the circumstances. The Students Appeal Committee: Non-Academic or any other council Appeal Committee may in part or in whole accept, or reject or amend the conviction of the Students Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic or the Students Disciplinary Committee: Academic and/or the sentence and may impose any of the prescribed sentences which it thinks fit.

5.8 5.8.1

5.8.2 5.8.3

5.8.4 5.8.5 5.8.6 5.8.7

368

SDR6 6.1 6.1.1

GENERAL HOSTEL AND SRC DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE The General Hostels Disciplinary Committee Complaints Complaints about less serious misconduct (which may include repeated minor misconduct) on the hostel premises or transgression of a hostel regulation shall be taken up with or made by the Superintendent of the relevant hostel. Compilation of the General Hostels Disciplinary Committee The General Hostels Disciplinary Committee shall consist of a superintendent of a hostel of the Polytechnic, in which the accused does not reside and the two chairpersons or nominees of house committees or nominees from the housing committee members, as advisors. The superintendent shall serve as chairperson for the disciplinary committee and be responsible for the final decision. Disciplinary measures The General Hostels Disciplinary Committee may impose one or more of the following disciplinary measures: (a) Suspension of the student from the hostel of residence for a period not exceeding the remainder of the calendar year with or without a recommendation that the student be denied re-admission to a Polytechnic hostel for the following calendar year (b) Imposition of a fine not exceeding N$100.00 (c) Demand any such financial amount as may be necessary to compensate for any damage, loss or expense caused by the action of the student (d) Cancellation of privileges of the student to participate in any student activity for a period not exceeding the remainder of the calendar year (e) Warning and/or reprimand. (f) Imposition of a task. (g) Cancellation of any privileges of the student or the position held in the student community. The SRC Disciplinary Committee Complaints Complaints about students transgressions of the SRC rules shall be taken up with or made by a member of the SRC appointed by the SRC President. This initiator shall institute the charge against the student, on behalf of the SRC. Compilation of the SRC Disciplinary Committee The SRC Disciplinary Committee shall consist of the SRC President (as the chairperson of the hearing) and two other SRC members nominated by the SRC members as advisors. Disciplinary measures The SRC Disciplinary Committee may impose one or more of the following disciplinary measures: (a) Imposition of a fine not exceeding N$100.00 (b) Cancellation of privileges of the student to participate in any student activity for a period not exceeding the remainder of the calendar year (c) Warning and/or reprimand (d) Imposition of a task (e) Cancellation of a leadership position held by the student in the student community

6.1.2

6.1.3

6.2 6.2.1

6.2.2

6.2.3

369

6.3 6.3.1 6.3.2 6.3.3

6.3.4 6.3.5

6.3.6 SDR7 7.1.1 7.1.2 7.1.3 7.1.4

Procedure of mentioned Disciplinary Committees examining misconduct The prescriptions of sections SDR5.7 shall mutatis mutandis be applicable to a hearing by any mentioned disciplinary committee examining misconduct. Disciplinary measures shall take effect immediately after imposition thereof. The accused shall have the right to appeal against a ruling of a disciplinary committee on a charge of less serious misconduct. The appeal shall be lodged in accordance with section SDR5.8.3 and the chairperson shall forward the appeal to the Dean of Students who will initiate the Students Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic to serve as appeal committee. The Hostels Disciplinary Committee or SRC Disciplinary Committee shall compile and submit a report on the proceedings, the ruling of the disciplinary committee and the disciplinary measures which were imposed to the Dean of Students in any case. The Students Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic, as the appeal hearing body, has power of review inter alia that he/she: (a) May further investigate a case (b) May re-investigate and/or reconsider the penalty imposed (c) May confirm, amend or set aside any ruling and/or penalty of such a disciplinary committee and may take any steps which he/she deems fit (d) May, where necessary, determine the procedure to be followed at the review of a hearing or penalty (e) May determine that the penalty shall not take effect prior to the review of the case. The decision of this committee will be final. DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE OF HOUSES, CLUBS AND CULTURAL SOCIETIES Functioning of the Disciplinary Committees of Houses, Clubs and Cultural Societies Procedure Complaints shall be taken up with or made by a member of the appropriate committee of a house committee or management of a hostel, house, club or cultural society. The chairperson of the appropriate house, club or cultural society shall arrange a hearing by the disciplinary committee of the relevant students group. The chairperson shall also appoint a registered hostel student when applicable or a member of the specific body to institute the charge against a student (this will be the initiator). The prescriptions of paragraphs SDR6.3.1 to SDR6.3.5 shall mutatis mutandis be applicable to such hearing. If a student is dissatisfied with the ruling of such a disciplinary committee, he/she may, not later than five (5) days after the announcement of the findings, appeal to the Student Disciplinary Committee: Non-Academic, which shall conclude the case in accordance with section SDR6.3.3 up to SDR6.3.6. The student will forward the appeal form to the Dean of Students. Compilation The disciplinary committee of a house, club or cultural association shall consist of the chairperson (also as chairperson for the hearing) and at least two management members (as advisors). Disciplinary measures The disciplinary committee referred to in this paragraph, may impose one or more of the following disciplinary measures: (a) A fine not exceeding N$50.00

7.1.5 7.1.6

7.1.7

7.1.8

370

(b) Warning and/or reprimand (c) Cancellation of privileges of the student to participate in any student activity of the house, club or association for a period not exceeding the remainder of the calendar year (d) Imposition of a task. SDR8 8.1 8.1.1 ADMISSION OF GUILT Summary action in the case of an admission of guilt When a person with whom a charge of less serious or minor misconduct has been instituted against a student, is of the opinion that the student should be given an opportunity to make an admission of guilt prior to a hearing of a disciplinary committee of the charge against such a student a report on the alleged misconduct shall be submitted to the initiator of such a case. The initiator may decide not to afford the student such an opportunity, in which case the report shall be returned with a corresponding note to the person who instituted the charge, so that a disciplinary committee may continue with the hearing. If the initiator decides to afford the student the opportunity to make an admission of guilt, a written notice shall be sent to the student, containing the following particulars: The time, place and nature of the alleged misconduct; That an admission of guilt may be lodged within seven days from the date of the notice and that such admission of guilt will not be weighed against the student; That the student is under no circumstances compelled to make such admission of guilt; Possible measures to be imposed should an admission of guilt be made; That a failure to make an admission of guilt will not be held against the student during a possible later hearing; The chairperson of the disciplinary committee will decide on a penalty. The disciplinary committee will meet and decide to accept the admission of guilt and the committee has the power to impose any measures as described in appropriate sections of these regulations regarding the penalties allowed for that specific disciplinary committee. GENERAL HOSTEL REGULATIONS These Regulations shall be applicable to all hostels of the Polytechnic.

8.1.2 8.1.3 8.1.3.1 8.1.3.2 8.1.3.3 8.1.3.4 8.1.3.5 8.1.3.6 8.1.4

GHR

GHR1 CONTROL OF HOSTELS 1.1 Subject to the authority of the Rector, the control of hostels shall be exercised by the Dean of Students, the relevant Superintendent of the hostel and the House Committee. 1.2 The powers of the House Committee and the way in which it is elected are defined in the constitution of each hostel. The Dean of Students shall approve the constitution of the hostel. 1.3 The responsibility for meals and linen shall be vested in the Hostel Manager. The House Committee shall bring complaints in this regard to the attention of the Senior Matron. 1.4 The Dean of Students, the Superintendent, and the House Committee shall deal with matters concerning students conduct and discipline within the prescriptions of these regulations.

371

GHR2 ORGANISATION 2.1 The organisation of the hostels is divided into supervisory and management functions. 2.2 The Dean of Students, the Superintendents and the House Committees shall be responsible for supervision. 2.3 The management of the hostels shall be done by the Hostel Manager: Hostel and Catering Services. 2.4 The duties of the Hostel Superintendent shall inter alia include: 2.4.1 to act as advisor for individual students regarding their welfare 2.4.2 to promote a high academic and moral standard in the hostel 2.4.3 to maintain the image of the Polytechnic and to protect the interest of the Polytechnic 2.4.4 to ensure that the rules and regulations of the hostel and the Polytechnic are complied with 2.4.5 to ensure the smooth running of the hostel in general and to report on the same to the Dean of Students 2.4.6 to issue such hostel rules as are deemed necessary from time to time and to which all resident students or visitors are subject. 2.5 Through their conduct students shall maintain and extend the good reputation of the hostel. 2.6 Students and other residents shall be compelled to carry out and/or comply with all decisions, commissions and rules taken, issued or put into operation by Council or its delegate(s) from time to time regarding the hostels in general or a hostel in particular. GHR3 FUNCTIONS 3.1 As far as hostels are concerned, the rendering of hostel services to resident students during the course of the year, excluding vacations. This includes the following: provision of meals provision of furniture and equipment rendering of cleaning and laundry services 3.2 An additional function of the hostels is accommodation for delegates to congresses and vacation schools. GHR4 ADMISSION TO HOSTELS 4.1 The Polytechnic of Namibia operates on a First Come First Serve Basis. Once a Student is registered academically he/she can register for hostel accommodation if available. 4.2 Students who have failed an academic year, forfeit their place in the hostel, but may apply to be placed on a waiting list for re admission should accommodation become available. 4.7 No part-time students will be accommodated in the Polytechnic Hostels. Note: Student on experiential training who are registered full-time are allowed to stay in the hostel. 4.8 The Polytechnic reserves the right to, at its discretion, refuse application for admission to a hostel, including present hostel residents applications, or to terminate hostel accommodation of a student on the following grounds: 4.8.1 misconduct on any premises of the Polytechnic, of which a student has been found guilty; 4.8.2 poor academic performance; 4.8.3 adaptation problems in the hostel; 4.8.4 continuous infringement of rules;

372

4.8.5 4.8.6 4.8.7 4.8.8

insubordination; willful damage to property; improper or obscene behavior; any other grounds in the opinion of the Dean of Students or the Rector.

GHR5 PLACEMENT IN HOSTELS 5.1 Choice of room-mates will be respected as far as possible. 5.2 All requests regarding room-switching after students have been placed must be directed in writing to the House Committee for consideration. GHR6 FEES 6.1 Hostel fees All hostel fees are payable to the Polytechnic. The fees are determined by Council from time to time. 6.2 6.2.1 6.2.2 6.3 6.3.1 6.3.2 6.3.3 Hostel deposit Hostel deposit and breakage fees shall be paid during registration. The deposit and breakage fee will be refunded on a pro rata basis. Liability for fees on leaving the hostel Hostel fees are calculated per study period and a student must direct a written notice to the Bursar before the end of a term if he/she does not intend to use hostel accommodation for the next term. A student remaining at the Polytechnic, who leaves the hostel at any date after commencement of the academic year and before the last day of a term, must pay the fees for the full term. In cases of termination due to death or serious illness, fees will be levied pro rata in respect of the actual period of hostel accommodation.

GHR6.4 BREAKAGE 6.4.1 Before students move into a room, they must be satisfied that the room and its contents are in good order and, if necessary, report any defects to the Superintendent. This is also applicable to students switching rooms during the course of the year. 6.4.2 Reporting Breakage and damage to buildings and furniture must be reported immediately to the House Committee which will report it to the Superintendent. The Superintendent records full particulars of such cases in a book kept for this purpose. Assessment of damage The Superintendent requests the Hostel Manager to assess the damage and to have it repaired, and the Hostel Manager submits an account in settlement of the costs to the Hostel Management Committee. This committee submits the account to the Bursar, who will levy the relevant damage. Liability for damage Resident students are individually and jointly liable for damage done in a hostel. The person responsible for the damage must pay for the damage done. Where the Superintendent cannot identify the person responsible for the damage, the entire room, floor, flat, block or hostel, as the case may be, may be held responsible for the damage, unless proof can be furnished that circumstances (e.g. the elements) or specific persons from outside are responsible for the damage.

6.4.3

6.4.4

373

6.4.5

Recovery of damage On application by the Hostel Management Committee, the Bursar makes arrangements that an account is sent to the student(s) for the repair costs. If an account for breakage is not settled within two months, the relevant person will be debited and the examination results will be retained until the account has been settled in full. Security Every student receives a key to her/his flat. It is the responsibility of every student to lock the flat/room door whenever she/he enters or leaves the flat.

6.4.6

GHR7 GATE 4 (SMALL GATE TO THE LADIES HOSTEL) 7.1 The smaller gate to the ladies hostel must always be manned by a security guard. 7.2 This gate must be opened at 07:00 and again locked at 22:00 during weekdays and until 24:00 on Saturdays and Sundays. 7.3 Residents of the ladies hostels are free to come in and leave the gate at all times. 7.4 Visitors are allowed between the opening time and closing time (07:00 until 22:00). 7.5 All visitors, including male hostel students, must leave by 22:00 during weekdays and 24:00 on Saturday and Sundays. 7.6 Students must show their student cards when visiting the ladies residence. 7.7 Visitors names must be recorded in the register. The room number to be visited must also be included. GHR8 CLOSING AND RE-OPENING OF HOSTELS 8.1 The hostels close for the vacation after breakfast of the day following the closing of the Polytechnic and reopen with dinner on the day prior to the reopening of the Polytechnic. 8.2 A student suspending his studies or who does not attend lectures anymore, must leave the hostel within a day after having attended the final lecture. 8.3 A student who does not sit for any examination must leave the hostel within one day after the closure of lectures. 8.4. A student writing examinations must leave the hostel within one day after the final paper. 8.5 All students must vacate Polytechnic hostel during June and December recess. GHR9 SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS REGARDING ACCOMMODATION 9.1 No provision is made for the accommodation of semester and year students during the June and December vacations, unless otherwise approved by the Dean of Students. 9.2 At the beginning of the year, House Committee members may reside in the hostel from such dates as may be determined by the Superintendent or the Dean of Students in consultation with the Manager: Hostel and Catering Services. 9.3 During vacations, accommodation may be offered to students groups, pupils and delegates to conferences and workshops. The fees for accommodation during vacations are determined by the Bursar. Applications for accommodation are approved by the Hostel Management Committee. A day tariff, as determined by the Bursar, will be paid to hostel personnel who do approved additional official duty during vacations. The direct expenditure (including additional salaries) will be calculated against the income received. 9.4 Only registered students of a hostel may stay in a hostel overnight. 9.5 A student with a complaint should report this to a member of the House Committee, who will refer it to the Chairperson of the House Committee if necessary. The chairperson will, if unable to deal with it, refer the complaint to the Superintendent. 9.6 The Superintendent or an authorised person may inspect any room in a hostel at any reasonable time. 374

GHR10 VACATING HOSTELS 10.1 Any student wishing to vacate a hostel permanently must complete the necessary cancellation form which also serves as a claim form for the refund of the hostel deposit and submit it to the Bursar. As soon as a resident student moves into a room, any defects must immediately be reported to the Superintendent. 10.2 If a resident student vacates the hostel permanently at the end of a term, that student, together with the Superintendent, must inspect the condition of the room and equipment. On failure to do so, such a student will be liable for damage which may be discovered at a later stage. GHR11 DRESS 11.1 Hostel students must always be dressed appropriately and neatly and in accordance with the internal hostel rules. 11.2 Property of hostel students, especially clothes, must be properly marked. GHR12 QUIET AND STUDY TIMES 12.1 A student must behave in such a way as to facilitate the studying of fellow-students at all times. Quiet and study times must be adhered to as defined in the internal rules. It is the duty of the House Committee to ensure that all students are always able to study in the hostel. 12.2 During weekends, students are expected to conduct themselves in such way as not to offend fellow students and immediate neighbors. GHR13 PARKING OF VEHICLES No hostel student may keep any vehicle on the hostel premises without the written consent of the Dean of Students. Parking of Vehicles is often at owners risk. GHR14 WEAPONS No student may possess any explosives, petrol or dangerous weapons in the hostel or during Polytechnic journeys, educational tours, camps, and assignments. GHR15 CASES OF ILLNESS 15.1 All cases of illness and casualties must be reported to the House Committee and the Superintendent or Matron. 15.2 No doctor may be sent for without the knowledge of the Superintendent, House Committee or Matron. 15.3 The Superintendent or Matron must report cases of contagious diseases to the Dean of Students without delay. GHR16 MEETINGS 16.1 Meetings held on campus should be conducted in consultation with the Dean of Students. 16.2 No political meetings are permitted on the hostel premises. 16.3 No person who is not a resident student may address students on the hostel premises without the consent of the Rector or the Dean of Students. GHR17 CONDUCT TOWARDS PERSONNEL 17.1 Hostel students may in no way interfere with the activities of the hostel personnel or direct requests to them or give them orders. 17.2 Any complaints concerning the personnel and general complaints regarding laundry and food must be handed in at the House Committee. The House Committee must report these to the Superintendent. 17.3 Where necessary, the Dean of Students may also be contacted. 375

GHR18 MAINTENANCE AND USE OF BUILDINGS, PREMISES AND FURNITURE 18.1 It is the responsibility of all resident students to keep the hostel premises and buildings clean and tidy. 18.2 No posters, notices or any defacement may be fixed to the walls of the buildings. No objects may be nailed to walls. Notices must appear only on notice boards and be signed by a House Committee member. 18.3 Students may not make any alterations to electric wiring. 18.4 The illicit use of fire-hoses and other fire fighting apparatus in the hostel is prohibited. 18.5 No bicycle or other vehicles or parts thereof may be kept in the rooms. 18.6 Bulbs are kept in stock by the Superintendent and on the handing in of a fused bulb, this will be replaced. 18.7 Flat keys can be obtained from the Superintendent at a fixed tariff. 18.8 No Polytechnic equipment may be removed from rooms, recreation halls, dining rooms or lounges. On occasions such as house functions and house meetings the House Committee may make appropriate arrangements as it thinks fit and on its own responsibility. 18.9 No food may be prepared in hostel rooms. 18.10 A student may not keep any pets or other animals in or at the hostel. 18.11 In addition to any disciplinary measures which may be taken, a student will forfeit the privilege of keeping a radio or similar device should its usage cause any offence. GHR19 DINING ROOMS 19.1 Superintendents and House Committees are responsible for the maintenance of good order in the dining rooms. 19.2 Smoking is prohibited in dining rooms at all times. 19.3 Meals are served at the times determined by the Hostel Management Committee. 19.4 Furniture, food, or equipment may not be removed from the dining rooms. 19.5 Damaged to or loss of common facility/property shall be the responsibility of all the occupants of flat members where the guilty party is not traceable. GHR20 MISCONDUCT AND DISCIPLINE 20.1 Students and other persons residing in hostels or visiting there shall be subject to the rules of that hostel as well as to the disciplinary measures which Council or its delegate(s) may promulgate for students and/or hostels in general, or any hostel in particular, from time to time. GHR21 LOSS OF PERSONAL PROPERTY 21.1 The Polytechnic shall not accept responsibility for loss of or damage to personal property of hostel residents. GHR22 JOURNEYS, TOURS AND CAMPS 22.1 Journeys, tours, and camps held in the name of the hostel, may only be organised with the consent of the Dean of Students. 22.2 The Polytechnic will not make any contributions towards costs in respect of excursions or weekend camps undertaken by resident students. GHR23 VISITORS 23.1 Visitors and spouses are not allowed in any part of the hostel rooms after 10.00 pm (squatting) during week days and after midnight during weekends. 23.2 A resident student who permits a visitor and/or spouse to spend the night in his/her room is guilty of a transgression.

376

GHR24 INITIATION CEREMONIES AND RAIDS 24.1 Initiation ceremonies and raids are strictly prohibited. GHR25 CLEANING SERVICES 25.1 Daily cleaning services Corridors, bathrooms and student recreation halls are cleaned daily by service workers. 25.2 Cleaning of rooms Students are personally responsible for the cleaning and neatness of their rooms during the semester. 25.3 Cleaning during vacations During vacations cleaning services which are not possible during term-time are carried out. For this reason students must remove all personal possessions and hand in their keys to the Superintendent. GHR26 LAUNDRY 26.1 Laundry is done in accordance with internal laundry procedures. GHR27 APPLICATION FOR ACCOMMODATION 27.1 The Polytechnic of Namibia reserves the right to approve or reject an application of accommodation without furnishing any reasons for its decision. GHR28 HANGING CLOTHES ON THE BALCONIES 28.1.1 Hanging clothes on the balconies are forbidden and constitute an offence. The Polytechnic made provision for clothing lines since its inception. GHR29 SMOKING 29.1 No smoking is allowed in any of the Polytechnic buildings including Polytechnic Hostels, this includes hablibably.

377

AWARDS AW 1 RECTORS MEDAL

To qualify for the Rectors Medal AW 1.1 AW 1.2 AW 1.3 AW 1.4 A candidate should have completed his/her programme within the prescribed period of study. He/she must have passed all courses with at least 70 %. The overall average mark achieved by the candidate may not be less than 75 %. Should he/she be exempted from a course(s), course mark(s) for such a course(s) shall be ignored in calculating his/her overall average mark. Courses completed in addition to the minimum requirements for a qualification shall be ignored in calculating the overall average mark. He/she must have maintained a clean academic record throughout his/her studies at the Polytechnic: no repeating candidate will be eligible for selection. Apart from receiving the Rectors medal and a Certificate of Congratulations, he/she shall also receive a cash award as determined by the Rector from time to time. The Rectors medal shall only be awarded for the highest qualification in a programme.

AW 1.5 AW 1.6 Note:

AW 2 AW 2.1 AW 2.2 AW 2.3 AW 2.4 AW 2.5

MERIT AWARDS To receive a merit award, a student must obtain a minimum overall mark of 70 %. Normally students who have repeated any course(s) at any level shall not be eligible for merit awards. The best final year student per qualification and the best student of the Polytechnic awards shall be granted. Students who qualify as the best first year and the best non-final year students shall be given certificates of congratulations only. All students who obtain distinctions shall receive a discount on tuition fees for every distinction obtained in a full course.

378